Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1531/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Do you love Horror, Mystery stories, or want to learn about Astronomy & Physics? Our library with over 500,000+ audiobooks will meet all your needs. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start your journey of exploration. Easily listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices. Let audiobooks become your reliable companion! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1531/ en-US All rights reserved Sun, 05 Jan 2025 02:08:19 GMT Sun, 05 Jan 2025 02:08:19 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1531/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1531/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1531/ thebookvoice.com no Mrs. Leonor Kessler Jr. bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1531/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Do you love Horror, Mystery stories, or want to learn about Astronomy & Physics? Our library with over 500,000+ audiobooks will meet all your needs. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and start your journey of exploration. Easily listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices. Let audiobooks become your reliable companion! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386639 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386639]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Insider's Guide to Culture Change: Creating a Workplace That Delivers, Grows, and Adapts Author: Siobhan Mchale Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Culture transformation expert Siobhan McHale defines culture simply: “It’s how things work around here.” The secret to the success or failure of any business boils down to its culture. From disengaged employees to underserved customers, business failures invariably stem from a culture problem. In The Insider’s Guide to Culture Change, acclaimed culture transformation expert and global executive Siobhan McHale shares her proven four-step process to demystifying culture transformation and starting down the path to positive change. Many leaders and managers struggle to get a handle on exactly what culture is and how pervasive its impact is throughout an organization. Some try to change the culture by publishing a statement of core values but soon find that no meaningful change happens. Others try to unify the culture around a set of shared goals that satisfy shareholders but find their efforts backfire as stressed employees throw their hands up because “leadership just doesn’t get it.” Others implement expensive new IT systems to try to bring about change, only to find that employees find “workarounds” and soon go back to their old ways. The Insider’s Guide to Culture Change walks readers through McHale’s four-step process to culture transformation, including how to: - Understand what “corporate culture” really is and how it impacts every aspect of the way your organization operates - Analyze where your culture is broken or not adding maximum value - Unlock the power of reframing roles within your company to empower and engage your employees - Utilize proven methods and tools to break through deeply embedded patterns and change your company mind-set - Keep the momentum going by consolidating gains and maintaining your foot on the change accelerator With The Insider’s Guide to Culture Change, watch your employees go from followers to change leaders who drive an agile culture that constantly outperforms. Siobhan Mchale Tue, 11 Feb 2020 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386639 thebookvoice.com 6:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386639]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Insider's Guide to Culture Change: Creating a Workplace That Delivers, Grows, and Adapts Author: Siobhan Mchale Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Culture transformation expert Siobhan McHale defines culture simply: “It’s how things work around here.” The secret to the success or failure of any business boils down to its culture. From disengaged employees to underserved customers, business failures invariably stem from a culture problem. In The Insider’s Guide to Culture Change, acclaimed culture transformation expert and global executive Siobhan McHale shares her proven four-step process to demystifying culture transformation and starting down the path to positive change. Many leaders and managers struggle to get a handle on exactly what culture is and how pervasive its impact is throughout an organization. Some try to change the culture by publishing a statement of core values but soon find that no meaningful change happens. Others try to unify the culture around a set of shared goals that satisfy shareholders but find their efforts backfire as stressed employees throw their hands up because “leadership just doesn’t get it.” Others implement expensive new IT systems to try to bring about change, only to find that employees find “workarounds” and soon go back to their old ways. The Insider’s Guide to Culture Change walks readers through McHale’s four-step process to culture transformation, including how to: - Understand what “corporate culture” really is and how it impacts every aspect of the way your organization operates - Analyze where your culture is broken or not adding maximum value - Unlock the power of reframing roles within your company to empower and engage your employees - Utilize proven methods and tools to break through deeply embedded patterns and change your company mind-set - Keep the momentum going by consolidating gains and maintaining your foot on the change accelerator With The Insider’s Guide to Culture Change, watch your employees go from followers to change leaders who drive an agile culture that constantly outperforms. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386639]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Insider's Guide to Culture Change: Creating a Workplace That Delivers, Grows, and Adapts Author: Siobhan Mchale Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Culture transformation expert Siobhan McHale defines culture simply: “It’s how things work around here.” The secret to the success or failure of any business boils down to its culture. From disengaged employees to underserved customers, business failures invariably stem from a culture problem. In The Insider’s Guide to Culture Change, acclaimed culture transformation expert and global executive Siobhan McHale shares her proven four-step process to demystifying culture transformation and starting down the path to positive change. Many leaders and managers struggle to get a handle on exactly what culture is and how pervasive its impact is throughout an organization. Some try to change the culture by publishing a statement of core values but soon find that no meaningful change happens. Others try to unify the culture around a set of shared goals that satisfy shareholders but find their efforts backfire as stressed employees throw their hands up because “leadership just doesn’t get it.” Others implement expensive new IT systems to try to bring about change, only to find that employees find “workarounds” and soon go back to their old ways. The Insider’s Guide to Culture Change walks readers through McHale’s four-step process to culture transformation, including how to: - Understand what “corporate culture” really is and how it impacts every aspect of the way your organization operates - Analyze where your culture is broken or not adding maximum value - Unlock the power of reframing roles within your company to empower and engage your employees - Utilize proven methods and tools to break through deeply embedded patterns and change your company mind-set - Keep the momentum going by consolidating gains and maintaining your foot on the change accelerator With The Insider’s Guide to Culture Change, watch your employees go from followers to change leaders who drive an agile culture that constantly outperforms. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386503 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upstream: The Quest to Solve Problems Before They Happen Author: Dan Heath Narrator: Dan Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Wall Street Journal Bestseller New York Times bestselling author Dan Heath explores how to prevent problems before they happen, drawing on insights from hundreds of interviews with unconventional problem solvers. So often in life, we get stuck in a cycle of response. We put out fires. We deal with emergencies. We stay downstream, handling one problem after another, but we never make our way upstream to fix the systems that caused the problems. Cops chase robbers, doctors treat patients with chronic illnesses, and call-center reps address customer complaints. But many crimes, chronic illnesses, and customer complaints are preventable. So why do our efforts skew so heavily toward reaction rather than prevention? Upstream probes the psychological forces that push us downstream—including “problem blindness,” which can leave us oblivious to serious problems in our midst. And Heath introduces us to the thinkers who have overcome these obstacles and scored massive victories by switching to an upstream mindset. One online travel website prevented twenty million customer service calls every year by making some simple tweaks to its booking system. A major urban school district cut its dropout rate in half after it figured out that it could predict which students would drop out—as early as the ninth grade. A European nation almost eliminated teenage alcohol and drug abuse by deliberately changing the nation’s culture. And one EMS system accelerated the emergency-response time of its ambulances by using data to predict where 911 calls would emerge—and forward-deploying its ambulances to stand by in those areas. Upstream delivers practical solutions for preventing problems rather than reacting to them. How many problems in our lives and in society are we tolerating simply because we’ve forgotten that we can fix them? Dan Heath Tue, 03 Mar 2020 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386503 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upstream: The Quest to Solve Problems Before They Happen Author: Dan Heath Narrator: Dan Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Wall Street Journal Bestseller New York Times bestselling author Dan Heath explores how to prevent problems before they happen, drawing on insights from hundreds of interviews with unconventional problem solvers. So often in life, we get stuck in a cycle of response. We put out fires. We deal with emergencies. We stay downstream, handling one problem after another, but we never make our way upstream to fix the systems that caused the problems. Cops chase robbers, doctors treat patients with chronic illnesses, and call-center reps address customer complaints. But many crimes, chronic illnesses, and customer complaints are preventable. So why do our efforts skew so heavily toward reaction rather than prevention? Upstream probes the psychological forces that push us downstream—including “problem blindness,” which can leave us oblivious to serious problems in our midst. And Heath introduces us to the thinkers who have overcome these obstacles and scored massive victories by switching to an upstream mindset. One online travel website prevented twenty million customer service calls every year by making some simple tweaks to its booking system. A major urban school district cut its dropout rate in half after it figured out that it could predict which students would drop out—as early as the ninth grade. A European nation almost eliminated teenage alcohol and drug abuse by deliberately changing the nation’s culture. And one EMS system accelerated the emergency-response time of its ambulances by using data to predict where 911 calls would emerge—and forward-deploying its ambulances to stand by in those areas. Upstream delivers practical solutions for preventing problems rather than reacting to them. How many problems in our lives and in society are we tolerating simply because we’ve forgotten that we can fix them? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Upstream: The Quest to Solve Problems Before They Happen Author: Dan Heath Narrator: Dan Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Wall Street Journal Bestseller New York Times bestselling author Dan Heath explores how to prevent problems before they happen, drawing on insights from hundreds of interviews with unconventional problem solvers. So often in life, we get stuck in a cycle of response. We put out fires. We deal with emergencies. We stay downstream, handling one problem after another, but we never make our way upstream to fix the systems that caused the problems. Cops chase robbers, doctors treat patients with chronic illnesses, and call-center reps address customer complaints. But many crimes, chronic illnesses, and customer complaints are preventable. So why do our efforts skew so heavily toward reaction rather than prevention? Upstream probes the psychological forces that push us downstream—including “problem blindness,” which can leave us oblivious to serious problems in our midst. And Heath introduces us to the thinkers who have overcome these obstacles and scored massive victories by switching to an upstream mindset. One online travel website prevented twenty million customer service calls every year by making some simple tweaks to its booking system. A major urban school district cut its dropout rate in half after it figured out that it could predict which students would drop out—as early as the ninth grade. A European nation almost eliminated teenage alcohol and drug abuse by deliberately changing the nation’s culture. And one EMS system accelerated the emergency-response time of its ambulances by using data to predict where 911 calls would emerge—and forward-deploying its ambulances to stand by in those areas. Upstream delivers practical solutions for preventing problems rather than reacting to them. How many problems in our lives and in society are we tolerating simply because we’ve forgotten that we can fix them? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386433 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Employee Experience: How to Attract Talent, Retain Top Performers, and Drive Results Author: Tracy Maylett EdD, Matthew Wride JD Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Want a profit-enhancing Customer Experience? Start with the Employee Experience. The Employee Experience helps organizations attract and retain top talent, and reveals the secrets for building a deeply engaged workforce. With insights into the dynamics of trust and mutual expectations, this book proves that before you can deliver a transcendent customer experience (CX), you must first build a superlative employee experience (EX). It's not about perks. It's not about creating a worker's utopia, and it doesn't mean that work must be easy; employees are responsible for managing expectations and meeting the organization's requirements. But by establishing a clear set of expectations and promises—collectively known as 'the Contract'—and upholding it consistently, employers can build the essential trust that leads to powerful employee engagement. The data are unambiguous: organizations with engaged workforces are more profitable, enjoy greater growth, and win the battle to keep the most talented personnel. Employees who have a fulfilling, rewarding work experience perform better, achieve more, and bring more value to the organization. The Employee Experience teaches you how to leverage the full potential of your people to transform your future. Tracy Maylett EdD, Matthew Wride JD Tue, 09 Jul 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386433 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Employee Experience: How to Attract Talent, Retain Top Performers, and Drive Results Author: Tracy Maylett EdD, Matthew Wride JD Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Want a profit-enhancing Customer Experience? Start with the Employee Experience. The Employee Experience helps organizations attract and retain top talent, and reveals the secrets for building a deeply engaged workforce. With insights into the dynamics of trust and mutual expectations, this book proves that before you can deliver a transcendent customer experience (CX), you must first build a superlative employee experience (EX). It's not about perks. It's not about creating a worker's utopia, and it doesn't mean that work must be easy; employees are responsible for managing expectations and meeting the organization's requirements. But by establishing a clear set of expectations and promises—collectively known as 'the Contract'—and upholding it consistently, employers can build the essential trust that leads to powerful employee engagement. The data are unambiguous: organizations with engaged workforces are more profitable, enjoy greater growth, and win the battle to keep the most talented personnel. Employees who have a fulfilling, rewarding work experience perform better, achieve more, and bring more value to the organization. The Employee Experience teaches you how to leverage the full potential of your people to transform your future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Employee Experience: How to Attract Talent, Retain Top Performers, and Drive Results Author: Tracy Maylett EdD, Matthew Wride JD Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Want a profit-enhancing Customer Experience? Start with the Employee Experience. The Employee Experience helps organizations attract and retain top talent, and reveals the secrets for building a deeply engaged workforce. With insights into the dynamics of trust and mutual expectations, this book proves that before you can deliver a transcendent customer experience (CX), you must first build a superlative employee experience (EX). It's not about perks. It's not about creating a worker's utopia, and it doesn't mean that work must be easy; employees are responsible for managing expectations and meeting the organization's requirements. But by establishing a clear set of expectations and promises—collectively known as 'the Contract'—and upholding it consistently, employers can build the essential trust that leads to powerful employee engagement. The data are unambiguous: organizations with engaged workforces are more profitable, enjoy greater growth, and win the battle to keep the most talented personnel. Employees who have a fulfilling, rewarding work experience perform better, achieve more, and bring more value to the organization. The Employee Experience teaches you how to leverage the full potential of your people to transform your future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386417 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fanatical Military Recruiting: The Ultimate Guide to Leveraging High-Impact Prospecting to Engage Qualified Applicants, Win the War for Talent, and Make Mission Fast Author: Jeb Blount Narrator: Jacob Harden, Jeb Blount Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Smart, competent, and capable people are rare and in high demand. Every organization—from commercial enterprises, healthcare, non-profit, sports, education, to the military—is in an outright battle to recruit and retain these bright and talented people. Rather than bullets and bombs, the war for talent is won through high-impact prospecting activity, time discipline, intellectual agility, emotional intelligence, and human to human relationships. On this highly competitive, ever changing, asymmetric battle field, to win, you must operate a level of excellence beyond anything asked of military recruiters before. Yet, in this new paradigm, many recruiters are struggling, and most recruiting units are staring down the barrel at 50 percent or more of their recruiters consistently missing Mission. It is imperative that we arm military recruiters with the skills they need to win in this challenging environment. The failure to make Mission is an existential threat to the strength and readiness of America's fighting forces and our democracy. Fanatical Military Recruiting begins where the Recruiting and Retention colleges of the various branches of the military leave off. It is an advanced, master's level training resource designed specifically for the unique demands of Military Recruiting. Jeb Blount Tue, 02 Jul 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386417 thebookvoice.com 7:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fanatical Military Recruiting: The Ultimate Guide to Leveraging High-Impact Prospecting to Engage Qualified Applicants, Win the War for Talent, and Make Mission Fast Author: Jeb Blount Narrator: Jacob Harden, Jeb Blount Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Smart, competent, and capable people are rare and in high demand. Every organization—from commercial enterprises, healthcare, non-profit, sports, education, to the military—is in an outright battle to recruit and retain these bright and talented people. Rather than bullets and bombs, the war for talent is won through high-impact prospecting activity, time discipline, intellectual agility, emotional intelligence, and human to human relationships. On this highly competitive, ever changing, asymmetric battle field, to win, you must operate a level of excellence beyond anything asked of military recruiters before. Yet, in this new paradigm, many recruiters are struggling, and most recruiting units are staring down the barrel at 50 percent or more of their recruiters consistently missing Mission. It is imperative that we arm military recruiters with the skills they need to win in this challenging environment. The failure to make Mission is an existential threat to the strength and readiness of America's fighting forces and our democracy. Fanatical Military Recruiting begins where the Recruiting and Retention colleges of the various branches of the military leave off. It is an advanced, master's level training resource designed specifically for the unique demands of Military Recruiting. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386417]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fanatical Military Recruiting: The Ultimate Guide to Leveraging High-Impact Prospecting to Engage Qualified Applicants, Win the War for Talent, and Make Mission Fast Author: Jeb Blount Narrator: Jacob Harden, Jeb Blount Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Smart, competent, and capable people are rare and in high demand. Every organization—from commercial enterprises, healthcare, non-profit, sports, education, to the military—is in an outright battle to recruit and retain these bright and talented people. Rather than bullets and bombs, the war for talent is won through high-impact prospecting activity, time discipline, intellectual agility, emotional intelligence, and human to human relationships. On this highly competitive, ever changing, asymmetric battle field, to win, you must operate a level of excellence beyond anything asked of military recruiters before. Yet, in this new paradigm, many recruiters are struggling, and most recruiting units are staring down the barrel at 50 percent or more of their recruiters consistently missing Mission. It is imperative that we arm military recruiters with the skills they need to win in this challenging environment. The failure to make Mission is an existential threat to the strength and readiness of America's fighting forces and our democracy. Fanatical Military Recruiting begins where the Recruiting and Retention colleges of the various branches of the military leave off. It is an advanced, master's level training resource designed specifically for the unique demands of Military Recruiting. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386318 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386318]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Starfish and the Spider: The Unstoppable Power of Leaderless Organizations Author: Rod A. Beckstrom, Ori Brafman Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: If you cut off a spider’s leg, it’s crippled; if you cut off its head, it dies. But if you cut off a starfish’s leg it grows a new one, and the old leg can grow into an entirely new starfish.What’s the hidden power behind the success of Wikipedia, Craigslist, and Skype? What do eBay and General Electric have in common with the abolitionist and women’s rights movements? What fundamental choice put General Motors and Toyota on vastly different paths? How could winning a Supreme Court case be the biggest mistake MGM could have made? After five years of ground-breaking research, Ori Brafman and Rod Beckstrom share some unexpected answers, gripping stories, and a tapestry of unlikely connections. The Starfish and the Spider argues that organizations fall into two categories: traditional “spiders,” which have a rigid hierarchy and top-down leadership, and revolutionary “starfish,” which rely on the power of peer relationships. The Starfish and the Spider explores what happens when starfish take on spiders (such as the music industry vs. Napster, Kazaa, and the P2P services that followed). It reveals how established companies and institutions, from IBM to Intuit to the US government, are also learning how to incorporate starfish principles to achieve success. The book explores: * How the Apaches fended off the powerful Spanish army for 200 years * The power of a simple circle * The importance of catalysts who have an uncanny ability to bring people together * How the Internet has become a breeding ground for leaderless organizations * How Alcoholics Anonymous has reached untold millions with only a shared ideology and without a leader The Starfish and the Spider is the rare book that will change how you understand the world around you. Rod A. Beckstrom, Ori Brafman Tue, 20 Aug 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386318 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386318]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Starfish and the Spider: The Unstoppable Power of Leaderless Organizations Author: Rod A. Beckstrom, Ori Brafman Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: If you cut off a spider’s leg, it’s crippled; if you cut off its head, it dies. But if you cut off a starfish’s leg it grows a new one, and the old leg can grow into an entirely new starfish.What’s the hidden power behind the success of Wikipedia, Craigslist, and Skype? What do eBay and General Electric have in common with the abolitionist and women’s rights movements? What fundamental choice put General Motors and Toyota on vastly different paths? How could winning a Supreme Court case be the biggest mistake MGM could have made? After five years of ground-breaking research, Ori Brafman and Rod Beckstrom share some unexpected answers, gripping stories, and a tapestry of unlikely connections. The Starfish and the Spider argues that organizations fall into two categories: traditional “spiders,” which have a rigid hierarchy and top-down leadership, and revolutionary “starfish,” which rely on the power of peer relationships. The Starfish and the Spider explores what happens when starfish take on spiders (such as the music industry vs. Napster, Kazaa, and the P2P services that followed). It reveals how established companies and institutions, from IBM to Intuit to the US government, are also learning how to incorporate starfish principles to achieve success. The book explores: * How the Apaches fended off the powerful Spanish army for 200 years * The power of a simple circle * The importance of catalysts who have an uncanny ability to bring people together * How the Internet has become a breeding ground for leaderless organizations * How Alcoholics Anonymous has reached untold millions with only a shared ideology and without a leader The Starfish and the Spider is the rare book that will change how you understand the world around you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386318]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Starfish and the Spider: The Unstoppable Power of Leaderless Organizations Author: Rod A. Beckstrom, Ori Brafman Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: If you cut off a spider’s leg, it’s crippled; if you cut off its head, it dies. But if you cut off a starfish’s leg it grows a new one, and the old leg can grow into an entirely new starfish.What’s the hidden power behind the success of Wikipedia, Craigslist, and Skype? What do eBay and General Electric have in common with the abolitionist and women’s rights movements? What fundamental choice put General Motors and Toyota on vastly different paths? How could winning a Supreme Court case be the biggest mistake MGM could have made? After five years of ground-breaking research, Ori Brafman and Rod Beckstrom share some unexpected answers, gripping stories, and a tapestry of unlikely connections. The Starfish and the Spider argues that organizations fall into two categories: traditional “spiders,” which have a rigid hierarchy and top-down leadership, and revolutionary “starfish,” which rely on the power of peer relationships. The Starfish and the Spider explores what happens when starfish take on spiders (such as the music industry vs. Napster, Kazaa, and the P2P services that followed). It reveals how established companies and institutions, from IBM to Intuit to the US government, are also learning how to incorporate starfish principles to achieve success. The book explores: * How the Apaches fended off the powerful Spanish army for 200 years * The power of a simple circle * The importance of catalysts who have an uncanny ability to bring people together * How the Internet has become a breeding ground for leaderless organizations * How Alcoholics Anonymous has reached untold millions with only a shared ideology and without a leader The Starfish and the Spider is the rare book that will change how you understand the world around you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385942 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Helping: How to Offer, Give, and Receive Help Author: Edgar H. Schein Narrator: Joe Bronzi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 7, 2011 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Helping others is one of the most universal things that people do every day in their work and lives. Yet often this help is not helpful or is resented or refused. In this seminal book, a preeminent author and scholar analyzes the dynamics of helping relationships and shows how to provide help that is really helpful. Edgar H. Schein Mon, 07 Feb 2011 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385942 thebookvoice.com 5:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Helping: How to Offer, Give, and Receive Help Author: Edgar H. Schein Narrator: Joe Bronzi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 7, 2011 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Helping others is one of the most universal things that people do every day in their work and lives. Yet often this help is not helpful or is resented or refused. In this seminal book, a preeminent author and scholar analyzes the dynamics of helping relationships and shows how to provide help that is really helpful. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Helping: How to Offer, Give, and Receive Help Author: Edgar H. Schein Narrator: Joe Bronzi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: February 7, 2011 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Helping others is one of the most universal things that people do every day in their work and lives. Yet often this help is not helpful or is resented or refused. In this seminal book, a preeminent author and scholar analyzes the dynamics of helping relationships and shows how to provide help that is really helpful. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385193 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Courage Goes to Work: How to Build Backbones, Boost Performance, and Get Results Author: Bill Treasurer Narrator: Jay Webb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Fear and doubt are the two greatest enemies of high performance in the workplace. This powerful book shows you how to instill more and more courage and confidence in every person, releasing personal potential you didn't know you had available.' -Brian Tracy, author of Eat That Frog! The hardest part of a manager's job isn't staying organized, meeting deliverable dates, or staying on budget. It's dealing with people who are too comfortable doing things the way they've always been done and too afraid to do things differently-workers who are, as Bill Treasurer puts it, too 'comfeartable.' They fail to exert themselves any more than they have to and make their businesses dangerously safe. Treasurer, a courage-building pioneer, proposes a bold antidote: courage. He lays out a step-by-step process that treats courage as a skill that can be developed and strengthened. Treasurer differentiates what he calls the Three Buckets of Courage: TRY Courage, having the guts to take initiative; TRUST Courage, being willing to follow the lead of others; and TELL Courage, being honest and assertive with coworkers and bosses. Aristotle said that courage is the first virtue because it makes all other virtues possible. It's as true in business as it is in life. With more courage, workers gain the confidence to take on harder projects, embrace company changes with more enthusiasm, and extend themselves in ways that will benefit their careers and their company. Bill Treasurer Tue, 07 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385193 thebookvoice.com 5:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Courage Goes to Work: How to Build Backbones, Boost Performance, and Get Results Author: Bill Treasurer Narrator: Jay Webb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Fear and doubt are the two greatest enemies of high performance in the workplace. This powerful book shows you how to instill more and more courage and confidence in every person, releasing personal potential you didn't know you had available.' -Brian Tracy, author of Eat That Frog! The hardest part of a manager's job isn't staying organized, meeting deliverable dates, or staying on budget. It's dealing with people who are too comfortable doing things the way they've always been done and too afraid to do things differently-workers who are, as Bill Treasurer puts it, too 'comfeartable.' They fail to exert themselves any more than they have to and make their businesses dangerously safe. Treasurer, a courage-building pioneer, proposes a bold antidote: courage. He lays out a step-by-step process that treats courage as a skill that can be developed and strengthened. Treasurer differentiates what he calls the Three Buckets of Courage: TRY Courage, having the guts to take initiative; TRUST Courage, being willing to follow the lead of others; and TELL Courage, being honest and assertive with coworkers and bosses. Aristotle said that courage is the first virtue because it makes all other virtues possible. It's as true in business as it is in life. With more courage, workers gain the confidence to take on harder projects, embrace company changes with more enthusiasm, and extend themselves in ways that will benefit their careers and their company. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385193]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Courage Goes to Work: How to Build Backbones, Boost Performance, and Get Results Author: Bill Treasurer Narrator: Jay Webb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Fear and doubt are the two greatest enemies of high performance in the workplace. This powerful book shows you how to instill more and more courage and confidence in every person, releasing personal potential you didn't know you had available.' -Brian Tracy, author of Eat That Frog! The hardest part of a manager's job isn't staying organized, meeting deliverable dates, or staying on budget. It's dealing with people who are too comfortable doing things the way they've always been done and too afraid to do things differently-workers who are, as Bill Treasurer puts it, too 'comfeartable.' They fail to exert themselves any more than they have to and make their businesses dangerously safe. Treasurer, a courage-building pioneer, proposes a bold antidote: courage. He lays out a step-by-step process that treats courage as a skill that can be developed and strengthened. Treasurer differentiates what he calls the Three Buckets of Courage: TRY Courage, having the guts to take initiative; TRUST Courage, being willing to follow the lead of others; and TELL Courage, being honest and assertive with coworkers and bosses. Aristotle said that courage is the first virtue because it makes all other virtues possible. It's as true in business as it is in life. With more courage, workers gain the confidence to take on harder projects, embrace company changes with more enthusiasm, and extend themselves in ways that will benefit their careers and their company. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384422 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lucy Kellaway's History of Office Life Author: Somethin' Else Narrator: Lucy Kellaway Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 2, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In today's Britain, more and more people spend longer at an office than ever before. It dominates lives. It's made more people middle class, transformed the lot of women, raised standards in education and been the reason for many technological advances. But the office itself seems to have no history and people accept without question the way they work now. They endure the charade of the annual appraisal, gawp at endless PowerPoint presentations in interminable meetings and work in open plan offices where colleagues' phone calls to their plumber can be heard. That's just how things are done, but why? For the last 20 years, writer Lucy Kellaway has been an observer of the peculiarities of corporate culture in her column for the Financial Times. In this series, she looks back at the history of office life, including essayist Charles Lamb's account of life at the East India Company in the early 1800s. Somethin' Else Fri, 02 Aug 2013 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384422 thebookvoice.com 2:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lucy Kellaway's History of Office Life Author: Somethin' Else Narrator: Lucy Kellaway Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 2, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In today's Britain, more and more people spend longer at an office than ever before. It dominates lives. It's made more people middle class, transformed the lot of women, raised standards in education and been the reason for many technological advances. But the office itself seems to have no history and people accept without question the way they work now. They endure the charade of the annual appraisal, gawp at endless PowerPoint presentations in interminable meetings and work in open plan offices where colleagues' phone calls to their plumber can be heard. That's just how things are done, but why? For the last 20 years, writer Lucy Kellaway has been an observer of the peculiarities of corporate culture in her column for the Financial Times. In this series, she looks back at the history of office life, including essayist Charles Lamb's account of life at the East India Company in the early 1800s. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lucy Kellaway's History of Office Life Author: Somethin' Else Narrator: Lucy Kellaway Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 2, 2013 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In today's Britain, more and more people spend longer at an office than ever before. It dominates lives. It's made more people middle class, transformed the lot of women, raised standards in education and been the reason for many technological advances. But the office itself seems to have no history and people accept without question the way they work now. They endure the charade of the annual appraisal, gawp at endless PowerPoint presentations in interminable meetings and work in open plan offices where colleagues' phone calls to their plumber can be heard. That's just how things are done, but why? For the last 20 years, writer Lucy Kellaway has been an observer of the peculiarities of corporate culture in her column for the Financial Times. In this series, she looks back at the history of office life, including essayist Charles Lamb's account of life at the East India Company in the early 1800s. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383718 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Managing Services: Challenges and Innovation Author: Kathryn Haynes, Irena Grugulis Narrator: Anne Hancock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The nature of services in society and the economy is wide-ranging and complex, and the management of services and their innovation provokes a number challenges for practitioners, professionals, and academics. This book provides a range of perspectives on understanding, managing, and reconceptualizing service by bringing together contributions from leading figures in service research, to make a timely and significant multi-disciplinary contribution to the theory and practice of service management. The book presents a collection of contemporary perspectives on service management challenges, extending the understanding of service through exploration and critique of service organizational and managerial strategies from selected theoretical and empirical perspectives. Amongst other contributions, it reviews the importance of service to academics, professionals, and practitioners; evaluates selected aspects of the practice of service management, and investigates the challenges inherent in managing services; reviews the nature, direction, and applicability of selected theoretical dimensions which inform the understanding of service management; and assesses the opportunities for theory building, to further support understanding of the complexities of service management and its impact on organisations and wider society. Kathryn Haynes, Irena Grugulis Tue, 11 Jun 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383718 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Managing Services: Challenges and Innovation Author: Kathryn Haynes, Irena Grugulis Narrator: Anne Hancock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The nature of services in society and the economy is wide-ranging and complex, and the management of services and their innovation provokes a number challenges for practitioners, professionals, and academics. This book provides a range of perspectives on understanding, managing, and reconceptualizing service by bringing together contributions from leading figures in service research, to make a timely and significant multi-disciplinary contribution to the theory and practice of service management. The book presents a collection of contemporary perspectives on service management challenges, extending the understanding of service through exploration and critique of service organizational and managerial strategies from selected theoretical and empirical perspectives. Amongst other contributions, it reviews the importance of service to academics, professionals, and practitioners; evaluates selected aspects of the practice of service management, and investigates the challenges inherent in managing services; reviews the nature, direction, and applicability of selected theoretical dimensions which inform the understanding of service management; and assesses the opportunities for theory building, to further support understanding of the complexities of service management and its impact on organisations and wider society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Managing Services: Challenges and Innovation Author: Kathryn Haynes, Irena Grugulis Narrator: Anne Hancock Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The nature of services in society and the economy is wide-ranging and complex, and the management of services and their innovation provokes a number challenges for practitioners, professionals, and academics. This book provides a range of perspectives on understanding, managing, and reconceptualizing service by bringing together contributions from leading figures in service research, to make a timely and significant multi-disciplinary contribution to the theory and practice of service management. The book presents a collection of contemporary perspectives on service management challenges, extending the understanding of service through exploration and critique of service organizational and managerial strategies from selected theoretical and empirical perspectives. Amongst other contributions, it reviews the importance of service to academics, professionals, and practitioners; evaluates selected aspects of the practice of service management, and investigates the challenges inherent in managing services; reviews the nature, direction, and applicability of selected theoretical dimensions which inform the understanding of service management; and assesses the opportunities for theory building, to further support understanding of the complexities of service management and its impact on organisations and wider society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383719 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading for Organisational Change: Building purpose, motivation and belonging Author: Jennifer Emery Narrator: Henrietta Meire Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Harness the seven key elements of successful organisational change Leading for Organisational Change is an intelligent and practical guide to the human side of merger integration and other organizational change. Building a clear sense of common purpose and then reinforcing it through storytelling can underpin the success of an integration or significant change program. Pulling together the best thinking from neuroscience, psychology and business, and her rich personal experience in twenty years of leading change projects in professional services organizations and other people-centered businesses, author Jennifer Emery presents a framework for change rooted in seven key themes that help organisations establish their BECAUSE: belonging, evolution, confidence, agility, understanding, simplicity, and energy. Exploring the role each theme plays in the context of change, this insightful and warm book shares real-world examples and provides advice on building purpose and culture and strengthening motivation through listening, empowering, and collaborating. Jennifer Emery Fri, 31 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383719 thebookvoice.com 8:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading for Organisational Change: Building purpose, motivation and belonging Author: Jennifer Emery Narrator: Henrietta Meire Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Harness the seven key elements of successful organisational change Leading for Organisational Change is an intelligent and practical guide to the human side of merger integration and other organizational change. Building a clear sense of common purpose and then reinforcing it through storytelling can underpin the success of an integration or significant change program. Pulling together the best thinking from neuroscience, psychology and business, and her rich personal experience in twenty years of leading change projects in professional services organizations and other people-centered businesses, author Jennifer Emery presents a framework for change rooted in seven key themes that help organisations establish their BECAUSE: belonging, evolution, confidence, agility, understanding, simplicity, and energy. Exploring the role each theme plays in the context of change, this insightful and warm book shares real-world examples and provides advice on building purpose and culture and strengthening motivation through listening, empowering, and collaborating. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading for Organisational Change: Building purpose, motivation and belonging Author: Jennifer Emery Narrator: Henrietta Meire Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Harness the seven key elements of successful organisational change Leading for Organisational Change is an intelligent and practical guide to the human side of merger integration and other organizational change. Building a clear sense of common purpose and then reinforcing it through storytelling can underpin the success of an integration or significant change program. Pulling together the best thinking from neuroscience, psychology and business, and her rich personal experience in twenty years of leading change projects in professional services organizations and other people-centered businesses, author Jennifer Emery presents a framework for change rooted in seven key themes that help organisations establish their BECAUSE: belonging, evolution, confidence, agility, understanding, simplicity, and energy. Exploring the role each theme plays in the context of change, this insightful and warm book shares real-world examples and provides advice on building purpose and culture and strengthening motivation through listening, empowering, and collaborating. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383717 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Divide or Conquer: How Great Teams Turn Conflict into Strength Author: Diana Mclain Smith Narrator: Marie Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 6, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Diana McLain Smith addresses key questions about the nature of professional relationships, explaining how companies are irrevocably shaped by positive and negative relationships between colleagues, in a guide that shares strategies for building strong and flexible working relationships that can endure difficult interpersonal challenges. Diana Mclain Smith Thu, 06 Jun 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383717 thebookvoice.com 8:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Divide or Conquer: How Great Teams Turn Conflict into Strength Author: Diana Mclain Smith Narrator: Marie Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 6, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Diana McLain Smith addresses key questions about the nature of professional relationships, explaining how companies are irrevocably shaped by positive and negative relationships between colleagues, in a guide that shares strategies for building strong and flexible working relationships that can endure difficult interpersonal challenges. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Divide or Conquer: How Great Teams Turn Conflict into Strength Author: Diana Mclain Smith Narrator: Marie Hoffman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 6, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Diana McLain Smith addresses key questions about the nature of professional relationships, explaining how companies are irrevocably shaped by positive and negative relationships between colleagues, in a guide that shares strategies for building strong and flexible working relationships that can endure difficult interpersonal challenges. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383617 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create a Gender-Balanced Workplace Author: Ann Francke Narrator: Kirsty Dillon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 26, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Equality at work expert Ann Francke reveals how to understand and tackle the damaging consequences of gender imbalance in the workplace Gender balance is first and foremost a business issue. McKinsey estimates we could add 28 trillion to global GDP if we achieved gender equality everywhere - that is more than the GDPs of the US and China combined. But it is so much more than that. Gender balance is one of the best levers we can pull to build better managers and leaders at every level, improve team performance and create better cultures where everyone can thrive. In the Penguin Experts: Create a Gender-Balanced Workplace, Ann Francke, the CEO of the Chartered Management Institute (CMI), introduces her solution to combating the problems at the heart of the continued imbalance and offers clear, actionable strategies for making a positive change in your organisation. Ann Francke Thu, 26 Sep 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383617 thebookvoice.com 4:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create a Gender-Balanced Workplace Author: Ann Francke Narrator: Kirsty Dillon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 26, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Equality at work expert Ann Francke reveals how to understand and tackle the damaging consequences of gender imbalance in the workplace Gender balance is first and foremost a business issue. McKinsey estimates we could add 28 trillion to global GDP if we achieved gender equality everywhere - that is more than the GDPs of the US and China combined. But it is so much more than that. Gender balance is one of the best levers we can pull to build better managers and leaders at every level, improve team performance and create better cultures where everyone can thrive. In the Penguin Experts: Create a Gender-Balanced Workplace, Ann Francke, the CEO of the Chartered Management Institute (CMI), introduces her solution to combating the problems at the heart of the continued imbalance and offers clear, actionable strategies for making a positive change in your organisation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create a Gender-Balanced Workplace Author: Ann Francke Narrator: Kirsty Dillon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 26, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Equality at work expert Ann Francke reveals how to understand and tackle the damaging consequences of gender imbalance in the workplace Gender balance is first and foremost a business issue. McKinsey estimates we could add 28 trillion to global GDP if we achieved gender equality everywhere - that is more than the GDPs of the US and China combined. But it is so much more than that. Gender balance is one of the best levers we can pull to build better managers and leaders at every level, improve team performance and create better cultures where everyone can thrive. In the Penguin Experts: Create a Gender-Balanced Workplace, Ann Francke, the CEO of the Chartered Management Institute (CMI), introduces her solution to combating the problems at the heart of the continued imbalance and offers clear, actionable strategies for making a positive change in your organisation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383584 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat Sleep Work Repeat: 30 Hacks for Bringing Joy to Your Job Author: Bruce Daisley Narrator: James Clamp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: ''An important reminder of simple everyday practices to improve how we all work together, which will lead to greater team and individual happiness and performance. Great results will follow.''—Jack Dorsey, CEO of Twitter and Square ''With just 30 changes, you can transform your work experience from bland and boring (or worse) to fulfilling, fun, and even joyful.''—Daniel Pink, author of When and Drive The vice president of Twitter Europe and host of the top business podcast Eat Sleep Work Repeat offers thirty smart, research-based hacks for bringing joy and fun back into our burned out, uninspired work lives. How does a lunch break spark a burst of productivity? Can a team’s performance be improved simply by moving the location of the coffee maker? Why are meetings so often a waste of time, and how can a walking meeting actually get decisions made? As an executive with decades of management experience at top Silicon Valley companies including YouTube, Google, and Twitter, Bruce Daisley has given a lot of thought to what makes a workforce productive and what factors can improve the workplace to benefit a company’s employees, customers, and bottom line. In his debut book, he shares what he’s discovered, offering practical, often counterintuitive, insights and solutions for reinvigorating work to give us more meaning, productivity, and joy at the office. A Gallup survey of global workers revealed shocking news: only 13% of employees are engaged in their jobs. This means that burn out and unhappiness at work are a reality for the vast majority of workers. Managers—and employees themselves—can make work better. Eat Sleep Work Repeat shows them how, offering more than two dozen research-backed, user-friendly strategies, including: Go to Lunch (it makes you less tired over the weekend) Suggest a Tea Break (it increases team cohesiveness and productivity) Conduct a Pre-Mortem (foreseeing possible issues can prevent problems and creates a spirit of curiosity and inquisitiveness) ''Let’s start enjoying our jobs again,'' Daisley insists. ''It’s time to rediscover the joy of work.'' Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Bruce Daisley Tue, 25 Feb 2020 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383584 thebookvoice.com 7:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat Sleep Work Repeat: 30 Hacks for Bringing Joy to Your Job Author: Bruce Daisley Narrator: James Clamp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: ''An important reminder of simple everyday practices to improve how we all work together, which will lead to greater team and individual happiness and performance. Great results will follow.''—Jack Dorsey, CEO of Twitter and Square ''With just 30 changes, you can transform your work experience from bland and boring (or worse) to fulfilling, fun, and even joyful.''—Daniel Pink, author of When and Drive The vice president of Twitter Europe and host of the top business podcast Eat Sleep Work Repeat offers thirty smart, research-based hacks for bringing joy and fun back into our burned out, uninspired work lives. How does a lunch break spark a burst of productivity? Can a team’s performance be improved simply by moving the location of the coffee maker? Why are meetings so often a waste of time, and how can a walking meeting actually get decisions made? As an executive with decades of management experience at top Silicon Valley companies including YouTube, Google, and Twitter, Bruce Daisley has given a lot of thought to what makes a workforce productive and what factors can improve the workplace to benefit a company’s employees, customers, and bottom line. In his debut book, he shares what he’s discovered, offering practical, often counterintuitive, insights and solutions for reinvigorating work to give us more meaning, productivity, and joy at the office. A Gallup survey of global workers revealed shocking news: only 13% of employees are engaged in their jobs. This means that burn out and unhappiness at work are a reality for the vast majority of workers. Managers—and employees themselves—can make work better. Eat Sleep Work Repeat shows them how, offering more than two dozen research-backed, user-friendly strategies, including: Go to Lunch (it makes you less tired over the weekend) Suggest a Tea Break (it increases team cohesiveness and productivity) Conduct a Pre-Mortem (foreseeing possible issues can prevent problems and creates a spirit of curiosity and inquisitiveness) ''Let’s start enjoying our jobs again,'' Daisley insists. ''It’s time to rediscover the joy of work.'' Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383584]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat Sleep Work Repeat: 30 Hacks for Bringing Joy to Your Job Author: Bruce Daisley Narrator: James Clamp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: ''An important reminder of simple everyday practices to improve how we all work together, which will lead to greater team and individual happiness and performance. Great results will follow.''—Jack Dorsey, CEO of Twitter and Square ''With just 30 changes, you can transform your work experience from bland and boring (or worse) to fulfilling, fun, and even joyful.''—Daniel Pink, author of When and Drive The vice president of Twitter Europe and host of the top business podcast Eat Sleep Work Repeat offers thirty smart, research-based hacks for bringing joy and fun back into our burned out, uninspired work lives. How does a lunch break spark a burst of productivity? Can a team’s performance be improved simply by moving the location of the coffee maker? Why are meetings so often a waste of time, and how can a walking meeting actually get decisions made? As an executive with decades of management experience at top Silicon Valley companies including YouTube, Google, and Twitter, Bruce Daisley has given a lot of thought to what makes a workforce productive and what factors can improve the workplace to benefit a company’s employees, customers, and bottom line. In his debut book, he shares what he’s discovered, offering practical, often counterintuitive, insights and solutions for reinvigorating work to give us more meaning, productivity, and joy at the office. A Gallup survey of global workers revealed shocking news: only 13% of employees are engaged in their jobs. This means that burn out and unhappiness at work are a reality for the vast majority of workers. Managers—and employees themselves—can make work better. Eat Sleep Work Repeat shows them how, offering more than two dozen research-backed, user-friendly strategies, including: Go to Lunch (it makes you less tired over the weekend) Suggest a Tea Break (it increases team cohesiveness and productivity) Conduct a Pre-Mortem (foreseeing possible issues can prevent problems and creates a spirit of curiosity and inquisitiveness) ''Let’s start enjoying our jobs again,'' Daisley insists. ''It’s time to rediscover the joy of work.'' Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383324 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383324]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're It: Crisis, Change, and How to Lead When It Matters Most Author: Eric J. Mcnulty, Joseph M. Henderson, Barry C. Dorn, Leonard J. Marcus Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Become a better crisis leader while equipping yourself with the tools for every day transformative leadership Today, in an instant, leaders can find themselves face-to-face with crisis. An active shooter. A media controversy. A data breach. In You're It, the faculty of the National Preparedness Leadership Initiative at Harvard University takes you to the front lines of some of the toughest decisions facing our nation's leaders-from how to mobilize during a hurricane or in the aftermath of a bombing to halting a raging pandemic. They also take readers through the tough decision-making inside the world's largest companies, hottest startups, and leading nonprofits. The authors introduce readers to the pragmatic model and methods of Meta-Leadership. They show you how to understand what is happening during a moment of crisis and change, what to do about it, and how to hone these skills to lead high-performing teams. Then, when crisis hits, you can pivot to be the leader people follow when it matters most. A book for turbulent times, You're It is essential reading for anyone preparing to lead an adaptive team through crisis and change. Eric J. Mcnulty, Joseph M. Henderson, Barry C. Dorn, Leonard J. Marcus Tue, 11 Jun 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383324 thebookvoice.com 12:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383324]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're It: Crisis, Change, and How to Lead When It Matters Most Author: Eric J. Mcnulty, Joseph M. Henderson, Barry C. Dorn, Leonard J. Marcus Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Become a better crisis leader while equipping yourself with the tools for every day transformative leadership Today, in an instant, leaders can find themselves face-to-face with crisis. An active shooter. A media controversy. A data breach. In You're It, the faculty of the National Preparedness Leadership Initiative at Harvard University takes you to the front lines of some of the toughest decisions facing our nation's leaders-from how to mobilize during a hurricane or in the aftermath of a bombing to halting a raging pandemic. They also take readers through the tough decision-making inside the world's largest companies, hottest startups, and leading nonprofits. The authors introduce readers to the pragmatic model and methods of Meta-Leadership. They show you how to understand what is happening during a moment of crisis and change, what to do about it, and how to hone these skills to lead high-performing teams. Then, when crisis hits, you can pivot to be the leader people follow when it matters most. A book for turbulent times, You're It is essential reading for anyone preparing to lead an adaptive team through crisis and change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383324]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're It: Crisis, Change, and How to Lead When It Matters Most Author: Eric J. Mcnulty, Joseph M. Henderson, Barry C. Dorn, Leonard J. Marcus Narrator: Kevin T. Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Become a better crisis leader while equipping yourself with the tools for every day transformative leadership Today, in an instant, leaders can find themselves face-to-face with crisis. An active shooter. A media controversy. A data breach. In You're It, the faculty of the National Preparedness Leadership Initiative at Harvard University takes you to the front lines of some of the toughest decisions facing our nation's leaders-from how to mobilize during a hurricane or in the aftermath of a bombing to halting a raging pandemic. They also take readers through the tough decision-making inside the world's largest companies, hottest startups, and leading nonprofits. The authors introduce readers to the pragmatic model and methods of Meta-Leadership. They show you how to understand what is happening during a moment of crisis and change, what to do about it, and how to hone these skills to lead high-performing teams. Then, when crisis hits, you can pivot to be the leader people follow when it matters most. A book for turbulent times, You're It is essential reading for anyone preparing to lead an adaptive team through crisis and change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383302 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Human: How Our Shared Humanity Can Help Us Create a Better World Author: Adam Waytz Narrator: Tim Fannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: An urgent yet hopeful analysis of the surge in dehumanization, and how we can reverse it. The unprecedented access to other humans that technology provides has ironically freed us from engaging with them. Thanks to social media, we can know a campaigning politician's platform; an avid traveler's restaurant recommendations; and the daily emotional fluctuations of our friends without ever even picking up the phone. According to social psychologist Adam Waytz, our increasingly human-free lives come with a serious cost that we've already begun to pay: the loss of our humanity. Humans have superpowers. More than any other psychological stimulus, our presence can make experiences feel significant, inspire moral behavior, and encourage action. Recent studies suggest that we even have power over mortality?the survival rate of individuals with stronger social relationships has been found to be twice as high as those with weak relationships. The Power of Human shows us how to rehumanize and harness these unique abilities to improve our lives, beginning with our jobs. The remedy for the dehumanized worker is twofold. Employers, Waytz argues, must instill humanity into work by capitalizing on distinctly human skills, especially sociability and variability. Meanwhile, workers need to put to rest the idea that you are what you do and instead detach their personal identities from their occupations. Waytz offers a similarly science-based method to counter the rising threat that technology poses to our humanity, outlining how we can design human-machine partnerships that optimize the strengths of both parties. Finally, he reveals how, by humanizing intimacy and conflict in unexpected ways, we can strengthen relationships with both our friends and enemies. Essential reading for individuals and institutions alike, The Power of Humanexplains how we can solve one of our time's biggest problems by better utilizing the influence we have on one another. Adam Waytz Tue, 25 Jun 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383302 thebookvoice.com 7:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Human: How Our Shared Humanity Can Help Us Create a Better World Author: Adam Waytz Narrator: Tim Fannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: An urgent yet hopeful analysis of the surge in dehumanization, and how we can reverse it. The unprecedented access to other humans that technology provides has ironically freed us from engaging with them. Thanks to social media, we can know a campaigning politician's platform; an avid traveler's restaurant recommendations; and the daily emotional fluctuations of our friends without ever even picking up the phone. According to social psychologist Adam Waytz, our increasingly human-free lives come with a serious cost that we've already begun to pay: the loss of our humanity. Humans have superpowers. More than any other psychological stimulus, our presence can make experiences feel significant, inspire moral behavior, and encourage action. Recent studies suggest that we even have power over mortality?the survival rate of individuals with stronger social relationships has been found to be twice as high as those with weak relationships. The Power of Human shows us how to rehumanize and harness these unique abilities to improve our lives, beginning with our jobs. The remedy for the dehumanized worker is twofold. Employers, Waytz argues, must instill humanity into work by capitalizing on distinctly human skills, especially sociability and variability. Meanwhile, workers need to put to rest the idea that you are what you do and instead detach their personal identities from their occupations. Waytz offers a similarly science-based method to counter the rising threat that technology poses to our humanity, outlining how we can design human-machine partnerships that optimize the strengths of both parties. Finally, he reveals how, by humanizing intimacy and conflict in unexpected ways, we can strengthen relationships with both our friends and enemies. Essential reading for individuals and institutions alike, The Power of Humanexplains how we can solve one of our time's biggest problems by better utilizing the influence we have on one another. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Human: How Our Shared Humanity Can Help Us Create a Better World Author: Adam Waytz Narrator: Tim Fannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: An urgent yet hopeful analysis of the surge in dehumanization, and how we can reverse it. The unprecedented access to other humans that technology provides has ironically freed us from engaging with them. Thanks to social media, we can know a campaigning politician's platform; an avid traveler's restaurant recommendations; and the daily emotional fluctuations of our friends without ever even picking up the phone. According to social psychologist Adam Waytz, our increasingly human-free lives come with a serious cost that we've already begun to pay: the loss of our humanity. Humans have superpowers. More than any other psychological stimulus, our presence can make experiences feel significant, inspire moral behavior, and encourage action. Recent studies suggest that we even have power over mortality?the survival rate of individuals with stronger social relationships has been found to be twice as high as those with weak relationships. The Power of Human shows us how to rehumanize and harness these unique abilities to improve our lives, beginning with our jobs. The remedy for the dehumanized worker is twofold. Employers, Waytz argues, must instill humanity into work by capitalizing on distinctly human skills, especially sociability and variability. Meanwhile, workers need to put to rest the idea that you are what you do and instead detach their personal identities from their occupations. Waytz offers a similarly science-based method to counter the rising threat that technology poses to our humanity, outlining how we can design human-machine partnerships that optimize the strengths of both parties. Finally, he reveals how, by humanizing intimacy and conflict in unexpected ways, we can strengthen relationships with both our friends and enemies. Essential reading for individuals and institutions alike, The Power of Humanexplains how we can solve one of our time's biggest problems by better utilizing the influence we have on one another. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383151 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Employee Experience Advantage: How to Win the War for Talent by Giving Employees the Workspaces they Want, the Tools they Need, and a Culture They Can Celebrate Author: Jacob Morgan Narrator: Erik Bloomquist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Recently a new type of organization has emerged, one that focuses on employee experiences as a way to drive innovation, increase customer satisfaction, find and hire the best people, make work more engaging, and improve overall performance. The Employee Experience Advantage is the first book of its kind to tackle this emerging topic, which is becoming the number one priority for business leaders around the world. Backed by an extensive research project that looked at over 150 studies and articles, featured extensive interviews with over 150 executives, and analyzed over 250 global organizations, this book clearly breaks down the three environments that make up every single employee experience at every organization around the world and how to design for them. These are the cultural, technological, and physical environments. This book explores the attributes that organizations need to focus on in each one of these environments to create COOL spaces, ACE technology, and a CELEBRATED culture. Featuring exclusive case studies, unique frameworks, and never before seen research, The Employee Experience Advantage guides listeners on a journey of creating a place where people actually want to show up to work. Jacob Morgan Fri, 31 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383151 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Employee Experience Advantage: How to Win the War for Talent by Giving Employees the Workspaces they Want, the Tools they Need, and a Culture They Can Celebrate Author: Jacob Morgan Narrator: Erik Bloomquist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Recently a new type of organization has emerged, one that focuses on employee experiences as a way to drive innovation, increase customer satisfaction, find and hire the best people, make work more engaging, and improve overall performance. The Employee Experience Advantage is the first book of its kind to tackle this emerging topic, which is becoming the number one priority for business leaders around the world. Backed by an extensive research project that looked at over 150 studies and articles, featured extensive interviews with over 150 executives, and analyzed over 250 global organizations, this book clearly breaks down the three environments that make up every single employee experience at every organization around the world and how to design for them. These are the cultural, technological, and physical environments. This book explores the attributes that organizations need to focus on in each one of these environments to create COOL spaces, ACE technology, and a CELEBRATED culture. Featuring exclusive case studies, unique frameworks, and never before seen research, The Employee Experience Advantage guides listeners on a journey of creating a place where people actually want to show up to work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Employee Experience Advantage: How to Win the War for Talent by Giving Employees the Workspaces they Want, the Tools they Need, and a Culture They Can Celebrate Author: Jacob Morgan Narrator: Erik Bloomquist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Recently a new type of organization has emerged, one that focuses on employee experiences as a way to drive innovation, increase customer satisfaction, find and hire the best people, make work more engaging, and improve overall performance. The Employee Experience Advantage is the first book of its kind to tackle this emerging topic, which is becoming the number one priority for business leaders around the world. Backed by an extensive research project that looked at over 150 studies and articles, featured extensive interviews with over 150 executives, and analyzed over 250 global organizations, this book clearly breaks down the three environments that make up every single employee experience at every organization around the world and how to design for them. These are the cultural, technological, and physical environments. This book explores the attributes that organizations need to focus on in each one of these environments to create COOL spaces, ACE technology, and a CELEBRATED culture. Featuring exclusive case studies, unique frameworks, and never before seen research, The Employee Experience Advantage guides listeners on a journey of creating a place where people actually want to show up to work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383082 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feedback (and Other Dirty Words): Why We Fear It, How to Fix It Author: M. Tamra Chandler, Laura Dowling Grealish Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A practical and irreverent guide to taking the sting out of feedback and reclaiming it as a motivating, empowering experience for everyone involved. Feedback! Ugh. Say the word to a colleague, your spouse, or a friend, and watch the person's blood pressure rise and defenses go up. For most of us, it's a word loaded with experiences that may include bias, politics, pain, regret, and anger. However, if we take a step back and think about its true intent, we realize that feedback needn't be a bad thing. We humans want to improve, grow, and advance, and we need insights that can help us move in the right direction. If we close ourselves off from understanding how others experience us, then we close ourselves off to a life of learning and growth. The authors address how feedback got such a bad rap and how we can fix it. They provide three key Fs (focused, fair, and frequent) for positive feedback. They also include a slew of practical exercises and strategies to change how we view and experience feedback. M. Tamra Chandler, Laura Dowling Grealish Tue, 18 Jun 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383082 thebookvoice.com 4:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feedback (and Other Dirty Words): Why We Fear It, How to Fix It Author: M. Tamra Chandler, Laura Dowling Grealish Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A practical and irreverent guide to taking the sting out of feedback and reclaiming it as a motivating, empowering experience for everyone involved. Feedback! Ugh. Say the word to a colleague, your spouse, or a friend, and watch the person's blood pressure rise and defenses go up. For most of us, it's a word loaded with experiences that may include bias, politics, pain, regret, and anger. However, if we take a step back and think about its true intent, we realize that feedback needn't be a bad thing. We humans want to improve, grow, and advance, and we need insights that can help us move in the right direction. If we close ourselves off from understanding how others experience us, then we close ourselves off to a life of learning and growth. The authors address how feedback got such a bad rap and how we can fix it. They provide three key Fs (focused, fair, and frequent) for positive feedback. They also include a slew of practical exercises and strategies to change how we view and experience feedback. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feedback (and Other Dirty Words): Why We Fear It, How to Fix It Author: M. Tamra Chandler, Laura Dowling Grealish Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A practical and irreverent guide to taking the sting out of feedback and reclaiming it as a motivating, empowering experience for everyone involved. Feedback! Ugh. Say the word to a colleague, your spouse, or a friend, and watch the person's blood pressure rise and defenses go up. For most of us, it's a word loaded with experiences that may include bias, politics, pain, regret, and anger. However, if we take a step back and think about its true intent, we realize that feedback needn't be a bad thing. We humans want to improve, grow, and advance, and we need insights that can help us move in the right direction. If we close ourselves off from understanding how others experience us, then we close ourselves off to a life of learning and growth. The authors address how feedback got such a bad rap and how we can fix it. They provide three key Fs (focused, fair, and frequent) for positive feedback. They also include a slew of practical exercises and strategies to change how we view and experience feedback. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382922 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tech Boss Lady: How to Start-up, Disrupt, and Thrive as a Female Founder Author: Adriana Gascoigne Narrator: Adriana Gascoigne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The founder of Girls in Tech offers first-hand accounts of the realities of startup life, with the very best advice from top women entrepreneurs You know startups are hard, but what is it like to fail, or have a falling out with your co-founder, or to go through hundreds of pitches in an effort get funded? In Tech Boss Lady, Adriana Gascoigne dives into the gritty, raw side of startups. She shares her own story - of defying Silicon Valley's boy's club and founding the largest organization for female entrepreneurs in the world - as well as candid true tales from more than 20 leading women in tech. The result: a no-nonsense guide for the entrepreneur, intrapreneur and Tech Boss Lady within each of us.Gascoigne goes behind the scenes of some of Silicon Valley's hottest brands to discuss topics like failure, funding, growth hacking, and what it's like to be a first-time CEO. Rising entrepreneurs will find inspiration and actionable advice, and experienced tech employees will appreciate Gascoigne's refreshingly real take on Silicon Valley: the good, the bad, the ugly, and ultimately-the hopeful. Adriana Gascoigne Tue, 04 Jun 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382922 thebookvoice.com 6:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tech Boss Lady: How to Start-up, Disrupt, and Thrive as a Female Founder Author: Adriana Gascoigne Narrator: Adriana Gascoigne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The founder of Girls in Tech offers first-hand accounts of the realities of startup life, with the very best advice from top women entrepreneurs You know startups are hard, but what is it like to fail, or have a falling out with your co-founder, or to go through hundreds of pitches in an effort get funded? In Tech Boss Lady, Adriana Gascoigne dives into the gritty, raw side of startups. She shares her own story - of defying Silicon Valley's boy's club and founding the largest organization for female entrepreneurs in the world - as well as candid true tales from more than 20 leading women in tech. The result: a no-nonsense guide for the entrepreneur, intrapreneur and Tech Boss Lady within each of us.Gascoigne goes behind the scenes of some of Silicon Valley's hottest brands to discuss topics like failure, funding, growth hacking, and what it's like to be a first-time CEO. Rising entrepreneurs will find inspiration and actionable advice, and experienced tech employees will appreciate Gascoigne's refreshingly real take on Silicon Valley: the good, the bad, the ugly, and ultimately-the hopeful. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tech Boss Lady: How to Start-up, Disrupt, and Thrive as a Female Founder Author: Adriana Gascoigne Narrator: Adriana Gascoigne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The founder of Girls in Tech offers first-hand accounts of the realities of startup life, with the very best advice from top women entrepreneurs You know startups are hard, but what is it like to fail, or have a falling out with your co-founder, or to go through hundreds of pitches in an effort get funded? In Tech Boss Lady, Adriana Gascoigne dives into the gritty, raw side of startups. She shares her own story - of defying Silicon Valley's boy's club and founding the largest organization for female entrepreneurs in the world - as well as candid true tales from more than 20 leading women in tech. The result: a no-nonsense guide for the entrepreneur, intrapreneur and Tech Boss Lady within each of us.Gascoigne goes behind the scenes of some of Silicon Valley's hottest brands to discuss topics like failure, funding, growth hacking, and what it's like to be a first-time CEO. Rising entrepreneurs will find inspiration and actionable advice, and experienced tech employees will appreciate Gascoigne's refreshingly real take on Silicon Valley: the good, the bad, the ugly, and ultimately-the hopeful. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382780 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leadership Contract: The Fine Print to Becoming an Accountable Leader, Third Edition Author: Vince Molinaro Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Step up, get tough, and commit to your decision to lead The Leadership Contract provides the manual that leaders around the world need. With only seven percent of employees feeling confident in senior leadership, the problem is evident: disappointing, and often disgraceful leaders. Employees deserve better than that; organizations need better than that—and this book provides a robust framework for stepping up and making the decision to lead. This new third edition has been updated, featuring a new foreword by Adecco CEO Alain Dehaze, new findings from the Global Leadership Accountability Study, and more insights to help you chart your own path to build strong leadership accountability at a personal and organizational level. Great leadership doesn't happen by accident. It's more than just being in charge; it's a decision, an obligation, and potentially your legacy. Mediocre is no longer good enough—in today's business climate, organizations need stellar leadership. If you're not exceptional, step up or step aside—this book helps you toughen up and put your commitment to great leadership in writing for yourself as much as everyone else. Vince Molinaro Tue, 28 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382780 thebookvoice.com 8:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leadership Contract: The Fine Print to Becoming an Accountable Leader, Third Edition Author: Vince Molinaro Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Step up, get tough, and commit to your decision to lead The Leadership Contract provides the manual that leaders around the world need. With only seven percent of employees feeling confident in senior leadership, the problem is evident: disappointing, and often disgraceful leaders. Employees deserve better than that; organizations need better than that—and this book provides a robust framework for stepping up and making the decision to lead. This new third edition has been updated, featuring a new foreword by Adecco CEO Alain Dehaze, new findings from the Global Leadership Accountability Study, and more insights to help you chart your own path to build strong leadership accountability at a personal and organizational level. Great leadership doesn't happen by accident. It's more than just being in charge; it's a decision, an obligation, and potentially your legacy. Mediocre is no longer good enough—in today's business climate, organizations need stellar leadership. If you're not exceptional, step up or step aside—this book helps you toughen up and put your commitment to great leadership in writing for yourself as much as everyone else. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leadership Contract: The Fine Print to Becoming an Accountable Leader, Third Edition Author: Vince Molinaro Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Step up, get tough, and commit to your decision to lead The Leadership Contract provides the manual that leaders around the world need. With only seven percent of employees feeling confident in senior leadership, the problem is evident: disappointing, and often disgraceful leaders. Employees deserve better than that; organizations need better than that—and this book provides a robust framework for stepping up and making the decision to lead. This new third edition has been updated, featuring a new foreword by Adecco CEO Alain Dehaze, new findings from the Global Leadership Accountability Study, and more insights to help you chart your own path to build strong leadership accountability at a personal and organizational level. Great leadership doesn't happen by accident. It's more than just being in charge; it's a decision, an obligation, and potentially your legacy. Mediocre is no longer good enough—in today's business climate, organizations need stellar leadership. If you're not exceptional, step up or step aside—this book helps you toughen up and put your commitment to great leadership in writing for yourself as much as everyone else. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381977 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be a Project Motivator: Unlock the Secrets of Strengths-Based Project Management Author: Ruth Pearce Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How do project managers achieve spectacular results when they have no direct authority over their team members? Here's a foolproof process for engaging your team: one that begins with engaging yourself. Project managers are frequently given the task of driving results without having any authority to back up their directives. This book helps project managers succeed when the deck is stacked against them. The secret to running spectacular projects is engaging and inspiring every person who's part of your project, so they feel responsible for the outcome. And that engagement starts with you-- you have to feel engaged and inspired yourself before you can inspire others. Ruth Pearce, 'The Project Motivator' draws on principles from positive psychology, workplace engagement, and character strengths to come up with a foolproof methodology you can apply in your workplace today. Ruth Pearce Tue, 27 Nov 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381977 thebookvoice.com 5:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be a Project Motivator: Unlock the Secrets of Strengths-Based Project Management Author: Ruth Pearce Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How do project managers achieve spectacular results when they have no direct authority over their team members? Here's a foolproof process for engaging your team: one that begins with engaging yourself. Project managers are frequently given the task of driving results without having any authority to back up their directives. This book helps project managers succeed when the deck is stacked against them. The secret to running spectacular projects is engaging and inspiring every person who's part of your project, so they feel responsible for the outcome. And that engagement starts with you-- you have to feel engaged and inspired yourself before you can inspire others. Ruth Pearce, 'The Project Motivator' draws on principles from positive psychology, workplace engagement, and character strengths to come up with a foolproof methodology you can apply in your workplace today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be a Project Motivator: Unlock the Secrets of Strengths-Based Project Management Author: Ruth Pearce Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How do project managers achieve spectacular results when they have no direct authority over their team members? Here's a foolproof process for engaging your team: one that begins with engaging yourself. Project managers are frequently given the task of driving results without having any authority to back up their directives. This book helps project managers succeed when the deck is stacked against them. The secret to running spectacular projects is engaging and inspiring every person who's part of your project, so they feel responsible for the outcome. And that engagement starts with you-- you have to feel engaged and inspired yourself before you can inspire others. Ruth Pearce, 'The Project Motivator' draws on principles from positive psychology, workplace engagement, and character strengths to come up with a foolproof methodology you can apply in your workplace today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381974 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Packaging: From Linear to Circular Author: Tom Szaky Narrator: Natalie Hoyt, Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Tom Szaky sets out to do the impossible - eliminate all waste. This book paints a future of a 'circular economy' that relies on responsible reuse and recycling to propel the world towards eradicating overconsumption and waste. The Future of Packaging provides a straightforward solution to tackling the daunting issues of waste in the packaging industry by returning to a 'circular economy.' Beginning with a critique of the irresponsibility of the packaging industry and its contributions to wastefulness, Tom Szaky and his coauthors illuminate the path towards a waste-free future with lessons from the past. The goal of this book is to serve as a guide for designing a circular economy, showcasing how the world has moved away from circular systems of consumption (i.e. refillable milk/water/beer) to largely linear systems (i.e. milk bags/plastic bottles/plastic kegs). Objects were circular up until the 1940s, after which complex materials and a culture of consumerism began to create waste that nature couldn't handle. The way to get back to more circular systems starts with design and, after that, implementing systems. With the support and experiences of industry leaders in sustainable development, Szaky helps readers make the shift from a linear economy, which depends on extracting resources and overconsumption, to a circular economy that allows for growth. Tom Szaky Tue, 05 Feb 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381974 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Packaging: From Linear to Circular Author: Tom Szaky Narrator: Natalie Hoyt, Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Tom Szaky sets out to do the impossible - eliminate all waste. This book paints a future of a 'circular economy' that relies on responsible reuse and recycling to propel the world towards eradicating overconsumption and waste. The Future of Packaging provides a straightforward solution to tackling the daunting issues of waste in the packaging industry by returning to a 'circular economy.' Beginning with a critique of the irresponsibility of the packaging industry and its contributions to wastefulness, Tom Szaky and his coauthors illuminate the path towards a waste-free future with lessons from the past. The goal of this book is to serve as a guide for designing a circular economy, showcasing how the world has moved away from circular systems of consumption (i.e. refillable milk/water/beer) to largely linear systems (i.e. milk bags/plastic bottles/plastic kegs). Objects were circular up until the 1940s, after which complex materials and a culture of consumerism began to create waste that nature couldn't handle. The way to get back to more circular systems starts with design and, after that, implementing systems. With the support and experiences of industry leaders in sustainable development, Szaky helps readers make the shift from a linear economy, which depends on extracting resources and overconsumption, to a circular economy that allows for growth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Packaging: From Linear to Circular Author: Tom Szaky Narrator: Natalie Hoyt, Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Tom Szaky sets out to do the impossible - eliminate all waste. This book paints a future of a 'circular economy' that relies on responsible reuse and recycling to propel the world towards eradicating overconsumption and waste. The Future of Packaging provides a straightforward solution to tackling the daunting issues of waste in the packaging industry by returning to a 'circular economy.' Beginning with a critique of the irresponsibility of the packaging industry and its contributions to wastefulness, Tom Szaky and his coauthors illuminate the path towards a waste-free future with lessons from the past. The goal of this book is to serve as a guide for designing a circular economy, showcasing how the world has moved away from circular systems of consumption (i.e. refillable milk/water/beer) to largely linear systems (i.e. milk bags/plastic bottles/plastic kegs). Objects were circular up until the 1940s, after which complex materials and a culture of consumerism began to create waste that nature couldn't handle. The way to get back to more circular systems starts with design and, after that, implementing systems. With the support and experiences of industry leaders in sustainable development, Szaky helps readers make the shift from a linear economy, which depends on extracting resources and overconsumption, to a circular economy that allows for growth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381976 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Serious Business of Small Talk: Becoming Fluent, Comfortable, and Charming Author: Dr. Carol Fleming Narrator: Keith Norton, Pamela Lorence, Dr. Carol Fleming Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For a lucky few, light conversation at parties and social events is a breeze. For the rest of us, there is Carol Fleming (bestselling author of It's the Way You Say It), who breaks even the shortest bit of small talk into an understandable process that anyone can master. Much of your personal success hinges on the effectiveness of your personal communication skills. Whether or not new doors are opened to you may depend on how well you can meet one of life's most frustrating social challenges--starting and developing conversations with strangers, aka 'small talk.' Small talk is usually considered to be a light, pleasant, and safe verbal exchange, which allows people the time and association to get a sense of each other. It consists of introductions, exchange of personal information and interests when meeting new people and searching for a topic of mutual interest. According to Carol Fleming, conversationalist-extraordinaire, the business of small talk means: -Bringing people together -Facilitating understanding -Finding friendships, building trust and maintaining relationships -Developing your business -Exposing you to different points of view This book teaches you the concrete skills of social behavior, and promises to increase your understanding of what small talk is and what it does, while revealing the rituals and strategies for developing conversation. You may not think you have the 'gift of gab,' but Carol Fleming will convince you that you can master the fine art of small talk in all your business and social encounters. Dr. Carol Fleming Tue, 20 Mar 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381976 thebookvoice.com 5:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Serious Business of Small Talk: Becoming Fluent, Comfortable, and Charming Author: Dr. Carol Fleming Narrator: Keith Norton, Pamela Lorence, Dr. Carol Fleming Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For a lucky few, light conversation at parties and social events is a breeze. For the rest of us, there is Carol Fleming (bestselling author of It's the Way You Say It), who breaks even the shortest bit of small talk into an understandable process that anyone can master. Much of your personal success hinges on the effectiveness of your personal communication skills. Whether or not new doors are opened to you may depend on how well you can meet one of life's most frustrating social challenges--starting and developing conversations with strangers, aka 'small talk.' Small talk is usually considered to be a light, pleasant, and safe verbal exchange, which allows people the time and association to get a sense of each other. It consists of introductions, exchange of personal information and interests when meeting new people and searching for a topic of mutual interest. According to Carol Fleming, conversationalist-extraordinaire, the business of small talk means: -Bringing people together -Facilitating understanding -Finding friendships, building trust and maintaining relationships -Developing your business -Exposing you to different points of view This book teaches you the concrete skills of social behavior, and promises to increase your understanding of what small talk is and what it does, while revealing the rituals and strategies for developing conversation. You may not think you have the 'gift of gab,' but Carol Fleming will convince you that you can master the fine art of small talk in all your business and social encounters. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381976]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Serious Business of Small Talk: Becoming Fluent, Comfortable, and Charming Author: Dr. Carol Fleming Narrator: Keith Norton, Pamela Lorence, Dr. Carol Fleming Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For a lucky few, light conversation at parties and social events is a breeze. For the rest of us, there is Carol Fleming (bestselling author of It's the Way You Say It), who breaks even the shortest bit of small talk into an understandable process that anyone can master. Much of your personal success hinges on the effectiveness of your personal communication skills. Whether or not new doors are opened to you may depend on how well you can meet one of life's most frustrating social challenges--starting and developing conversations with strangers, aka 'small talk.' Small talk is usually considered to be a light, pleasant, and safe verbal exchange, which allows people the time and association to get a sense of each other. It consists of introductions, exchange of personal information and interests when meeting new people and searching for a topic of mutual interest. According to Carol Fleming, conversationalist-extraordinaire, the business of small talk means: -Bringing people together -Facilitating understanding -Finding friendships, building trust and maintaining relationships -Developing your business -Exposing you to different points of view This book teaches you the concrete skills of social behavior, and promises to increase your understanding of what small talk is and what it does, while revealing the rituals and strategies for developing conversation. You may not think you have the 'gift of gab,' but Carol Fleming will convince you that you can master the fine art of small talk in all your business and social encounters. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381627 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hope-Driven Leader: Harness the Power of Positivity at Work Author: Libby Gill Narrator: Libby Gill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The Hope-Driven Leader is not about feel-good theory or dry data. It's an action guide informed by the thousands of people Gill has coached in both the corporate and entrepreneurial worlds around the globe. Specific skill-building topics based on research and illustrated by personal stories and case studies include: ● Enhancing leadership skills ● Crafting a personal brand ● Becoming an influencer ● Managing global teams ● Handling challenges specific to women leaders Whether you are a rising star or a seasoned leader in your own business, a corporation, or your community, The Hope-Driven Leader offers you a roadmap for instilling those positive beliefs and behaviors into the core of your being and the culture of your workplace. Let the journey begin! Libby Gill Tue, 30 Apr 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381627 thebookvoice.com 5:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hope-Driven Leader: Harness the Power of Positivity at Work Author: Libby Gill Narrator: Libby Gill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The Hope-Driven Leader is not about feel-good theory or dry data. It's an action guide informed by the thousands of people Gill has coached in both the corporate and entrepreneurial worlds around the globe. Specific skill-building topics based on research and illustrated by personal stories and case studies include: ● Enhancing leadership skills ● Crafting a personal brand ● Becoming an influencer ● Managing global teams ● Handling challenges specific to women leaders Whether you are a rising star or a seasoned leader in your own business, a corporation, or your community, The Hope-Driven Leader offers you a roadmap for instilling those positive beliefs and behaviors into the core of your being and the culture of your workplace. Let the journey begin! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hope-Driven Leader: Harness the Power of Positivity at Work Author: Libby Gill Narrator: Libby Gill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The Hope-Driven Leader is not about feel-good theory or dry data. It's an action guide informed by the thousands of people Gill has coached in both the corporate and entrepreneurial worlds around the globe. Specific skill-building topics based on research and illustrated by personal stories and case studies include: ● Enhancing leadership skills ● Crafting a personal brand ● Becoming an influencer ● Managing global teams ● Handling challenges specific to women leaders Whether you are a rising star or a seasoned leader in your own business, a corporation, or your community, The Hope-Driven Leader offers you a roadmap for instilling those positive beliefs and behaviors into the core of your being and the culture of your workplace. Let the journey begin! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381618 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why I Don't Work Here Anymore: A Leader’s Guide to Offset the Financial and Emotional Costs of Toxic Employees Author: Dr. Mitchell Kusy Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You have likely heard stories from friends, family members, and colleagues who quit a job because of a toxic person—an individual who belittles, shames, humiliates, shames, or bullies. You may not have realized that these individuals not only take their tolls on our emotional psyches, but the financial outcomes of their organizations as well. Through this book's many case examples, as well as evidence-based practices and templates, each chapter singles out one main issue and how to resolve it with respect and clarity. Dr. Kusy presents concrete practices that will restore civility and respect into your organization. Some of these practices include: ● Calculating the real financial cost of toxic people in your organization. ● Providing direct and respectful feedback to a toxic peer, direct report, and even your boss. ● Replacing traditional exit interviews with a method for dealing with toxic chameleons who 'knock down and kiss up.' ● Hiring, engaging talent, and even firing people based on a new approach to values-based performance management. You will emerge with a newfound understanding that restores personal well-being and increased financial performance. Dr. Mitchell Kusy Tue, 07 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381618 thebookvoice.com 4:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why I Don't Work Here Anymore: A Leader’s Guide to Offset the Financial and Emotional Costs of Toxic Employees Author: Dr. Mitchell Kusy Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You have likely heard stories from friends, family members, and colleagues who quit a job because of a toxic person—an individual who belittles, shames, humiliates, shames, or bullies. You may not have realized that these individuals not only take their tolls on our emotional psyches, but the financial outcomes of their organizations as well. Through this book's many case examples, as well as evidence-based practices and templates, each chapter singles out one main issue and how to resolve it with respect and clarity. Dr. Kusy presents concrete practices that will restore civility and respect into your organization. Some of these practices include: ● Calculating the real financial cost of toxic people in your organization. ● Providing direct and respectful feedback to a toxic peer, direct report, and even your boss. ● Replacing traditional exit interviews with a method for dealing with toxic chameleons who 'knock down and kiss up.' ● Hiring, engaging talent, and even firing people based on a new approach to values-based performance management. You will emerge with a newfound understanding that restores personal well-being and increased financial performance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why I Don't Work Here Anymore: A Leader’s Guide to Offset the Financial and Emotional Costs of Toxic Employees Author: Dr. Mitchell Kusy Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You have likely heard stories from friends, family members, and colleagues who quit a job because of a toxic person—an individual who belittles, shames, humiliates, shames, or bullies. You may not have realized that these individuals not only take their tolls on our emotional psyches, but the financial outcomes of their organizations as well. Through this book's many case examples, as well as evidence-based practices and templates, each chapter singles out one main issue and how to resolve it with respect and clarity. Dr. Kusy presents concrete practices that will restore civility and respect into your organization. Some of these practices include: ● Calculating the real financial cost of toxic people in your organization. ● Providing direct and respectful feedback to a toxic peer, direct report, and even your boss. ● Replacing traditional exit interviews with a method for dealing with toxic chameleons who 'knock down and kiss up.' ● Hiring, engaging talent, and even firing people based on a new approach to values-based performance management. You will emerge with a newfound understanding that restores personal well-being and increased financial performance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381456 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381456]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsource Your Book: Your Guide to Getting Your Business Book Ghostwritten, Published, and Launched Author: Alinka Rutkowska Narrator: Sherry Granader Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Outsource Your Book shares the secrets of a USA Today and Wall Street Journal bestselling author on how to hire experts to write, publish, and launch your bestseller. Warning: listening to this book and following the advice within can result in having your name on a bestselling book and on top of the charts. Discover the seventeen steps known only to bestselling authors of going from a book idea to a six-figure funnel, including: How to position your book so that it’s a bestseller—you have to do this before it’s written;Where to hire a pro to craft a clever book outline;How to hire the right interviewer who can get your ideas out of your head;How to turn your ideas into a masterfully crafted manuscript; How to know which of the three different types of editing you will need;How and where to hire for the interior layout and formatting of your book;Where to hire a designer for an attention-grabbing cover and why the right cover can make or break your book sales;How to optimize your book for online sales so that it pops up on top of any search results; Where to find the pros to launch your book to bestseller status and to reach libraries and foreign markets; andMuch more!Outsource Your Book answers the question: How do I turn my business book idea into a bestseller by hiring out? Discover the seventeen steps to becoming an authority, building credibility, preparing for a consultancy, and leaving a legacy. Your book awaits you. Alinka Rutkowska Tue, 04 Jun 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381456 thebookvoice.com 3:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381456]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsource Your Book: Your Guide to Getting Your Business Book Ghostwritten, Published, and Launched Author: Alinka Rutkowska Narrator: Sherry Granader Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Outsource Your Book shares the secrets of a USA Today and Wall Street Journal bestselling author on how to hire experts to write, publish, and launch your bestseller. Warning: listening to this book and following the advice within can result in having your name on a bestselling book and on top of the charts. Discover the seventeen steps known only to bestselling authors of going from a book idea to a six-figure funnel, including: How to position your book so that it’s a bestseller—you have to do this before it’s written;Where to hire a pro to craft a clever book outline;How to hire the right interviewer who can get your ideas out of your head;How to turn your ideas into a masterfully crafted manuscript; How to know which of the three different types of editing you will need;How and where to hire for the interior layout and formatting of your book;Where to hire a designer for an attention-grabbing cover and why the right cover can make or break your book sales;How to optimize your book for online sales so that it pops up on top of any search results; Where to find the pros to launch your book to bestseller status and to reach libraries and foreign markets; andMuch more!Outsource Your Book answers the question: How do I turn my business book idea into a bestseller by hiring out? Discover the seventeen steps to becoming an authority, building credibility, preparing for a consultancy, and leaving a legacy. Your book awaits you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381456]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsource Your Book: Your Guide to Getting Your Business Book Ghostwritten, Published, and Launched Author: Alinka Rutkowska Narrator: Sherry Granader Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Outsource Your Book shares the secrets of a USA Today and Wall Street Journal bestselling author on how to hire experts to write, publish, and launch your bestseller. Warning: listening to this book and following the advice within can result in having your name on a bestselling book and on top of the charts. Discover the seventeen steps known only to bestselling authors of going from a book idea to a six-figure funnel, including: How to position your book so that it’s a bestseller—you have to do this before it’s written;Where to hire a pro to craft a clever book outline;How to hire the right interviewer who can get your ideas out of your head;How to turn your ideas into a masterfully crafted manuscript; How to know which of the three different types of editing you will need;How and where to hire for the interior layout and formatting of your book;Where to hire a designer for an attention-grabbing cover and why the right cover can make or break your book sales;How to optimize your book for online sales so that it pops up on top of any search results; Where to find the pros to launch your book to bestseller status and to reach libraries and foreign markets; andMuch more!Outsource Your Book answers the question: How do I turn my business book idea into a bestseller by hiring out? Discover the seventeen steps to becoming an authority, building credibility, preparing for a consultancy, and leaving a legacy. Your book awaits you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381181 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All You Have to Do Is Ask: How to Master the Most Important Skill for Success Author: Wayne Baker Narrator: Wayne Baker, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A set of tools for mastering the one skill standing between us and success: the ability to ask for the things we need to succeed. Imagine you’re on a deadline for a big project, and feeling overwhelmed. Or you're looking for a job, but can't seem to get your foot in the door. Or you're dying for tickets to a sold out concert, and all your leads have gone cold. What do these problems have in common? They can all be solved simply by reaching out to a colleague, friend, or wider network and making an ask. Studies show that asking for help makes us better and less frustrated at our jobs. It helps us find new opportunities and new talent. It unlocks new ideas and solutions, and enhances team performance. And it helps us get the things we need outside the workplace as well. And yet, we rarely give ourselves permission to ask. Luckily, the research shows that asking—and getting—what we need is much easier than we tend to think.  Here, Wayne Baker shares a set of strategies—used at companies like Google, GM, and IDEO—that individuals, teams, and leaders can use to make asking for help a personal and organizational habit, including: • A quiz to identify your asking-giving style • SMART criteria for who, when, and how to ask • “Plug-and-play ” routines that make requests a standard component of meetings • Mini-games that incentivize asking within teams • The Reciprocity Ring, a guided activity that allows people to tap into the giving power of a network Picking up where the bestselling book Give and Take left off, All You Have to Do Is Ask shows us how to ignite the cycle of giving and receiving by asking for the things we need. This audiobook includes a bonus PDF with assessment questionnaires and a goals worksheet.   Advance praise for All You Have to Do Is Ask “Asking for help and support has been a key to my success. Wayne Baker expertly shares how everyone can do it.”—Shellye Archambeau, former CEO, MetricStream, and board director, Verizon and Nordstrom   “Wayne Baker shares the formula for driving personal, organizational, and social change by tapping the power of our teams and networks for help. This insightful book is a must-read for anyone seeking practical and proven solutions to make our workplaces and world a better place.”—Noel Tichy, professor, University of Michigan, and author of Judgment and Control Your Destiny or Someone Else Will Wayne Baker Tue, 14 Jan 2020 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381181 thebookvoice.com 4:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All You Have to Do Is Ask: How to Master the Most Important Skill for Success Author: Wayne Baker Narrator: Wayne Baker, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A set of tools for mastering the one skill standing between us and success: the ability to ask for the things we need to succeed. Imagine you’re on a deadline for a big project, and feeling overwhelmed. Or you're looking for a job, but can't seem to get your foot in the door. Or you're dying for tickets to a sold out concert, and all your leads have gone cold. What do these problems have in common? They can all be solved simply by reaching out to a colleague, friend, or wider network and making an ask. Studies show that asking for help makes us better and less frustrated at our jobs. It helps us find new opportunities and new talent. It unlocks new ideas and solutions, and enhances team performance. And it helps us get the things we need outside the workplace as well. And yet, we rarely give ourselves permission to ask. Luckily, the research shows that asking—and getting—what we need is much easier than we tend to think.  Here, Wayne Baker shares a set of strategies—used at companies like Google, GM, and IDEO—that individuals, teams, and leaders can use to make asking for help a personal and organizational habit, including: • A quiz to identify your asking-giving style • SMART criteria for who, when, and how to ask • “Plug-and-play ” routines that make requests a standard component of meetings • Mini-games that incentivize asking within teams • The Reciprocity Ring, a guided activity that allows people to tap into the giving power of a network Picking up where the bestselling book Give and Take left off, All You Have to Do Is Ask shows us how to ignite the cycle of giving and receiving by asking for the things we need. This audiobook includes a bonus PDF with assessment questionnaires and a goals worksheet.   Advance praise for All You Have to Do Is Ask “Asking for help and support has been a key to my success. Wayne Baker expertly shares how everyone can do it.”—Shellye Archambeau, former CEO, MetricStream, and board director, Verizon and Nordstrom   “Wayne Baker shares the formula for driving personal, organizational, and social change by tapping the power of our teams and networks for help. This insightful book is a must-read for anyone seeking practical and proven solutions to make our workplaces and world a better place.”—Noel Tichy, professor, University of Michigan, and author of Judgment and Control Your Destiny or Someone Else Will Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All You Have to Do Is Ask: How to Master the Most Important Skill for Success Author: Wayne Baker Narrator: Wayne Baker, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A set of tools for mastering the one skill standing between us and success: the ability to ask for the things we need to succeed. Imagine you’re on a deadline for a big project, and feeling overwhelmed. Or you're looking for a job, but can't seem to get your foot in the door. Or you're dying for tickets to a sold out concert, and all your leads have gone cold. What do these problems have in common? They can all be solved simply by reaching out to a colleague, friend, or wider network and making an ask. Studies show that asking for help makes us better and less frustrated at our jobs. It helps us find new opportunities and new talent. It unlocks new ideas and solutions, and enhances team performance. And it helps us get the things we need outside the workplace as well. And yet, we rarely give ourselves permission to ask. Luckily, the research shows that asking—and getting—what we need is much easier than we tend to think.  Here, Wayne Baker shares a set of strategies—used at companies like Google, GM, and IDEO—that individuals, teams, and leaders can use to make asking for help a personal and organizational habit, including: • A quiz to identify your asking-giving style • SMART criteria for who, when, and how to ask • “Plug-and-play ” routines that make requests a standard component of meetings • Mini-games that incentivize asking within teams • The Reciprocity Ring, a guided activity that allows people to tap into the giving power of a network Picking up where the bestselling book Give and Take left off, All You Have to Do Is Ask shows us how to ignite the cycle of giving and receiving by asking for the things we need. This audiobook includes a bonus PDF with assessment questionnaires and a goals worksheet.   Advance praise for All You Have to Do Is Ask “Asking for help and support has been a key to my success. Wayne Baker expertly shares how everyone can do it.”—Shellye Archambeau, former CEO, MetricStream, and board director, Verizon and Nordstrom   “Wayne Baker shares the formula for driving personal, organizational, and social change by tapping the power of our teams and networks for help. This insightful book is a must-read for anyone seeking practical and proven solutions to make our workplaces and world a better place.”—Noel Tichy, professor, University of Michigan, and author of Judgment and Control Your Destiny or Someone Else Will https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381002 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Build It: The Rebel Playbook for World-Class Employee Engagement Author: Debra Corey, Glenn Elliott Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Companies with the best cultures generate stock market returns of twice the general market and enjoy half the employee turnover of their peers. Their staff innovate more, deliver better customer service and, hands-down, beat the competition. These companies outperform and disrupt their markets. They break the rules of traditional HR, they rebel against the status quo. Build It has found these rebels and the rulebreakers. From small startups to global powerhouses, this book shows that courage, commitment and a people-centric mindset, rather than money and resources, are what you need to turn an average business into a category leader. The book follows the clear and proven Engagement Bridge™ model, developed from working with thousands of leading companies worldwide on their own employee engagement journeys. The practical model highlights the areas that leaders need to examine in order to build a highly engaged company culture and provides a framework for success. Debra Corey, Glenn Elliott Tue, 30 Apr 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381002 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Build It: The Rebel Playbook for World-Class Employee Engagement Author: Debra Corey, Glenn Elliott Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Companies with the best cultures generate stock market returns of twice the general market and enjoy half the employee turnover of their peers. Their staff innovate more, deliver better customer service and, hands-down, beat the competition. These companies outperform and disrupt their markets. They break the rules of traditional HR, they rebel against the status quo. Build It has found these rebels and the rulebreakers. From small startups to global powerhouses, this book shows that courage, commitment and a people-centric mindset, rather than money and resources, are what you need to turn an average business into a category leader. The book follows the clear and proven Engagement Bridge™ model, developed from working with thousands of leading companies worldwide on their own employee engagement journeys. The practical model highlights the areas that leaders need to examine in order to build a highly engaged company culture and provides a framework for success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Build It: The Rebel Playbook for World-Class Employee Engagement Author: Debra Corey, Glenn Elliott Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Companies with the best cultures generate stock market returns of twice the general market and enjoy half the employee turnover of their peers. Their staff innovate more, deliver better customer service and, hands-down, beat the competition. These companies outperform and disrupt their markets. They break the rules of traditional HR, they rebel against the status quo. Build It has found these rebels and the rulebreakers. From small startups to global powerhouses, this book shows that courage, commitment and a people-centric mindset, rather than money and resources, are what you need to turn an average business into a category leader. The book follows the clear and proven Engagement Bridge™ model, developed from working with thousands of leading companies worldwide on their own employee engagement journeys. The practical model highlights the areas that leaders need to examine in order to build a highly engaged company culture and provides a framework for success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380923 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diversity Beyond Lip Service: A Coaching Guide for Challenging Bias Author: La'wana Harris Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'La'Wana Harris has opened this coach's eyes to the power of coaching practices to create new paths for diversity and inclusion work-whether or not you are formally trained as a coach. Please read this book and help create workplaces with honest engagement and access for all.'  -Marshall Goldsmith, Thinkers 50 #1 Executive Coach and two-time #1 Leadership Thinker in the world The elephant in the room with diversity and inclusion work is that people with privilege must use their privilege to allow others equal access to power. This is often the reason diversity efforts can be stalled--we talk about the benefits, but we don't address the perception that in order for some to gain power, others will have to 'lose.' Everyone believes in diversity until they have to give something up. How do we talk people through this shift? This book introduces a new coaching tool, called Inclusion Coaching(tm), based on cutting-edge research to create the best practices for building a sustainable and actionable culture of inclusion for all businesses and organizations. Harris offers timely solutions and resources to help readers move beyond intentions to actions and behaviors that confront various negative 'isms' felt by many who feel that they aren't being supported in the workplace. This book advocates for an innovative coaching platform that takes professional coaching and frames it with an inclusion modality. A valuable addition to the coaching profession, Harris provides managers and diversity coaches with new models to empower employees and CEOs to 'do' inclusion and address deep-rooted biases that are often invisible to us. These proven solutions will help empower and inspire any business leader or organization to leverage all its members' talents to drive change through individual and collective action. La'wana Harris Tue, 28 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380923 thebookvoice.com 4:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diversity Beyond Lip Service: A Coaching Guide for Challenging Bias Author: La'wana Harris Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'La'Wana Harris has opened this coach's eyes to the power of coaching practices to create new paths for diversity and inclusion work-whether or not you are formally trained as a coach. Please read this book and help create workplaces with honest engagement and access for all.'  -Marshall Goldsmith, Thinkers 50 #1 Executive Coach and two-time #1 Leadership Thinker in the world The elephant in the room with diversity and inclusion work is that people with privilege must use their privilege to allow others equal access to power. This is often the reason diversity efforts can be stalled--we talk about the benefits, but we don't address the perception that in order for some to gain power, others will have to 'lose.' Everyone believes in diversity until they have to give something up. How do we talk people through this shift? This book introduces a new coaching tool, called Inclusion Coaching(tm), based on cutting-edge research to create the best practices for building a sustainable and actionable culture of inclusion for all businesses and organizations. Harris offers timely solutions and resources to help readers move beyond intentions to actions and behaviors that confront various negative 'isms' felt by many who feel that they aren't being supported in the workplace. This book advocates for an innovative coaching platform that takes professional coaching and frames it with an inclusion modality. A valuable addition to the coaching profession, Harris provides managers and diversity coaches with new models to empower employees and CEOs to 'do' inclusion and address deep-rooted biases that are often invisible to us. These proven solutions will help empower and inspire any business leader or organization to leverage all its members' talents to drive change through individual and collective action. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diversity Beyond Lip Service: A Coaching Guide for Challenging Bias Author: La'wana Harris Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'La'Wana Harris has opened this coach's eyes to the power of coaching practices to create new paths for diversity and inclusion work-whether or not you are formally trained as a coach. Please read this book and help create workplaces with honest engagement and access for all.'  -Marshall Goldsmith, Thinkers 50 #1 Executive Coach and two-time #1 Leadership Thinker in the world The elephant in the room with diversity and inclusion work is that people with privilege must use their privilege to allow others equal access to power. This is often the reason diversity efforts can be stalled--we talk about the benefits, but we don't address the perception that in order for some to gain power, others will have to 'lose.' Everyone believes in diversity until they have to give something up. How do we talk people through this shift? This book introduces a new coaching tool, called Inclusion Coaching(tm), based on cutting-edge research to create the best practices for building a sustainable and actionable culture of inclusion for all businesses and organizations. Harris offers timely solutions and resources to help readers move beyond intentions to actions and behaviors that confront various negative 'isms' felt by many who feel that they aren't being supported in the workplace. This book advocates for an innovative coaching platform that takes professional coaching and frames it with an inclusion modality. A valuable addition to the coaching profession, Harris provides managers and diversity coaches with new models to empower employees and CEOs to 'do' inclusion and address deep-rooted biases that are often invisible to us. These proven solutions will help empower and inspire any business leader or organization to leverage all its members' talents to drive change through individual and collective action. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380924 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Sabotage to Support: A New Vision for Feminist Solidarity in the Workplace Author: Kami J. Anderson, Joy L. Wiggins Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Women are acculturated within systems that encourage them to sabotage one another; this book shows how they can break free of this cultural programming and use whatever privilege and power they have to raise each other up. Feminists have been fighting for decades against the stereotypes that women are somehow hardwired to backstab, claiming that it is not true and seeking to create unity among women. Unfortunately, as we are learning, there is in fact a type of sabotage that falls along racial lines. Different from the stereotypical personal catfight, these divisions between white women, black women and other women of color are rooted in history and are more pervasive than we realize. It occurs when women of different identities unwittingly sabotage each other. This book teaches readers how to take an active approach to better understand ourselves, the biases we may be holding without realizing it, and lift up other women along the way. By pausing to reflect before acting, it is possible to make a different choice, interrupt our action, and take steps to improve our world rather than perpetuate injustices, knowingly and unknowingly. This new book frames sabotage as both a historical inheritance and contextualizes the current problem, providing practical solutions that women can start using in the workplace right away, regardless of their position. Kami J. Anderson, Joy L. Wiggins Tue, 14 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380924 thebookvoice.com 4:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Sabotage to Support: A New Vision for Feminist Solidarity in the Workplace Author: Kami J. Anderson, Joy L. Wiggins Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Women are acculturated within systems that encourage them to sabotage one another; this book shows how they can break free of this cultural programming and use whatever privilege and power they have to raise each other up. Feminists have been fighting for decades against the stereotypes that women are somehow hardwired to backstab, claiming that it is not true and seeking to create unity among women. Unfortunately, as we are learning, there is in fact a type of sabotage that falls along racial lines. Different from the stereotypical personal catfight, these divisions between white women, black women and other women of color are rooted in history and are more pervasive than we realize. It occurs when women of different identities unwittingly sabotage each other. This book teaches readers how to take an active approach to better understand ourselves, the biases we may be holding without realizing it, and lift up other women along the way. By pausing to reflect before acting, it is possible to make a different choice, interrupt our action, and take steps to improve our world rather than perpetuate injustices, knowingly and unknowingly. This new book frames sabotage as both a historical inheritance and contextualizes the current problem, providing practical solutions that women can start using in the workplace right away, regardless of their position. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Sabotage to Support: A New Vision for Feminist Solidarity in the Workplace Author: Kami J. Anderson, Joy L. Wiggins Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 38 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Women are acculturated within systems that encourage them to sabotage one another; this book shows how they can break free of this cultural programming and use whatever privilege and power they have to raise each other up. Feminists have been fighting for decades against the stereotypes that women are somehow hardwired to backstab, claiming that it is not true and seeking to create unity among women. Unfortunately, as we are learning, there is in fact a type of sabotage that falls along racial lines. Different from the stereotypical personal catfight, these divisions between white women, black women and other women of color are rooted in history and are more pervasive than we realize. It occurs when women of different identities unwittingly sabotage each other. This book teaches readers how to take an active approach to better understand ourselves, the biases we may be holding without realizing it, and lift up other women along the way. By pausing to reflect before acting, it is possible to make a different choice, interrupt our action, and take steps to improve our world rather than perpetuate injustices, knowingly and unknowingly. This new book frames sabotage as both a historical inheritance and contextualizes the current problem, providing practical solutions that women can start using in the workplace right away, regardless of their position. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380902 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What You Do Is Who You Are: How to Create Your Business Culture Author: Ben Horowitz Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Ben Horowitz, a leading venture capitalist, modern management expert, and New York Times bestselling author combines lessons both from history and modern organisational practice with practical and often surprising advice to help us build cultures that can weather both good and bad times. The times and circumstances in which people were raised often shape them – yet a few leaders have managed to shape their times. In this follow-up to the bestselling business classic The Hard Thing About Hard Things, Ben Horowitz turns his attention to a question crucial to every organisation: How do you create and sustain the culture you want? This book is a journey through cultures ancient to modern, spotlighting models of leadership and culture-building from the samurai to prison gangs. Along the way, it answers fundamental questions: Who are we? How do people talk about us when we’re not around? How do we treat our customers? Can we be trusted? Because who you are is not the values you list on the wall. It’s not what you say in a company-wide meeting. It’s not your marketing campaign. It’s not even what you believe. Who you are is what you do. This book will help you do the things needed to become the kind of leader you want to be – and others want to follow. Ben Horowitz Tue, 29 Oct 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380902 thebookvoice.com 6:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What You Do Is Who You Are: How to Create Your Business Culture Author: Ben Horowitz Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Ben Horowitz, a leading venture capitalist, modern management expert, and New York Times bestselling author combines lessons both from history and modern organisational practice with practical and often surprising advice to help us build cultures that can weather both good and bad times. The times and circumstances in which people were raised often shape them – yet a few leaders have managed to shape their times. In this follow-up to the bestselling business classic The Hard Thing About Hard Things, Ben Horowitz turns his attention to a question crucial to every organisation: How do you create and sustain the culture you want? This book is a journey through cultures ancient to modern, spotlighting models of leadership and culture-building from the samurai to prison gangs. Along the way, it answers fundamental questions: Who are we? How do people talk about us when we’re not around? How do we treat our customers? Can we be trusted? Because who you are is not the values you list on the wall. It’s not what you say in a company-wide meeting. It’s not your marketing campaign. It’s not even what you believe. Who you are is what you do. This book will help you do the things needed to become the kind of leader you want to be – and others want to follow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380902]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What You Do Is Who You Are: How to Create Your Business Culture Author: Ben Horowitz Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Ben Horowitz, a leading venture capitalist, modern management expert, and New York Times bestselling author combines lessons both from history and modern organisational practice with practical and often surprising advice to help us build cultures that can weather both good and bad times. The times and circumstances in which people were raised often shape them – yet a few leaders have managed to shape their times. In this follow-up to the bestselling business classic The Hard Thing About Hard Things, Ben Horowitz turns his attention to a question crucial to every organisation: How do you create and sustain the culture you want? This book is a journey through cultures ancient to modern, spotlighting models of leadership and culture-building from the samurai to prison gangs. Along the way, it answers fundamental questions: Who are we? How do people talk about us when we’re not around? How do we treat our customers? Can we be trusted? Because who you are is not the values you list on the wall. It’s not what you say in a company-wide meeting. It’s not your marketing campaign. It’s not even what you believe. Who you are is what you do. This book will help you do the things needed to become the kind of leader you want to be – and others want to follow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380823 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380823]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Changemaker Mindset: Why Every Change on the Outside Starts with an Inner Transformation Author: Ilja Grzeskowitz Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Personality is the Key to Professional SuccessPersonal relationships are key to success: In a time when workplaces are becoming more digital and more automated every day, our mindsets and our personal relationships will determine whether we succeed in tomorrow’s markets. We all have one shot to make a lasting impact. Innovators with the changemaker mindset know how to see that opportunity when it comes and make it matter. The human success factor: In the coming years, the human success factor will determine who is among the winners and who is among the losers. All business adventures start with a focus on the self. When you know who you are and develop a deep sense of confidence in yourself, you’ll have the flexibility to roll with the punches. Change comes from within: Whether your goal is to lead a self-determined life, position your company for the future, or be a successful part of a team, external change starts with internal transformation. With The Changemaker Mindset, you’ll master the three Ps of personal development: - Purpose. Reconsider what motivates you and find your non-negotiable core principles. - People. Build a strong inner circle of peers, because nobody wins alone. - Persistence. Develop the confidence to take action, navigate setbacks, and implement change. Readers who liked The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People by Stephen Covey, Leading Change by John Kotter, and The Innovator's Dilemma: When New Technologies Cause Great Firms to Fail by Clayton Christensen will love this new approach to effective business management from personal development. Ilja Grzeskowitz Mon, 15 Apr 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380823 thebookvoice.com 6:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380823]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Changemaker Mindset: Why Every Change on the Outside Starts with an Inner Transformation Author: Ilja Grzeskowitz Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Personality is the Key to Professional SuccessPersonal relationships are key to success: In a time when workplaces are becoming more digital and more automated every day, our mindsets and our personal relationships will determine whether we succeed in tomorrow’s markets. We all have one shot to make a lasting impact. Innovators with the changemaker mindset know how to see that opportunity when it comes and make it matter. The human success factor: In the coming years, the human success factor will determine who is among the winners and who is among the losers. All business adventures start with a focus on the self. When you know who you are and develop a deep sense of confidence in yourself, you’ll have the flexibility to roll with the punches. Change comes from within: Whether your goal is to lead a self-determined life, position your company for the future, or be a successful part of a team, external change starts with internal transformation. With The Changemaker Mindset, you’ll master the three Ps of personal development: - Purpose. Reconsider what motivates you and find your non-negotiable core principles. - People. Build a strong inner circle of peers, because nobody wins alone. - Persistence. Develop the confidence to take action, navigate setbacks, and implement change. Readers who liked The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People by Stephen Covey, Leading Change by John Kotter, and The Innovator's Dilemma: When New Technologies Cause Great Firms to Fail by Clayton Christensen will love this new approach to effective business management from personal development. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380823]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Changemaker Mindset: Why Every Change on the Outside Starts with an Inner Transformation Author: Ilja Grzeskowitz Narrator: Sean Runnette Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: April 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Personality is the Key to Professional SuccessPersonal relationships are key to success: In a time when workplaces are becoming more digital and more automated every day, our mindsets and our personal relationships will determine whether we succeed in tomorrow’s markets. We all have one shot to make a lasting impact. Innovators with the changemaker mindset know how to see that opportunity when it comes and make it matter. The human success factor: In the coming years, the human success factor will determine who is among the winners and who is among the losers. All business adventures start with a focus on the self. When you know who you are and develop a deep sense of confidence in yourself, you’ll have the flexibility to roll with the punches. Change comes from within: Whether your goal is to lead a self-determined life, position your company for the future, or be a successful part of a team, external change starts with internal transformation. With The Changemaker Mindset, you’ll master the three Ps of personal development: - Purpose. Reconsider what motivates you and find your non-negotiable core principles. - People. Build a strong inner circle of peers, because nobody wins alone. - Persistence. Develop the confidence to take action, navigate setbacks, and implement change. Readers who liked The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People by Stephen Covey, Leading Change by John Kotter, and The Innovator's Dilemma: When New Technologies Cause Great Firms to Fail by Clayton Christensen will love this new approach to effective business management from personal development. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380316 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Wins in a Digital World?: Strategies to Make Your Organization Fit for the Future Author: Mit Sloan Management Review Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In the new digital world, the unknowns are never-ending. Our ability to embrace the demands of change has become a prerequisite for success. It's not easy. We don't work the way we did last year. Next year, it will all change again. If an organization doesn't embrace the realities of change, it will be under siege from those that do. Who Wins in a Digital World explains how organizations can adapt to a constantly changing business environment by being flexible but focused, embracing change in all its messiness, and moving fast. In articles that originally appeared in MIT Sloan Management Review, experts from business and academia discuss digital adaptability, explaining how both organizations and individuals need the ability to excel in what their roles will become as technology and their competitive ecosystem evolve. They highlight strategies and mindsets that can foster change, including boldness in the face of digitization, a focus on collaboration, and an artificial intelligence game plan. Once an organization accepts the fact that technological change is ongoing and inevitable, it becomes more about opportunity and less about challenge. This book shows that change can be stimulating, exhilarating, and something to be welcomed. Mit Sloan Management Review Tue, 16 Apr 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380316 thebookvoice.com 4:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Wins in a Digital World?: Strategies to Make Your Organization Fit for the Future Author: Mit Sloan Management Review Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In the new digital world, the unknowns are never-ending. Our ability to embrace the demands of change has become a prerequisite for success. It's not easy. We don't work the way we did last year. Next year, it will all change again. If an organization doesn't embrace the realities of change, it will be under siege from those that do. Who Wins in a Digital World explains how organizations can adapt to a constantly changing business environment by being flexible but focused, embracing change in all its messiness, and moving fast. In articles that originally appeared in MIT Sloan Management Review, experts from business and academia discuss digital adaptability, explaining how both organizations and individuals need the ability to excel in what their roles will become as technology and their competitive ecosystem evolve. They highlight strategies and mindsets that can foster change, including boldness in the face of digitization, a focus on collaboration, and an artificial intelligence game plan. Once an organization accepts the fact that technological change is ongoing and inevitable, it becomes more about opportunity and less about challenge. This book shows that change can be stimulating, exhilarating, and something to be welcomed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Wins in a Digital World?: Strategies to Make Your Organization Fit for the Future Author: Mit Sloan Management Review Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In the new digital world, the unknowns are never-ending. Our ability to embrace the demands of change has become a prerequisite for success. It's not easy. We don't work the way we did last year. Next year, it will all change again. If an organization doesn't embrace the realities of change, it will be under siege from those that do. Who Wins in a Digital World explains how organizations can adapt to a constantly changing business environment by being flexible but focused, embracing change in all its messiness, and moving fast. In articles that originally appeared in MIT Sloan Management Review, experts from business and academia discuss digital adaptability, explaining how both organizations and individuals need the ability to excel in what their roles will become as technology and their competitive ecosystem evolve. They highlight strategies and mindsets that can foster change, including boldness in the face of digitization, a focus on collaboration, and an artificial intelligence game plan. Once an organization accepts the fact that technological change is ongoing and inevitable, it becomes more about opportunity and less about challenge. This book shows that change can be stimulating, exhilarating, and something to be welcomed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380278 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Passion Economy: The New Rules for Thriving in the Twenty-First Century Author: Adam Davidson Narrator: Adam Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The brilliant creator of NPR's Planet Money podcast and award-winning New Yorker staff writer explains our current economy: laying out its internal logic and revealing the transformative hope it offers for millions of people to thrive as they never have before. Contrary to what you may have heard, the middle class is not dying and robots are not stealing our jobs. In fact, writes Adam Davidson—one of our leading public voices on economic issues—the twenty-first-century economic paradigm offers new ways of making money, fresh paths toward professional fulfillment, and unprecedented opportunities for curious, ambitious individuals to combine the things they love with their careers. Drawing on the stories of average people doing exactly this—an accountant overturning his industry, a sweatshop owner's daughter fighting for better working conditions, an Amish craftsman meeting the technological needs of Amish farmers—as well as the latest academic research, Davidson shows us how the twentieth-century economy of scale has given way in this century to an economy of passion. He makes clear, too, that though the adjustment has brought measures of dislocation, confusion, and even panic, these are most often the result of a lack of understanding. The Passion Economy delineates the ground rules of the new economy, and armed with these, we begin to see how we can succeed in it according to its own terms—intimacy, insight, attention, automation, and, of course, passion. An indispensable road map and a refreshingly optimistic take on our economic future. Adam Davidson Tue, 07 Jan 2020 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380278 thebookvoice.com 10:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Passion Economy: The New Rules for Thriving in the Twenty-First Century Author: Adam Davidson Narrator: Adam Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The brilliant creator of NPR's Planet Money podcast and award-winning New Yorker staff writer explains our current economy: laying out its internal logic and revealing the transformative hope it offers for millions of people to thrive as they never have before. Contrary to what you may have heard, the middle class is not dying and robots are not stealing our jobs. In fact, writes Adam Davidson—one of our leading public voices on economic issues—the twenty-first-century economic paradigm offers new ways of making money, fresh paths toward professional fulfillment, and unprecedented opportunities for curious, ambitious individuals to combine the things they love with their careers. Drawing on the stories of average people doing exactly this—an accountant overturning his industry, a sweatshop owner's daughter fighting for better working conditions, an Amish craftsman meeting the technological needs of Amish farmers—as well as the latest academic research, Davidson shows us how the twentieth-century economy of scale has given way in this century to an economy of passion. He makes clear, too, that though the adjustment has brought measures of dislocation, confusion, and even panic, these are most often the result of a lack of understanding. The Passion Economy delineates the ground rules of the new economy, and armed with these, we begin to see how we can succeed in it according to its own terms—intimacy, insight, attention, automation, and, of course, passion. An indispensable road map and a refreshingly optimistic take on our economic future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Passion Economy: The New Rules for Thriving in the Twenty-First Century Author: Adam Davidson Narrator: Adam Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The brilliant creator of NPR's Planet Money podcast and award-winning New Yorker staff writer explains our current economy: laying out its internal logic and revealing the transformative hope it offers for millions of people to thrive as they never have before. Contrary to what you may have heard, the middle class is not dying and robots are not stealing our jobs. In fact, writes Adam Davidson—one of our leading public voices on economic issues—the twenty-first-century economic paradigm offers new ways of making money, fresh paths toward professional fulfillment, and unprecedented opportunities for curious, ambitious individuals to combine the things they love with their careers. Drawing on the stories of average people doing exactly this—an accountant overturning his industry, a sweatshop owner's daughter fighting for better working conditions, an Amish craftsman meeting the technological needs of Amish farmers—as well as the latest academic research, Davidson shows us how the twentieth-century economy of scale has given way in this century to an economy of passion. He makes clear, too, that though the adjustment has brought measures of dislocation, confusion, and even panic, these are most often the result of a lack of understanding. The Passion Economy delineates the ground rules of the new economy, and armed with these, we begin to see how we can succeed in it according to its own terms—intimacy, insight, attention, automation, and, of course, passion. An indispensable road map and a refreshingly optimistic take on our economic future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380257 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380257]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Queering of Corporate America: How Big Business Went from LGBTQ Adversary to Ally Author: Carlos A. Ball Narrator: Jeff Zinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: An accurate picture of the LGBTQ rights movement’s achievements is incomplete without this surprising history of how corporate America joined the cause. Legal scholar Carlos Ball tells the overlooked story of how LGBTQ activism aimed at corporations since the Stonewall riots helped turn them from enterprises either indifferent to or openly hostile toward sexual minorities and transgender individuals into reliable and powerful allies of the movement for queer equality. As a result of street protests and boycotts during the 1970s, AIDS activism directed at pharmaceutical companies in the 1980s, and the push for corporate nondiscrimination policies and domestic partnership benefits in the 1990s, LGBTQ activism changed big business’s understanding and treatment of the queer community. By the 2000s, corporations were frequently and vigorously promoting LGBTQ equality, both within their walls and in the public sphere. Large companies such as American Airlines, Apple, Google, Marriott, and Walmart have been crucial allies in promoting marriage equality and opposing anti-LGBTQ regulations such as transgender bathroom laws. At a time when the LGBTQ movement is facing considerable political backlash, The Queering of Corporate America complicates the narrative of corporate conservatism and provides insights into the future legal, political, and cultural implications of this unexpected relationship. Carlos A. Ball Tue, 12 Nov 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380257 thebookvoice.com 9:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380257]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Queering of Corporate America: How Big Business Went from LGBTQ Adversary to Ally Author: Carlos A. Ball Narrator: Jeff Zinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: An accurate picture of the LGBTQ rights movement’s achievements is incomplete without this surprising history of how corporate America joined the cause. Legal scholar Carlos Ball tells the overlooked story of how LGBTQ activism aimed at corporations since the Stonewall riots helped turn them from enterprises either indifferent to or openly hostile toward sexual minorities and transgender individuals into reliable and powerful allies of the movement for queer equality. As a result of street protests and boycotts during the 1970s, AIDS activism directed at pharmaceutical companies in the 1980s, and the push for corporate nondiscrimination policies and domestic partnership benefits in the 1990s, LGBTQ activism changed big business’s understanding and treatment of the queer community. By the 2000s, corporations were frequently and vigorously promoting LGBTQ equality, both within their walls and in the public sphere. Large companies such as American Airlines, Apple, Google, Marriott, and Walmart have been crucial allies in promoting marriage equality and opposing anti-LGBTQ regulations such as transgender bathroom laws. At a time when the LGBTQ movement is facing considerable political backlash, The Queering of Corporate America complicates the narrative of corporate conservatism and provides insights into the future legal, political, and cultural implications of this unexpected relationship. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380257]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Queering of Corporate America: How Big Business Went from LGBTQ Adversary to Ally Author: Carlos A. Ball Narrator: Jeff Zinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: An accurate picture of the LGBTQ rights movement’s achievements is incomplete without this surprising history of how corporate America joined the cause. Legal scholar Carlos Ball tells the overlooked story of how LGBTQ activism aimed at corporations since the Stonewall riots helped turn them from enterprises either indifferent to or openly hostile toward sexual minorities and transgender individuals into reliable and powerful allies of the movement for queer equality. As a result of street protests and boycotts during the 1970s, AIDS activism directed at pharmaceutical companies in the 1980s, and the push for corporate nondiscrimination policies and domestic partnership benefits in the 1990s, LGBTQ activism changed big business’s understanding and treatment of the queer community. By the 2000s, corporations were frequently and vigorously promoting LGBTQ equality, both within their walls and in the public sphere. Large companies such as American Airlines, Apple, Google, Marriott, and Walmart have been crucial allies in promoting marriage equality and opposing anti-LGBTQ regulations such as transgender bathroom laws. At a time when the LGBTQ movement is facing considerable political backlash, The Queering of Corporate America complicates the narrative of corporate conservatism and provides insights into the future legal, political, and cultural implications of this unexpected relationship. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379772 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Handbook of Conflict Resolution: Theory and Practice 3rd Edition Author: Peter T. Coleman, Eric C. Marcus, Morton Deutsch Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 47 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Peter T. Coleman, Morton Deutsch, and Eric C. Marcus present their classic guide to resolving conflict. Peter T. Coleman, Eric C. Marcus, Morton Deutsch Tue, 19 Mar 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379772 thebookvoice.com 47:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Handbook of Conflict Resolution: Theory and Practice 3rd Edition Author: Peter T. Coleman, Eric C. Marcus, Morton Deutsch Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 47 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Peter T. Coleman, Morton Deutsch, and Eric C. Marcus present their classic guide to resolving conflict. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Handbook of Conflict Resolution: Theory and Practice 3rd Edition Author: Peter T. Coleman, Eric C. Marcus, Morton Deutsch Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 47 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Peter T. Coleman, Morton Deutsch, and Eric C. Marcus present their classic guide to resolving conflict. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379771 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The NEW Employee Manual: A No-Holds-Barred Look at Corporate Life Author: Benjamin Gilad, Mark Chussil Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Welcome to Corporate Life. The NEW Employee Manual is not your Dad's or Mom's employee manual. It's the new playbook for corporate survival, fitting today's realities and the challenges facing employees who join or work in large, seemingly successful companies. Those companies already issued very specific and detailed employee manuals covering everything under the sun except how to compete well in our brave new world. The NEW Employee Manual will help you navigate the Corporate (with a capital C) labyrinth. Where Corporate's manual shapes you into a dutiful cog for the good of the machine, ours helps you enhance your career for the good of, well, you . . . and your company. The NEW Employee Manual should make you feel skeptical: skeptical of empty slogans, obsolete rituals, obsessive pursuits, and bigwigs' playbooks that no longer work. That alone should be worth this book's price. Skepticism, you see, is a good thing, because it is only the skeptic, only the free-thinker, only the maverick, who asks new questions and finds useful answers. So, are you a maverick or a cog? Benjamin Gilad, Mark Chussil Tue, 09 Apr 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379771 thebookvoice.com 9:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The NEW Employee Manual: A No-Holds-Barred Look at Corporate Life Author: Benjamin Gilad, Mark Chussil Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Welcome to Corporate Life. The NEW Employee Manual is not your Dad's or Mom's employee manual. It's the new playbook for corporate survival, fitting today's realities and the challenges facing employees who join or work in large, seemingly successful companies. Those companies already issued very specific and detailed employee manuals covering everything under the sun except how to compete well in our brave new world. The NEW Employee Manual will help you navigate the Corporate (with a capital C) labyrinth. Where Corporate's manual shapes you into a dutiful cog for the good of the machine, ours helps you enhance your career for the good of, well, you . . . and your company. The NEW Employee Manual should make you feel skeptical: skeptical of empty slogans, obsolete rituals, obsessive pursuits, and bigwigs' playbooks that no longer work. That alone should be worth this book's price. Skepticism, you see, is a good thing, because it is only the skeptic, only the free-thinker, only the maverick, who asks new questions and finds useful answers. So, are you a maverick or a cog? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379771]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The NEW Employee Manual: A No-Holds-Barred Look at Corporate Life Author: Benjamin Gilad, Mark Chussil Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Welcome to Corporate Life. The NEW Employee Manual is not your Dad's or Mom's employee manual. It's the new playbook for corporate survival, fitting today's realities and the challenges facing employees who join or work in large, seemingly successful companies. Those companies already issued very specific and detailed employee manuals covering everything under the sun except how to compete well in our brave new world. The NEW Employee Manual will help you navigate the Corporate (with a capital C) labyrinth. Where Corporate's manual shapes you into a dutiful cog for the good of the machine, ours helps you enhance your career for the good of, well, you . . . and your company. The NEW Employee Manual should make you feel skeptical: skeptical of empty slogans, obsolete rituals, obsessive pursuits, and bigwigs' playbooks that no longer work. That alone should be worth this book's price. Skepticism, you see, is a good thing, because it is only the skeptic, only the free-thinker, only the maverick, who asks new questions and finds useful answers. So, are you a maverick or a cog? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379525 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The B Corp Handbook, Second Edition: How You Can Use Business as a Force for Good Author: Ryan Honeyman, Tiffany Jana Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'This book shows how using business as a force for good, not just pursuing short-term profits, can be better for consumers, employees, local communities, the environment, and your company's long-term bottom line.' -Tony Hsieh, New York Times bestselling author of Delivering Happiness and CEO, Zappos.com, Inc.  More than 2,4570 companies from 130 industries and 50 countries are leading a global movement to redefine success in business. They're called B Corporations, and they create high-quality jobs, build stronger communities, and restore the environment, all while generating solid financial returns. Coauthor and B Corp owner Ryan Honeyman worked with over 100 B Corp CEOs and senior executives to share their tips, advice, and best-practice ideas for how to build a better business, and how to meet the rigorous standards for-and enjoy the benefits of-B Corp certification. Diversity, equity, and inclusion measures have now become a key part of achieving B Corp certification. In this second edition, new coauthor and B Corp owner Tiffany Jana contributes an introduction about DEI, and works with Honeyman to integrate new DEI frameworks, and provide advice and end-of-chapter discussion questions to get companies talking about critical DEI issues at every stage of the certification process. Ryan Honeyman, Tiffany Jana Tue, 23 Apr 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379525 thebookvoice.com 6:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The B Corp Handbook, Second Edition: How You Can Use Business as a Force for Good Author: Ryan Honeyman, Tiffany Jana Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'This book shows how using business as a force for good, not just pursuing short-term profits, can be better for consumers, employees, local communities, the environment, and your company's long-term bottom line.' -Tony Hsieh, New York Times bestselling author of Delivering Happiness and CEO, Zappos.com, Inc.  More than 2,4570 companies from 130 industries and 50 countries are leading a global movement to redefine success in business. They're called B Corporations, and they create high-quality jobs, build stronger communities, and restore the environment, all while generating solid financial returns. Coauthor and B Corp owner Ryan Honeyman worked with over 100 B Corp CEOs and senior executives to share their tips, advice, and best-practice ideas for how to build a better business, and how to meet the rigorous standards for-and enjoy the benefits of-B Corp certification. Diversity, equity, and inclusion measures have now become a key part of achieving B Corp certification. In this second edition, new coauthor and B Corp owner Tiffany Jana contributes an introduction about DEI, and works with Honeyman to integrate new DEI frameworks, and provide advice and end-of-chapter discussion questions to get companies talking about critical DEI issues at every stage of the certification process. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The B Corp Handbook, Second Edition: How You Can Use Business as a Force for Good Author: Ryan Honeyman, Tiffany Jana Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'This book shows how using business as a force for good, not just pursuing short-term profits, can be better for consumers, employees, local communities, the environment, and your company's long-term bottom line.' -Tony Hsieh, New York Times bestselling author of Delivering Happiness and CEO, Zappos.com, Inc.  More than 2,4570 companies from 130 industries and 50 countries are leading a global movement to redefine success in business. They're called B Corporations, and they create high-quality jobs, build stronger communities, and restore the environment, all while generating solid financial returns. Coauthor and B Corp owner Ryan Honeyman worked with over 100 B Corp CEOs and senior executives to share their tips, advice, and best-practice ideas for how to build a better business, and how to meet the rigorous standards for-and enjoy the benefits of-B Corp certification. Diversity, equity, and inclusion measures have now become a key part of achieving B Corp certification. In this second edition, new coauthor and B Corp owner Tiffany Jana contributes an introduction about DEI, and works with Honeyman to integrate new DEI frameworks, and provide advice and end-of-chapter discussion questions to get companies talking about critical DEI issues at every stage of the certification process. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376649 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Challenger Sale: Taking Control of the Customer Conversation Author: Matthew Dixon, Brent Adamson Narrator: Brent Adamson, Matthew Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What's the secret to sales success? If you're like most business leaders, you'd say it's fundamentally about relationships-and you'd be wrong. The best salespeople don't just build relationships with customers. They challenge them. The need to understand what top-performing reps are doing that their average performing colleagues are not drove Matthew Dixon, Brent Adamson, and their colleagues at Corporate Executive Board to investigate the skills, behaviors, knowledge, and attitudes that matter most for high performance. And what they discovered may be the biggest shock to conventional sales wisdom in decades. Based on an exhaustive study of thousands of sales reps across multiple industries and geographies, The Challenger Sale argues that classic relationship building is a losing approach, especially when it comes to selling complex, large-scale business-to-business solutions. The authors' study found that every sales rep in the world falls into one of five distinct profiles, and while all of these types of reps can deliver average sales performance, only one-the Challenger- delivers consistently high performance. Instead of bludgeoning customers with endless facts and features about their company and products, Challengers approach customers with unique insights about how they can save or make money. They tailor their sales message to the customer's specific needs and objectives. Rather than acquiescing to the customer's every demand or objection, they are assertive, pushing back when necessary and taking control of the sale. The things that make Challengers unique are replicable and teachable to the average sales rep. Once you understand how to identify the Challengers in your organization, you can model their approach and embed it throughout your sales force. The authors explain how almost any average-performing rep, once equipped with the right tools, can successfully reframe customers' expectations and deliver a distinctive purchase experience that drives higher levels of customer loyalty and, ultimately, greater growth. Matthew Dixon, Brent Adamson Tue, 16 Jul 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376649 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Challenger Sale: Taking Control of the Customer Conversation Author: Matthew Dixon, Brent Adamson Narrator: Brent Adamson, Matthew Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What's the secret to sales success? If you're like most business leaders, you'd say it's fundamentally about relationships-and you'd be wrong. The best salespeople don't just build relationships with customers. They challenge them. The need to understand what top-performing reps are doing that their average performing colleagues are not drove Matthew Dixon, Brent Adamson, and their colleagues at Corporate Executive Board to investigate the skills, behaviors, knowledge, and attitudes that matter most for high performance. And what they discovered may be the biggest shock to conventional sales wisdom in decades. Based on an exhaustive study of thousands of sales reps across multiple industries and geographies, The Challenger Sale argues that classic relationship building is a losing approach, especially when it comes to selling complex, large-scale business-to-business solutions. The authors' study found that every sales rep in the world falls into one of five distinct profiles, and while all of these types of reps can deliver average sales performance, only one-the Challenger- delivers consistently high performance. Instead of bludgeoning customers with endless facts and features about their company and products, Challengers approach customers with unique insights about how they can save or make money. They tailor their sales message to the customer's specific needs and objectives. Rather than acquiescing to the customer's every demand or objection, they are assertive, pushing back when necessary and taking control of the sale. The things that make Challengers unique are replicable and teachable to the average sales rep. Once you understand how to identify the Challengers in your organization, you can model their approach and embed it throughout your sales force. The authors explain how almost any average-performing rep, once equipped with the right tools, can successfully reframe customers' expectations and deliver a distinctive purchase experience that drives higher levels of customer loyalty and, ultimately, greater growth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Challenger Sale: Taking Control of the Customer Conversation Author: Matthew Dixon, Brent Adamson Narrator: Brent Adamson, Matthew Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What's the secret to sales success? If you're like most business leaders, you'd say it's fundamentally about relationships-and you'd be wrong. The best salespeople don't just build relationships with customers. They challenge them. The need to understand what top-performing reps are doing that their average performing colleagues are not drove Matthew Dixon, Brent Adamson, and their colleagues at Corporate Executive Board to investigate the skills, behaviors, knowledge, and attitudes that matter most for high performance. And what they discovered may be the biggest shock to conventional sales wisdom in decades. Based on an exhaustive study of thousands of sales reps across multiple industries and geographies, The Challenger Sale argues that classic relationship building is a losing approach, especially when it comes to selling complex, large-scale business-to-business solutions. The authors' study found that every sales rep in the world falls into one of five distinct profiles, and while all of these types of reps can deliver average sales performance, only one-the Challenger- delivers consistently high performance. Instead of bludgeoning customers with endless facts and features about their company and products, Challengers approach customers with unique insights about how they can save or make money. They tailor their sales message to the customer's specific needs and objectives. Rather than acquiescing to the customer's every demand or objection, they are assertive, pushing back when necessary and taking control of the sale. The things that make Challengers unique are replicable and teachable to the average sales rep. Once you understand how to identify the Challengers in your organization, you can model their approach and embed it throughout your sales force. The authors explain how almost any average-performing rep, once equipped with the right tools, can successfully reframe customers' expectations and deliver a distinctive purchase experience that drives higher levels of customer loyalty and, ultimately, greater growth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376530 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376530]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La mejor inversión de un líder: La atracción, el desarrollo y la multiplicación de líderes (The Leader's Greatest Return, Spanish Edition) Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Johnny Pena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: ¿Cuál es la mayor ganancia en el tiempo de un líder? Después de que los líderes hayan invertido en su propio crecimiento de liderazgo, ¿cuál es la mejor manera de lograr su misión y hacer crecer a sus organizaciones? ¡Desarrollar líderes! Cuantos más líderes tenga una organización y mejor preparados estén para liderar, más exitosa será la organización y todos sus líderes. El autor número uno en ventas del New York Times, John C. Maxwell, a menudo es identificado como el experto en liderazgo más influyente del mundo. En los últimos veinticinco años, ha pasado de preparar a un puñado de líderes en una organización a desarrollar millones de líderes empresariales, gubernamentales y sin fines de lucro en todos los países del mundo. En La mejor inversión de un líder, Maxwell comparte las lecciones más importantes que aprendió sobre el proceso de desarrollo de liderazgo en el último cuarto de siglo. Él instruye a los lectores en cómo - Identificar líderes potenciales. - Atraer líderes creando una mesa de liderazgo. - Trabajar hasta no ser imprescindibles al preparar y capacitar líderes. - Posicionar líderes para construir un equipo ganador. - Entrenar líderes a niveles más altos y hacer que ellos mismos sean líderes en el desarrollo.   Aquí es donde los líderes realmente experimentan el valor compuesto del desarrollo de líderes y llegan a los niveles más altos de liderazgo.   Cualquier persona que quiera dar el siguiente paso en su liderazgo, construir su organización o equipo y crear su legado para el futuro debe leer La mayor inversión del líder. John C. Maxwell Tue, 11 Feb 2020 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376530 thebookvoice.com 8:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376530]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La mejor inversión de un líder: La atracción, el desarrollo y la multiplicación de líderes (The Leader's Greatest Return, Spanish Edition) Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Johnny Pena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: ¿Cuál es la mayor ganancia en el tiempo de un líder? Después de que los líderes hayan invertido en su propio crecimiento de liderazgo, ¿cuál es la mejor manera de lograr su misión y hacer crecer a sus organizaciones? ¡Desarrollar líderes! Cuantos más líderes tenga una organización y mejor preparados estén para liderar, más exitosa será la organización y todos sus líderes. El autor número uno en ventas del New York Times, John C. Maxwell, a menudo es identificado como el experto en liderazgo más influyente del mundo. En los últimos veinticinco años, ha pasado de preparar a un puñado de líderes en una organización a desarrollar millones de líderes empresariales, gubernamentales y sin fines de lucro en todos los países del mundo. En La mejor inversión de un líder, Maxwell comparte las lecciones más importantes que aprendió sobre el proceso de desarrollo de liderazgo en el último cuarto de siglo. Él instruye a los lectores en cómo - Identificar líderes potenciales. - Atraer líderes creando una mesa de liderazgo. - Trabajar hasta no ser imprescindibles al preparar y capacitar líderes. - Posicionar líderes para construir un equipo ganador. - Entrenar líderes a niveles más altos y hacer que ellos mismos sean líderes en el desarrollo.   Aquí es donde los líderes realmente experimentan el valor compuesto del desarrollo de líderes y llegan a los niveles más altos de liderazgo.   Cualquier persona que quiera dar el siguiente paso en su liderazgo, construir su organización o equipo y crear su legado para el futuro debe leer La mayor inversión del líder. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376530]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La mejor inversión de un líder: La atracción, el desarrollo y la multiplicación de líderes (The Leader's Greatest Return, Spanish Edition) Author: John C. Maxwell Narrator: Johnny Pena Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: ¿Cuál es la mayor ganancia en el tiempo de un líder? Después de que los líderes hayan invertido en su propio crecimiento de liderazgo, ¿cuál es la mejor manera de lograr su misión y hacer crecer a sus organizaciones? ¡Desarrollar líderes! Cuantos más líderes tenga una organización y mejor preparados estén para liderar, más exitosa será la organización y todos sus líderes. El autor número uno en ventas del New York Times, John C. Maxwell, a menudo es identificado como el experto en liderazgo más influyente del mundo. En los últimos veinticinco años, ha pasado de preparar a un puñado de líderes en una organización a desarrollar millones de líderes empresariales, gubernamentales y sin fines de lucro en todos los países del mundo. En La mejor inversión de un líder, Maxwell comparte las lecciones más importantes que aprendió sobre el proceso de desarrollo de liderazgo en el último cuarto de siglo. Él instruye a los lectores en cómo - Identificar líderes potenciales. - Atraer líderes creando una mesa de liderazgo. - Trabajar hasta no ser imprescindibles al preparar y capacitar líderes. - Posicionar líderes para construir un equipo ganador. - Entrenar líderes a niveles más altos y hacer que ellos mismos sean líderes en el desarrollo.   Aquí es donde los líderes realmente experimentan el valor compuesto del desarrollo de líderes y llegan a los niveles más altos de liderazgo.   Cualquier persona que quiera dar el siguiente paso en su liderazgo, construir su organización o equipo y crear su legado para el futuro debe leer La mayor inversión del líder. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376150 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La Meta: Un Proceso de Mejor Continua Author: Eliyahu Goldratt Narrator: Mauricio Perez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Escrita con un estilo de relato de acción, La Meta es la emocionante novela que está transformando el pensamiento de los directivos de todo el mundo occidental. El autor ha sido descrito por la revista Fortune como un 'gurú de la industria' y por Business Week como genio. Este es un libro para ser recomendado a sus amigos profesionales de la industria-incluso a sus jefes-pero no a sus competidores. Alex Rogo es un 'estresado' director de fábrica que intenta desesperadamente mejorar los resultados de la misma, que está abocada al desastre. Eliyahu Goldratt Tue, 31 Oct 2017 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376150 thebookvoice.com 15:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La Meta: Un Proceso de Mejor Continua Author: Eliyahu Goldratt Narrator: Mauricio Perez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Escrita con un estilo de relato de acción, La Meta es la emocionante novela que está transformando el pensamiento de los directivos de todo el mundo occidental. El autor ha sido descrito por la revista Fortune como un 'gurú de la industria' y por Business Week como genio. Este es un libro para ser recomendado a sus amigos profesionales de la industria-incluso a sus jefes-pero no a sus competidores. Alex Rogo es un 'estresado' director de fábrica que intenta desesperadamente mejorar los resultados de la misma, que está abocada al desastre. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La Meta: Un Proceso de Mejor Continua Author: Eliyahu Goldratt Narrator: Mauricio Perez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 31, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Escrita con un estilo de relato de acción, La Meta es la emocionante novela que está transformando el pensamiento de los directivos de todo el mundo occidental. El autor ha sido descrito por la revista Fortune como un 'gurú de la industria' y por Business Week como genio. Este es un libro para ser recomendado a sus amigos profesionales de la industria-incluso a sus jefes-pero no a sus competidores. Alex Rogo es un 'estresado' director de fábrica que intenta desesperadamente mejorar los resultados de la misma, que está abocada al desastre. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375083 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 12 Reasons Organizational Change Fails: ...and What Leaders Need to Do to Succeed! Author: Marc Sanborn Narrator: Marc Sanborn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 1, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The ability to create positive change is a critically important skill for successful leaders, yet many change initiatives fail. Why? In this idea packed presentation, leadership expert Mark Sanborn explains the 12 most common reasons why organizational change fails and the skills you can use as a leader to succeed. Marc Sanborn Mon, 01 Jan 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375083 thebookvoice.com 0:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 12 Reasons Organizational Change Fails: ...and What Leaders Need to Do to Succeed! Author: Marc Sanborn Narrator: Marc Sanborn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 1, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The ability to create positive change is a critically important skill for successful leaders, yet many change initiatives fail. Why? In this idea packed presentation, leadership expert Mark Sanborn explains the 12 most common reasons why organizational change fails and the skills you can use as a leader to succeed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 12 Reasons Organizational Change Fails: ...and What Leaders Need to Do to Succeed! Author: Marc Sanborn Narrator: Marc Sanborn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 1, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The ability to create positive change is a critically important skill for successful leaders, yet many change initiatives fail. Why? In this idea packed presentation, leadership expert Mark Sanborn explains the 12 most common reasons why organizational change fails and the skills you can use as a leader to succeed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375055 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People Powered: How Communities Can Supercharge Your Business, Brand, and Teams Author: Jono Bacon Narrator: Jono Bacon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What if you discovered a blueprint that could grow your brand’s reputation and loyalty, dramatically reduce customer service issues, produce content and technology, and cement a powerful, lasting relationship between you and your customers? Communities have been a popular topic since the rise of the Internet and social media, but few companies have consistently harnessed their power, driven tangible value, and effectively measured their return on investment (ROI) like Salesforce.com, Star Citizen via Kickstarter, and Red Hat. Companies such as PayPal, Facebook, Bosch, Microsoft, CapitalOne, and Google, have also built communities inside their organizations, which have fostered innovation, broken down silos, and helped their organizations to operate more efficiently and collaboratively. People Powered helps C-suite leaders, founders, marketers, customer advocates, and community leaders gain a competitive advantage by answering the following questions:  - What is the key value proposition of building a community? - What kind of community do we need and how do we build and integrate it into our organization? - How do we incentivize and encourage people to get involved, build reliable growth, and keep community members engaged? - How do we develop authentic, productive relationships with community members both online and in person? - How do we get departmental buy-in, hire effectively, and create consistent, reliable community engagement skills in our organization? - What are the strategic and tactical pitfalls and roadblocks we need to avoid? - How do we make sure that our community continues to grow with us—and more importantly, how do we make sure that we continue to grow with them? People Powered pulls together over 20 years of pragmatic experience into a clear, simple methodology and blueprint to not just answer these questions, but deliver results. Don’t get left behind—become an industry trailblazer and ensure your company’s longevity by tapping into the most dynamic force both outside and inside your organization: the people. Jono Bacon Tue, 12 Nov 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375055 thebookvoice.com 6:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People Powered: How Communities Can Supercharge Your Business, Brand, and Teams Author: Jono Bacon Narrator: Jono Bacon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What if you discovered a blueprint that could grow your brand’s reputation and loyalty, dramatically reduce customer service issues, produce content and technology, and cement a powerful, lasting relationship between you and your customers? Communities have been a popular topic since the rise of the Internet and social media, but few companies have consistently harnessed their power, driven tangible value, and effectively measured their return on investment (ROI) like Salesforce.com, Star Citizen via Kickstarter, and Red Hat. Companies such as PayPal, Facebook, Bosch, Microsoft, CapitalOne, and Google, have also built communities inside their organizations, which have fostered innovation, broken down silos, and helped their organizations to operate more efficiently and collaboratively. People Powered helps C-suite leaders, founders, marketers, customer advocates, and community leaders gain a competitive advantage by answering the following questions:  - What is the key value proposition of building a community? - What kind of community do we need and how do we build and integrate it into our organization? - How do we incentivize and encourage people to get involved, build reliable growth, and keep community members engaged? - How do we develop authentic, productive relationships with community members both online and in person? - How do we get departmental buy-in, hire effectively, and create consistent, reliable community engagement skills in our organization? - What are the strategic and tactical pitfalls and roadblocks we need to avoid? - How do we make sure that our community continues to grow with us—and more importantly, how do we make sure that we continue to grow with them? People Powered pulls together over 20 years of pragmatic experience into a clear, simple methodology and blueprint to not just answer these questions, but deliver results. Don’t get left behind—become an industry trailblazer and ensure your company’s longevity by tapping into the most dynamic force both outside and inside your organization: the people. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People Powered: How Communities Can Supercharge Your Business, Brand, and Teams Author: Jono Bacon Narrator: Jono Bacon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What if you discovered a blueprint that could grow your brand’s reputation and loyalty, dramatically reduce customer service issues, produce content and technology, and cement a powerful, lasting relationship between you and your customers? Communities have been a popular topic since the rise of the Internet and social media, but few companies have consistently harnessed their power, driven tangible value, and effectively measured their return on investment (ROI) like Salesforce.com, Star Citizen via Kickstarter, and Red Hat. Companies such as PayPal, Facebook, Bosch, Microsoft, CapitalOne, and Google, have also built communities inside their organizations, which have fostered innovation, broken down silos, and helped their organizations to operate more efficiently and collaboratively. People Powered helps C-suite leaders, founders, marketers, customer advocates, and community leaders gain a competitive advantage by answering the following questions:  - What is the key value proposition of building a community? - What kind of community do we need and how do we build and integrate it into our organization? - How do we incentivize and encourage people to get involved, build reliable growth, and keep community members engaged? - How do we develop authentic, productive relationships with community members both online and in person? - How do we get departmental buy-in, hire effectively, and create consistent, reliable community engagement skills in our organization? - What are the strategic and tactical pitfalls and roadblocks we need to avoid? - How do we make sure that our community continues to grow with us—and more importantly, how do we make sure that we continue to grow with them? People Powered pulls together over 20 years of pragmatic experience into a clear, simple methodology and blueprint to not just answer these questions, but deliver results. Don’t get left behind—become an industry trailblazer and ensure your company’s longevity by tapping into the most dynamic force both outside and inside your organization: the people. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375053 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375053]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mission Transition: Navigating the Opportunities and Obstacles to Your Post-Military Career Author: Matthew J. Louis Narrator: Levi Wiggins, John Behrens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Mission Transition is an essential career-change guide for any transitioning veteran that wants to avoid false starts and make optimal career choices following active duty. Every year, about a quarter of a million veterans leave the military - most of whom are unprepared for the transition. These service members have developed incredible leadership, problem-solving, and practical skills that are underutilized once they reach the civilian world, a detriment to both themselves and society. Well-intentioned Transition Assistance Programs and other support structures within the armed forces often leave veterans fending for themselves. The mission-first culture of the military results in service members focusing on their active duty roles in the year leading up to their separation, leaving them little time to adequately prepare to join the civilian world. President of Purepost, a next-generation staffing solution and public benefits corporation, and author Matthew J. Louis guides military personnel through the entire process of making a successful move into civilian professional life. In Mission Transition, this book will: - Guide you through the process of discovering what path you want to take going forward - Teach you the strategies that will make your résumé stand out - Provide suggestions to help you prepare for and ace the interview - Discuss ways to acclimate to your new organization’s culture and pay it forward to other veterans Each chapter includes advice from other veterans, illustrations of key concepts, summaries, and suggested resources. Let this well-written and easy to follow guidebook help you transition out from the military and commit to being successful in the next chapter of your life. Matthew J. Louis Tue, 24 Sep 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375053 thebookvoice.com 7:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375053]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mission Transition: Navigating the Opportunities and Obstacles to Your Post-Military Career Author: Matthew J. Louis Narrator: Levi Wiggins, John Behrens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Mission Transition is an essential career-change guide for any transitioning veteran that wants to avoid false starts and make optimal career choices following active duty. Every year, about a quarter of a million veterans leave the military - most of whom are unprepared for the transition. These service members have developed incredible leadership, problem-solving, and practical skills that are underutilized once they reach the civilian world, a detriment to both themselves and society. Well-intentioned Transition Assistance Programs and other support structures within the armed forces often leave veterans fending for themselves. The mission-first culture of the military results in service members focusing on their active duty roles in the year leading up to their separation, leaving them little time to adequately prepare to join the civilian world. President of Purepost, a next-generation staffing solution and public benefits corporation, and author Matthew J. Louis guides military personnel through the entire process of making a successful move into civilian professional life. In Mission Transition, this book will: - Guide you through the process of discovering what path you want to take going forward - Teach you the strategies that will make your résumé stand out - Provide suggestions to help you prepare for and ace the interview - Discuss ways to acclimate to your new organization’s culture and pay it forward to other veterans Each chapter includes advice from other veterans, illustrations of key concepts, summaries, and suggested resources. Let this well-written and easy to follow guidebook help you transition out from the military and commit to being successful in the next chapter of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375053]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mission Transition: Navigating the Opportunities and Obstacles to Your Post-Military Career Author: Matthew J. Louis Narrator: Levi Wiggins, John Behrens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Mission Transition is an essential career-change guide for any transitioning veteran that wants to avoid false starts and make optimal career choices following active duty. Every year, about a quarter of a million veterans leave the military - most of whom are unprepared for the transition. These service members have developed incredible leadership, problem-solving, and practical skills that are underutilized once they reach the civilian world, a detriment to both themselves and society. Well-intentioned Transition Assistance Programs and other support structures within the armed forces often leave veterans fending for themselves. The mission-first culture of the military results in service members focusing on their active duty roles in the year leading up to their separation, leaving them little time to adequately prepare to join the civilian world. President of Purepost, a next-generation staffing solution and public benefits corporation, and author Matthew J. Louis guides military personnel through the entire process of making a successful move into civilian professional life. In Mission Transition, this book will: - Guide you through the process of discovering what path you want to take going forward - Teach you the strategies that will make your résumé stand out - Provide suggestions to help you prepare for and ace the interview - Discuss ways to acclimate to your new organization’s culture and pay it forward to other veterans Each chapter includes advice from other veterans, illustrations of key concepts, summaries, and suggested resources. Let this well-written and easy to follow guidebook help you transition out from the military and commit to being successful in the next chapter of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375039 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Restoring the Soul of Business: Staying Human in the Age of Data Author: Rishad Tobaccowala Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From old-fashioned bricks-and-mortars to cutting-edge startups, businesses are moving into uncharted territory as they determine how to move from an analog past to a digital future effectively. How can you make sure not to leave human instinct behind? Businesses are leaving behind traditional meetings in favor of virtual ones, transitioning from surveys and studies to analytics and algorithms. The startling and often unacknowledged truth is that?the promise of digital transformation can only be realized when we find a way to balance it with the promise of people.?In the end, it’s the people that matter, and companies must never forget the soul that drives them. In Restoring the Soul of Business, business leader Rishad Tobaccowala?teaches you to:  - Understand how to unleash the significant benefit that can be realized by combining emotion and data, human and machine, analog and digital. - Spot the warning signs of data-blinded companies: cold cultures with little human interaction, poor innovation stemming from discouraged employees who don’t contribute ideas, and poor customer service due to automated, robotic processes. - Explore how organizations of various sizes and from different industries have successfully reoriented their thinking on how to fuse technology and humanity. - Gain skills to become an expert in connections critical to growth and success, including the connection between being creative and using technology. - Everyone working in an organization will find penetrating observations and guidance about how and why establishing the proper balance between human intuition and creativity and data-driven insights can lead to increased revenue, profitability, retention—and even joy—in their careers and business. Restoring the Soul of Business provides practical tools and techniques that every organization can and should implement, and challenges you to move forward with the kind of balance that capitalizes transformation and produces one great success after another. Rishad Tobaccowala Tue, 28 Jan 2020 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375039 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Restoring the Soul of Business: Staying Human in the Age of Data Author: Rishad Tobaccowala Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From old-fashioned bricks-and-mortars to cutting-edge startups, businesses are moving into uncharted territory as they determine how to move from an analog past to a digital future effectively. How can you make sure not to leave human instinct behind? Businesses are leaving behind traditional meetings in favor of virtual ones, transitioning from surveys and studies to analytics and algorithms. The startling and often unacknowledged truth is that?the promise of digital transformation can only be realized when we find a way to balance it with the promise of people.?In the end, it’s the people that matter, and companies must never forget the soul that drives them. In Restoring the Soul of Business, business leader Rishad Tobaccowala?teaches you to:  - Understand how to unleash the significant benefit that can be realized by combining emotion and data, human and machine, analog and digital. - Spot the warning signs of data-blinded companies: cold cultures with little human interaction, poor innovation stemming from discouraged employees who don’t contribute ideas, and poor customer service due to automated, robotic processes. - Explore how organizations of various sizes and from different industries have successfully reoriented their thinking on how to fuse technology and humanity. - Gain skills to become an expert in connections critical to growth and success, including the connection between being creative and using technology. - Everyone working in an organization will find penetrating observations and guidance about how and why establishing the proper balance between human intuition and creativity and data-driven insights can lead to increased revenue, profitability, retention—and even joy—in their careers and business. Restoring the Soul of Business provides practical tools and techniques that every organization can and should implement, and challenges you to move forward with the kind of balance that capitalizes transformation and produces one great success after another. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Restoring the Soul of Business: Staying Human in the Age of Data Author: Rishad Tobaccowala Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From old-fashioned bricks-and-mortars to cutting-edge startups, businesses are moving into uncharted territory as they determine how to move from an analog past to a digital future effectively. How can you make sure not to leave human instinct behind? Businesses are leaving behind traditional meetings in favor of virtual ones, transitioning from surveys and studies to analytics and algorithms. The startling and often unacknowledged truth is that?the promise of digital transformation can only be realized when we find a way to balance it with the promise of people.?In the end, it’s the people that matter, and companies must never forget the soul that drives them. In Restoring the Soul of Business, business leader Rishad Tobaccowala?teaches you to:  - Understand how to unleash the significant benefit that can be realized by combining emotion and data, human and machine, analog and digital. - Spot the warning signs of data-blinded companies: cold cultures with little human interaction, poor innovation stemming from discouraged employees who don’t contribute ideas, and poor customer service due to automated, robotic processes. - Explore how organizations of various sizes and from different industries have successfully reoriented their thinking on how to fuse technology and humanity. - Gain skills to become an expert in connections critical to growth and success, including the connection between being creative and using technology. - Everyone working in an organization will find penetrating observations and guidance about how and why establishing the proper balance between human intuition and creativity and data-driven insights can lead to increased revenue, profitability, retention—and even joy—in their careers and business. Restoring the Soul of Business provides practical tools and techniques that every organization can and should implement, and challenges you to move forward with the kind of balance that capitalizes transformation and produces one great success after another. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374986 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What You Do Is Who You Are: How to Create Your Business Culture Author: Ben Horowitz Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Ben Horowitz, a leading venture capitalist, modern management expert, and New York Times bestselling author, combines lessons both from history and from modern organizational practice with practical and often surprising advice to help executives build cultures that can weather both good and bad times. Ben Horowitz has long been fascinated by history, and particularly by how people behave differently than you’d expect. The time and circumstances in which they were raised often shapes them—yet a few leaders have managed to shape their times. In What You Do Is Who You Are, he turns his attention to a question crucial to every organization: how do you create and sustain the culture you want? To Horowitz, culture is how a company makes decisions. It is the set of assumptions employees use to resolve everyday problems: should I stay at the Red Roof Inn, or the Four Seasons? Should we discuss the color of this product for five minutes or thirty hours? If culture is not purposeful, it will be an accident or a mistake. What You Do Is Who You Are explains how to make your culture purposeful by spotlighting four models of leadership and culture-building—the leader of the only successful slave revolt, Haiti’s Toussaint Louverture; the Samurai, who ruled Japan for seven hundred years and shaped modern Japanese culture; Genghis Khan, who built the world’s largest empire; and Shaka Senghor, a man convicted of murder who ran the most formidable prison gang in the yard and ultimately transformed prison culture. Horowitz connects these leadership examples to modern case-studies, including how Louverture’s cultural techniques were applied (or should have been) by Reed Hastings at Netflix, Travis Kalanick at Uber, and Hillary Clinton, and how Genghis Khan’s vision of cultural inclusiveness has parallels in the work of Don Thompson, the first African-American CEO of McDonalds, and of Maggie Wilderotter, the CEO who led Frontier Communications. Horowitz then offers guidance to help any company understand its own strategy and build a successful culture. What You Do Is Who You Are is a journey through culture, from ancient to modern. Along the way, it answers a question fundamental to any organization: who are we? How do people talk about us when we’re not around? How do we treat our customers? Are we there for people in a pinch? Can we be trusted? Who you are is not the values you list on the wall. It’s not what you say in company-wide meeting. It’s not your marketing campaign. It’s not even what you believe. Who you are is what you do. This book aims to help you do the things you need to become the kind of leader you want to be—and others want to follow. Ben Horowitz Tue, 29 Oct 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374986 thebookvoice.com 6:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What You Do Is Who You Are: How to Create Your Business Culture Author: Ben Horowitz Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Ben Horowitz, a leading venture capitalist, modern management expert, and New York Times bestselling author, combines lessons both from history and from modern organizational practice with practical and often surprising advice to help executives build cultures that can weather both good and bad times. Ben Horowitz has long been fascinated by history, and particularly by how people behave differently than you’d expect. The time and circumstances in which they were raised often shapes them—yet a few leaders have managed to shape their times. In What You Do Is Who You Are, he turns his attention to a question crucial to every organization: how do you create and sustain the culture you want? To Horowitz, culture is how a company makes decisions. It is the set of assumptions employees use to resolve everyday problems: should I stay at the Red Roof Inn, or the Four Seasons? Should we discuss the color of this product for five minutes or thirty hours? If culture is not purposeful, it will be an accident or a mistake. What You Do Is Who You Are explains how to make your culture purposeful by spotlighting four models of leadership and culture-building—the leader of the only successful slave revolt, Haiti’s Toussaint Louverture; the Samurai, who ruled Japan for seven hundred years and shaped modern Japanese culture; Genghis Khan, who built the world’s largest empire; and Shaka Senghor, a man convicted of murder who ran the most formidable prison gang in the yard and ultimately transformed prison culture. Horowitz connects these leadership examples to modern case-studies, including how Louverture’s cultural techniques were applied (or should have been) by Reed Hastings at Netflix, Travis Kalanick at Uber, and Hillary Clinton, and how Genghis Khan’s vision of cultural inclusiveness has parallels in the work of Don Thompson, the first African-American CEO of McDonalds, and of Maggie Wilderotter, the CEO who led Frontier Communications. Horowitz then offers guidance to help any company understand its own strategy and build a successful culture. What You Do Is Who You Are is a journey through culture, from ancient to modern. Along the way, it answers a question fundamental to any organization: who are we? How do people talk about us when we’re not around? How do we treat our customers? Are we there for people in a pinch? Can we be trusted? Who you are is not the values you list on the wall. It’s not what you say in company-wide meeting. It’s not your marketing campaign. It’s not even what you believe. Who you are is what you do. This book aims to help you do the things you need to become the kind of leader you want to be—and others want to follow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What You Do Is Who You Are: How to Create Your Business Culture Author: Ben Horowitz Narrator: Kevin Kenerly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Ben Horowitz, a leading venture capitalist, modern management expert, and New York Times bestselling author, combines lessons both from history and from modern organizational practice with practical and often surprising advice to help executives build cultures that can weather both good and bad times. Ben Horowitz has long been fascinated by history, and particularly by how people behave differently than you’d expect. The time and circumstances in which they were raised often shapes them—yet a few leaders have managed to shape their times. In What You Do Is Who You Are, he turns his attention to a question crucial to every organization: how do you create and sustain the culture you want? To Horowitz, culture is how a company makes decisions. It is the set of assumptions employees use to resolve everyday problems: should I stay at the Red Roof Inn, or the Four Seasons? Should we discuss the color of this product for five minutes or thirty hours? If culture is not purposeful, it will be an accident or a mistake. What You Do Is Who You Are explains how to make your culture purposeful by spotlighting four models of leadership and culture-building—the leader of the only successful slave revolt, Haiti’s Toussaint Louverture; the Samurai, who ruled Japan for seven hundred years and shaped modern Japanese culture; Genghis Khan, who built the world’s largest empire; and Shaka Senghor, a man convicted of murder who ran the most formidable prison gang in the yard and ultimately transformed prison culture. Horowitz connects these leadership examples to modern case-studies, including how Louverture’s cultural techniques were applied (or should have been) by Reed Hastings at Netflix, Travis Kalanick at Uber, and Hillary Clinton, and how Genghis Khan’s vision of cultural inclusiveness has parallels in the work of Don Thompson, the first African-American CEO of McDonalds, and of Maggie Wilderotter, the CEO who led Frontier Communications. Horowitz then offers guidance to help any company understand its own strategy and build a successful culture. What You Do Is Who You Are is a journey through culture, from ancient to modern. Along the way, it answers a question fundamental to any organization: who are we? How do people talk about us when we’re not around? How do we treat our customers? Are we there for people in a pinch? Can we be trusted? Who you are is not the values you list on the wall. It’s not what you say in company-wide meeting. It’s not your marketing campaign. It’s not even what you believe. Who you are is what you do. This book aims to help you do the things you need to become the kind of leader you want to be—and others want to follow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374909 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know What You're FOR: A Growth Strategy for Work, An Even Better Strategy for Life Author: Jeff Henderson Narrator: Jeff Henderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Your organization - business, church, or nonprofit - will experience unprecedented growth when you close the gap between these two game-changing questions: What are we known for? What do we want to be known for? In Know What You're FOR, entrepreneur and thought leader Jeff Henderson makes it clear that if we want to change the world with our products or our mission, then we must shift the focus of our messaging and marketing. Rather than self-promoting, we must transform our organizations to be people-centric. This sounds like a no-brainer, but looking closer shows just how little this is true and how impactful the change would be if it were. Whether you're a business leader, a change advocate, or a movement maker, Know What You're FOR will help you - and your organization - thrive.  It's what happens when you create an organization focused on who it is FOR. This is the future. Thriving organizations will be more concerned with becoming raving fans of their customers than they are trying to convince customers to become raving fans of the organization. This isn't theory. Jeff Henderson has experienced it.   Working with companies like Chick-fil-A and the Atlanta Braves, then serving as a pastor for 15 years at one of the country's largest and most influential churches, North Point, Jeff knows what success looks like for healthy organizations and healthy lives. With fascinating stories from a host of entrepreneurs and Jeff's remarkable career, Know What You're FOR equips you with a simple strategy and the tools for extraordinary growth. You'll discover how to: - Work FOR your current and future customers with a new, effective method - Be FOR your team and help your people reach full potential - Create a ripple impact by being FOR your community - Live and work your best by caring FOR yourself In a hypercritical, cynical world, one that is often known for what it's against, let's be a group of people known for who and what we're FOR.  It's a powerful strategy for business. But more importantly, it is a revolutionary way to live. Assessments are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Jeff Henderson Tue, 01 Oct 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374909 thebookvoice.com 5:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know What You're FOR: A Growth Strategy for Work, An Even Better Strategy for Life Author: Jeff Henderson Narrator: Jeff Henderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Your organization - business, church, or nonprofit - will experience unprecedented growth when you close the gap between these two game-changing questions: What are we known for? What do we want to be known for? In Know What You're FOR, entrepreneur and thought leader Jeff Henderson makes it clear that if we want to change the world with our products or our mission, then we must shift the focus of our messaging and marketing. Rather than self-promoting, we must transform our organizations to be people-centric. This sounds like a no-brainer, but looking closer shows just how little this is true and how impactful the change would be if it were. Whether you're a business leader, a change advocate, or a movement maker, Know What You're FOR will help you - and your organization - thrive.  It's what happens when you create an organization focused on who it is FOR. This is the future. Thriving organizations will be more concerned with becoming raving fans of their customers than they are trying to convince customers to become raving fans of the organization. This isn't theory. Jeff Henderson has experienced it.   Working with companies like Chick-fil-A and the Atlanta Braves, then serving as a pastor for 15 years at one of the country's largest and most influential churches, North Point, Jeff knows what success looks like for healthy organizations and healthy lives. With fascinating stories from a host of entrepreneurs and Jeff's remarkable career, Know What You're FOR equips you with a simple strategy and the tools for extraordinary growth. You'll discover how to: - Work FOR your current and future customers with a new, effective method - Be FOR your team and help your people reach full potential - Create a ripple impact by being FOR your community - Live and work your best by caring FOR yourself In a hypercritical, cynical world, one that is often known for what it's against, let's be a group of people known for who and what we're FOR.  It's a powerful strategy for business. But more importantly, it is a revolutionary way to live. Assessments are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know What You're FOR: A Growth Strategy for Work, An Even Better Strategy for Life Author: Jeff Henderson Narrator: Jeff Henderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Your organization - business, church, or nonprofit - will experience unprecedented growth when you close the gap between these two game-changing questions: What are we known for? What do we want to be known for? In Know What You're FOR, entrepreneur and thought leader Jeff Henderson makes it clear that if we want to change the world with our products or our mission, then we must shift the focus of our messaging and marketing. Rather than self-promoting, we must transform our organizations to be people-centric. This sounds like a no-brainer, but looking closer shows just how little this is true and how impactful the change would be if it were. Whether you're a business leader, a change advocate, or a movement maker, Know What You're FOR will help you - and your organization - thrive.  It's what happens when you create an organization focused on who it is FOR. This is the future. Thriving organizations will be more concerned with becoming raving fans of their customers than they are trying to convince customers to become raving fans of the organization. This isn't theory. Jeff Henderson has experienced it.   Working with companies like Chick-fil-A and the Atlanta Braves, then serving as a pastor for 15 years at one of the country's largest and most influential churches, North Point, Jeff knows what success looks like for healthy organizations and healthy lives. With fascinating stories from a host of entrepreneurs and Jeff's remarkable career, Know What You're FOR equips you with a simple strategy and the tools for extraordinary growth. You'll discover how to: - Work FOR your current and future customers with a new, effective method - Be FOR your team and help your people reach full potential - Create a ripple impact by being FOR your community - Live and work your best by caring FOR yourself In a hypercritical, cynical world, one that is often known for what it's against, let's be a group of people known for who and what we're FOR.  It's a powerful strategy for business. But more importantly, it is a revolutionary way to live. Assessments are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374693 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Maybe: How the World Is Changed Author: Michael Patton, Brenda Zimmerman, Frances Westley Narrator: Justine Eyre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A practical, inspirational, revolutionary guide to social innovation Many of us have a deep desire to make the world around us a better place. But often our good intentions are undermined by the fear that we are so insignificant in the big scheme of things that nothing we can do will actually help feed the world’s hungry, fix the damage of a Hurricane Katrina or even get a healthy lunch program up and running in the local school. We tend to think that great social change is the province of heroes – an intimidating view of reality that keeps ordinary people on the couch. But extraordinary leaders such as Gandhi and even unlikely social activists such as Bob Geldof most often see themselves as harnessing the forces around them, rather than singlehandedly setting those forces in motion. The trick in any great social project – from the global fight against AIDS to working to eradicate poverty in a single Canadian city – is to stop looking at the discrete elements and start trying to understand the complex relationships between them. By studying fascinating real-life examples of social change through this systems-and-relationships lens, the authors of Getting to Maybe tease out the rules of engagement between volunteers, leaders, organizations and circumstance – between individuals and what Shakespeare called “the tide in the affairs of men.” Getting to Maybe applies the insights of complexity theory and harvests the experiences of a wide range of people and organizations – including the ministers behind the Boston Miracle (and its aftermath); the Grameen Bank, in which one man’s dream of micro-credit sparked a financial revolution for the world’s poor; the efforts of a Canadian clothing designer to help transform the lives of Indigenous women and children; and many more – to lay out a brand new way of thinking about making change in communities, in business, and in the world. Michael Patton, Brenda Zimmerman, Frances Westley Tue, 14 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374693 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Maybe: How the World Is Changed Author: Michael Patton, Brenda Zimmerman, Frances Westley Narrator: Justine Eyre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A practical, inspirational, revolutionary guide to social innovation Many of us have a deep desire to make the world around us a better place. But often our good intentions are undermined by the fear that we are so insignificant in the big scheme of things that nothing we can do will actually help feed the world’s hungry, fix the damage of a Hurricane Katrina or even get a healthy lunch program up and running in the local school. We tend to think that great social change is the province of heroes – an intimidating view of reality that keeps ordinary people on the couch. But extraordinary leaders such as Gandhi and even unlikely social activists such as Bob Geldof most often see themselves as harnessing the forces around them, rather than singlehandedly setting those forces in motion. The trick in any great social project – from the global fight against AIDS to working to eradicate poverty in a single Canadian city – is to stop looking at the discrete elements and start trying to understand the complex relationships between them. By studying fascinating real-life examples of social change through this systems-and-relationships lens, the authors of Getting to Maybe tease out the rules of engagement between volunteers, leaders, organizations and circumstance – between individuals and what Shakespeare called “the tide in the affairs of men.” Getting to Maybe applies the insights of complexity theory and harvests the experiences of a wide range of people and organizations – including the ministers behind the Boston Miracle (and its aftermath); the Grameen Bank, in which one man’s dream of micro-credit sparked a financial revolution for the world’s poor; the efforts of a Canadian clothing designer to help transform the lives of Indigenous women and children; and many more – to lay out a brand new way of thinking about making change in communities, in business, and in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting to Maybe: How the World Is Changed Author: Michael Patton, Brenda Zimmerman, Frances Westley Narrator: Justine Eyre Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A practical, inspirational, revolutionary guide to social innovation Many of us have a deep desire to make the world around us a better place. But often our good intentions are undermined by the fear that we are so insignificant in the big scheme of things that nothing we can do will actually help feed the world’s hungry, fix the damage of a Hurricane Katrina or even get a healthy lunch program up and running in the local school. We tend to think that great social change is the province of heroes – an intimidating view of reality that keeps ordinary people on the couch. But extraordinary leaders such as Gandhi and even unlikely social activists such as Bob Geldof most often see themselves as harnessing the forces around them, rather than singlehandedly setting those forces in motion. The trick in any great social project – from the global fight against AIDS to working to eradicate poverty in a single Canadian city – is to stop looking at the discrete elements and start trying to understand the complex relationships between them. By studying fascinating real-life examples of social change through this systems-and-relationships lens, the authors of Getting to Maybe tease out the rules of engagement between volunteers, leaders, organizations and circumstance – between individuals and what Shakespeare called “the tide in the affairs of men.” Getting to Maybe applies the insights of complexity theory and harvests the experiences of a wide range of people and organizations – including the ministers behind the Boston Miracle (and its aftermath); the Grameen Bank, in which one man’s dream of micro-credit sparked a financial revolution for the world’s poor; the efforts of a Canadian clothing designer to help transform the lives of Indigenous women and children; and many more – to lay out a brand new way of thinking about making change in communities, in business, and in the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374593 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374593]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conflict Resolution: The Ultimate Guide To Deal With Conflicts Author: Jim C. Siedel Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Do you find it difficult to deal with conflict situations? Do you find that work or personal relationships constantly throw up challenges you cannot deal with? Would you like to learn how to improve your abilities when it comes to conflict? We all face conflict from time to time. Some have to face it in their daily jobs, while others may face challenges at home with unruly children or neighbours. Dealing with conflict in an effective way can be hard when you aren't used to it or if you are unwilling to get involved with people who seem to thrive on it. In this book, Conflict Resolution: The Ultimate Guide To Deal With Conflicts, you can learn some of the most effective ways of dealing with conflicts that arise in various situations, with chapters that provide information on: - Are Your Expectations Causing Conflicts? - Compliance or Conflict? - Conflict Management Supervisors for Managers - Dealing with Conflict at Work - Dealing with Conflicts at School - How Do You Rate Skills? Armed with this information you will be much better placed to deal with conflict when it arises and be more confident that you will be able to resolve it. Get a copy and be ready the next time conflict appears! Jim C. Siedel Tue, 12 Mar 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374593 thebookvoice.com 0:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374593]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conflict Resolution: The Ultimate Guide To Deal With Conflicts Author: Jim C. Siedel Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Do you find it difficult to deal with conflict situations? Do you find that work or personal relationships constantly throw up challenges you cannot deal with? Would you like to learn how to improve your abilities when it comes to conflict? We all face conflict from time to time. Some have to face it in their daily jobs, while others may face challenges at home with unruly children or neighbours. Dealing with conflict in an effective way can be hard when you aren't used to it or if you are unwilling to get involved with people who seem to thrive on it. In this book, Conflict Resolution: The Ultimate Guide To Deal With Conflicts, you can learn some of the most effective ways of dealing with conflicts that arise in various situations, with chapters that provide information on: - Are Your Expectations Causing Conflicts? - Compliance or Conflict? - Conflict Management Supervisors for Managers - Dealing with Conflict at Work - Dealing with Conflicts at School - How Do You Rate Skills? Armed with this information you will be much better placed to deal with conflict when it arises and be more confident that you will be able to resolve it. Get a copy and be ready the next time conflict appears! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374593]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conflict Resolution: The Ultimate Guide To Deal With Conflicts Author: Jim C. Siedel Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Do you find it difficult to deal with conflict situations? Do you find that work or personal relationships constantly throw up challenges you cannot deal with? Would you like to learn how to improve your abilities when it comes to conflict? We all face conflict from time to time. Some have to face it in their daily jobs, while others may face challenges at home with unruly children or neighbours. Dealing with conflict in an effective way can be hard when you aren't used to it or if you are unwilling to get involved with people who seem to thrive on it. In this book, Conflict Resolution: The Ultimate Guide To Deal With Conflicts, you can learn some of the most effective ways of dealing with conflicts that arise in various situations, with chapters that provide information on: - Are Your Expectations Causing Conflicts? - Compliance or Conflict? - Conflict Management Supervisors for Managers - Dealing with Conflict at Work - Dealing with Conflicts at School - How Do You Rate Skills? Armed with this information you will be much better placed to deal with conflict when it arises and be more confident that you will be able to resolve it. Get a copy and be ready the next time conflict appears! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374435 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dig Your Heels In: Navigate Corporate BS and Build the Company You Deserve Author: Joan Kuhl Narrator: Joan Kuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What if you could transform your company from the inside out? Biased, male-dominated corporate cultures have forced far too many women out of the companies they've aspired to work for. Dig Your Heels In is a first of its kind playbook that empowers women to disrupt the corporate achievement game and be catalysts for positive change. Dig Your Heels In is a playbook that empowers women to win at the corporate achievement game and be a catalyst for positive progress. It tackles the critical need to engage, advance and retain women in the workplace, for the financial success of the business and for the benefit of their women employees. This is the first book of its kind to truly arm women to hold their ground and play the long game, staying and advancing in corporate careers. If the reader Digs Her Heels In at the company that pays her paycheck today, she can transform the company into the one that she deserves, for herself and for future generations of women entering the workforce. Dig Your Heels In is the roadmap that shows women how increasing their breadth of experience gives them more power to identify opportunities for and effect innovative and equitable change. This book is critical for women from the entry level to the executive level. Dig Your Heels In is also a critical resource for leaders in the C-suite and those leading Human Resources, Talent Management and on the front lines of recruitment who can drive enterprise wide changes to build programs that strengthen engagement and retention. Every reader will learn the ten big bold moves to achieve the career they desire and build the company and culture they deserve. Joan Kuhl Tue, 16 Apr 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374435 thebookvoice.com 5:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dig Your Heels In: Navigate Corporate BS and Build the Company You Deserve Author: Joan Kuhl Narrator: Joan Kuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What if you could transform your company from the inside out? Biased, male-dominated corporate cultures have forced far too many women out of the companies they've aspired to work for. Dig Your Heels In is a first of its kind playbook that empowers women to disrupt the corporate achievement game and be catalysts for positive change. Dig Your Heels In is a playbook that empowers women to win at the corporate achievement game and be a catalyst for positive progress. It tackles the critical need to engage, advance and retain women in the workplace, for the financial success of the business and for the benefit of their women employees. This is the first book of its kind to truly arm women to hold their ground and play the long game, staying and advancing in corporate careers. If the reader Digs Her Heels In at the company that pays her paycheck today, she can transform the company into the one that she deserves, for herself and for future generations of women entering the workforce. Dig Your Heels In is the roadmap that shows women how increasing their breadth of experience gives them more power to identify opportunities for and effect innovative and equitable change. This book is critical for women from the entry level to the executive level. Dig Your Heels In is also a critical resource for leaders in the C-suite and those leading Human Resources, Talent Management and on the front lines of recruitment who can drive enterprise wide changes to build programs that strengthen engagement and retention. Every reader will learn the ten big bold moves to achieve the career they desire and build the company and culture they deserve. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dig Your Heels In: Navigate Corporate BS and Build the Company You Deserve Author: Joan Kuhl Narrator: Joan Kuhl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 8 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What if you could transform your company from the inside out? Biased, male-dominated corporate cultures have forced far too many women out of the companies they've aspired to work for. Dig Your Heels In is a first of its kind playbook that empowers women to disrupt the corporate achievement game and be catalysts for positive change. Dig Your Heels In is a playbook that empowers women to win at the corporate achievement game and be a catalyst for positive progress. It tackles the critical need to engage, advance and retain women in the workplace, for the financial success of the business and for the benefit of their women employees. This is the first book of its kind to truly arm women to hold their ground and play the long game, staying and advancing in corporate careers. If the reader Digs Her Heels In at the company that pays her paycheck today, she can transform the company into the one that she deserves, for herself and for future generations of women entering the workforce. Dig Your Heels In is the roadmap that shows women how increasing their breadth of experience gives them more power to identify opportunities for and effect innovative and equitable change. This book is critical for women from the entry level to the executive level. Dig Your Heels In is also a critical resource for leaders in the C-suite and those leading Human Resources, Talent Management and on the front lines of recruitment who can drive enterprise wide changes to build programs that strengthen engagement and retention. Every reader will learn the ten big bold moves to achieve the career they desire and build the company and culture they deserve. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370424 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broken Business: Seven Steps to Reform Good Companies Gone Bad Author: Jose R. Hernandez Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The news media is replete with stories of corporate scandal, corruption, and misdeeds. The need for effective crisis management and corporate governance strategies has never been greater. Broken Business explains why corporate scandals happen, what to do when scandals arise in your company, and how to prevent their future occurrence. Offering real-world anecdotes and solutions, this book details how corporations can mitigate the risk of scandal, reform corporate image, and install structures to create a more ethical and profitable company. This insightful resource dispels common misconceptions of corporate misconduct and its causes through fascinating research into human nature, and compelling storytelling that demonstrates fundamental flaws in corporate culture. Author José Hernandez draws on decades of experience working with high-profile global corporations to present seven essential steps for transforming a company, including building a better culture, more effective compliance systems, and re-focusing the strategy. This book allows you to examine current and highly publicized cases of corporate scandal and their impact on corporate credibility; employ practical methods to rehabilitate your corporation's public image; implement managerial frameworks to quickly address cases of misconduct; and more. Jose R. Hernandez Tue, 26 Feb 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370424 thebookvoice.com 7:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broken Business: Seven Steps to Reform Good Companies Gone Bad Author: Jose R. Hernandez Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The news media is replete with stories of corporate scandal, corruption, and misdeeds. The need for effective crisis management and corporate governance strategies has never been greater. Broken Business explains why corporate scandals happen, what to do when scandals arise in your company, and how to prevent their future occurrence. Offering real-world anecdotes and solutions, this book details how corporations can mitigate the risk of scandal, reform corporate image, and install structures to create a more ethical and profitable company. This insightful resource dispels common misconceptions of corporate misconduct and its causes through fascinating research into human nature, and compelling storytelling that demonstrates fundamental flaws in corporate culture. Author José Hernandez draws on decades of experience working with high-profile global corporations to present seven essential steps for transforming a company, including building a better culture, more effective compliance systems, and re-focusing the strategy. This book allows you to examine current and highly publicized cases of corporate scandal and their impact on corporate credibility; employ practical methods to rehabilitate your corporation's public image; implement managerial frameworks to quickly address cases of misconduct; and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broken Business: Seven Steps to Reform Good Companies Gone Bad Author: Jose R. Hernandez Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The news media is replete with stories of corporate scandal, corruption, and misdeeds. The need for effective crisis management and corporate governance strategies has never been greater. Broken Business explains why corporate scandals happen, what to do when scandals arise in your company, and how to prevent their future occurrence. Offering real-world anecdotes and solutions, this book details how corporations can mitigate the risk of scandal, reform corporate image, and install structures to create a more ethical and profitable company. This insightful resource dispels common misconceptions of corporate misconduct and its causes through fascinating research into human nature, and compelling storytelling that demonstrates fundamental flaws in corporate culture. Author José Hernandez draws on decades of experience working with high-profile global corporations to present seven essential steps for transforming a company, including building a better culture, more effective compliance systems, and re-focusing the strategy. This book allows you to examine current and highly publicized cases of corporate scandal and their impact on corporate credibility; employ practical methods to rehabilitate your corporation's public image; implement managerial frameworks to quickly address cases of misconduct; and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369766 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Knock the Hustle: Young Creatives, Tech Ingenuity, and the Making of a New Innovation Economy Author: S. Craig Watkins Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Offers a timely analysis of the sheer ingenuity and persistence of young people who cobble together the resources they need to pursue the lives and careers they want. Young adults are coming of age at a time when work is temporary, underpaid, incommensurate with their education, or downright unsatisfying. Despite these challenges, media scholar S. Craig Watkins argues that this moment of precarity is rife with opportunities for innovation, and that young adults are leading the charge in turning that into an inventive and surprisingly sustainable future. As a result, society is expanding its understanding of who we think of as innovators and what qualifies as innovation, while wealth is spreading beyond traditional corridors of powerful tech companies, venture capitalism, and well-endowed universities. Drawing on over ten years of interviews and data, Watkins reveals the radical ways in which this community of ambitious young creatives is transforming businesses from the outside in. Diverse perspectives that are often ignored or silenced by major corporations are garnering public attention as women and people of color are redefining industries across the globe—all from their computer screens. We meet people like Prince Harvey, a New York–based hip-hop artist who recorded his album entirely on an Apple showroom laptop; screenwriter, producer, and actor Issa Rae, who first used YouTube and Kickstarter to develop the web series that became her hit HBO show Insecure; the Empowerment Plan, a nonprofit organization created by product design student Veronika Scott in Detroit; and start-up companies like Qeyno Group in San Francisco and Juegos Rancheros in Austin that help make tech more accessible to people of color. Forward-thinking and dynamic, Don’t Knock the Hustle shows the diversity and complexity of a generation on the rise. UNIQUE APPROACH TO UNDERSTANDING MILLENNIALS that looks beyond stereotypes about their relationships with tech and labor, based on two years of MacArthur Grant–funded research. DIVERSE AUDIENCE APPEAL that will reach millennials, educators, people seeking to hire millennials, and scholars of technology, media, and labor. S. Craig Watkins Tue, 07 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369766 thebookvoice.com 9:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Knock the Hustle: Young Creatives, Tech Ingenuity, and the Making of a New Innovation Economy Author: S. Craig Watkins Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Offers a timely analysis of the sheer ingenuity and persistence of young people who cobble together the resources they need to pursue the lives and careers they want. Young adults are coming of age at a time when work is temporary, underpaid, incommensurate with their education, or downright unsatisfying. Despite these challenges, media scholar S. Craig Watkins argues that this moment of precarity is rife with opportunities for innovation, and that young adults are leading the charge in turning that into an inventive and surprisingly sustainable future. As a result, society is expanding its understanding of who we think of as innovators and what qualifies as innovation, while wealth is spreading beyond traditional corridors of powerful tech companies, venture capitalism, and well-endowed universities. Drawing on over ten years of interviews and data, Watkins reveals the radical ways in which this community of ambitious young creatives is transforming businesses from the outside in. Diverse perspectives that are often ignored or silenced by major corporations are garnering public attention as women and people of color are redefining industries across the globe—all from their computer screens. We meet people like Prince Harvey, a New York–based hip-hop artist who recorded his album entirely on an Apple showroom laptop; screenwriter, producer, and actor Issa Rae, who first used YouTube and Kickstarter to develop the web series that became her hit HBO show Insecure; the Empowerment Plan, a nonprofit organization created by product design student Veronika Scott in Detroit; and start-up companies like Qeyno Group in San Francisco and Juegos Rancheros in Austin that help make tech more accessible to people of color. Forward-thinking and dynamic, Don’t Knock the Hustle shows the diversity and complexity of a generation on the rise. UNIQUE APPROACH TO UNDERSTANDING MILLENNIALS that looks beyond stereotypes about their relationships with tech and labor, based on two years of MacArthur Grant–funded research. DIVERSE AUDIENCE APPEAL that will reach millennials, educators, people seeking to hire millennials, and scholars of technology, media, and labor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Knock the Hustle: Young Creatives, Tech Ingenuity, and the Making of a New Innovation Economy Author: S. Craig Watkins Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Offers a timely analysis of the sheer ingenuity and persistence of young people who cobble together the resources they need to pursue the lives and careers they want. Young adults are coming of age at a time when work is temporary, underpaid, incommensurate with their education, or downright unsatisfying. Despite these challenges, media scholar S. Craig Watkins argues that this moment of precarity is rife with opportunities for innovation, and that young adults are leading the charge in turning that into an inventive and surprisingly sustainable future. As a result, society is expanding its understanding of who we think of as innovators and what qualifies as innovation, while wealth is spreading beyond traditional corridors of powerful tech companies, venture capitalism, and well-endowed universities. Drawing on over ten years of interviews and data, Watkins reveals the radical ways in which this community of ambitious young creatives is transforming businesses from the outside in. Diverse perspectives that are often ignored or silenced by major corporations are garnering public attention as women and people of color are redefining industries across the globe—all from their computer screens. We meet people like Prince Harvey, a New York–based hip-hop artist who recorded his album entirely on an Apple showroom laptop; screenwriter, producer, and actor Issa Rae, who first used YouTube and Kickstarter to develop the web series that became her hit HBO show Insecure; the Empowerment Plan, a nonprofit organization created by product design student Veronika Scott in Detroit; and start-up companies like Qeyno Group in San Francisco and Juegos Rancheros in Austin that help make tech more accessible to people of color. Forward-thinking and dynamic, Don’t Knock the Hustle shows the diversity and complexity of a generation on the rise. UNIQUE APPROACH TO UNDERSTANDING MILLENNIALS that looks beyond stereotypes about their relationships with tech and labor, based on two years of MacArthur Grant–funded research. DIVERSE AUDIENCE APPEAL that will reach millennials, educators, people seeking to hire millennials, and scholars of technology, media, and labor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369743 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369743]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Turn: Careers, Kids, and Comebacks--A Working Mother's Guide Author: Stacey Delo, Jennifer Gefsky Narrator: Karissa Vacker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Your Turn is the career coach that today’s working women need to own their career ambition + motherhood path. There are more than fifteen million employed women with children under the age of eighteen in the United States who find themselves smack in the “Messy Middle,” where job opportunity and family responsibilities collide and decisions shift into high gear. And there are also millions of women on the sidelines, many there due to impossible corporate structures, who are looking to get back in. Your Turn helps you move the career dial to where you need it now. Jennifer Gefsky, cofounder, and Stacey Delo, CEO, of Après—the premier site for women returning to the workforce—offer advice and inspiration to help women make the best possible career decisions for themselves and their families: to get ahead of the questions and tackle them when they arise, from managing guilt and stress after maternity leave to setting expectations in a part-time position to talking with partners and managers about how to make full-time work better for you. And for those who have decided to step away from the corporate world, whether it’s for one year or twenty, Gefsky and Delo show you how to stay current and how to pivot to something more meaningful when your old job doesn’t exist anymore or if you simply want a change. Your Turn provides a clear roadmap for how to navigate key work + life transition points. Your Turn features stories and research from the members of Après as well as insights from hundreds of companies that are making the transition work for their employees. With a unique insight into what kinds of work cultures and structures to look for, Gefsky and Delo also offer companies tangible steps to retain and cultivate female talent. Whether you’re struggling with the big question of whether to stay or quit, or looking to reenter the workforce after time away, this is the insider knowledge you need from people who have already taken the journey, as well as a step-by-step analysis to ensure you are making the right career decision for you. It’s your turn to . . . Stacey Delo, Jennifer Gefsky Tue, 01 Oct 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369743 thebookvoice.com 7:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369743]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Turn: Careers, Kids, and Comebacks--A Working Mother's Guide Author: Stacey Delo, Jennifer Gefsky Narrator: Karissa Vacker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Your Turn is the career coach that today’s working women need to own their career ambition + motherhood path. There are more than fifteen million employed women with children under the age of eighteen in the United States who find themselves smack in the “Messy Middle,” where job opportunity and family responsibilities collide and decisions shift into high gear. And there are also millions of women on the sidelines, many there due to impossible corporate structures, who are looking to get back in. Your Turn helps you move the career dial to where you need it now. Jennifer Gefsky, cofounder, and Stacey Delo, CEO, of Après—the premier site for women returning to the workforce—offer advice and inspiration to help women make the best possible career decisions for themselves and their families: to get ahead of the questions and tackle them when they arise, from managing guilt and stress after maternity leave to setting expectations in a part-time position to talking with partners and managers about how to make full-time work better for you. And for those who have decided to step away from the corporate world, whether it’s for one year or twenty, Gefsky and Delo show you how to stay current and how to pivot to something more meaningful when your old job doesn’t exist anymore or if you simply want a change. Your Turn provides a clear roadmap for how to navigate key work + life transition points. Your Turn features stories and research from the members of Après as well as insights from hundreds of companies that are making the transition work for their employees. With a unique insight into what kinds of work cultures and structures to look for, Gefsky and Delo also offer companies tangible steps to retain and cultivate female talent. Whether you’re struggling with the big question of whether to stay or quit, or looking to reenter the workforce after time away, this is the insider knowledge you need from people who have already taken the journey, as well as a step-by-step analysis to ensure you are making the right career decision for you. It’s your turn to . . . Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369743]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Turn: Careers, Kids, and Comebacks--A Working Mother's Guide Author: Stacey Delo, Jennifer Gefsky Narrator: Karissa Vacker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Your Turn is the career coach that today’s working women need to own their career ambition + motherhood path. There are more than fifteen million employed women with children under the age of eighteen in the United States who find themselves smack in the “Messy Middle,” where job opportunity and family responsibilities collide and decisions shift into high gear. And there are also millions of women on the sidelines, many there due to impossible corporate structures, who are looking to get back in. Your Turn helps you move the career dial to where you need it now. Jennifer Gefsky, cofounder, and Stacey Delo, CEO, of Après—the premier site for women returning to the workforce—offer advice and inspiration to help women make the best possible career decisions for themselves and their families: to get ahead of the questions and tackle them when they arise, from managing guilt and stress after maternity leave to setting expectations in a part-time position to talking with partners and managers about how to make full-time work better for you. And for those who have decided to step away from the corporate world, whether it’s for one year or twenty, Gefsky and Delo show you how to stay current and how to pivot to something more meaningful when your old job doesn’t exist anymore or if you simply want a change. Your Turn provides a clear roadmap for how to navigate key work + life transition points. Your Turn features stories and research from the members of Après as well as insights from hundreds of companies that are making the transition work for their employees. With a unique insight into what kinds of work cultures and structures to look for, Gefsky and Delo also offer companies tangible steps to retain and cultivate female talent. Whether you’re struggling with the big question of whether to stay or quit, or looking to reenter the workforce after time away, this is the insider knowledge you need from people who have already taken the journey, as well as a step-by-step analysis to ensure you are making the right career decision for you. It’s your turn to . . . https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369485 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turn Enemies into Allies: The Art of Peace in the Workplace (Conflict Resolution for Leaders, Managers, and Anyone Stuck in the Middle) Author: Judy Ringer Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'An essential addition to the conflict resolution toolkit.' --Marshall Goldsmith, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Triggers In today's workplace, managers, leaders, and HR professionals often believe they don't have the time to help employees navigate conflict. More often than not, however, it takes more time not to address conflict than to constructively intervene. But before you can successfully guide others in managing disagreements, you must be able to manage yourself--your mindset, presence, and behaviors. Turn Enemies into Allies offers a way of working with clashing employees that is deliberate and systematic--one that draws on the author's expertise in conflict and communication-skills building and a decades-long practice in mind-body principles from the martial art, aikido. Following the author's step-by-step guide, you will: - Acquire the skill and confidence to coach conflicting employees back to a professional, effective working relationship, while simultaneously changing their lives for the better. - Restore control and peace of mind to the workplace. - Increase your leadership presence. Judy Ringer Wed, 01 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369485 thebookvoice.com 5:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turn Enemies into Allies: The Art of Peace in the Workplace (Conflict Resolution for Leaders, Managers, and Anyone Stuck in the Middle) Author: Judy Ringer Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'An essential addition to the conflict resolution toolkit.' --Marshall Goldsmith, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Triggers In today's workplace, managers, leaders, and HR professionals often believe they don't have the time to help employees navigate conflict. More often than not, however, it takes more time not to address conflict than to constructively intervene. But before you can successfully guide others in managing disagreements, you must be able to manage yourself--your mindset, presence, and behaviors. Turn Enemies into Allies offers a way of working with clashing employees that is deliberate and systematic--one that draws on the author's expertise in conflict and communication-skills building and a decades-long practice in mind-body principles from the martial art, aikido. Following the author's step-by-step guide, you will: - Acquire the skill and confidence to coach conflicting employees back to a professional, effective working relationship, while simultaneously changing their lives for the better. - Restore control and peace of mind to the workplace. - Increase your leadership presence. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turn Enemies into Allies: The Art of Peace in the Workplace (Conflict Resolution for Leaders, Managers, and Anyone Stuck in the Middle) Author: Judy Ringer Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'An essential addition to the conflict resolution toolkit.' --Marshall Goldsmith, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Triggers In today's workplace, managers, leaders, and HR professionals often believe they don't have the time to help employees navigate conflict. More often than not, however, it takes more time not to address conflict than to constructively intervene. But before you can successfully guide others in managing disagreements, you must be able to manage yourself--your mindset, presence, and behaviors. Turn Enemies into Allies offers a way of working with clashing employees that is deliberate and systematic--one that draws on the author's expertise in conflict and communication-skills building and a decades-long practice in mind-body principles from the martial art, aikido. Following the author's step-by-step guide, you will: - Acquire the skill and confidence to coach conflicting employees back to a professional, effective working relationship, while simultaneously changing their lives for the better. - Restore control and peace of mind to the workplace. - Increase your leadership presence. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369486 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breathe to Succeed: Increase Workplace Productivity, Creativity, and Clarity through the Power of Mindfulness Author: Sandy Abrams Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Technology has revolutionized the business sector. Whether you're an entrepreneur, employee, CEO, or executive, you're likely feeling the effects of less humanity and more technology. Our minds are distracted, our attention spans are shortened, we want everything on demand, in boxes are never empty, our energy is frequently negative, we're addicted to social media, and we're sleep deprived. This cannot be the new normal. Breath is the antidote! Breathe to Succeed shares the transformative power of breath in business. Even just three deep breaths at key moments can be nothing short of miraculous. With Abrams's fast, simple, and effective breathing techniques, you'll become more mindful and engaged and experience better moods, a calmer perspective, and positive energy that will translate to next-level productivity, creativity, and clarity. Breathe to Succeed will teach you how to: - Utilize a variety of simple breath techniques to access your optimal energy and manage your emotions in the moment. - Become self-aware of your negative thought patterns/behavior and rewire your brain with positive new habits. - Activate the power of your mind to breathe through challenges, make better decisions, and reach goals effortlessly. Sandy Abrams Wed, 01 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369486 thebookvoice.com 4:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breathe to Succeed: Increase Workplace Productivity, Creativity, and Clarity through the Power of Mindfulness Author: Sandy Abrams Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Technology has revolutionized the business sector. Whether you're an entrepreneur, employee, CEO, or executive, you're likely feeling the effects of less humanity and more technology. Our minds are distracted, our attention spans are shortened, we want everything on demand, in boxes are never empty, our energy is frequently negative, we're addicted to social media, and we're sleep deprived. This cannot be the new normal. Breath is the antidote! Breathe to Succeed shares the transformative power of breath in business. Even just three deep breaths at key moments can be nothing short of miraculous. With Abrams's fast, simple, and effective breathing techniques, you'll become more mindful and engaged and experience better moods, a calmer perspective, and positive energy that will translate to next-level productivity, creativity, and clarity. Breathe to Succeed will teach you how to: - Utilize a variety of simple breath techniques to access your optimal energy and manage your emotions in the moment. - Become self-aware of your negative thought patterns/behavior and rewire your brain with positive new habits. - Activate the power of your mind to breathe through challenges, make better decisions, and reach goals effortlessly. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breathe to Succeed: Increase Workplace Productivity, Creativity, and Clarity through the Power of Mindfulness Author: Sandy Abrams Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Technology has revolutionized the business sector. Whether you're an entrepreneur, employee, CEO, or executive, you're likely feeling the effects of less humanity and more technology. Our minds are distracted, our attention spans are shortened, we want everything on demand, in boxes are never empty, our energy is frequently negative, we're addicted to social media, and we're sleep deprived. This cannot be the new normal. Breath is the antidote! Breathe to Succeed shares the transformative power of breath in business. Even just three deep breaths at key moments can be nothing short of miraculous. With Abrams's fast, simple, and effective breathing techniques, you'll become more mindful and engaged and experience better moods, a calmer perspective, and positive energy that will translate to next-level productivity, creativity, and clarity. Breathe to Succeed will teach you how to: - Utilize a variety of simple breath techniques to access your optimal energy and manage your emotions in the moment. - Become self-aware of your negative thought patterns/behavior and rewire your brain with positive new habits. - Activate the power of your mind to breathe through challenges, make better decisions, and reach goals effortlessly. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369219 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Technology Trap: Capital, Labor, and Power in the Age of Automation Author: Carl Benedikt Frey Narrator: Richard Lyddon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Richard Lyddon reveals how the history of technological revolutions can help us better understand economic and political polarization in the age of automation From the Industrial Revolution to the age of artificial intelligence, The Technology Trap takes a sweeping look at the history of technological progress and how it has radically shifted the distribution of economic and political power among society's members. As Carl Benedikt Frey shows, the Industrial Revolution created unprecedented wealth and prosperity over the long run, but the immediate consequences of mechanization were devastating for large swaths of the population. Middle-income jobs withered, wages stagnated, the labor share of income fell, profits surged, and economic inequality skyrocketed. These trends, Frey documents, broadly mirror those in our current age of automation, which began with the Computer Revolution. Just as the Industrial Revolution eventually brought about extraordinary benefits for society, artificial intelligence systems have the potential to do the same. But Frey argues that this depends on how the short term is managed. In the nineteenth century, workers violently expressed their concerns over machines taking their jobs. The Luddite uprisings joined a long wave of machinery riots that swept across Europe and China. Today's despairing middle class has not resorted to physical force, but their frustration has led to rising populism and the increasing fragmentation of society. As middle-class jobs continue to come under pressure, there's no assurance that positive attitudes to technology will persist. The Industrial Revolution was a defining moment in history, but few grasped its enormous consequences at the time. The Technology Trap demonstrates that in the midst of another technological revolution, the lessons of the past can help us to more effectively face the present. Carl Benedikt Frey Tue, 18 Jun 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369219 thebookvoice.com 15:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Technology Trap: Capital, Labor, and Power in the Age of Automation Author: Carl Benedikt Frey Narrator: Richard Lyddon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Richard Lyddon reveals how the history of technological revolutions can help us better understand economic and political polarization in the age of automation From the Industrial Revolution to the age of artificial intelligence, The Technology Trap takes a sweeping look at the history of technological progress and how it has radically shifted the distribution of economic and political power among society's members. As Carl Benedikt Frey shows, the Industrial Revolution created unprecedented wealth and prosperity over the long run, but the immediate consequences of mechanization were devastating for large swaths of the population. Middle-income jobs withered, wages stagnated, the labor share of income fell, profits surged, and economic inequality skyrocketed. These trends, Frey documents, broadly mirror those in our current age of automation, which began with the Computer Revolution. Just as the Industrial Revolution eventually brought about extraordinary benefits for society, artificial intelligence systems have the potential to do the same. But Frey argues that this depends on how the short term is managed. In the nineteenth century, workers violently expressed their concerns over machines taking their jobs. The Luddite uprisings joined a long wave of machinery riots that swept across Europe and China. Today's despairing middle class has not resorted to physical force, but their frustration has led to rising populism and the increasing fragmentation of society. As middle-class jobs continue to come under pressure, there's no assurance that positive attitudes to technology will persist. The Industrial Revolution was a defining moment in history, but few grasped its enormous consequences at the time. The Technology Trap demonstrates that in the midst of another technological revolution, the lessons of the past can help us to more effectively face the present. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Technology Trap: Capital, Labor, and Power in the Age of Automation Author: Carl Benedikt Frey Narrator: Richard Lyddon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Richard Lyddon reveals how the history of technological revolutions can help us better understand economic and political polarization in the age of automation From the Industrial Revolution to the age of artificial intelligence, The Technology Trap takes a sweeping look at the history of technological progress and how it has radically shifted the distribution of economic and political power among society's members. As Carl Benedikt Frey shows, the Industrial Revolution created unprecedented wealth and prosperity over the long run, but the immediate consequences of mechanization were devastating for large swaths of the population. Middle-income jobs withered, wages stagnated, the labor share of income fell, profits surged, and economic inequality skyrocketed. These trends, Frey documents, broadly mirror those in our current age of automation, which began with the Computer Revolution. Just as the Industrial Revolution eventually brought about extraordinary benefits for society, artificial intelligence systems have the potential to do the same. But Frey argues that this depends on how the short term is managed. In the nineteenth century, workers violently expressed their concerns over machines taking their jobs. The Luddite uprisings joined a long wave of machinery riots that swept across Europe and China. Today's despairing middle class has not resorted to physical force, but their frustration has led to rising populism and the increasing fragmentation of society. As middle-class jobs continue to come under pressure, there's no assurance that positive attitudes to technology will persist. The Industrial Revolution was a defining moment in history, but few grasped its enormous consequences at the time. The Technology Trap demonstrates that in the midst of another technological revolution, the lessons of the past can help us to more effectively face the present. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368949 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Win the Heart: How to Create a Culture of Full Engagement Author: Mark Miller Narrator: Joe Bronzi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Employee engagement is shockingly low-but it's not an employee problem; it's a leadership problem. Bestselling author Mark Miller says it's up to leaders to create a workplace where their employees truly want to be-and he reveals four keys to doing it. According to Gallup's 2017 report, only 33% of workers are engaged at work--and the numbers have been low for years. Leaders have tried and failed to address this critical problem. Based on Mark Miller's research, this book both simplifies and operationalizes the necessary behaviors to reverse this troubling trend. The missing link is realizing that the pandemic of low engagement is not a problem with the workers, it is a problem with the leaders. In this charming fable, Blake, a young CEO, is convinced something is not quite right in his organization. Sales, profits, and customer satisfaction are barely improving, the competition is gaining on them and no one appears to care. And when he's honest with himself, he's lost his fire as well. He just can't put his finger on the problem. Blake seeks out his old friend and first mentor, Debbie Bruster. She sends Blake on a journey to discover the key to engaging leadership. By the end of his journey, Blake has discovered a powerful philosophy to guide his decisions in the future, and four drivers of engagement to implement today. Mark Miller Tue, 05 Mar 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368949 thebookvoice.com 2:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Win the Heart: How to Create a Culture of Full Engagement Author: Mark Miller Narrator: Joe Bronzi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Employee engagement is shockingly low-but it's not an employee problem; it's a leadership problem. Bestselling author Mark Miller says it's up to leaders to create a workplace where their employees truly want to be-and he reveals four keys to doing it. According to Gallup's 2017 report, only 33% of workers are engaged at work--and the numbers have been low for years. Leaders have tried and failed to address this critical problem. Based on Mark Miller's research, this book both simplifies and operationalizes the necessary behaviors to reverse this troubling trend. The missing link is realizing that the pandemic of low engagement is not a problem with the workers, it is a problem with the leaders. In this charming fable, Blake, a young CEO, is convinced something is not quite right in his organization. Sales, profits, and customer satisfaction are barely improving, the competition is gaining on them and no one appears to care. And when he's honest with himself, he's lost his fire as well. He just can't put his finger on the problem. Blake seeks out his old friend and first mentor, Debbie Bruster. She sends Blake on a journey to discover the key to engaging leadership. By the end of his journey, Blake has discovered a powerful philosophy to guide his decisions in the future, and four drivers of engagement to implement today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368949]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Win the Heart: How to Create a Culture of Full Engagement Author: Mark Miller Narrator: Joe Bronzi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Employee engagement is shockingly low-but it's not an employee problem; it's a leadership problem. Bestselling author Mark Miller says it's up to leaders to create a workplace where their employees truly want to be-and he reveals four keys to doing it. According to Gallup's 2017 report, only 33% of workers are engaged at work--and the numbers have been low for years. Leaders have tried and failed to address this critical problem. Based on Mark Miller's research, this book both simplifies and operationalizes the necessary behaviors to reverse this troubling trend. The missing link is realizing that the pandemic of low engagement is not a problem with the workers, it is a problem with the leaders. In this charming fable, Blake, a young CEO, is convinced something is not quite right in his organization. Sales, profits, and customer satisfaction are barely improving, the competition is gaining on them and no one appears to care. And when he's honest with himself, he's lost his fire as well. He just can't put his finger on the problem. Blake seeks out his old friend and first mentor, Debbie Bruster. She sends Blake on a journey to discover the key to engaging leadership. By the end of his journey, Blake has discovered a powerful philosophy to guide his decisions in the future, and four drivers of engagement to implement today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368791 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovation Mandate: The Growth Secrets of the Best Organizations in the World Author: Nicholas Webb Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In clear language, The Innovation Mandate shows leaders a step-by-step process to continually generate great ideas, implement them, and maximize their value to benefit both customers and investors. In today’s ultracompetitive marketplace, the difference between success and failure is innovation. From small entrepreneurial startups to global Fortune 500 companies, innovation--the steady flow of new ideas--drives sustained success. It allows a company to introduce new products and services, effectively connect with customers, sharpen the supply chain, efficiently manage finances, and hire and retain the best people. Without a steady stream of new ideas, even the best company will slow down, atrophy, lose market share, hemorrhage customers, and eventually close or be sold.  The Innovation Mandate offers a clear and straightforward pathway to profitable innovation. It demystifies the concept, making it easy to understand, implement, and measure. The audiobook centers around three simple concepts: innovation generates profits; innovation, in the form of new, profitable ideas, can come from anywhere; and identifying, harnessing, evaluating, and implementing these new ideas cannot be left to chance. Additionally, the audiobook offers a five-point checklist to ensure your company is innovation ready. Charts, tables, and a self-assessment survey are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Nicholas Webb Tue, 10 Sep 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368791 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovation Mandate: The Growth Secrets of the Best Organizations in the World Author: Nicholas Webb Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In clear language, The Innovation Mandate shows leaders a step-by-step process to continually generate great ideas, implement them, and maximize their value to benefit both customers and investors. In today’s ultracompetitive marketplace, the difference between success and failure is innovation. From small entrepreneurial startups to global Fortune 500 companies, innovation--the steady flow of new ideas--drives sustained success. It allows a company to introduce new products and services, effectively connect with customers, sharpen the supply chain, efficiently manage finances, and hire and retain the best people. Without a steady stream of new ideas, even the best company will slow down, atrophy, lose market share, hemorrhage customers, and eventually close or be sold.  The Innovation Mandate offers a clear and straightforward pathway to profitable innovation. It demystifies the concept, making it easy to understand, implement, and measure. The audiobook centers around three simple concepts: innovation generates profits; innovation, in the form of new, profitable ideas, can come from anywhere; and identifying, harnessing, evaluating, and implementing these new ideas cannot be left to chance. Additionally, the audiobook offers a five-point checklist to ensure your company is innovation ready. Charts, tables, and a self-assessment survey are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovation Mandate: The Growth Secrets of the Best Organizations in the World Author: Nicholas Webb Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In clear language, The Innovation Mandate shows leaders a step-by-step process to continually generate great ideas, implement them, and maximize their value to benefit both customers and investors. In today’s ultracompetitive marketplace, the difference between success and failure is innovation. From small entrepreneurial startups to global Fortune 500 companies, innovation--the steady flow of new ideas--drives sustained success. It allows a company to introduce new products and services, effectively connect with customers, sharpen the supply chain, efficiently manage finances, and hire and retain the best people. Without a steady stream of new ideas, even the best company will slow down, atrophy, lose market share, hemorrhage customers, and eventually close or be sold.  The Innovation Mandate offers a clear and straightforward pathway to profitable innovation. It demystifies the concept, making it easy to understand, implement, and measure. The audiobook centers around three simple concepts: innovation generates profits; innovation, in the form of new, profitable ideas, can come from anywhere; and identifying, harnessing, evaluating, and implementing these new ideas cannot be left to chance. Additionally, the audiobook offers a five-point checklist to ensure your company is innovation ready. Charts, tables, and a self-assessment survey are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368636 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Calling: Establish a Daily Practice, Infuse Your World with Meaning, and Succeed in Work + Life Author: Chase Jarvis Narrator: Chase Jarvis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Life isn’t about “finding” fulfillment and success – it’s about creating it. Why then has creativity been given a back seat in our culture?  No longer. ** A Wall Street Journal, Los Angeles Times and Publishers Weekly Bestseller ** Creativity is a force inside every person that, when unleashed, transforms our lives and delivers vitality to everything we do. Establishing a creative practice is therefore our most valuable and urgent task - as important to our well-being as exercise or nutrition.   The good news? Renowned artist, author, and CreativeLive founder, Chase Jarvis, reminds us that creativity isn't a skill—it's a habit available to everyone:  beginners and lifelong creators, entrepreneurs to executives, astronauts to zookeepers, and everyone in between. Through small, daily actions we can supercharge our innate creativity and rediscover our personal power in life. Whether your ambition is a creative career, completing a creative project, or simply cultivating a creative mindset, Creative Calling will unlock your potential via Jarvis’s memorable “IDEA” system:  - Imagine your big dream, whatever you want to create—or become—in this world. - Design a daily practice that supports that dream—and a life of expression and transformation. - Execute on your ambitious plans and make your vision real. - Amplify your impact through a supportive community you’ll learn to grow and nurture. Chase Jarvis Tue, 24 Sep 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368636 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Calling: Establish a Daily Practice, Infuse Your World with Meaning, and Succeed in Work + Life Author: Chase Jarvis Narrator: Chase Jarvis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Life isn’t about “finding” fulfillment and success – it’s about creating it. Why then has creativity been given a back seat in our culture?  No longer. ** A Wall Street Journal, Los Angeles Times and Publishers Weekly Bestseller ** Creativity is a force inside every person that, when unleashed, transforms our lives and delivers vitality to everything we do. Establishing a creative practice is therefore our most valuable and urgent task - as important to our well-being as exercise or nutrition.   The good news? Renowned artist, author, and CreativeLive founder, Chase Jarvis, reminds us that creativity isn't a skill—it's a habit available to everyone:  beginners and lifelong creators, entrepreneurs to executives, astronauts to zookeepers, and everyone in between. Through small, daily actions we can supercharge our innate creativity and rediscover our personal power in life. Whether your ambition is a creative career, completing a creative project, or simply cultivating a creative mindset, Creative Calling will unlock your potential via Jarvis’s memorable “IDEA” system:  - Imagine your big dream, whatever you want to create—or become—in this world. - Design a daily practice that supports that dream—and a life of expression and transformation. - Execute on your ambitious plans and make your vision real. - Amplify your impact through a supportive community you’ll learn to grow and nurture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Calling: Establish a Daily Practice, Infuse Your World with Meaning, and Succeed in Work + Life Author: Chase Jarvis Narrator: Chase Jarvis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Life isn’t about “finding” fulfillment and success – it’s about creating it. Why then has creativity been given a back seat in our culture?  No longer. ** A Wall Street Journal, Los Angeles Times and Publishers Weekly Bestseller ** Creativity is a force inside every person that, when unleashed, transforms our lives and delivers vitality to everything we do. Establishing a creative practice is therefore our most valuable and urgent task - as important to our well-being as exercise or nutrition.   The good news? Renowned artist, author, and CreativeLive founder, Chase Jarvis, reminds us that creativity isn't a skill—it's a habit available to everyone:  beginners and lifelong creators, entrepreneurs to executives, astronauts to zookeepers, and everyone in between. Through small, daily actions we can supercharge our innate creativity and rediscover our personal power in life. Whether your ambition is a creative career, completing a creative project, or simply cultivating a creative mindset, Creative Calling will unlock your potential via Jarvis’s memorable “IDEA” system:  - Imagine your big dream, whatever you want to create—or become—in this world. - Design a daily practice that supports that dream—and a life of expression and transformation. - Execute on your ambitious plans and make your vision real. - Amplify your impact through a supportive community you’ll learn to grow and nurture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368398 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Healing Organization: Awakening the Conscience of Business to Help Save the World Author: Raj Sisodia, Michael Gelb Narrator: Josh Childs, Gabe Wicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The image of modern corporations has been shaped by a profits over people approach, but we are at a point where business must take the lead in healing the crises of our time. The Healing Organization shows how corporations can become healing forces. Conscious Capitalism pioneer Raj Sisodia and organizational innovation expert Michael J. Gelb were inspired to write this book because of the epidemic of unnecessary suffering connected with business, including the destruction of the environment; increasing numbers living paycheck-to-paycheck and barely surviving; and rising rates of depression and stress leading to chronic health problems. Based on extensive in-depth interviews and inspiring case studies, Sisodia and Gelb show how companies such as Shake Shack, Hyatt, KIND Healthy Snacks, Eileen Fisher, H-E-B, FIFCO, Jaipur Rugs and DTE Energy are healing their employees, customers, communities and other stakeholders. They represent a diverse sampling of industries and geographies, but they all have significant elements in common, besides being profitable enterprises: - Their employees love coming to work. - They have passionately loyal customers. - They make a significant positive difference to the communities they serve. - They preserve and restore the ecosystems in which they operate. The enmity and dividedness between those who champion unfettered capitalism and those who advocate socialism is exacerbating rather than solving our problems. In a world that urgently needs healing on many levels, this is a movement whose time has come. The Healing Organization shows how it can be done, how it is being done, and how you can begin to do it too. Raj Sisodia, Michael Gelb Tue, 17 Sep 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368398 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Healing Organization: Awakening the Conscience of Business to Help Save the World Author: Raj Sisodia, Michael Gelb Narrator: Josh Childs, Gabe Wicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The image of modern corporations has been shaped by a profits over people approach, but we are at a point where business must take the lead in healing the crises of our time. The Healing Organization shows how corporations can become healing forces. Conscious Capitalism pioneer Raj Sisodia and organizational innovation expert Michael J. Gelb were inspired to write this book because of the epidemic of unnecessary suffering connected with business, including the destruction of the environment; increasing numbers living paycheck-to-paycheck and barely surviving; and rising rates of depression and stress leading to chronic health problems. Based on extensive in-depth interviews and inspiring case studies, Sisodia and Gelb show how companies such as Shake Shack, Hyatt, KIND Healthy Snacks, Eileen Fisher, H-E-B, FIFCO, Jaipur Rugs and DTE Energy are healing their employees, customers, communities and other stakeholders. They represent a diverse sampling of industries and geographies, but they all have significant elements in common, besides being profitable enterprises: - Their employees love coming to work. - They have passionately loyal customers. - They make a significant positive difference to the communities they serve. - They preserve and restore the ecosystems in which they operate. The enmity and dividedness between those who champion unfettered capitalism and those who advocate socialism is exacerbating rather than solving our problems. In a world that urgently needs healing on many levels, this is a movement whose time has come. The Healing Organization shows how it can be done, how it is being done, and how you can begin to do it too. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Healing Organization: Awakening the Conscience of Business to Help Save the World Author: Raj Sisodia, Michael Gelb Narrator: Josh Childs, Gabe Wicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The image of modern corporations has been shaped by a profits over people approach, but we are at a point where business must take the lead in healing the crises of our time. The Healing Organization shows how corporations can become healing forces. Conscious Capitalism pioneer Raj Sisodia and organizational innovation expert Michael J. Gelb were inspired to write this book because of the epidemic of unnecessary suffering connected with business, including the destruction of the environment; increasing numbers living paycheck-to-paycheck and barely surviving; and rising rates of depression and stress leading to chronic health problems. Based on extensive in-depth interviews and inspiring case studies, Sisodia and Gelb show how companies such as Shake Shack, Hyatt, KIND Healthy Snacks, Eileen Fisher, H-E-B, FIFCO, Jaipur Rugs and DTE Energy are healing their employees, customers, communities and other stakeholders. They represent a diverse sampling of industries and geographies, but they all have significant elements in common, besides being profitable enterprises: - Their employees love coming to work. - They have passionately loyal customers. - They make a significant positive difference to the communities they serve. - They preserve and restore the ecosystems in which they operate. The enmity and dividedness between those who champion unfettered capitalism and those who advocate socialism is exacerbating rather than solving our problems. In a world that urgently needs healing on many levels, this is a movement whose time has come. The Healing Organization shows how it can be done, how it is being done, and how you can begin to do it too. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368177 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyday Chaos: Technology, Complexity, and How We're Thriving in a New World of Possibility Author: David Weinberger Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Artificial intelligence, big data, modern science, and the internet are all revealing a fundamental truth: The world is vastly more complex and unpredictable than we've allowed ourselves to see. Now that technology is enabling us to take advantage of all the chaos it's revealing, our understanding of how things happen is changing--and with it our deepest strategies for predicting, preparing for, and managing our world. This affects everything, from how we approach our everyday lives to how we make moral decisions and how we run our businesses. Take machine learning, which makes better predictions about weather, medical diagnoses, and product performance than we do--but often does so at the expense of our understanding of how it arrived at those predictions. While this can be dangerous, accepting it is also liberating, for it enables us to harness the complexity of an immense amount of data around us. We are also turning to strategies that avoid anticipating the future altogether, such as A/B testing, Minimum Viable Products, open platforms, and user-modifiable video games. We even take for granted that a simple hashtag can organize unplanned, leaderless movements such as #MeToo. Through stories from history, business, and technology, philosopher and technologist David Weinberger finds the unifying truths lying below the surface of the tools we take for granted--and a future in which our best strategy often requires holding back from anticipating and instead creating as many possibilities as we can. The book’s imperative for business and beyond is simple: Make. More. Future. The result is a world no longer focused on limitations but optimized for possibilities. David Weinberger Tue, 14 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368177 thebookvoice.com 7:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyday Chaos: Technology, Complexity, and How We're Thriving in a New World of Possibility Author: David Weinberger Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Artificial intelligence, big data, modern science, and the internet are all revealing a fundamental truth: The world is vastly more complex and unpredictable than we've allowed ourselves to see. Now that technology is enabling us to take advantage of all the chaos it's revealing, our understanding of how things happen is changing--and with it our deepest strategies for predicting, preparing for, and managing our world. This affects everything, from how we approach our everyday lives to how we make moral decisions and how we run our businesses. Take machine learning, which makes better predictions about weather, medical diagnoses, and product performance than we do--but often does so at the expense of our understanding of how it arrived at those predictions. While this can be dangerous, accepting it is also liberating, for it enables us to harness the complexity of an immense amount of data around us. We are also turning to strategies that avoid anticipating the future altogether, such as A/B testing, Minimum Viable Products, open platforms, and user-modifiable video games. We even take for granted that a simple hashtag can organize unplanned, leaderless movements such as #MeToo. Through stories from history, business, and technology, philosopher and technologist David Weinberger finds the unifying truths lying below the surface of the tools we take for granted--and a future in which our best strategy often requires holding back from anticipating and instead creating as many possibilities as we can. The book’s imperative for business and beyond is simple: Make. More. Future. The result is a world no longer focused on limitations but optimized for possibilities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everyday Chaos: Technology, Complexity, and How We're Thriving in a New World of Possibility Author: David Weinberger Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Artificial intelligence, big data, modern science, and the internet are all revealing a fundamental truth: The world is vastly more complex and unpredictable than we've allowed ourselves to see. Now that technology is enabling us to take advantage of all the chaos it's revealing, our understanding of how things happen is changing--and with it our deepest strategies for predicting, preparing for, and managing our world. This affects everything, from how we approach our everyday lives to how we make moral decisions and how we run our businesses. Take machine learning, which makes better predictions about weather, medical diagnoses, and product performance than we do--but often does so at the expense of our understanding of how it arrived at those predictions. While this can be dangerous, accepting it is also liberating, for it enables us to harness the complexity of an immense amount of data around us. We are also turning to strategies that avoid anticipating the future altogether, such as A/B testing, Minimum Viable Products, open platforms, and user-modifiable video games. We even take for granted that a simple hashtag can organize unplanned, leaderless movements such as #MeToo. Through stories from history, business, and technology, philosopher and technologist David Weinberger finds the unifying truths lying below the surface of the tools we take for granted--and a future in which our best strategy often requires holding back from anticipating and instead creating as many possibilities as we can. The book’s imperative for business and beyond is simple: Make. More. Future. The result is a world no longer focused on limitations but optimized for possibilities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368023 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Connector Manager: Why Some Leaders Build Exceptional Talent - and Others Don't Author: Sari Wilde, Jaime Roca Narrator: René Ruiz, Melinda Wade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: There are four distinct types of managers. One performs much worse than the rest, and one performs far better. Which type are you? Based on a first-of-its-kind, wide-ranging global study of over 9,000 people, analysts at the global research and advisory firm Gartner were able to classify all managers into one of four types: - Teacher managers, who develop employees' skills based on their own expertise and direct their development along a similar track to their own. - Cheerleader managers, who give positive feedback while taking a general hands-off approach to employee development. - Always-on managers, who provide constant, frequent feedback and coaching on all aspects of the employee's performance. - Connector managers, who provide feedback in their area of expertise while connecting employees to others in the team or organization who are better suited to address specific needs. Although the four types of managers are more or less evenly distributed, the Connector manager consistently outperforms the others by a significant margin. Meanwhile, Always-on managers tend to see their employees struggle to grow within the organization. Why is that? Drawing on their groundbreaking data-driven research, as well as in-depth case studies and extensive interviews with managers and employees at companies like IBM, Accenture, and eBay, the authors show what behaviors define a Connector manager, and why they are able to build powerhouse teams. They also show why other types of managers fail to be equally effective, and how they can incorporate behaviors of Connector managers in order to be more effective at building teams. Sari Wilde, Jaime Roca Tue, 17 Sep 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368023 thebookvoice.com 6:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Connector Manager: Why Some Leaders Build Exceptional Talent - and Others Don't Author: Sari Wilde, Jaime Roca Narrator: René Ruiz, Melinda Wade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: There are four distinct types of managers. One performs much worse than the rest, and one performs far better. Which type are you? Based on a first-of-its-kind, wide-ranging global study of over 9,000 people, analysts at the global research and advisory firm Gartner were able to classify all managers into one of four types: - Teacher managers, who develop employees' skills based on their own expertise and direct their development along a similar track to their own. - Cheerleader managers, who give positive feedback while taking a general hands-off approach to employee development. - Always-on managers, who provide constant, frequent feedback and coaching on all aspects of the employee's performance. - Connector managers, who provide feedback in their area of expertise while connecting employees to others in the team or organization who are better suited to address specific needs. Although the four types of managers are more or less evenly distributed, the Connector manager consistently outperforms the others by a significant margin. Meanwhile, Always-on managers tend to see their employees struggle to grow within the organization. Why is that? Drawing on their groundbreaking data-driven research, as well as in-depth case studies and extensive interviews with managers and employees at companies like IBM, Accenture, and eBay, the authors show what behaviors define a Connector manager, and why they are able to build powerhouse teams. They also show why other types of managers fail to be equally effective, and how they can incorporate behaviors of Connector managers in order to be more effective at building teams. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Connector Manager: Why Some Leaders Build Exceptional Talent - and Others Don't Author: Sari Wilde, Jaime Roca Narrator: René Ruiz, Melinda Wade Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: There are four distinct types of managers. One performs much worse than the rest, and one performs far better. Which type are you? Based on a first-of-its-kind, wide-ranging global study of over 9,000 people, analysts at the global research and advisory firm Gartner were able to classify all managers into one of four types: - Teacher managers, who develop employees' skills based on their own expertise and direct their development along a similar track to their own. - Cheerleader managers, who give positive feedback while taking a general hands-off approach to employee development. - Always-on managers, who provide constant, frequent feedback and coaching on all aspects of the employee's performance. - Connector managers, who provide feedback in their area of expertise while connecting employees to others in the team or organization who are better suited to address specific needs. Although the four types of managers are more or less evenly distributed, the Connector manager consistently outperforms the others by a significant margin. Meanwhile, Always-on managers tend to see their employees struggle to grow within the organization. Why is that? Drawing on their groundbreaking data-driven research, as well as in-depth case studies and extensive interviews with managers and employees at companies like IBM, Accenture, and eBay, the authors show what behaviors define a Connector manager, and why they are able to build powerhouse teams. They also show why other types of managers fail to be equally effective, and how they can incorporate behaviors of Connector managers in order to be more effective at building teams. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367767 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Healthy Workplace Nudge: How Healthy People, Cultures and Buildings Lead to High Performance Author: Phillip Williams, Dr. Michael O'neill, Rex Miller Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Organizations and employees now spend an average of eighteen thousand dollars per year per employee for health costs, a sixty one percent increase in ten years. These are direct costs, but the hidden costs of time out of the office, distraction, disengagement, and turnover far exceed the direct costs. The Healthy Workplace Nudge explains the findings of research on 100 large organizations that have tackled the problems of employee health costs and disengagement in four fresh ways: 1. Happiness leads to health and performance 2. Behavioral economics to nudge healthy employee behavior 3. Healthy culture 4. Healthy buildings In addition to proving highly effective, these approaches represent a fraction of the cost sunk into traditional wellness and engagement programs. The book explains how to create a workplace that is good for people, releases them to what they do best and enjoy most, and produces great and profitable work. ● Find actionable strategies and tactics you can put into use today ● Retain happy, productive talent ● Cut unnecessary spending and boost your bottom line ● Benefit from real-world research and proven practice Phillip Williams, Dr. Michael O'neill, Rex Miller Tue, 29 Jan 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367767 thebookvoice.com 8:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Healthy Workplace Nudge: How Healthy People, Cultures and Buildings Lead to High Performance Author: Phillip Williams, Dr. Michael O'neill, Rex Miller Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Organizations and employees now spend an average of eighteen thousand dollars per year per employee for health costs, a sixty one percent increase in ten years. These are direct costs, but the hidden costs of time out of the office, distraction, disengagement, and turnover far exceed the direct costs. The Healthy Workplace Nudge explains the findings of research on 100 large organizations that have tackled the problems of employee health costs and disengagement in four fresh ways: 1. Happiness leads to health and performance 2. Behavioral economics to nudge healthy employee behavior 3. Healthy culture 4. Healthy buildings In addition to proving highly effective, these approaches represent a fraction of the cost sunk into traditional wellness and engagement programs. The book explains how to create a workplace that is good for people, releases them to what they do best and enjoy most, and produces great and profitable work. ● Find actionable strategies and tactics you can put into use today ● Retain happy, productive talent ● Cut unnecessary spending and boost your bottom line ● Benefit from real-world research and proven practice Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/367767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Healthy Workplace Nudge: How Healthy People, Cultures and Buildings Lead to High Performance Author: Phillip Williams, Dr. Michael O'neill, Rex Miller Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Organizations and employees now spend an average of eighteen thousand dollars per year per employee for health costs, a sixty one percent increase in ten years. These are direct costs, but the hidden costs of time out of the office, distraction, disengagement, and turnover far exceed the direct costs. The Healthy Workplace Nudge explains the findings of research on 100 large organizations that have tackled the problems of employee health costs and disengagement in four fresh ways: 1. Happiness leads to health and performance 2. Behavioral economics to nudge healthy employee behavior 3. Healthy culture 4. Healthy buildings In addition to proving highly effective, these approaches represent a fraction of the cost sunk into traditional wellness and engagement programs. The book explains how to create a workplace that is good for people, releases them to what they do best and enjoy most, and produces great and profitable work. ● Find actionable strategies and tactics you can put into use today ● Retain happy, productive talent ● Cut unnecessary spending and boost your bottom line ● Benefit from real-world research and proven practice https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366836 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Talent Powered Organization: Strategies for Globalization, Talent Management and High Performance Author: Elizabeth Craig, Robert J. Thomas, Peter Cheese Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Talent in the workplace is increasingly identified as a key factor in determining success. If effectively managed it has the potential to be a productive resource capable of adding value and competitive advantage to an organization. The Talent Powered Organization takes a strategic yet practical view of talent. Drawing on research and real-life experiences with clients, the authors provide a series of conceptual frameworks to attract, develop, and retain the best workforce. It presents various approaches to managing talent, including the Human Capital Development Framework and the “talent multiplier.” It covers subjects such as talent and knowledge management, employee engagement, recruitment challenges, the globalization of workforces, the changing demographics of workforces, and managing virtual workforces. Elizabeth Craig, Robert J. Thomas, Peter Cheese Tue, 16 Apr 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366836 thebookvoice.com 9:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Talent Powered Organization: Strategies for Globalization, Talent Management and High Performance Author: Elizabeth Craig, Robert J. Thomas, Peter Cheese Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Talent in the workplace is increasingly identified as a key factor in determining success. If effectively managed it has the potential to be a productive resource capable of adding value and competitive advantage to an organization. The Talent Powered Organization takes a strategic yet practical view of talent. Drawing on research and real-life experiences with clients, the authors provide a series of conceptual frameworks to attract, develop, and retain the best workforce. It presents various approaches to managing talent, including the Human Capital Development Framework and the “talent multiplier.” It covers subjects such as talent and knowledge management, employee engagement, recruitment challenges, the globalization of workforces, the changing demographics of workforces, and managing virtual workforces. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Talent Powered Organization: Strategies for Globalization, Talent Management and High Performance Author: Elizabeth Craig, Robert J. Thomas, Peter Cheese Narrator: Brian Troxell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Talent in the workplace is increasingly identified as a key factor in determining success. If effectively managed it has the potential to be a productive resource capable of adding value and competitive advantage to an organization. The Talent Powered Organization takes a strategic yet practical view of talent. Drawing on research and real-life experiences with clients, the authors provide a series of conceptual frameworks to attract, develop, and retain the best workforce. It presents various approaches to managing talent, including the Human Capital Development Framework and the “talent multiplier.” It covers subjects such as talent and knowledge management, employee engagement, recruitment challenges, the globalization of workforces, the changing demographics of workforces, and managing virtual workforces. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366832 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Coaching, 2nd Edition: Working with Leaders to Develop Elite Performance Author: Jonathan Passmore Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Revised and updated, the second edition of Leadership Coaching draws on the top coaching practitioners’ thinking and writing to present an in-depth understanding of the tools, techniques, and frameworks that can be used to enhance the coach/coachee relationship. The editor, Jonathan Passmore, has included four brand-new chapters on conversational leadership, team leadership, complexity-based leadership, and strengths-based leadership. Additionally, all the previously existing chapters have been updated in their content, case studies/examples, and references. Each chapter will include an introduction, brief overview, evidence, application, case study, and conclusion, to make this an essential guide for coaches. Jonathan Passmore Tue, 02 Apr 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366832 thebookvoice.com 13:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Coaching, 2nd Edition: Working with Leaders to Develop Elite Performance Author: Jonathan Passmore Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Revised and updated, the second edition of Leadership Coaching draws on the top coaching practitioners’ thinking and writing to present an in-depth understanding of the tools, techniques, and frameworks that can be used to enhance the coach/coachee relationship. The editor, Jonathan Passmore, has included four brand-new chapters on conversational leadership, team leadership, complexity-based leadership, and strengths-based leadership. Additionally, all the previously existing chapters have been updated in their content, case studies/examples, and references. Each chapter will include an introduction, brief overview, evidence, application, case study, and conclusion, to make this an essential guide for coaches. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Coaching, 2nd Edition: Working with Leaders to Develop Elite Performance Author: Jonathan Passmore Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 20 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Revised and updated, the second edition of Leadership Coaching draws on the top coaching practitioners’ thinking and writing to present an in-depth understanding of the tools, techniques, and frameworks that can be used to enhance the coach/coachee relationship. The editor, Jonathan Passmore, has included four brand-new chapters on conversational leadership, team leadership, complexity-based leadership, and strengths-based leadership. Additionally, all the previously existing chapters have been updated in their content, case studies/examples, and references. Each chapter will include an introduction, brief overview, evidence, application, case study, and conclusion, to make this an essential guide for coaches. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366833 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Change: How Successful Leaders Approach Change Management Author: Paul Lawrence Narrator: Alan Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: It is often claimed that 70% of organizational change efforts fail, despite the popularity of linear change models, such as Kotter's 8-step model. The reason few change efforts succeed as intended is because they are based on two implicit assumptions: that the leader or leadership team will come up with a vision and then succeed in persuading the rest of the organization to follow, and that people will happily embrace change without being afforded the opportunity to make their own meaning of that change. Leading Change offers an alternative. It provides a framework for change that opens opportunities for people within the organization to play a significant role in the process. Supported by academic research, and grounded with a range of examples and cases, the book offers a valuable approach to successful change management. Paul Lawrence Tue, 02 Apr 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366833 thebookvoice.com 8:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Change: How Successful Leaders Approach Change Management Author: Paul Lawrence Narrator: Alan Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: It is often claimed that 70% of organizational change efforts fail, despite the popularity of linear change models, such as Kotter's 8-step model. The reason few change efforts succeed as intended is because they are based on two implicit assumptions: that the leader or leadership team will come up with a vision and then succeed in persuading the rest of the organization to follow, and that people will happily embrace change without being afforded the opportunity to make their own meaning of that change. Leading Change offers an alternative. It provides a framework for change that opens opportunities for people within the organization to play a significant role in the process. Supported by academic research, and grounded with a range of examples and cases, the book offers a valuable approach to successful change management. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading Change: How Successful Leaders Approach Change Management Author: Paul Lawrence Narrator: Alan Taylor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: It is often claimed that 70% of organizational change efforts fail, despite the popularity of linear change models, such as Kotter's 8-step model. The reason few change efforts succeed as intended is because they are based on two implicit assumptions: that the leader or leadership team will come up with a vision and then succeed in persuading the rest of the organization to follow, and that people will happily embrace change without being afforded the opportunity to make their own meaning of that change. Leading Change offers an alternative. It provides a framework for change that opens opportunities for people within the organization to play a significant role in the process. Supported by academic research, and grounded with a range of examples and cases, the book offers a valuable approach to successful change management. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366830 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366830]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Tribes: The Surprising Secret to Breakthrough Performance, Astonishing Results, and Keeping Teams Together Author: Shawn Murphy Narrator: John Behrens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Are you building a typical team or a high-performance tribe? The motivational power of the desire to belong is the key element for ensuring employee satisfaction and retention, as well as your company’s long-term success.  What happens when leaders revive the workplace by tapping into a hardwired human need? That need, a sense of belonging, can resuscitate employee satisfaction and retention, while also contributing to a company’s long-term success. In Work Tribes, Shawn Murphy, CEO of WorqIQ and a sought-after leadership speaker, will show you: - tap into the motivational pull of belonging in a healthy workplace culture - why a human-centered approach is more aligned with the way we work in the twenty-first century - the need to resuscitate employee satisfaction and retention to cultivate a sense of belonging Employees want more than a job. They want an opportunity to solve essential problems and receive fair pay and benefits. While some companies use slick culture tricks to attract and retain employees, a more meaningful experience can be created by fostering a sense of belonging. Astonishing outcomes result from making your employees feel welcomed, wanted, and valued--and this book will show you how to transform your team into a unified tribe. Shawn Murphy Tue, 27 Aug 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366830 thebookvoice.com 5:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366830]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Tribes: The Surprising Secret to Breakthrough Performance, Astonishing Results, and Keeping Teams Together Author: Shawn Murphy Narrator: John Behrens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Are you building a typical team or a high-performance tribe? The motivational power of the desire to belong is the key element for ensuring employee satisfaction and retention, as well as your company’s long-term success.  What happens when leaders revive the workplace by tapping into a hardwired human need? That need, a sense of belonging, can resuscitate employee satisfaction and retention, while also contributing to a company’s long-term success. In Work Tribes, Shawn Murphy, CEO of WorqIQ and a sought-after leadership speaker, will show you: - tap into the motivational pull of belonging in a healthy workplace culture - why a human-centered approach is more aligned with the way we work in the twenty-first century - the need to resuscitate employee satisfaction and retention to cultivate a sense of belonging Employees want more than a job. They want an opportunity to solve essential problems and receive fair pay and benefits. While some companies use slick culture tricks to attract and retain employees, a more meaningful experience can be created by fostering a sense of belonging. Astonishing outcomes result from making your employees feel welcomed, wanted, and valued--and this book will show you how to transform your team into a unified tribe. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366830]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Tribes: The Surprising Secret to Breakthrough Performance, Astonishing Results, and Keeping Teams Together Author: Shawn Murphy Narrator: John Behrens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 27, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Are you building a typical team or a high-performance tribe? The motivational power of the desire to belong is the key element for ensuring employee satisfaction and retention, as well as your company’s long-term success.  What happens when leaders revive the workplace by tapping into a hardwired human need? That need, a sense of belonging, can resuscitate employee satisfaction and retention, while also contributing to a company’s long-term success. In Work Tribes, Shawn Murphy, CEO of WorqIQ and a sought-after leadership speaker, will show you: - tap into the motivational pull of belonging in a healthy workplace culture - why a human-centered approach is more aligned with the way we work in the twenty-first century - the need to resuscitate employee satisfaction and retention to cultivate a sense of belonging Employees want more than a job. They want an opportunity to solve essential problems and receive fair pay and benefits. While some companies use slick culture tricks to attract and retain employees, a more meaningful experience can be created by fostering a sense of belonging. Astonishing outcomes result from making your employees feel welcomed, wanted, and valued--and this book will show you how to transform your team into a unified tribe. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366764 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Is Language: The Hidden Power of What You Say--and What You Don't Author: L. David Marquet Narrator: L. David Marquet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Wall Street Journal Bestseller From the acclaimed author of Turn the Ship Around!, former US Navy Captain David Marquet, comes a radical new playbook for empowering your team to make better decisions and take greater ownership. As a leader in today's networked, information-dense business climate, you don't have full visibility into your organization or the ground reality of your operating environment. In order to harness the eyes, ears, and minds of your people, you need to foster a climate of collaborative experimentation that encourages people to speak up when they notice problems and work together to identify and test solutions. In Leadership is Language, you'll learn how choosing your words can dramatically improve decision-making and execution on your team. Marquet outlines six plays for all leaders, anchored in how you use language:   •  Control the clock, don't obey the clock: Pre-plan decision points and give your people the tools they need to hit pause on a plan of action if they notice something wrong.   •  Collaborate, don't coerce: As the leader, you should be the last one to offer your opinion. Rather than locking your team into binary responses ('Is this a good plan?'), allow them to answer on a scale ('How confident are you about this plan?')   •  Commit, don't comply: Rather than expect your team to comply with specific directions, explain your overall goals, and get their commitment to achieving it one piece at a time.   •  Complete, not continue: If every day feels like a repetition of the last, you're doing something wrong. Articulate concrete plans with a start and end date to align your team.   •  Improve, don't prove: Ask your people to improve on plans and processes, rather than prove that they can meet fixed goals or deadlines. You'll face fewer cut corners and better long-term results.   •  Connect, don't conform: Flatten hierarchies in your organization and connect with your people to encourage them to contribute to decision-making. In his last book, Turn the Ship Around!, Marquet told the incredible story of abandoning command-and-control leadership on his submarine and empowering his crew to turn the worst performing submarine to the best performer in the fleet. Now, with Leadership is Language he gives businesspeople the tools they need to achieve such transformational leadership in their organizations. L. David Marquet Tue, 04 Feb 2020 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366764 thebookvoice.com 10:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Is Language: The Hidden Power of What You Say--and What You Don't Author: L. David Marquet Narrator: L. David Marquet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Wall Street Journal Bestseller From the acclaimed author of Turn the Ship Around!, former US Navy Captain David Marquet, comes a radical new playbook for empowering your team to make better decisions and take greater ownership. As a leader in today's networked, information-dense business climate, you don't have full visibility into your organization or the ground reality of your operating environment. In order to harness the eyes, ears, and minds of your people, you need to foster a climate of collaborative experimentation that encourages people to speak up when they notice problems and work together to identify and test solutions. In Leadership is Language, you'll learn how choosing your words can dramatically improve decision-making and execution on your team. Marquet outlines six plays for all leaders, anchored in how you use language:   •  Control the clock, don't obey the clock: Pre-plan decision points and give your people the tools they need to hit pause on a plan of action if they notice something wrong.   •  Collaborate, don't coerce: As the leader, you should be the last one to offer your opinion. Rather than locking your team into binary responses ('Is this a good plan?'), allow them to answer on a scale ('How confident are you about this plan?')   •  Commit, don't comply: Rather than expect your team to comply with specific directions, explain your overall goals, and get their commitment to achieving it one piece at a time.   •  Complete, not continue: If every day feels like a repetition of the last, you're doing something wrong. Articulate concrete plans with a start and end date to align your team.   •  Improve, don't prove: Ask your people to improve on plans and processes, rather than prove that they can meet fixed goals or deadlines. You'll face fewer cut corners and better long-term results.   •  Connect, don't conform: Flatten hierarchies in your organization and connect with your people to encourage them to contribute to decision-making. In his last book, Turn the Ship Around!, Marquet told the incredible story of abandoning command-and-control leadership on his submarine and empowering his crew to turn the worst performing submarine to the best performer in the fleet. Now, with Leadership is Language he gives businesspeople the tools they need to achieve such transformational leadership in their organizations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership Is Language: The Hidden Power of What You Say--and What You Don't Author: L. David Marquet Narrator: L. David Marquet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Wall Street Journal Bestseller From the acclaimed author of Turn the Ship Around!, former US Navy Captain David Marquet, comes a radical new playbook for empowering your team to make better decisions and take greater ownership. As a leader in today's networked, information-dense business climate, you don't have full visibility into your organization or the ground reality of your operating environment. In order to harness the eyes, ears, and minds of your people, you need to foster a climate of collaborative experimentation that encourages people to speak up when they notice problems and work together to identify and test solutions. In Leadership is Language, you'll learn how choosing your words can dramatically improve decision-making and execution on your team. Marquet outlines six plays for all leaders, anchored in how you use language:   •  Control the clock, don't obey the clock: Pre-plan decision points and give your people the tools they need to hit pause on a plan of action if they notice something wrong.   •  Collaborate, don't coerce: As the leader, you should be the last one to offer your opinion. Rather than locking your team into binary responses ('Is this a good plan?'), allow them to answer on a scale ('How confident are you about this plan?')   •  Commit, don't comply: Rather than expect your team to comply with specific directions, explain your overall goals, and get their commitment to achieving it one piece at a time.   •  Complete, not continue: If every day feels like a repetition of the last, you're doing something wrong. Articulate concrete plans with a start and end date to align your team.   •  Improve, don't prove: Ask your people to improve on plans and processes, rather than prove that they can meet fixed goals or deadlines. You'll face fewer cut corners and better long-term results.   •  Connect, don't conform: Flatten hierarchies in your organization and connect with your people to encourage them to contribute to decision-making. In his last book, Turn the Ship Around!, Marquet told the incredible story of abandoning command-and-control leadership on his submarine and empowering his crew to turn the worst performing submarine to the best performer in the fleet. Now, with Leadership is Language he gives businesspeople the tools they need to achieve such transformational leadership in their organizations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366722 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 5 Languages of Appreciation in the Workplace: Empowering Organizations by Encouraging People Author: Paul White, Gary Chapman Narrator: Paul White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Based on the #1 New York Times bestseller The 5 Love Languages®(over 12 million copies sold), Dramatically improve workplace relationships simply by learning your coworkers’ language of appreciation. This book will give you the tools to improve staff morale, create a more positive workplace, and increase employee engagement. How? By teaching you to effectively communicate authentic appreciation and encouragement to employees, co-workers, and leaders. Most relational problems in organizations flow from this question: do people feel appreciated? This book will help you answer “Yes!” A bestseller—having sold over 300,000 copies and translated into 16 languages—this book has proven to be effective and valuable in diverse settings. Its principles about human behavior have helped businesses, non-profits, hospitals, schools, government agencies, and organizations with remote workers. PLUS! Each book contains a free access code for taking the online Motivating By Appreciation (MBA) Inventory (does not apply to purchases of used books). The assessment identifies a person’s preferred languages of appreciation to help you apply the book. When supervisors and colleagues understand their coworkers’ primary and secondary languages, as well as the specific actions they desire, they can effectively communicate authentic appreciation, thus creating healthy work relationships and raising the level of performance across an entire team or organization. Take your team to the next level by applying The 5 Languages of Appreciation in the Workplace. Paul White, Gary Chapman Tue, 08 Jan 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366722 thebookvoice.com 6:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 5 Languages of Appreciation in the Workplace: Empowering Organizations by Encouraging People Author: Paul White, Gary Chapman Narrator: Paul White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Based on the #1 New York Times bestseller The 5 Love Languages®(over 12 million copies sold), Dramatically improve workplace relationships simply by learning your coworkers’ language of appreciation. This book will give you the tools to improve staff morale, create a more positive workplace, and increase employee engagement. How? By teaching you to effectively communicate authentic appreciation and encouragement to employees, co-workers, and leaders. Most relational problems in organizations flow from this question: do people feel appreciated? This book will help you answer “Yes!” A bestseller—having sold over 300,000 copies and translated into 16 languages—this book has proven to be effective and valuable in diverse settings. Its principles about human behavior have helped businesses, non-profits, hospitals, schools, government agencies, and organizations with remote workers. PLUS! Each book contains a free access code for taking the online Motivating By Appreciation (MBA) Inventory (does not apply to purchases of used books). The assessment identifies a person’s preferred languages of appreciation to help you apply the book. When supervisors and colleagues understand their coworkers’ primary and secondary languages, as well as the specific actions they desire, they can effectively communicate authentic appreciation, thus creating healthy work relationships and raising the level of performance across an entire team or organization. Take your team to the next level by applying The 5 Languages of Appreciation in the Workplace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 5 Languages of Appreciation in the Workplace: Empowering Organizations by Encouraging People Author: Paul White, Gary Chapman Narrator: Paul White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Based on the #1 New York Times bestseller The 5 Love Languages®(over 12 million copies sold), Dramatically improve workplace relationships simply by learning your coworkers’ language of appreciation. This book will give you the tools to improve staff morale, create a more positive workplace, and increase employee engagement. How? By teaching you to effectively communicate authentic appreciation and encouragement to employees, co-workers, and leaders. Most relational problems in organizations flow from this question: do people feel appreciated? This book will help you answer “Yes!” A bestseller—having sold over 300,000 copies and translated into 16 languages—this book has proven to be effective and valuable in diverse settings. Its principles about human behavior have helped businesses, non-profits, hospitals, schools, government agencies, and organizations with remote workers. PLUS! Each book contains a free access code for taking the online Motivating By Appreciation (MBA) Inventory (does not apply to purchases of used books). The assessment identifies a person’s preferred languages of appreciation to help you apply the book. When supervisors and colleagues understand their coworkers’ primary and secondary languages, as well as the specific actions they desire, they can effectively communicate authentic appreciation, thus creating healthy work relationships and raising the level of performance across an entire team or organization. Take your team to the next level by applying The 5 Languages of Appreciation in the Workplace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366685 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Help Them Grow or Watch Them Go, 2nd Edition: Career Conversations Organizations Need and Employees Want Author: Julie Winkle Giulioni, Beverly L. Kaye Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The new edition of the bestselling employee development classic includes advice on engagement and retention in today's more flexible employment environment and a new chapter on creating a career development culture in your organization. Study after study confirms that career development is the single most powerful tool managers have for driving retention, engagement, productivity, and results. It's the sustainable competitive advantage that will distinguish the winners from the losers. Nevertheless, it's frequently back-burnered. When asked why, managers say the number one reason is that they just don't have time-for the meetings, the forms, the administrative hoops. But there's a better way. And it's surprisingly simple: frequent short conversations with employees about their career goals and options integrated seamlessly into the normal course of business. Beverly Kaye, coauthor of the bestselling Love 'Em or Lose 'Em, and Julie Winkle Giulioni identify three broad types of conversations that will increase employees' awareness of their strengths, weaknesses, and interests; point out where their organization and their industry are headed; and help them pull all of that together to design their own up-to-the-minute, personalized career plans. Help Them Grow or Watch Them Go is filled with practical tips, guidelines, and templates, as well as nearly a hundred suggested conversation questions. This new edition will also be released alongside an interactive Help Them Grow or Watch Them Go card deck to create organizational pathways for career development, and twenty-seven minutes of video trainings covering content, activities and practices in the book. Julie Winkle Giulioni, Beverly L. Kaye Tue, 15 Jan 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366685 thebookvoice.com 2:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Help Them Grow or Watch Them Go, 2nd Edition: Career Conversations Organizations Need and Employees Want Author: Julie Winkle Giulioni, Beverly L. Kaye Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The new edition of the bestselling employee development classic includes advice on engagement and retention in today's more flexible employment environment and a new chapter on creating a career development culture in your organization. Study after study confirms that career development is the single most powerful tool managers have for driving retention, engagement, productivity, and results. It's the sustainable competitive advantage that will distinguish the winners from the losers. Nevertheless, it's frequently back-burnered. When asked why, managers say the number one reason is that they just don't have time-for the meetings, the forms, the administrative hoops. But there's a better way. And it's surprisingly simple: frequent short conversations with employees about their career goals and options integrated seamlessly into the normal course of business. Beverly Kaye, coauthor of the bestselling Love 'Em or Lose 'Em, and Julie Winkle Giulioni identify three broad types of conversations that will increase employees' awareness of their strengths, weaknesses, and interests; point out where their organization and their industry are headed; and help them pull all of that together to design their own up-to-the-minute, personalized career plans. Help Them Grow or Watch Them Go is filled with practical tips, guidelines, and templates, as well as nearly a hundred suggested conversation questions. This new edition will also be released alongside an interactive Help Them Grow or Watch Them Go card deck to create organizational pathways for career development, and twenty-seven minutes of video trainings covering content, activities and practices in the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Help Them Grow or Watch Them Go, 2nd Edition: Career Conversations Organizations Need and Employees Want Author: Julie Winkle Giulioni, Beverly L. Kaye Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The new edition of the bestselling employee development classic includes advice on engagement and retention in today's more flexible employment environment and a new chapter on creating a career development culture in your organization. Study after study confirms that career development is the single most powerful tool managers have for driving retention, engagement, productivity, and results. It's the sustainable competitive advantage that will distinguish the winners from the losers. Nevertheless, it's frequently back-burnered. When asked why, managers say the number one reason is that they just don't have time-for the meetings, the forms, the administrative hoops. But there's a better way. And it's surprisingly simple: frequent short conversations with employees about their career goals and options integrated seamlessly into the normal course of business. Beverly Kaye, coauthor of the bestselling Love 'Em or Lose 'Em, and Julie Winkle Giulioni identify three broad types of conversations that will increase employees' awareness of their strengths, weaknesses, and interests; point out where their organization and their industry are headed; and help them pull all of that together to design their own up-to-the-minute, personalized career plans. Help Them Grow or Watch Them Go is filled with practical tips, guidelines, and templates, as well as nearly a hundred suggested conversation questions. This new edition will also be released alongside an interactive Help Them Grow or Watch Them Go card deck to create organizational pathways for career development, and twenty-seven minutes of video trainings covering content, activities and practices in the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366684 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bedtime Stories for Managers: Farewell to Lofty Leadership. . . Welcome Engaging Management Author: Henry Mintzberg Narrator: Tom Kruse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In forty-two succinct, surprising essays, legendary scholar Henry Mintzberg brings management down from the clouds and onto solid ground. 'Enough of heroic leadership, it's time for engaging management!' is the rallying cry from management and leadership giant Henry Mintzberg. He establishes this theme in the first story in the book, about the CEO of a failing airline who always flew comfortably in first class, blithely unaware of the terrible things happening with his customers in coach (in this case, being served famously inedible scrambled eggs). Managing can't be about sitting where you have become accustomed, insulating yourself--it has to be about eating the scrambled eggs. So Mintzberg urges leaders to call their own call centers, work with their workers, expect extraordinary ideas from ordinary people. Be a keynote listener, not a keynote speaker. Don't say 'top management' if you won't say 'bottom management.' In this best-of collection from his popular, entertaining and irreverent blog, Mintzberg writes that he captures 'a lifetime of learning about managing and organizing and strategizing, while getting out many of the ideas that I buried in obscure publications... If some strike you as outrageous, please understand that my most outrageous ideas tend to be my truest.' This is Mintzberg at his most playful, but always with serious intent. Henry Mintzberg Tue, 05 Feb 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366684 thebookvoice.com 3:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bedtime Stories for Managers: Farewell to Lofty Leadership. . . Welcome Engaging Management Author: Henry Mintzberg Narrator: Tom Kruse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In forty-two succinct, surprising essays, legendary scholar Henry Mintzberg brings management down from the clouds and onto solid ground. 'Enough of heroic leadership, it's time for engaging management!' is the rallying cry from management and leadership giant Henry Mintzberg. He establishes this theme in the first story in the book, about the CEO of a failing airline who always flew comfortably in first class, blithely unaware of the terrible things happening with his customers in coach (in this case, being served famously inedible scrambled eggs). Managing can't be about sitting where you have become accustomed, insulating yourself--it has to be about eating the scrambled eggs. So Mintzberg urges leaders to call their own call centers, work with their workers, expect extraordinary ideas from ordinary people. Be a keynote listener, not a keynote speaker. Don't say 'top management' if you won't say 'bottom management.' In this best-of collection from his popular, entertaining and irreverent blog, Mintzberg writes that he captures 'a lifetime of learning about managing and organizing and strategizing, while getting out many of the ideas that I buried in obscure publications... If some strike you as outrageous, please understand that my most outrageous ideas tend to be my truest.' This is Mintzberg at his most playful, but always with serious intent. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/366684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bedtime Stories for Managers: Farewell to Lofty Leadership. . . Welcome Engaging Management Author: Henry Mintzberg Narrator: Tom Kruse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In forty-two succinct, surprising essays, legendary scholar Henry Mintzberg brings management down from the clouds and onto solid ground. 'Enough of heroic leadership, it's time for engaging management!' is the rallying cry from management and leadership giant Henry Mintzberg. He establishes this theme in the first story in the book, about the CEO of a failing airline who always flew comfortably in first class, blithely unaware of the terrible things happening with his customers in coach (in this case, being served famously inedible scrambled eggs). Managing can't be about sitting where you have become accustomed, insulating yourself--it has to be about eating the scrambled eggs. So Mintzberg urges leaders to call their own call centers, work with their workers, expect extraordinary ideas from ordinary people. Be a keynote listener, not a keynote speaker. Don't say 'top management' if you won't say 'bottom management.' In this best-of collection from his popular, entertaining and irreverent blog, Mintzberg writes that he captures 'a lifetime of learning about managing and organizing and strategizing, while getting out many of the ideas that I buried in obscure publications... If some strike you as outrageous, please understand that my most outrageous ideas tend to be my truest.' This is Mintzberg at his most playful, but always with serious intent. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365963 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Managing Change Across Corporate Cultures Author: Fons Trompenaars, Peter Prud'homme Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 25, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Managing Change Across Corporate Cultures peels away the mysteries of corporate culture to reveal why it has such a powerful influence on every aspect of the performance of a business. It shows how to shape high-performing corporate cultures in a complex international environment. As the natural successor to Fons Trompenaars and Charles Hampden-Turner's landmark bestseller, Riding the Waves of Culture, Managing Change Across Corporate Cultures shows exactly how to create an environment where astonishing business breakthroughs are possible. You will also learn how to renew cultures as part of change and how to integrate cultures successfully following mergers, acquisitions, and joint ventures. New research shows that in cross-border business, differences in corporate culture have more far-reaching repercussions than even differences in national cultures. Never before has there been such enormous interest in shaping and changing the cultures of our businesses, whether to revitalize them after restructuring or to provide the glue that holds them together through the sea changes of globalization. Fons Trompenaars, Peter Prud'homme Tue, 25 Dec 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365963 thebookvoice.com 7:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Managing Change Across Corporate Cultures Author: Fons Trompenaars, Peter Prud'homme Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 25, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Managing Change Across Corporate Cultures peels away the mysteries of corporate culture to reveal why it has such a powerful influence on every aspect of the performance of a business. It shows how to shape high-performing corporate cultures in a complex international environment. As the natural successor to Fons Trompenaars and Charles Hampden-Turner's landmark bestseller, Riding the Waves of Culture, Managing Change Across Corporate Cultures shows exactly how to create an environment where astonishing business breakthroughs are possible. You will also learn how to renew cultures as part of change and how to integrate cultures successfully following mergers, acquisitions, and joint ventures. New research shows that in cross-border business, differences in corporate culture have more far-reaching repercussions than even differences in national cultures. Never before has there been such enormous interest in shaping and changing the cultures of our businesses, whether to revitalize them after restructuring or to provide the glue that holds them together through the sea changes of globalization. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Managing Change Across Corporate Cultures Author: Fons Trompenaars, Peter Prud'homme Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: December 25, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Managing Change Across Corporate Cultures peels away the mysteries of corporate culture to reveal why it has such a powerful influence on every aspect of the performance of a business. It shows how to shape high-performing corporate cultures in a complex international environment. As the natural successor to Fons Trompenaars and Charles Hampden-Turner's landmark bestseller, Riding the Waves of Culture, Managing Change Across Corporate Cultures shows exactly how to create an environment where astonishing business breakthroughs are possible. You will also learn how to renew cultures as part of change and how to integrate cultures successfully following mergers, acquisitions, and joint ventures. New research shows that in cross-border business, differences in corporate culture have more far-reaching repercussions than even differences in national cultures. Never before has there been such enormous interest in shaping and changing the cultures of our businesses, whether to revitalize them after restructuring or to provide the glue that holds them together through the sea changes of globalization. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365802 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365802]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Easier, Smarter Problem Solving Author: Debra Morrison, Instafo Narrator: Instafo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 10, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The Universal Problem-Solving Approach “Ah problems, why must you annoyingly occur in my life? Can’t I just avoid you?” Unless you’re perfect (which, newsflash, nobody is)...problems are inevitable and should be expected. Let that sink in for a few seconds. Now, that’s not to say that you should go through life always expecting the worst. On the contrary, you should always be prepared for these natural unfortunate phenomena with a particular set of problem-solving skills in order to know how to manage and handle problems effectively when they DO occur. What do we mean by “a particular set of problem-solving skills”? First off, don’t be TAKEN by the notion of not every problem has a solution. Yes, problems do come in all shapes and sizes; however, there are universal ways of tackling them. You see, the whole point of problem solving is to creatively come up with different solutions to yield the one best outcome possible. To do that, you have to approach problems formulaically like an equation and work backward systematically to obtain that ideal outcome. That’s what “Easier, Smarter Problem Solving” will show you how to do by giving you a simple roadmap system for universally solving any kind of problem that can creep up in your life. * Generate Unlimited Solutions to Various Problems Using the XYZ Equation. * Decipher the Heart of a Problem with Bird’s-Eye View to Attack It Directly. * Handle More Personal Internal Dilemmas like a True Champ Winning on Top. * Get the Desired Outcome from Messy Conflict through the KASG Principles. ...and a whole lot more to become an effective problem solver. So there is no problem too big to solve. Whatever it is you are dealing with in life, you can now easily plug and play to derive at a simple solution, all by following a few simple guidelines. Solve problem smarter, not harder. Finding solutions to problems has never been this straightforward and serendipitous. Debra Morrison, Instafo Mon, 10 Dec 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365802 thebookvoice.com 0:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365802]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Easier, Smarter Problem Solving Author: Debra Morrison, Instafo Narrator: Instafo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 10, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The Universal Problem-Solving Approach “Ah problems, why must you annoyingly occur in my life? Can’t I just avoid you?” Unless you’re perfect (which, newsflash, nobody is)...problems are inevitable and should be expected. Let that sink in for a few seconds. Now, that’s not to say that you should go through life always expecting the worst. On the contrary, you should always be prepared for these natural unfortunate phenomena with a particular set of problem-solving skills in order to know how to manage and handle problems effectively when they DO occur. What do we mean by “a particular set of problem-solving skills”? First off, don’t be TAKEN by the notion of not every problem has a solution. Yes, problems do come in all shapes and sizes; however, there are universal ways of tackling them. You see, the whole point of problem solving is to creatively come up with different solutions to yield the one best outcome possible. To do that, you have to approach problems formulaically like an equation and work backward systematically to obtain that ideal outcome. That’s what “Easier, Smarter Problem Solving” will show you how to do by giving you a simple roadmap system for universally solving any kind of problem that can creep up in your life. * Generate Unlimited Solutions to Various Problems Using the XYZ Equation. * Decipher the Heart of a Problem with Bird’s-Eye View to Attack It Directly. * Handle More Personal Internal Dilemmas like a True Champ Winning on Top. * Get the Desired Outcome from Messy Conflict through the KASG Principles. ...and a whole lot more to become an effective problem solver. So there is no problem too big to solve. Whatever it is you are dealing with in life, you can now easily plug and play to derive at a simple solution, all by following a few simple guidelines. Solve problem smarter, not harder. Finding solutions to problems has never been this straightforward and serendipitous. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365802]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Easier, Smarter Problem Solving Author: Debra Morrison, Instafo Narrator: Instafo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: December 10, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The Universal Problem-Solving Approach “Ah problems, why must you annoyingly occur in my life? Can’t I just avoid you?” Unless you’re perfect (which, newsflash, nobody is)...problems are inevitable and should be expected. Let that sink in for a few seconds. Now, that’s not to say that you should go through life always expecting the worst. On the contrary, you should always be prepared for these natural unfortunate phenomena with a particular set of problem-solving skills in order to know how to manage and handle problems effectively when they DO occur. What do we mean by “a particular set of problem-solving skills”? First off, don’t be TAKEN by the notion of not every problem has a solution. Yes, problems do come in all shapes and sizes; however, there are universal ways of tackling them. You see, the whole point of problem solving is to creatively come up with different solutions to yield the one best outcome possible. To do that, you have to approach problems formulaically like an equation and work backward systematically to obtain that ideal outcome. That’s what “Easier, Smarter Problem Solving” will show you how to do by giving you a simple roadmap system for universally solving any kind of problem that can creep up in your life. * Generate Unlimited Solutions to Various Problems Using the XYZ Equation. * Decipher the Heart of a Problem with Bird’s-Eye View to Attack It Directly. * Handle More Personal Internal Dilemmas like a True Champ Winning on Top. * Get the Desired Outcome from Messy Conflict through the KASG Principles. ...and a whole lot more to become an effective problem solver. So there is no problem too big to solve. Whatever it is you are dealing with in life, you can now easily plug and play to derive at a simple solution, all by following a few simple guidelines. Solve problem smarter, not harder. Finding solutions to problems has never been this straightforward and serendipitous. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365775 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chutzpah: Why Israel Is a Hub of Innovation and Entrepreneurship Author: Inbal Arieli Narrator: Yelena Shmulenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Discover the secret behind how Israel, a tiny country with the highest concentration of start-ups per capita worldwide, is raising generations of entrepreneurs who are disrupting markets around the globe and bringing change to the world. Dubbed “Silicon Wadi,” Israel ranks third in the World Economic Forum Innovation Rating. Despite its small size, it attracts more venture capital per capita than any other country on the planet. What factors have led to these remarkable achievements, and what secrets do Israeli tech entrepreneurs know that others can learn? Tech insider Inbal Arieli goes against the common belief that Israel’s outstanding economic accomplishments are the byproduct of its technologically advanced military or the result of long-standing Jewish traditions of study and questioning. Rather, Arieli gives credit to the unique way Israelis are raised in a culture that supports creative thinking and risk taking. Growing up within a tribal-like community, Israelis experience childhoods purposely shaped by challenges and risks—in a culture that encourages and rewards chutzpah. This has helped Israelis develop the courage to pursue unorthodox, and often revolutionary, approaches to change and innovation and is the secret behind the country’s economic success. While chutzpah has given generations of Israelis the courage to break away from conventional thinking, the Israeli concept balagan—messiness in Hebrew—is at the root of how Israelis are taught to interact with the world. Instead of following strict rules, balagan fosters ambiguity, encouraging the development of the skills necessary for dealing with the unpredictability of life and business. Living with balagan provides Israelis with the opportunity to constantly practice the soft skills defined by the World Economic Forum as the Skills for the Future, as balagan promotes creativity, problem-solving, and independence—key characteristics of successful entrepreneurs. By revealing the unique ways in which Israelis parent, educate and acculturate, Chutzpah offers invaluable insights and proven strategies for success to aspiring entrepreneurs, parents, executives, innovators, and policymakers. Inbal Arieli Tue, 20 Aug 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365775 thebookvoice.com 6:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chutzpah: Why Israel Is a Hub of Innovation and Entrepreneurship Author: Inbal Arieli Narrator: Yelena Shmulenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Discover the secret behind how Israel, a tiny country with the highest concentration of start-ups per capita worldwide, is raising generations of entrepreneurs who are disrupting markets around the globe and bringing change to the world. Dubbed “Silicon Wadi,” Israel ranks third in the World Economic Forum Innovation Rating. Despite its small size, it attracts more venture capital per capita than any other country on the planet. What factors have led to these remarkable achievements, and what secrets do Israeli tech entrepreneurs know that others can learn? Tech insider Inbal Arieli goes against the common belief that Israel’s outstanding economic accomplishments are the byproduct of its technologically advanced military or the result of long-standing Jewish traditions of study and questioning. Rather, Arieli gives credit to the unique way Israelis are raised in a culture that supports creative thinking and risk taking. Growing up within a tribal-like community, Israelis experience childhoods purposely shaped by challenges and risks—in a culture that encourages and rewards chutzpah. This has helped Israelis develop the courage to pursue unorthodox, and often revolutionary, approaches to change and innovation and is the secret behind the country’s economic success. While chutzpah has given generations of Israelis the courage to break away from conventional thinking, the Israeli concept balagan—messiness in Hebrew—is at the root of how Israelis are taught to interact with the world. Instead of following strict rules, balagan fosters ambiguity, encouraging the development of the skills necessary for dealing with the unpredictability of life and business. Living with balagan provides Israelis with the opportunity to constantly practice the soft skills defined by the World Economic Forum as the Skills for the Future, as balagan promotes creativity, problem-solving, and independence—key characteristics of successful entrepreneurs. By revealing the unique ways in which Israelis parent, educate and acculturate, Chutzpah offers invaluable insights and proven strategies for success to aspiring entrepreneurs, parents, executives, innovators, and policymakers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chutzpah: Why Israel Is a Hub of Innovation and Entrepreneurship Author: Inbal Arieli Narrator: Yelena Shmulenson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Discover the secret behind how Israel, a tiny country with the highest concentration of start-ups per capita worldwide, is raising generations of entrepreneurs who are disrupting markets around the globe and bringing change to the world. Dubbed “Silicon Wadi,” Israel ranks third in the World Economic Forum Innovation Rating. Despite its small size, it attracts more venture capital per capita than any other country on the planet. What factors have led to these remarkable achievements, and what secrets do Israeli tech entrepreneurs know that others can learn? Tech insider Inbal Arieli goes against the common belief that Israel’s outstanding economic accomplishments are the byproduct of its technologically advanced military or the result of long-standing Jewish traditions of study and questioning. Rather, Arieli gives credit to the unique way Israelis are raised in a culture that supports creative thinking and risk taking. Growing up within a tribal-like community, Israelis experience childhoods purposely shaped by challenges and risks—in a culture that encourages and rewards chutzpah. This has helped Israelis develop the courage to pursue unorthodox, and often revolutionary, approaches to change and innovation and is the secret behind the country’s economic success. While chutzpah has given generations of Israelis the courage to break away from conventional thinking, the Israeli concept balagan—messiness in Hebrew—is at the root of how Israelis are taught to interact with the world. Instead of following strict rules, balagan fosters ambiguity, encouraging the development of the skills necessary for dealing with the unpredictability of life and business. Living with balagan provides Israelis with the opportunity to constantly practice the soft skills defined by the World Economic Forum as the Skills for the Future, as balagan promotes creativity, problem-solving, and independence—key characteristics of successful entrepreneurs. By revealing the unique ways in which Israelis parent, educate and acculturate, Chutzpah offers invaluable insights and proven strategies for success to aspiring entrepreneurs, parents, executives, innovators, and policymakers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365769 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Business of Platforms: Strategy in the Age of Digital Competition, Innovation, and Power Author: David B. Yoffie, Annabelle Gawer, Michael A. Cusumano Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A trio of experts on high-tech business strategy and innovation reveal the principles that have made platform businesses the most valuable firms in the world and the first trillion-dollar companies. Managers and entrepreneurs in the digital era must learn to live in two worlds—the conventional economy and the platform economy. Platforms that operate for business purposes usually exist at the level of an industry or ecosystem, bringing together individuals and organizations so they can innovate and interact in ways not otherwise possible. Platforms create economic value far beyond what we see in conventional companies. The Business of Platforms is an invaluable, in-depth look at platform strategy and digital innovation. Cusumano, Gawer, and Yoffie address how a small number of companies have come to exert extraordinary influence over every dimension of our personal, professional, and political lives. They explain how these new entities differ from the powerful corporations of the past. They also question whether there are limits to the market dominance and expansion of these digital juggernauts. Finally, they discuss the role governments should play in rethinking data privacy laws, antitrust, and other regulations that could reign in abuses from these powerful businesses. Their goal is to help managers and entrepreneurs build platform businesses that can stand the test of time and win their share of battles with both digital and conventional competitors. As experts who have studied and worked with these firms for some thirty years, this book is the most authoritative and timely investigation yet of the powerful economic and technological forces that make platform businesses, from Amazon and Apple to Microsoft, Facebook, and Google—all dominant players in shaping the global economy, the future of work, and the political world we now face. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. David B. Yoffie, Annabelle Gawer, Michael A. Cusumano Tue, 07 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365769 thebookvoice.com 8:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Business of Platforms: Strategy in the Age of Digital Competition, Innovation, and Power Author: David B. Yoffie, Annabelle Gawer, Michael A. Cusumano Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A trio of experts on high-tech business strategy and innovation reveal the principles that have made platform businesses the most valuable firms in the world and the first trillion-dollar companies. Managers and entrepreneurs in the digital era must learn to live in two worlds—the conventional economy and the platform economy. Platforms that operate for business purposes usually exist at the level of an industry or ecosystem, bringing together individuals and organizations so they can innovate and interact in ways not otherwise possible. Platforms create economic value far beyond what we see in conventional companies. The Business of Platforms is an invaluable, in-depth look at platform strategy and digital innovation. Cusumano, Gawer, and Yoffie address how a small number of companies have come to exert extraordinary influence over every dimension of our personal, professional, and political lives. They explain how these new entities differ from the powerful corporations of the past. They also question whether there are limits to the market dominance and expansion of these digital juggernauts. Finally, they discuss the role governments should play in rethinking data privacy laws, antitrust, and other regulations that could reign in abuses from these powerful businesses. Their goal is to help managers and entrepreneurs build platform businesses that can stand the test of time and win their share of battles with both digital and conventional competitors. As experts who have studied and worked with these firms for some thirty years, this book is the most authoritative and timely investigation yet of the powerful economic and technological forces that make platform businesses, from Amazon and Apple to Microsoft, Facebook, and Google—all dominant players in shaping the global economy, the future of work, and the political world we now face. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Business of Platforms: Strategy in the Age of Digital Competition, Innovation, and Power Author: David B. Yoffie, Annabelle Gawer, Michael A. Cusumano Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A trio of experts on high-tech business strategy and innovation reveal the principles that have made platform businesses the most valuable firms in the world and the first trillion-dollar companies. Managers and entrepreneurs in the digital era must learn to live in two worlds—the conventional economy and the platform economy. Platforms that operate for business purposes usually exist at the level of an industry or ecosystem, bringing together individuals and organizations so they can innovate and interact in ways not otherwise possible. Platforms create economic value far beyond what we see in conventional companies. The Business of Platforms is an invaluable, in-depth look at platform strategy and digital innovation. Cusumano, Gawer, and Yoffie address how a small number of companies have come to exert extraordinary influence over every dimension of our personal, professional, and political lives. They explain how these new entities differ from the powerful corporations of the past. They also question whether there are limits to the market dominance and expansion of these digital juggernauts. Finally, they discuss the role governments should play in rethinking data privacy laws, antitrust, and other regulations that could reign in abuses from these powerful businesses. Their goal is to help managers and entrepreneurs build platform businesses that can stand the test of time and win their share of battles with both digital and conventional competitors. As experts who have studied and worked with these firms for some thirty years, this book is the most authoritative and timely investigation yet of the powerful economic and technological forces that make platform businesses, from Amazon and Apple to Microsoft, Facebook, and Google—all dominant players in shaping the global economy, the future of work, and the political world we now face. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365158 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dive In: Springboard into the Profitability, Productivity, and Potential of the Special Needs Workforce Author: Nadine O. Vogel Narrator: Erin Deward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Fifty-four million American adults live with a disability. Add to that tens of millions of parents of children with special needs and mature workers with age-related disabilities and the number grows. Why are these numbers important to your company, agency, organization, or school? Because these people make up the special needs workforce—a group of talented employees that you cannot afford to overlook. Unlike many books about employing the disabled, Nadine Vogel includes in the special needs workforce parents of children with special needs and workers with age-related disabilities. In this book she presents the business case for hiring and supporting this untapped and under-used workforce. She demonstrates the value of inclusion with statistics, anecdotal evidence, and examples from the world's most successful companies. Vogel not only encourages employers to consider this under-used group, but also presents concrete how-to information and best practices from in-the-know corporations. In Dive In, she maps out a plan for inclusion that can increase your company's productivity, elevate your status with your customers, and position your company as an employer of choice. Nadine O. Vogel Wed, 12 Dec 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365158 thebookvoice.com 5:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dive In: Springboard into the Profitability, Productivity, and Potential of the Special Needs Workforce Author: Nadine O. Vogel Narrator: Erin Deward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Fifty-four million American adults live with a disability. Add to that tens of millions of parents of children with special needs and mature workers with age-related disabilities and the number grows. Why are these numbers important to your company, agency, organization, or school? Because these people make up the special needs workforce—a group of talented employees that you cannot afford to overlook. Unlike many books about employing the disabled, Nadine Vogel includes in the special needs workforce parents of children with special needs and workers with age-related disabilities. In this book she presents the business case for hiring and supporting this untapped and under-used workforce. She demonstrates the value of inclusion with statistics, anecdotal evidence, and examples from the world's most successful companies. Vogel not only encourages employers to consider this under-used group, but also presents concrete how-to information and best practices from in-the-know corporations. In Dive In, she maps out a plan for inclusion that can increase your company's productivity, elevate your status with your customers, and position your company as an employer of choice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dive In: Springboard into the Profitability, Productivity, and Potential of the Special Needs Workforce Author: Nadine O. Vogel Narrator: Erin Deward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Fifty-four million American adults live with a disability. Add to that tens of millions of parents of children with special needs and mature workers with age-related disabilities and the number grows. Why are these numbers important to your company, agency, organization, or school? Because these people make up the special needs workforce—a group of talented employees that you cannot afford to overlook. Unlike many books about employing the disabled, Nadine Vogel includes in the special needs workforce parents of children with special needs and workers with age-related disabilities. In this book she presents the business case for hiring and supporting this untapped and under-used workforce. She demonstrates the value of inclusion with statistics, anecdotal evidence, and examples from the world's most successful companies. Vogel not only encourages employers to consider this under-used group, but also presents concrete how-to information and best practices from in-the-know corporations. In Dive In, she maps out a plan for inclusion that can increase your company's productivity, elevate your status with your customers, and position your company as an employer of choice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365084 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Critical Few: Energize Your Company’s Culture by Choosing What Really Matters Author: Gretchen Anderson, Jon Katzenbach, James Thomas Narrator: Sandy Weaver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Without a deep understanding of your company's culture, any change effort you undertake will fail. Bestselling author Jon Katzenbach and his coauthors identify the four most critical cultural elements leaders need to focus on. Every organization has a unique culture, but they all have one thing in common. Whenever they have a big change to make, powerful emotional forces in their culture appear, at first, to resist it. But there are other culture forces under the surface that can be potential sources of catalytic strength. The best leaders succeed by tapping those 'critical few' sources. Using an unusual, dialogue-based approach, Jon Katzenbach, author of the seminal The Wisdom of Teams (over 400,000 sold) shows how a sharp focus on just these elements reduces complexity and enables leaders to create profound cultural transformation and positive, lasting impact on performance. The critical few elements are: The critical few traits: the shared characteristics that are at the heart of people's emotional connection to what they do. The critical few behaviors: people's actions that would lead a company to succeed if they were replicated at greater scale. The critical few informal leaders: individuals whose emotional intuition and institutional trust make them valued guides for transformation, wherever they are on the org chart. Gretchen Anderson, Jon Katzenbach, James Thomas Tue, 15 Jan 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365084 thebookvoice.com 3:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Critical Few: Energize Your Company’s Culture by Choosing What Really Matters Author: Gretchen Anderson, Jon Katzenbach, James Thomas Narrator: Sandy Weaver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Without a deep understanding of your company's culture, any change effort you undertake will fail. Bestselling author Jon Katzenbach and his coauthors identify the four most critical cultural elements leaders need to focus on. Every organization has a unique culture, but they all have one thing in common. Whenever they have a big change to make, powerful emotional forces in their culture appear, at first, to resist it. But there are other culture forces under the surface that can be potential sources of catalytic strength. The best leaders succeed by tapping those 'critical few' sources. Using an unusual, dialogue-based approach, Jon Katzenbach, author of the seminal The Wisdom of Teams (over 400,000 sold) shows how a sharp focus on just these elements reduces complexity and enables leaders to create profound cultural transformation and positive, lasting impact on performance. The critical few elements are: The critical few traits: the shared characteristics that are at the heart of people's emotional connection to what they do. The critical few behaviors: people's actions that would lead a company to succeed if they were replicated at greater scale. The critical few informal leaders: individuals whose emotional intuition and institutional trust make them valued guides for transformation, wherever they are on the org chart. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Critical Few: Energize Your Company’s Culture by Choosing What Really Matters Author: Gretchen Anderson, Jon Katzenbach, James Thomas Narrator: Sandy Weaver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Without a deep understanding of your company's culture, any change effort you undertake will fail. Bestselling author Jon Katzenbach and his coauthors identify the four most critical cultural elements leaders need to focus on. Every organization has a unique culture, but they all have one thing in common. Whenever they have a big change to make, powerful emotional forces in their culture appear, at first, to resist it. But there are other culture forces under the surface that can be potential sources of catalytic strength. The best leaders succeed by tapping those 'critical few' sources. Using an unusual, dialogue-based approach, Jon Katzenbach, author of the seminal The Wisdom of Teams (over 400,000 sold) shows how a sharp focus on just these elements reduces complexity and enables leaders to create profound cultural transformation and positive, lasting impact on performance. The critical few elements are: The critical few traits: the shared characteristics that are at the heart of people's emotional connection to what they do. The critical few behaviors: people's actions that would lead a company to succeed if they were replicated at greater scale. The critical few informal leaders: individuals whose emotional intuition and institutional trust make them valued guides for transformation, wherever they are on the org chart. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365047 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Creatividad, S.A.: Cómo llevar la inspiración hasta el infinito y más allá Author: Ed Catmull Narrator: Miguel ángel álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Escucha las fórmulas para crear entornos creativos del fundador y presidente de los estudios Disney-Pixar Studios. Creatividad, S.A. es un audiolibro para profesionales que deseen llevar a sus equipos a cumbres más altas, una guía para cualquier lector que valore la originalidad y el primer viaje al centro neurálgico de Pixar Animation: a sus reuniones, sus evaluaciones de cierre de proyecto y las sesiones del Braintrust de las que nacieron algunas de las películas más exitosas de la historia del cine. Es, en el fondo, un audiolibro acerca de cómo se construye una cultura creativa, pero también, como afirma su autor, «un reflejo de las ideas que creo que hacen aflorar lo mejor que llevamos dentro.» Cuando Ed Catmull era joven tenía un sueño: hacer la primera película de animación por ordenador. Persiguió este sueño como estudiante en la Universidad de Utah, y se asoció con George Lucas, en una colaboración que, indirectamente, le llevó a fundar Pixar con Steve Jobs y John Lasseter en 1986. El ingrediente esencial en el éxito de Pixar está en su entorno único, que Catmull y sus compañeros consiguieron forjar, basado en principios que protegen el proceso creativo y que desafían las ideas establecidas, como por ejemplo: o La responsabilidad de un directivo no es prevenir riesgos; su trabajo es dar la seguridad para que los demás los asuman. o El coste de prevenir errores con frecuencia es superior al de subsanarlos. o La estructura de comunicación de una empresa no debe ser el reflejo de su estructura organizativa; todo el equipo debe ser capaz de interrelacionarse, independientemente de su cargo y sus funciones. o No dé por sentado que el consenso general generará cambio; se requiere de mucha energía para mover un grupo, aunque todos sus miembros estén comprometidos con el proyecto. Los mejores audiolibros de no ficción para alcanzar el éxito. Los expertos opinan: «Muchos autores han intentado formular y categorizar la inspiración y la creatividad. Sin embargo, lo que Ed Catmull muestra con su experiencia es que la creatividad no es simplemente una fuente de ideas, sino más bien una alquimia entre las personas. En Creatividad, S.A., Ed expone con honestidad y sentido común cómo no convertirse en un estorbo y cómo fusionar arte, negocio e innovación.» George Lucas «Una gran novedad... Catmull nos traslada al interior del ecosistema de Pixar y nos muestra cómo la excelencia se desarrolla y se perfecciona con un nivel de detalle que resulta inspirador. Si usted tiene un trabajo creativo, debe leer este libro ya.» Daniel Coyle, autor de El pequeño libro del talento «Este es el mejor libro jamás escrito acerca de lo que implica establecer una organización creativa. Es el mejor porque la sabiduría y la modestia impregnan cada una de sus páginas. Muestra cómo la excelencia de Pixar radica en conectar los pequeños detalles -principio que cualquiera puede aplicar en su propio negocio- con el objetivo final que persiguen todos los miembros de la compañía: crear películas que les hagan sentirse orgullosos.» Robert I. Sutton, profesor en la Universidad de Stanford y autor de Buen jefe, mal jefe Ed Catmull Wed, 12 Dec 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365047 thebookvoice.com 12:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Creatividad, S.A.: Cómo llevar la inspiración hasta el infinito y más allá Author: Ed Catmull Narrator: Miguel ángel álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Escucha las fórmulas para crear entornos creativos del fundador y presidente de los estudios Disney-Pixar Studios. Creatividad, S.A. es un audiolibro para profesionales que deseen llevar a sus equipos a cumbres más altas, una guía para cualquier lector que valore la originalidad y el primer viaje al centro neurálgico de Pixar Animation: a sus reuniones, sus evaluaciones de cierre de proyecto y las sesiones del Braintrust de las que nacieron algunas de las películas más exitosas de la historia del cine. Es, en el fondo, un audiolibro acerca de cómo se construye una cultura creativa, pero también, como afirma su autor, «un reflejo de las ideas que creo que hacen aflorar lo mejor que llevamos dentro.» Cuando Ed Catmull era joven tenía un sueño: hacer la primera película de animación por ordenador. Persiguió este sueño como estudiante en la Universidad de Utah, y se asoció con George Lucas, en una colaboración que, indirectamente, le llevó a fundar Pixar con Steve Jobs y John Lasseter en 1986. El ingrediente esencial en el éxito de Pixar está en su entorno único, que Catmull y sus compañeros consiguieron forjar, basado en principios que protegen el proceso creativo y que desafían las ideas establecidas, como por ejemplo: o La responsabilidad de un directivo no es prevenir riesgos; su trabajo es dar la seguridad para que los demás los asuman. o El coste de prevenir errores con frecuencia es superior al de subsanarlos. o La estructura de comunicación de una empresa no debe ser el reflejo de su estructura organizativa; todo el equipo debe ser capaz de interrelacionarse, independientemente de su cargo y sus funciones. o No dé por sentado que el consenso general generará cambio; se requiere de mucha energía para mover un grupo, aunque todos sus miembros estén comprometidos con el proyecto. Los mejores audiolibros de no ficción para alcanzar el éxito. Los expertos opinan: «Muchos autores han intentado formular y categorizar la inspiración y la creatividad. Sin embargo, lo que Ed Catmull muestra con su experiencia es que la creatividad no es simplemente una fuente de ideas, sino más bien una alquimia entre las personas. En Creatividad, S.A., Ed expone con honestidad y sentido común cómo no convertirse en un estorbo y cómo fusionar arte, negocio e innovación.» George Lucas «Una gran novedad... Catmull nos traslada al interior del ecosistema de Pixar y nos muestra cómo la excelencia se desarrolla y se perfecciona con un nivel de detalle que resulta inspirador. Si usted tiene un trabajo creativo, debe leer este libro ya.» Daniel Coyle, autor de El pequeño libro del talento «Este es el mejor libro jamás escrito acerca de lo que implica establecer una organización creativa. Es el mejor porque la sabiduría y la modestia impregnan cada una de sus páginas. Muestra cómo la excelencia de Pixar radica en conectar los pequeños detalles -principio que cualquiera puede aplicar en su propio negocio- con el objetivo final que persiguen todos los miembros de la compañía: crear películas que les hagan sentirse orgullosos.» Robert I. Sutton, profesor en la Universidad de Stanford y autor de Buen jefe, mal jefe Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365047]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Creatividad, S.A.: Cómo llevar la inspiración hasta el infinito y más allá Author: Ed Catmull Narrator: Miguel ángel álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 36 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Escucha las fórmulas para crear entornos creativos del fundador y presidente de los estudios Disney-Pixar Studios. Creatividad, S.A. es un audiolibro para profesionales que deseen llevar a sus equipos a cumbres más altas, una guía para cualquier lector que valore la originalidad y el primer viaje al centro neurálgico de Pixar Animation: a sus reuniones, sus evaluaciones de cierre de proyecto y las sesiones del Braintrust de las que nacieron algunas de las películas más exitosas de la historia del cine. Es, en el fondo, un audiolibro acerca de cómo se construye una cultura creativa, pero también, como afirma su autor, «un reflejo de las ideas que creo que hacen aflorar lo mejor que llevamos dentro.» Cuando Ed Catmull era joven tenía un sueño: hacer la primera película de animación por ordenador. Persiguió este sueño como estudiante en la Universidad de Utah, y se asoció con George Lucas, en una colaboración que, indirectamente, le llevó a fundar Pixar con Steve Jobs y John Lasseter en 1986. El ingrediente esencial en el éxito de Pixar está en su entorno único, que Catmull y sus compañeros consiguieron forjar, basado en principios que protegen el proceso creativo y que desafían las ideas establecidas, como por ejemplo: o La responsabilidad de un directivo no es prevenir riesgos; su trabajo es dar la seguridad para que los demás los asuman. o El coste de prevenir errores con frecuencia es superior al de subsanarlos. o La estructura de comunicación de una empresa no debe ser el reflejo de su estructura organizativa; todo el equipo debe ser capaz de interrelacionarse, independientemente de su cargo y sus funciones. o No dé por sentado que el consenso general generará cambio; se requiere de mucha energía para mover un grupo, aunque todos sus miembros estén comprometidos con el proyecto. Los mejores audiolibros de no ficción para alcanzar el éxito. Los expertos opinan: «Muchos autores han intentado formular y categorizar la inspiración y la creatividad. Sin embargo, lo que Ed Catmull muestra con su experiencia es que la creatividad no es simplemente una fuente de ideas, sino más bien una alquimia entre las personas. En Creatividad, S.A., Ed expone con honestidad y sentido común cómo no convertirse en un estorbo y cómo fusionar arte, negocio e innovación.» George Lucas «Una gran novedad... Catmull nos traslada al interior del ecosistema de Pixar y nos muestra cómo la excelencia se desarrolla y se perfecciona con un nivel de detalle que resulta inspirador. Si usted tiene un trabajo creativo, debe leer este libro ya.» Daniel Coyle, autor de El pequeño libro del talento «Este es el mejor libro jamás escrito acerca de lo que implica establecer una organización creativa. Es el mejor porque la sabiduría y la modestia impregnan cada una de sus páginas. Muestra cómo la excelencia de Pixar radica en conectar los pequeños detalles -principio que cualquiera puede aplicar en su propio negocio- con el objetivo final que persiguen todos los miembros de la compañía: crear películas que les hagan sentirse orgullosos.» Robert I. Sutton, profesor en la Universidad de Stanford y autor de Buen jefe, mal jefe https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365038 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365038]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Faces in White Places: 10 Game-Changing Strategies to Achieve Success and Find Greatness Author: Jeffrey A. Robinson, Randal D. Pinkett, Philana Patterson Narrator: Arnell Powel, Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Discover how African-American professionals can combine their personal strengths with the wisdom of others to plant the seeds of a positive, lasting legacy in the workplace. Randal Pinkett was the first African-American winner on The Apprentice. When he won, he also became the only contestant to be asked to share his victory with a white woman. For generations, African-Americans have been told that they need to work twice as hard as everyone else to succeed. However, as millions of black Americans were reminded by Pinkett's experience, sometimes hard work is not enough. Black Faces in White Places is about 'the game', the competitive world in which we all live and work. The book offers 10 revolutionary strategies for playing, mastering, and changing the game for the current generation, while undertaking a wholesale redefinition of the rules for those who will follow. In this book, you will: - Expand yourself beyond your comfort zone - Recognize and demonstrate the four facets of excellence - Build beneficial relationships and powerful networks - Identify different mentors and learn from others' experiences - Discover ways of working with others to facilitate collective action Based on the authors' considerable experiences in business, in the public eye, and in the minority, the book shows how African-American professionals can (and must) think and act both entrepreneurially and 'intrapreneurially'. Black Faces in White Places not only explains shattering the old 'glass ceiling” and changing the concept of success, but also examines the four dimensions of the contemporary black experience: identity, society, meritocracy, and opportunity. Jeffrey A. Robinson, Randal D. Pinkett, Philana Patterson Tue, 04 Jun 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365038 thebookvoice.com 10:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365038]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Faces in White Places: 10 Game-Changing Strategies to Achieve Success and Find Greatness Author: Jeffrey A. Robinson, Randal D. Pinkett, Philana Patterson Narrator: Arnell Powel, Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Discover how African-American professionals can combine their personal strengths with the wisdom of others to plant the seeds of a positive, lasting legacy in the workplace. Randal Pinkett was the first African-American winner on The Apprentice. When he won, he also became the only contestant to be asked to share his victory with a white woman. For generations, African-Americans have been told that they need to work twice as hard as everyone else to succeed. However, as millions of black Americans were reminded by Pinkett's experience, sometimes hard work is not enough. Black Faces in White Places is about 'the game', the competitive world in which we all live and work. The book offers 10 revolutionary strategies for playing, mastering, and changing the game for the current generation, while undertaking a wholesale redefinition of the rules for those who will follow. In this book, you will: - Expand yourself beyond your comfort zone - Recognize and demonstrate the four facets of excellence - Build beneficial relationships and powerful networks - Identify different mentors and learn from others' experiences - Discover ways of working with others to facilitate collective action Based on the authors' considerable experiences in business, in the public eye, and in the minority, the book shows how African-American professionals can (and must) think and act both entrepreneurially and 'intrapreneurially'. Black Faces in White Places not only explains shattering the old 'glass ceiling” and changing the concept of success, but also examines the four dimensions of the contemporary black experience: identity, society, meritocracy, and opportunity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/365038]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Faces in White Places: 10 Game-Changing Strategies to Achieve Success and Find Greatness Author: Jeffrey A. Robinson, Randal D. Pinkett, Philana Patterson Narrator: Arnell Powel, Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Discover how African-American professionals can combine their personal strengths with the wisdom of others to plant the seeds of a positive, lasting legacy in the workplace. Randal Pinkett was the first African-American winner on The Apprentice. When he won, he also became the only contestant to be asked to share his victory with a white woman. For generations, African-Americans have been told that they need to work twice as hard as everyone else to succeed. However, as millions of black Americans were reminded by Pinkett's experience, sometimes hard work is not enough. Black Faces in White Places is about 'the game', the competitive world in which we all live and work. The book offers 10 revolutionary strategies for playing, mastering, and changing the game for the current generation, while undertaking a wholesale redefinition of the rules for those who will follow. In this book, you will: - Expand yourself beyond your comfort zone - Recognize and demonstrate the four facets of excellence - Build beneficial relationships and powerful networks - Identify different mentors and learn from others' experiences - Discover ways of working with others to facilitate collective action Based on the authors' considerable experiences in business, in the public eye, and in the minority, the book shows how African-American professionals can (and must) think and act both entrepreneurially and 'intrapreneurially'. Black Faces in White Places not only explains shattering the old 'glass ceiling” and changing the concept of success, but also examines the four dimensions of the contemporary black experience: identity, society, meritocracy, and opportunity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364967 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364967]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virtual Leadership: Practical Strategies for Getting the Best Out of Virtual Work and Virtual Teams Author: Penny Pullan Narrator: Karen Cass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Virtual working – also known as remote working, telecommuting, flexible working, or homeworking – is an important and growing trend in the global employment landscape.  Its popularity has increased due to globalization and outsourcing.  However, unlocking the benefits of virtual work – increased productivity, flexibility, and collaboration across dispersed teams – depends largely on the organizational culture, management, and leadership to support it. Without the knowledge and skills to be effective in leading virtually, many managers are reluctant to embrace it. Virtual Leadership identifies the challenges of virtual work and explains how to develop the facilitative leadership mindset to effectively manage people remotely. It focuses on tried and tested strategies for being a better leader in a virtual working scenario, and directly addresses the common challenges of managing a company of telecommuters using real-life examples from organizations all over the world. Chapters cover why virtual leadership is vital; virtually working with others; using technology; leading virtual meetings; working across cultures, time zones, languages, and generations; and putting leadership into practice. Penny Pullan Tue, 25 Jun 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364967 thebookvoice.com 8:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364967]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virtual Leadership: Practical Strategies for Getting the Best Out of Virtual Work and Virtual Teams Author: Penny Pullan Narrator: Karen Cass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Virtual working – also known as remote working, telecommuting, flexible working, or homeworking – is an important and growing trend in the global employment landscape.  Its popularity has increased due to globalization and outsourcing.  However, unlocking the benefits of virtual work – increased productivity, flexibility, and collaboration across dispersed teams – depends largely on the organizational culture, management, and leadership to support it. Without the knowledge and skills to be effective in leading virtually, many managers are reluctant to embrace it. Virtual Leadership identifies the challenges of virtual work and explains how to develop the facilitative leadership mindset to effectively manage people remotely. It focuses on tried and tested strategies for being a better leader in a virtual working scenario, and directly addresses the common challenges of managing a company of telecommuters using real-life examples from organizations all over the world. Chapters cover why virtual leadership is vital; virtually working with others; using technology; leading virtual meetings; working across cultures, time zones, languages, and generations; and putting leadership into practice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364967]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virtual Leadership: Practical Strategies for Getting the Best Out of Virtual Work and Virtual Teams Author: Penny Pullan Narrator: Karen Cass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Virtual working – also known as remote working, telecommuting, flexible working, or homeworking – is an important and growing trend in the global employment landscape.  Its popularity has increased due to globalization and outsourcing.  However, unlocking the benefits of virtual work – increased productivity, flexibility, and collaboration across dispersed teams – depends largely on the organizational culture, management, and leadership to support it. Without the knowledge and skills to be effective in leading virtually, many managers are reluctant to embrace it. Virtual Leadership identifies the challenges of virtual work and explains how to develop the facilitative leadership mindset to effectively manage people remotely. It focuses on tried and tested strategies for being a better leader in a virtual working scenario, and directly addresses the common challenges of managing a company of telecommuters using real-life examples from organizations all over the world. Chapters cover why virtual leadership is vital; virtually working with others; using technology; leading virtual meetings; working across cultures, time zones, languages, and generations; and putting leadership into practice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364961 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364961]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Managing and Leading People Through Organizational Change: The Theory and Practice of Sustaining Change Through People Author: Julie Hodges Narrator: Amanda Dolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Tremendous forces for change are radically reshaping the world of work. Disruptive innovations, radical thinking, new business models and resource scarcity are impacting every sector. Although the scale of expected change is not unprecedented, what is unique is the pervasive nature of the change and its accelerating pace which people in organizations have to cope with. Structures, systems, processes and strategies are relatively simple to understand and even fix. People, however, are more complex. Change can have a different impact on each of them, all of which can cause different attitudes and reactions. Managing and Leading People Through Organizational Change is written for leaders with the key responsibility of managing people through transitions. Managing and Leading People through Organizational Change provides a critical analysis of change and transformation in organizations from a theoretical and practical perspective. It addresses the individual, team and organizational issues of leading and managing people before, during and after change, using case studies and interviews with people from organizations in different sectors across the globe. This book demonstrates how theory can be applied in practice through practical examples and recommendations, focusing on the importance of understanding the impact of the nature of change on individuals and engaging them collaboratively throughout the transformation journey. Julie Hodges Tue, 11 Jun 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364961 thebookvoice.com 15:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364961]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Managing and Leading People Through Organizational Change: The Theory and Practice of Sustaining Change Through People Author: Julie Hodges Narrator: Amanda Dolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Tremendous forces for change are radically reshaping the world of work. Disruptive innovations, radical thinking, new business models and resource scarcity are impacting every sector. Although the scale of expected change is not unprecedented, what is unique is the pervasive nature of the change and its accelerating pace which people in organizations have to cope with. Structures, systems, processes and strategies are relatively simple to understand and even fix. People, however, are more complex. Change can have a different impact on each of them, all of which can cause different attitudes and reactions. Managing and Leading People Through Organizational Change is written for leaders with the key responsibility of managing people through transitions. Managing and Leading People through Organizational Change provides a critical analysis of change and transformation in organizations from a theoretical and practical perspective. It addresses the individual, team and organizational issues of leading and managing people before, during and after change, using case studies and interviews with people from organizations in different sectors across the globe. This book demonstrates how theory can be applied in practice through practical examples and recommendations, focusing on the importance of understanding the impact of the nature of change on individuals and engaging them collaboratively throughout the transformation journey. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364961]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Managing and Leading People Through Organizational Change: The Theory and Practice of Sustaining Change Through People Author: Julie Hodges Narrator: Amanda Dolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 52 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Tremendous forces for change are radically reshaping the world of work. Disruptive innovations, radical thinking, new business models and resource scarcity are impacting every sector. Although the scale of expected change is not unprecedented, what is unique is the pervasive nature of the change and its accelerating pace which people in organizations have to cope with. Structures, systems, processes and strategies are relatively simple to understand and even fix. People, however, are more complex. Change can have a different impact on each of them, all of which can cause different attitudes and reactions. Managing and Leading People Through Organizational Change is written for leaders with the key responsibility of managing people through transitions. Managing and Leading People through Organizational Change provides a critical analysis of change and transformation in organizations from a theoretical and practical perspective. It addresses the individual, team and organizational issues of leading and managing people before, during and after change, using case studies and interviews with people from organizations in different sectors across the globe. This book demonstrates how theory can be applied in practice through practical examples and recommendations, focusing on the importance of understanding the impact of the nature of change on individuals and engaging them collaboratively throughout the transformation journey. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364962 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Managing Conflict at Work: Understanding and Resolving Conflict for Productive Working Relationships Author: Jackie Keddy, Clive Johnson Narrator: Cynthia Farrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Managing Conflict at Work provides practical guidance on how to prevent, contain and resolve conflict in the workplace. It demonstrates how effective conflict management can have a powerful impact on the way organizations channel their energies, encouraging positive mindsets and building stronger and happier workforces.  Aimed not just at mediators and conflict practitioners, but at staff managers and anyone who needs to deal with people disputes, the book emphasises simple and practical ways for dealing with conflict situations - both when potential disputes are first emerging, and once a conflict has escalated into a formal complaint. The book is accompanied by an extensive range of ready-to-use templates and case studies and is supported by a dedicated website, providing information and downloads referred to in the book, as well as videos and podcasts. Jackie Keddy, Clive Johnson Tue, 11 Jun 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364962 thebookvoice.com 9:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Managing Conflict at Work: Understanding and Resolving Conflict for Productive Working Relationships Author: Jackie Keddy, Clive Johnson Narrator: Cynthia Farrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Managing Conflict at Work provides practical guidance on how to prevent, contain and resolve conflict in the workplace. It demonstrates how effective conflict management can have a powerful impact on the way organizations channel their energies, encouraging positive mindsets and building stronger and happier workforces.  Aimed not just at mediators and conflict practitioners, but at staff managers and anyone who needs to deal with people disputes, the book emphasises simple and practical ways for dealing with conflict situations - both when potential disputes are first emerging, and once a conflict has escalated into a formal complaint. The book is accompanied by an extensive range of ready-to-use templates and case studies and is supported by a dedicated website, providing information and downloads referred to in the book, as well as videos and podcasts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Managing Conflict at Work: Understanding and Resolving Conflict for Productive Working Relationships Author: Jackie Keddy, Clive Johnson Narrator: Cynthia Farrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Managing Conflict at Work provides practical guidance on how to prevent, contain and resolve conflict in the workplace. It demonstrates how effective conflict management can have a powerful impact on the way organizations channel their energies, encouraging positive mindsets and building stronger and happier workforces.  Aimed not just at mediators and conflict practitioners, but at staff managers and anyone who needs to deal with people disputes, the book emphasises simple and practical ways for dealing with conflict situations - both when potential disputes are first emerging, and once a conflict has escalated into a formal complaint. The book is accompanied by an extensive range of ready-to-use templates and case studies and is supported by a dedicated website, providing information and downloads referred to in the book, as well as videos and podcasts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364963 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Motivation and Performance: A Guide to Motivating a Diverse Workforce Author: Ian Macrae, Adrian Furnham Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Many organizations approach the issue of employee engagement and motivation by tapping into age, gender and other stereotypes. Motivation and Performance challenges these notions, bringing together evidence that group differences are often exaggerated and that getting to the heart of what really motivates individuals is what's most important. This book is a practical guide to ensuring that organizations consider all motivators - job security as well as the need for personal growth - to improve employee satisfaction, boost organizational productivity and reduce staff turnover. Underpinned by original research, Motivation and Performance features case studies from finance, retail, the public and other sectors to show how the principles of motivating employees apply at all levels of the organization, not just at the leadership level, and how values and motivation can be changed and developed. Complete with a framework for conducting effective visits to front-line locations, it will help HR professionals ask the right questions, choose whether to implement external motivation-building programmes and make a real impact on an employee's desire to progress in the company. Ian Macrae, Adrian Furnham Tue, 11 Jun 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364963 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Motivation and Performance: A Guide to Motivating a Diverse Workforce Author: Ian Macrae, Adrian Furnham Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Many organizations approach the issue of employee engagement and motivation by tapping into age, gender and other stereotypes. Motivation and Performance challenges these notions, bringing together evidence that group differences are often exaggerated and that getting to the heart of what really motivates individuals is what's most important. This book is a practical guide to ensuring that organizations consider all motivators - job security as well as the need for personal growth - to improve employee satisfaction, boost organizational productivity and reduce staff turnover. Underpinned by original research, Motivation and Performance features case studies from finance, retail, the public and other sectors to show how the principles of motivating employees apply at all levels of the organization, not just at the leadership level, and how values and motivation can be changed and developed. Complete with a framework for conducting effective visits to front-line locations, it will help HR professionals ask the right questions, choose whether to implement external motivation-building programmes and make a real impact on an employee's desire to progress in the company. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Motivation and Performance: A Guide to Motivating a Diverse Workforce Author: Ian Macrae, Adrian Furnham Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Many organizations approach the issue of employee engagement and motivation by tapping into age, gender and other stereotypes. Motivation and Performance challenges these notions, bringing together evidence that group differences are often exaggerated and that getting to the heart of what really motivates individuals is what's most important. This book is a practical guide to ensuring that organizations consider all motivators - job security as well as the need for personal growth - to improve employee satisfaction, boost organizational productivity and reduce staff turnover. Underpinned by original research, Motivation and Performance features case studies from finance, retail, the public and other sectors to show how the principles of motivating employees apply at all levels of the organization, not just at the leadership level, and how values and motivation can be changed and developed. Complete with a framework for conducting effective visits to front-line locations, it will help HR professionals ask the right questions, choose whether to implement external motivation-building programmes and make a real impact on an employee's desire to progress in the company. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364955 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coaching and Mentoring: Practical Techniques for Developing Learning and Performance Author: Eric Parsloe, Melville Leedham Narrator: Tom Parks, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Over the last 15 years, Coaching and Mentoring has become the go-to guide for anyone looking to develop their coaching and mentoring skills at individual, team or organizational level. Clear and accessible, it uses practical tools and best practice to demonstrate how to relate theoretical models to specific situations to gain real benefits. It provides strategies that can be applied to any situation, including life coaching, business coaching and community mentoring. Now in its 3rd edition, Coaching and Mentoring has been fully updated to cover the latest thinking and developments in this area including extended coverage of coaching supervision. There is also now a brand new section on practical applications of coaching and mentoring for organizations which includes advice on how to align coaching and mentoring strategies to overall business goals and how to provide evidence for its transformational impact on employee performance. Full of practical advice, case studies and examples, this comprehensive guide will be of value to everyone involved in any aspect coaching and mentoring. Eric Parsloe, Melville Leedham Tue, 28 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364955 thebookvoice.com 12:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coaching and Mentoring: Practical Techniques for Developing Learning and Performance Author: Eric Parsloe, Melville Leedham Narrator: Tom Parks, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Over the last 15 years, Coaching and Mentoring has become the go-to guide for anyone looking to develop their coaching and mentoring skills at individual, team or organizational level. Clear and accessible, it uses practical tools and best practice to demonstrate how to relate theoretical models to specific situations to gain real benefits. It provides strategies that can be applied to any situation, including life coaching, business coaching and community mentoring. Now in its 3rd edition, Coaching and Mentoring has been fully updated to cover the latest thinking and developments in this area including extended coverage of coaching supervision. There is also now a brand new section on practical applications of coaching and mentoring for organizations which includes advice on how to align coaching and mentoring strategies to overall business goals and how to provide evidence for its transformational impact on employee performance. Full of practical advice, case studies and examples, this comprehensive guide will be of value to everyone involved in any aspect coaching and mentoring. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coaching and Mentoring: Practical Techniques for Developing Learning and Performance Author: Eric Parsloe, Melville Leedham Narrator: Tom Parks, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Over the last 15 years, Coaching and Mentoring has become the go-to guide for anyone looking to develop their coaching and mentoring skills at individual, team or organizational level. Clear and accessible, it uses practical tools and best practice to demonstrate how to relate theoretical models to specific situations to gain real benefits. It provides strategies that can be applied to any situation, including life coaching, business coaching and community mentoring. Now in its 3rd edition, Coaching and Mentoring has been fully updated to cover the latest thinking and developments in this area including extended coverage of coaching supervision. There is also now a brand new section on practical applications of coaching and mentoring for organizations which includes advice on how to align coaching and mentoring strategies to overall business goals and how to provide evidence for its transformational impact on employee performance. Full of practical advice, case studies and examples, this comprehensive guide will be of value to everyone involved in any aspect coaching and mentoring. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364952 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Armstrong on Reinventing Performance Management: Building a Culture of Continuous Improvement Author: Michael Armstrong Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Armstrong on Reinventing Performance Management presents a holistic approach to performance management, drawing on Michael Armstrong's vast research and experience. Most organizations have performance management processes in one form or another, but these are often based on formal annual reviews, forced rankings and directly linked to pay decisions. These traditional approaches are often at the expense of ongoing, continuous feedback and focus on looking back at what has or has not been achieved rather than looking forward. Direct links to pay decisions avert attention from people development, and managers often get lost in the bureaucracy of complex forms rather than fully engaging with their people. Armstrong on Reinventing Performance Management details how to build a culture of ongoing feedback and coaching and provides case studies of how this approach to building performance has been effective in organizations including Deloitte, Gap, Expedia and Google. Filled with practical advice, including how to deal with underperformers, it enables organizations to remove overly bureaucratic and ineffective systems based on top-down judgments and ratings, and demonstrates how to get line managers' support for the process focusing on actionable feedback and growth. Michael Armstrong Tue, 21 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364952 thebookvoice.com 6:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Armstrong on Reinventing Performance Management: Building a Culture of Continuous Improvement Author: Michael Armstrong Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Armstrong on Reinventing Performance Management presents a holistic approach to performance management, drawing on Michael Armstrong's vast research and experience. Most organizations have performance management processes in one form or another, but these are often based on formal annual reviews, forced rankings and directly linked to pay decisions. These traditional approaches are often at the expense of ongoing, continuous feedback and focus on looking back at what has or has not been achieved rather than looking forward. Direct links to pay decisions avert attention from people development, and managers often get lost in the bureaucracy of complex forms rather than fully engaging with their people. Armstrong on Reinventing Performance Management details how to build a culture of ongoing feedback and coaching and provides case studies of how this approach to building performance has been effective in organizations including Deloitte, Gap, Expedia and Google. Filled with practical advice, including how to deal with underperformers, it enables organizations to remove overly bureaucratic and ineffective systems based on top-down judgments and ratings, and demonstrates how to get line managers' support for the process focusing on actionable feedback and growth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Armstrong on Reinventing Performance Management: Building a Culture of Continuous Improvement Author: Michael Armstrong Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Armstrong on Reinventing Performance Management presents a holistic approach to performance management, drawing on Michael Armstrong's vast research and experience. Most organizations have performance management processes in one form or another, but these are often based on formal annual reviews, forced rankings and directly linked to pay decisions. These traditional approaches are often at the expense of ongoing, continuous feedback and focus on looking back at what has or has not been achieved rather than looking forward. Direct links to pay decisions avert attention from people development, and managers often get lost in the bureaucracy of complex forms rather than fully engaging with their people. Armstrong on Reinventing Performance Management details how to build a culture of ongoing feedback and coaching and provides case studies of how this approach to building performance has been effective in organizations including Deloitte, Gap, Expedia and Google. Filled with practical advice, including how to deal with underperformers, it enables organizations to remove overly bureaucratic and ineffective systems based on top-down judgments and ratings, and demonstrates how to get line managers' support for the process focusing on actionable feedback and growth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364827 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - MBA Personal: Lo que se aprende en un MBA por el precio de un libro Author: Josh Kaufman Narrator: Roberto Gutiérrez-Teyssier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Todo lo que necesita saber para dominar el arte del management, de una manera accesible y práctica. Josh Kaufman demuestra que, para triunfar, no es necesario pagar el dineral que vale un MBA. Muchas escuelas de negocios se limitan a ofrecer una educación desfasada como si fueran cadenas de montaje. Al cabo de dos años, los recién graduados pasan a engrosar el ejército de mandos intermedios y empiezan a descubrir cómo funcionan de verdad las empresas. Josh Kaufman ha creado su propio negocio, que se basa en condensar los principios básicos del management y hacerlos fácilmente accesibles para todo tipo de profesionales, sea cual sea su nivel de responsabilidad o el sector en que trabajan. En MBA personal comparte con sus lectores los conceptos esenciales en todas las áreas de la gestión empresarial. Los auténticos líderes no solo se forman en las escuelas de negocios: se hacen a sí mismos, van mejorando su preparación y adquieren la experiencia necesaria para triunfar. Con este audiolibro aprenderá unos conocimientos que la mayoría de los profesionales emplean toda una vida en dominar. Los mejores libros de management en formato audiolibro. Los expertos opinan... «He conocido muy pocas personas como Kaufman que dominen completamente los secretos de la eficacia.» David Allen, autor de Organízate con eficacia «Después de este libro nadie podrá decirle que no es lo suficientemente listo, perspicaz o no está bien preparado para lograr un puesto de responsabilidad. Josh hace un repaso de todos los conceptos clave en el management.» Seth Godin, autor de La vaca púrpura «No haga caso, un MBA no es imprescindible. Si además de leer este libro aplica sus conceptos logrará dar un salto en su carrera.» Kevin Kelly, fundador y editor ejecutivo de Wired Josh Kaufman Wed, 12 Dec 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364827 thebookvoice.com 15:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - MBA Personal: Lo que se aprende en un MBA por el precio de un libro Author: Josh Kaufman Narrator: Roberto Gutiérrez-Teyssier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Todo lo que necesita saber para dominar el arte del management, de una manera accesible y práctica. Josh Kaufman demuestra que, para triunfar, no es necesario pagar el dineral que vale un MBA. Muchas escuelas de negocios se limitan a ofrecer una educación desfasada como si fueran cadenas de montaje. Al cabo de dos años, los recién graduados pasan a engrosar el ejército de mandos intermedios y empiezan a descubrir cómo funcionan de verdad las empresas. Josh Kaufman ha creado su propio negocio, que se basa en condensar los principios básicos del management y hacerlos fácilmente accesibles para todo tipo de profesionales, sea cual sea su nivel de responsabilidad o el sector en que trabajan. En MBA personal comparte con sus lectores los conceptos esenciales en todas las áreas de la gestión empresarial. Los auténticos líderes no solo se forman en las escuelas de negocios: se hacen a sí mismos, van mejorando su preparación y adquieren la experiencia necesaria para triunfar. Con este audiolibro aprenderá unos conocimientos que la mayoría de los profesionales emplean toda una vida en dominar. Los mejores libros de management en formato audiolibro. Los expertos opinan... «He conocido muy pocas personas como Kaufman que dominen completamente los secretos de la eficacia.» David Allen, autor de Organízate con eficacia «Después de este libro nadie podrá decirle que no es lo suficientemente listo, perspicaz o no está bien preparado para lograr un puesto de responsabilidad. Josh hace un repaso de todos los conceptos clave en el management.» Seth Godin, autor de La vaca púrpura «No haga caso, un MBA no es imprescindible. Si además de leer este libro aplica sus conceptos logrará dar un salto en su carrera.» Kevin Kelly, fundador y editor ejecutivo de Wired Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - MBA Personal: Lo que se aprende en un MBA por el precio de un libro Author: Josh Kaufman Narrator: Roberto Gutiérrez-Teyssier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Todo lo que necesita saber para dominar el arte del management, de una manera accesible y práctica. Josh Kaufman demuestra que, para triunfar, no es necesario pagar el dineral que vale un MBA. Muchas escuelas de negocios se limitan a ofrecer una educación desfasada como si fueran cadenas de montaje. Al cabo de dos años, los recién graduados pasan a engrosar el ejército de mandos intermedios y empiezan a descubrir cómo funcionan de verdad las empresas. Josh Kaufman ha creado su propio negocio, que se basa en condensar los principios básicos del management y hacerlos fácilmente accesibles para todo tipo de profesionales, sea cual sea su nivel de responsabilidad o el sector en que trabajan. En MBA personal comparte con sus lectores los conceptos esenciales en todas las áreas de la gestión empresarial. Los auténticos líderes no solo se forman en las escuelas de negocios: se hacen a sí mismos, van mejorando su preparación y adquieren la experiencia necesaria para triunfar. Con este audiolibro aprenderá unos conocimientos que la mayoría de los profesionales emplean toda una vida en dominar. Los mejores libros de management en formato audiolibro. Los expertos opinan... «He conocido muy pocas personas como Kaufman que dominen completamente los secretos de la eficacia.» David Allen, autor de Organízate con eficacia «Después de este libro nadie podrá decirle que no es lo suficientemente listo, perspicaz o no está bien preparado para lograr un puesto de responsabilidad. Josh hace un repaso de todos los conceptos clave en el management.» Seth Godin, autor de La vaca púrpura «No haga caso, un MBA no es imprescindible. Si además de leer este libro aplica sus conceptos logrará dar un salto en su carrera.» Kevin Kelly, fundador y editor ejecutivo de Wired https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364157 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Six Disciplines of Breakthrough Learning: How to Turn Training and Development into Business Results 3rd Edition Author: Andrew Mck. Jefferson, Calhoun W. Wick, Roy V. H. Pollock Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Get real results for your business—maximize your training and development programs Corporate learning and development programs play an undeniable role in successful business endeavors, but only when they're done right. The significant revisions in the third edition of The Six Disciplines of Breakthrough Learning add fresh, timely elements to a resource that has become known globally as a trusted guide for professionals determined to get the most of their companies' training and development programs. All-new examples, tools, guides, and insights combine to make an excellent, all-in-one resource for everyone from workplace professionals and HR managers to training development providers and businesses leaders looking to maximize the return on their enterprise's learning budget. Infused with current research and recent case studies, this resource serves as a practical guide that recommends concrete actions for producing tangible results. Tools, guides, and checklists in every chapter ensure that listeners walk away with meaningful strategies that can be implemented right away. The book includes: ● A complete review of research drawn from thousands of insights, goals, and lessons learned ● Specific strategies and actions that can be put into effect quickly for immediate results ● A focus on ROI for business leaders wanting to make a clearer connection between dollars spent and new skills gained ● Checklists in each chapter to help learning organizations perform quality audits of new and existing learning programs The third edition of The Six Disciplines of Breakthrough Learning contains so many new resources and so much thoroughly revised content that even those who own previous editions will find its reinvigorated approach highly beneficial. Strengthen the link between your learning efforts and your business goals with this increasingly popular, globally recognized resource. Andrew Mck. Jefferson, Calhoun W. Wick, Roy V. H. Pollock Wed, 12 Dec 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364157 thebookvoice.com 10:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Six Disciplines of Breakthrough Learning: How to Turn Training and Development into Business Results 3rd Edition Author: Andrew Mck. Jefferson, Calhoun W. Wick, Roy V. H. Pollock Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Get real results for your business—maximize your training and development programs Corporate learning and development programs play an undeniable role in successful business endeavors, but only when they're done right. The significant revisions in the third edition of The Six Disciplines of Breakthrough Learning add fresh, timely elements to a resource that has become known globally as a trusted guide for professionals determined to get the most of their companies' training and development programs. All-new examples, tools, guides, and insights combine to make an excellent, all-in-one resource for everyone from workplace professionals and HR managers to training development providers and businesses leaders looking to maximize the return on their enterprise's learning budget. Infused with current research and recent case studies, this resource serves as a practical guide that recommends concrete actions for producing tangible results. Tools, guides, and checklists in every chapter ensure that listeners walk away with meaningful strategies that can be implemented right away. The book includes: ● A complete review of research drawn from thousands of insights, goals, and lessons learned ● Specific strategies and actions that can be put into effect quickly for immediate results ● A focus on ROI for business leaders wanting to make a clearer connection between dollars spent and new skills gained ● Checklists in each chapter to help learning organizations perform quality audits of new and existing learning programs The third edition of The Six Disciplines of Breakthrough Learning contains so many new resources and so much thoroughly revised content that even those who own previous editions will find its reinvigorated approach highly beneficial. Strengthen the link between your learning efforts and your business goals with this increasingly popular, globally recognized resource. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/364157]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Six Disciplines of Breakthrough Learning: How to Turn Training and Development into Business Results 3rd Edition Author: Andrew Mck. Jefferson, Calhoun W. Wick, Roy V. H. Pollock Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Get real results for your business—maximize your training and development programs Corporate learning and development programs play an undeniable role in successful business endeavors, but only when they're done right. The significant revisions in the third edition of The Six Disciplines of Breakthrough Learning add fresh, timely elements to a resource that has become known globally as a trusted guide for professionals determined to get the most of their companies' training and development programs. All-new examples, tools, guides, and insights combine to make an excellent, all-in-one resource for everyone from workplace professionals and HR managers to training development providers and businesses leaders looking to maximize the return on their enterprise's learning budget. Infused with current research and recent case studies, this resource serves as a practical guide that recommends concrete actions for producing tangible results. Tools, guides, and checklists in every chapter ensure that listeners walk away with meaningful strategies that can be implemented right away. The book includes: ● A complete review of research drawn from thousands of insights, goals, and lessons learned ● Specific strategies and actions that can be put into effect quickly for immediate results ● A focus on ROI for business leaders wanting to make a clearer connection between dollars spent and new skills gained ● Checklists in each chapter to help learning organizations perform quality audits of new and existing learning programs The third edition of The Six Disciplines of Breakthrough Learning contains so many new resources and so much thoroughly revised content that even those who own previous editions will find its reinvigorated approach highly beneficial. Strengthen the link between your learning efforts and your business goals with this increasingly popular, globally recognized resource. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361540 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361540]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What I Did Not Learn At IIT Author: Rejeev Agarwal Narrator: Andrew Hoffland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A sudden transition from the mirthfulness of college life to the workplace often appears daunting and hard to acclimatise to. Time spent with friends, college festivities, overlooking the trials of life, and dreams of achieving big things abruptly transform into long office hours, stringent working conditions, and a monotonous life devoid of fun and frolic. Rajiv Aggarwal, in his book What I Did Not Learn At IIT, underscores the inevitability of this transition and explains how one should leverage one’s college education to choose the best career, giving oneself ample scope to learn and grow. Rejeev Agarwal Tue, 01 May 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361540 thebookvoice.com 3:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361540]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What I Did Not Learn At IIT Author: Rejeev Agarwal Narrator: Andrew Hoffland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A sudden transition from the mirthfulness of college life to the workplace often appears daunting and hard to acclimatise to. Time spent with friends, college festivities, overlooking the trials of life, and dreams of achieving big things abruptly transform into long office hours, stringent working conditions, and a monotonous life devoid of fun and frolic. Rajiv Aggarwal, in his book What I Did Not Learn At IIT, underscores the inevitability of this transition and explains how one should leverage one’s college education to choose the best career, giving oneself ample scope to learn and grow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361540]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What I Did Not Learn At IIT Author: Rejeev Agarwal Narrator: Andrew Hoffland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A sudden transition from the mirthfulness of college life to the workplace often appears daunting and hard to acclimatise to. Time spent with friends, college festivities, overlooking the trials of life, and dreams of achieving big things abruptly transform into long office hours, stringent working conditions, and a monotonous life devoid of fun and frolic. Rajiv Aggarwal, in his book What I Did Not Learn At IIT, underscores the inevitability of this transition and explains how one should leverage one’s college education to choose the best career, giving oneself ample scope to learn and grow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361509 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politics of Ministry: Navigating Power Dynamics and Negotiating Interests Author: Donald C. Guthrie, Bob Burns, Bob Souer Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We all need help navigating the politics of ministry.Politics is often considered a dirty word. It brings to mind lies and manipulation, accusations and scandals. But at its most basic level, politics is simply the everyday activity of getting things done with other people: understanding their interests, recognizing the power dynamics at play, and learning how to negotiate relationships and institutions to achieve a common goal. These realities are as true in ministry settings as anywhere else. In The Politics of Ministry, Bob Burns, Tasha Chapman, and Donald Guthrie combine their long ministry experience with sociological research on the topic. Filled with real-life stories taken from a variety of ministry settings, this book sets out wise principles and practices that help us see more clearly the political dynamics at play in our churches and parachurch ministries. All ministry is political. As servants of Christ's kingdom, we are called to navigate the politics of ministry with grace, wisdom, and charity. This book shows us how the gospel of Jesus changes the way we work with those around us toward our common goal. Donald C. Guthrie, Bob Burns, Bob Souer Tue, 08 Jan 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361509 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politics of Ministry: Navigating Power Dynamics and Negotiating Interests Author: Donald C. Guthrie, Bob Burns, Bob Souer Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We all need help navigating the politics of ministry.Politics is often considered a dirty word. It brings to mind lies and manipulation, accusations and scandals. But at its most basic level, politics is simply the everyday activity of getting things done with other people: understanding their interests, recognizing the power dynamics at play, and learning how to negotiate relationships and institutions to achieve a common goal. These realities are as true in ministry settings as anywhere else. In The Politics of Ministry, Bob Burns, Tasha Chapman, and Donald Guthrie combine their long ministry experience with sociological research on the topic. Filled with real-life stories taken from a variety of ministry settings, this book sets out wise principles and practices that help us see more clearly the political dynamics at play in our churches and parachurch ministries. All ministry is political. As servants of Christ's kingdom, we are called to navigate the politics of ministry with grace, wisdom, and charity. This book shows us how the gospel of Jesus changes the way we work with those around us toward our common goal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361509]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Politics of Ministry: Navigating Power Dynamics and Negotiating Interests Author: Donald C. Guthrie, Bob Burns, Bob Souer Narrator: Bob Souer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 8, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: We all need help navigating the politics of ministry.Politics is often considered a dirty word. It brings to mind lies and manipulation, accusations and scandals. But at its most basic level, politics is simply the everyday activity of getting things done with other people: understanding their interests, recognizing the power dynamics at play, and learning how to negotiate relationships and institutions to achieve a common goal. These realities are as true in ministry settings as anywhere else. In The Politics of Ministry, Bob Burns, Tasha Chapman, and Donald Guthrie combine their long ministry experience with sociological research on the topic. Filled with real-life stories taken from a variety of ministry settings, this book sets out wise principles and practices that help us see more clearly the political dynamics at play in our churches and parachurch ministries. All ministry is political. As servants of Christ's kingdom, we are called to navigate the politics of ministry with grace, wisdom, and charity. This book shows us how the gospel of Jesus changes the way we work with those around us toward our common goal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361376 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 Top Tools for Coaching, 3rd Edition: A Complete Toolkit for Developing and Empowering People Author: Gillian Jones, Ro Gorell Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Equipping coaches with tools and techniques to face every coaching situation, authors Gillian Jones and Ro Gorell explain how to how assess clients' needs, select the right tool for the circumstance, and deliver effective coaching with confidence. This fully revised and updated third edition of 50 Top Tools for Coaching includes a greater emphasis on professional qualification and accreditation, enhanced tools on self-development and strategy, a brand-new addition of transactional analysis tools, and an increased amount of career coaching tools. The authors have also solicited feedback from readers to create a 'readers' top tools' section and they provide real-life examples from coaches on how the tools in the book have helped them be more successful and serve their clients better. Gillian Jones, Ro Gorell Tue, 05 Mar 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361376 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 Top Tools for Coaching, 3rd Edition: A Complete Toolkit for Developing and Empowering People Author: Gillian Jones, Ro Gorell Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Equipping coaches with tools and techniques to face every coaching situation, authors Gillian Jones and Ro Gorell explain how to how assess clients' needs, select the right tool for the circumstance, and deliver effective coaching with confidence. This fully revised and updated third edition of 50 Top Tools for Coaching includes a greater emphasis on professional qualification and accreditation, enhanced tools on self-development and strategy, a brand-new addition of transactional analysis tools, and an increased amount of career coaching tools. The authors have also solicited feedback from readers to create a 'readers' top tools' section and they provide real-life examples from coaches on how the tools in the book have helped them be more successful and serve their clients better. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 Top Tools for Coaching, 3rd Edition: A Complete Toolkit for Developing and Empowering People Author: Gillian Jones, Ro Gorell Narrator: Esther Wane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Equipping coaches with tools and techniques to face every coaching situation, authors Gillian Jones and Ro Gorell explain how to how assess clients' needs, select the right tool for the circumstance, and deliver effective coaching with confidence. This fully revised and updated third edition of 50 Top Tools for Coaching includes a greater emphasis on professional qualification and accreditation, enhanced tools on self-development and strategy, a brand-new addition of transactional analysis tools, and an increased amount of career coaching tools. The authors have also solicited feedback from readers to create a 'readers' top tools' section and they provide real-life examples from coaches on how the tools in the book have helped them be more successful and serve their clients better. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361380 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361380]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Employee Engagement Author: Emma Bridger Narrator: Karen Cass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Achieving employee engagement is crucial to the success and continued high performance of any organization. But with budgets tighter than ever before, economic struggles and an increasingly stressful workplace for staff, it has become an increasingly difficult task. Aimed at HR practitioners and managers, Employee Engagement offers a complete, practical resource for understanding, measuring and building engagement. Grounded in engagement theory and an understanding of psychology combined with practical tools, techniques and diagnostics, this book will help you assess and drive engagement in your organization. Case studies include British Gas, Capital One, Asda, Ministry of Justice, Mace and RSA. Emma Bridger Tue, 19 Mar 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361380 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361380]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Employee Engagement Author: Emma Bridger Narrator: Karen Cass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Achieving employee engagement is crucial to the success and continued high performance of any organization. But with budgets tighter than ever before, economic struggles and an increasingly stressful workplace for staff, it has become an increasingly difficult task. Aimed at HR practitioners and managers, Employee Engagement offers a complete, practical resource for understanding, measuring and building engagement. Grounded in engagement theory and an understanding of psychology combined with practical tools, techniques and diagnostics, this book will help you assess and drive engagement in your organization. Case studies include British Gas, Capital One, Asda, Ministry of Justice, Mace and RSA. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361380]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Employee Engagement Author: Emma Bridger Narrator: Karen Cass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Achieving employee engagement is crucial to the success and continued high performance of any organization. But with budgets tighter than ever before, economic struggles and an increasingly stressful workplace for staff, it has become an increasingly difficult task. Aimed at HR practitioners and managers, Employee Engagement offers a complete, practical resource for understanding, measuring and building engagement. Grounded in engagement theory and an understanding of psychology combined with practical tools, techniques and diagnostics, this book will help you assess and drive engagement in your organization. Case studies include British Gas, Capital One, Asda, Ministry of Justice, Mace and RSA. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361374 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361374]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Emotional Intelligence: Strategies for Boosting Your EQ and Using it in the Workplace Author: Neilson Kite, Frances Kay Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Emotional intelligence, more than IQ and technical know-how, gives a valuable competitive edge to organizations and is crucial to the success of individuals. Used to its full advantage, you can learn to improve relationships to achieve your desired outcomes, perform better at interview and develop your decision making on a day-to-day basis. Understanding Emotional Intelligence will show you how to: - negotiate more effectively - reduce conflict at work - develop an emotionally aware organization - use EQ as a management strategy - produce an emotionally intelligent CV - increase your self-confidence Including advice on social networking and communication, Understanding Emotional Intelligence provides clear and realistic guidance in a jargon-free way to help you achieve your goals and make the most out of every situation. Neilson Kite, Frances Kay Tue, 15 Jan 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361374 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361374]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Emotional Intelligence: Strategies for Boosting Your EQ and Using it in the Workplace Author: Neilson Kite, Frances Kay Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Emotional intelligence, more than IQ and technical know-how, gives a valuable competitive edge to organizations and is crucial to the success of individuals. Used to its full advantage, you can learn to improve relationships to achieve your desired outcomes, perform better at interview and develop your decision making on a day-to-day basis. Understanding Emotional Intelligence will show you how to: - negotiate more effectively - reduce conflict at work - develop an emotionally aware organization - use EQ as a management strategy - produce an emotionally intelligent CV - increase your self-confidence Including advice on social networking and communication, Understanding Emotional Intelligence provides clear and realistic guidance in a jargon-free way to help you achieve your goals and make the most out of every situation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361374]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Emotional Intelligence: Strategies for Boosting Your EQ and Using it in the Workplace Author: Neilson Kite, Frances Kay Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Emotional intelligence, more than IQ and technical know-how, gives a valuable competitive edge to organizations and is crucial to the success of individuals. Used to its full advantage, you can learn to improve relationships to achieve your desired outcomes, perform better at interview and develop your decision making on a day-to-day basis. Understanding Emotional Intelligence will show you how to: - negotiate more effectively - reduce conflict at work - develop an emotionally aware organization - use EQ as a management strategy - produce an emotionally intelligent CV - increase your self-confidence Including advice on social networking and communication, Understanding Emotional Intelligence provides clear and realistic guidance in a jargon-free way to help you achieve your goals and make the most out of every situation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361184 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361184]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions: Process Tools to Support M&A Integration at Every Level, 3rd Edition Author: Timothy Galpin, Mark Herndon Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Ease the M&A process with a more effective integration plan The Complete Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions is the ultimate handbook for planning and managing post-merger integration. Packed full of 'how to' guidance, tools, templates and resources that have been put to the test on numerous due diligence and integration efforts around the world, The Complete Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions has been the go-to guide for firms seeking to maximize the value of their deals since the release of the first edition in 1999. Poor integration management virtually ensures that a merger or acquisition will fail to meet financial and strategic goals. The Complete Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions provides the information that enables firms to quickly and prudently capture projected cost and revenue synergies, and to move the combined organization forward. The book addresses strategic deal considerations, due diligence, integration management, people dynamics and cultural integration, common integration mistakes, communications strategies, and provides actionable steps toward creating measurable, positive results throughout the integration process. The updated third edition contains new information and tools to help firms in any industry manage deals of all sizes, including: Results of The State of M&A Integration Effectiveness Survey, 2014 A new chapter on the M&A process deal stages, with an expanded Deal Flow Model Findings of substantial M&A research from various studies in multiple industries and organizations, supporting the concepts presented throughout the book New and revised tools and templates for due diligence, integration, and results measurement and reporting New case examples of recent transactions Highlighted 'Key Principles' throughout each chapter A summary of key points at the end of each chapter Discussion questions addressing the key themes of each chapter A 'rapid assessment' diagnostic regarding the key elements of each chapter, which can be completed for any organization A revised chapter on taking your M&A game to the next level – essential requirements for building M&A capabilities into a consistently successful enterprise competency Merger and acquisition activity across the globe continues to grow, and is also playing a major role in the development of expanding markets. A well-managed integration effort is essential to success, and failure means a tremendous waste in terms of time and money, as well as the rapid destruction of shareholder value. The Complete Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions: Process Tools to Support M&A Integration at Every Level, Third Edition is an invaluable resource to guide firms in managing M&A integration and maximize the value of their deals. Timothy Galpin, Mark Herndon Tue, 04 Dec 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361184 thebookvoice.com 10:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361184]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions: Process Tools to Support M&A Integration at Every Level, 3rd Edition Author: Timothy Galpin, Mark Herndon Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Ease the M&A process with a more effective integration plan The Complete Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions is the ultimate handbook for planning and managing post-merger integration. Packed full of 'how to' guidance, tools, templates and resources that have been put to the test on numerous due diligence and integration efforts around the world, The Complete Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions has been the go-to guide for firms seeking to maximize the value of their deals since the release of the first edition in 1999. Poor integration management virtually ensures that a merger or acquisition will fail to meet financial and strategic goals. The Complete Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions provides the information that enables firms to quickly and prudently capture projected cost and revenue synergies, and to move the combined organization forward. The book addresses strategic deal considerations, due diligence, integration management, people dynamics and cultural integration, common integration mistakes, communications strategies, and provides actionable steps toward creating measurable, positive results throughout the integration process. The updated third edition contains new information and tools to help firms in any industry manage deals of all sizes, including: Results of The State of M&A Integration Effectiveness Survey, 2014 A new chapter on the M&A process deal stages, with an expanded Deal Flow Model Findings of substantial M&A research from various studies in multiple industries and organizations, supporting the concepts presented throughout the book New and revised tools and templates for due diligence, integration, and results measurement and reporting New case examples of recent transactions Highlighted 'Key Principles' throughout each chapter A summary of key points at the end of each chapter Discussion questions addressing the key themes of each chapter A 'rapid assessment' diagnostic regarding the key elements of each chapter, which can be completed for any organization A revised chapter on taking your M&A game to the next level – essential requirements for building M&A capabilities into a consistently successful enterprise competency Merger and acquisition activity across the globe continues to grow, and is also playing a major role in the development of expanding markets. A well-managed integration effort is essential to success, and failure means a tremendous waste in terms of time and money, as well as the rapid destruction of shareholder value. The Complete Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions: Process Tools to Support M&A Integration at Every Level, Third Edition is an invaluable resource to guide firms in managing M&A integration and maximize the value of their deals. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361184]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions: Process Tools to Support M&A Integration at Every Level, 3rd Edition Author: Timothy Galpin, Mark Herndon Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Ease the M&A process with a more effective integration plan The Complete Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions is the ultimate handbook for planning and managing post-merger integration. Packed full of 'how to' guidance, tools, templates and resources that have been put to the test on numerous due diligence and integration efforts around the world, The Complete Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions has been the go-to guide for firms seeking to maximize the value of their deals since the release of the first edition in 1999. Poor integration management virtually ensures that a merger or acquisition will fail to meet financial and strategic goals. The Complete Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions provides the information that enables firms to quickly and prudently capture projected cost and revenue synergies, and to move the combined organization forward. The book addresses strategic deal considerations, due diligence, integration management, people dynamics and cultural integration, common integration mistakes, communications strategies, and provides actionable steps toward creating measurable, positive results throughout the integration process. The updated third edition contains new information and tools to help firms in any industry manage deals of all sizes, including: Results of The State of M&A Integration Effectiveness Survey, 2014 A new chapter on the M&A process deal stages, with an expanded Deal Flow Model Findings of substantial M&A research from various studies in multiple industries and organizations, supporting the concepts presented throughout the book New and revised tools and templates for due diligence, integration, and results measurement and reporting New case examples of recent transactions Highlighted 'Key Principles' throughout each chapter A summary of key points at the end of each chapter Discussion questions addressing the key themes of each chapter A 'rapid assessment' diagnostic regarding the key elements of each chapter, which can be completed for any organization A revised chapter on taking your M&A game to the next level – essential requirements for building M&A capabilities into a consistently successful enterprise competency Merger and acquisition activity across the globe continues to grow, and is also playing a major role in the development of expanding markets. A well-managed integration effort is essential to success, and failure means a tremendous waste in terms of time and money, as well as the rapid destruction of shareholder value. The Complete Guide to Mergers and Acquisitions: Process Tools to Support M&A Integration at Every Level, Third Edition is an invaluable resource to guide firms in managing M&A integration and maximize the value of their deals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360985 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change by Design, Revised and Updated: How Design Thinking Transforms Organizations and Inspires Innovation Author: Tim Brown Narrator: Tim Roberts, Tim Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The subject of “design thinking” is the rage at business schools, throughout corporations, and increasingly in the popular press—due in large part to work of IDEO, a leading design firm, and its celebrated CEO, Tim Brown, who uses this book to show how the techniques and strategies of design belong at every level of business. The myth of innovation is that brilliant ideas leap fully formed from the minds of geniuses. The reality is that most innovations come from a process of rigorous examination through which great ideas are identified and developed before being realized as new offerings and capabilities. Change by Design explains design thinking, the collaborative process by which the designer’s sensibilities and methods are employed to match people’s needs, not only with what is technically feasible, but what is viable to the bottom line. Design thinking converts need into demand. It’s a human-centered approach to problem solving that helps people and organizations become more innovative and more creative. Introduced a decade ago, the concept of design thinking remains popular at business schools, throughout corporations, and increasingly in the popular press—due in large part to work of IDEO, the undisputed world leading strategy, innovation, and design firm headed by Tim Brown. As he makes clear in this visionary guide—now updated with addition material, including new case studies, and a new introduction—design thinking is not just applicable to so-called creative industries or people who work in the design field. It’s a methodology that has been used by organizations such as Kaiser Permanente, to increase the quality of patient care by re-examining the ways that their nurses manage shift change, or Kraft, to rethink supply chain management. Change by Design is not a book by designers for designers; it is a book for creative leaders seeking to infuse design thinking into every level of an organization, product, or service to drive new alternatives for business and society. Tim Brown Tue, 05 Mar 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360985 thebookvoice.com 7:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change by Design, Revised and Updated: How Design Thinking Transforms Organizations and Inspires Innovation Author: Tim Brown Narrator: Tim Roberts, Tim Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The subject of “design thinking” is the rage at business schools, throughout corporations, and increasingly in the popular press—due in large part to work of IDEO, a leading design firm, and its celebrated CEO, Tim Brown, who uses this book to show how the techniques and strategies of design belong at every level of business. The myth of innovation is that brilliant ideas leap fully formed from the minds of geniuses. The reality is that most innovations come from a process of rigorous examination through which great ideas are identified and developed before being realized as new offerings and capabilities. Change by Design explains design thinking, the collaborative process by which the designer’s sensibilities and methods are employed to match people’s needs, not only with what is technically feasible, but what is viable to the bottom line. Design thinking converts need into demand. It’s a human-centered approach to problem solving that helps people and organizations become more innovative and more creative. Introduced a decade ago, the concept of design thinking remains popular at business schools, throughout corporations, and increasingly in the popular press—due in large part to work of IDEO, the undisputed world leading strategy, innovation, and design firm headed by Tim Brown. As he makes clear in this visionary guide—now updated with addition material, including new case studies, and a new introduction—design thinking is not just applicable to so-called creative industries or people who work in the design field. It’s a methodology that has been used by organizations such as Kaiser Permanente, to increase the quality of patient care by re-examining the ways that their nurses manage shift change, or Kraft, to rethink supply chain management. Change by Design is not a book by designers for designers; it is a book for creative leaders seeking to infuse design thinking into every level of an organization, product, or service to drive new alternatives for business and society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360985]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change by Design, Revised and Updated: How Design Thinking Transforms Organizations and Inspires Innovation Author: Tim Brown Narrator: Tim Roberts, Tim Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The subject of “design thinking” is the rage at business schools, throughout corporations, and increasingly in the popular press—due in large part to work of IDEO, a leading design firm, and its celebrated CEO, Tim Brown, who uses this book to show how the techniques and strategies of design belong at every level of business. The myth of innovation is that brilliant ideas leap fully formed from the minds of geniuses. The reality is that most innovations come from a process of rigorous examination through which great ideas are identified and developed before being realized as new offerings and capabilities. Change by Design explains design thinking, the collaborative process by which the designer’s sensibilities and methods are employed to match people’s needs, not only with what is technically feasible, but what is viable to the bottom line. Design thinking converts need into demand. It’s a human-centered approach to problem solving that helps people and organizations become more innovative and more creative. Introduced a decade ago, the concept of design thinking remains popular at business schools, throughout corporations, and increasingly in the popular press—due in large part to work of IDEO, the undisputed world leading strategy, innovation, and design firm headed by Tim Brown. As he makes clear in this visionary guide—now updated with addition material, including new case studies, and a new introduction—design thinking is not just applicable to so-called creative industries or people who work in the design field. It’s a methodology that has been used by organizations such as Kaiser Permanente, to increase the quality of patient care by re-examining the ways that their nurses manage shift change, or Kraft, to rethink supply chain management. Change by Design is not a book by designers for designers; it is a book for creative leaders seeking to infuse design thinking into every level of an organization, product, or service to drive new alternatives for business and society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360856 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living the Luxe Life: The Secrets of Building a Successful Hotel Empire Author: Mark Bego, Efrem Harkham Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For Efrem Harkham, hospitality isn’t just a job—it’s a way of life. And that attitude is evident when you walk into any of Harkham’s one-hundred-plus luxury hotels. In a true, rags-to-riches American success story, Harkham built a renowned international hotel brand that is synonymous with comfort and refinement. Part memoir, part business-success book, Living the Luxe Life is the story of Harkham’s success, detailing the secrets behind his accomplishments. Taking a philosophical approach to business, Harkham describes his commitment towards maintaining excellence in all aspects of his life, succeeding in a constantly evolving marketplace, and mentoring employees. He firmly believes that this method is the best way to provide his customers with a superior product. Additional chapters expand on Harkham’s business model, touching on his belief in the importance of philanthropy, education, and patience in building a strong and successful business. Profound and insightful, Living the Luxe Life is a must have for any reader who aspires to one day succeed in the business world. Mark Bego, Efrem Harkham Tue, 07 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360856 thebookvoice.com 8:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living the Luxe Life: The Secrets of Building a Successful Hotel Empire Author: Mark Bego, Efrem Harkham Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For Efrem Harkham, hospitality isn’t just a job—it’s a way of life. And that attitude is evident when you walk into any of Harkham’s one-hundred-plus luxury hotels. In a true, rags-to-riches American success story, Harkham built a renowned international hotel brand that is synonymous with comfort and refinement. Part memoir, part business-success book, Living the Luxe Life is the story of Harkham’s success, detailing the secrets behind his accomplishments. Taking a philosophical approach to business, Harkham describes his commitment towards maintaining excellence in all aspects of his life, succeeding in a constantly evolving marketplace, and mentoring employees. He firmly believes that this method is the best way to provide his customers with a superior product. Additional chapters expand on Harkham’s business model, touching on his belief in the importance of philanthropy, education, and patience in building a strong and successful business. Profound and insightful, Living the Luxe Life is a must have for any reader who aspires to one day succeed in the business world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living the Luxe Life: The Secrets of Building a Successful Hotel Empire Author: Mark Bego, Efrem Harkham Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For Efrem Harkham, hospitality isn’t just a job—it’s a way of life. And that attitude is evident when you walk into any of Harkham’s one-hundred-plus luxury hotels. In a true, rags-to-riches American success story, Harkham built a renowned international hotel brand that is synonymous with comfort and refinement. Part memoir, part business-success book, Living the Luxe Life is the story of Harkham’s success, detailing the secrets behind his accomplishments. Taking a philosophical approach to business, Harkham describes his commitment towards maintaining excellence in all aspects of his life, succeeding in a constantly evolving marketplace, and mentoring employees. He firmly believes that this method is the best way to provide his customers with a superior product. Additional chapters expand on Harkham’s business model, touching on his belief in the importance of philanthropy, education, and patience in building a strong and successful business. Profound and insightful, Living the Luxe Life is a must have for any reader who aspires to one day succeed in the business world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360590 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360590]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Instant Conflict Resolution Author: The Instant-Series Narrator: The Instant-Series Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How to Resolve Conflict Instantly! When was the last time you found yourself in a tough sticky situation where somebody was upset, angry, disagreeing or yelling at you about to make your life a living hell...and you thought they were going to pound your teeth out, smack you across the face, and smash your head on the concrete pavement, or threatening to sue you with a lawsuit...or vice versa, it was you who wanted to do all these things to them. Or perhaps maybe the issue might have been more internal such as YOU, yourself, were upset or angry not at ease with yourself in turmoil. The point is...problems, or conflicts, happen all the time. They will occur at home or at work, with anybody you meet or know, whether it's a spouse and loved one, friend and family, or co-worker and colleague. Conflicts are not always avoidable...but they are controllable. That's where conflict resolution comes in. For your safety, well-being, and best interest, it's important to know how to resolve conflict whenever they creep up as soon as possible! Within 'Instant Conflict Resolution': * How to resolve, not just yours, but others' conflicts as well, by being the go-to mediator of all conflicts. * How to handle threatening angry people yelling at you without stooping down to their level for both party to come winning. * How to almost always avoid conflicts in you life by adopting some simple habits to practice. * How to confront intense unpleasant problems with calmness, confidence, and positivity without losing your cool. * Plus, custom practical 'how-to' strategies, techniques, applications and exercises to resolve conflicts. ...and much more. Now the question you have to ask is, what would you rather do when faced with conflicts? You can add fire to the fire...or put out the fire through mediation to avoid making the problems worse, causing more harm to yourself and others. That's the importance of instant conflict resolution! The Instant-Series Tue, 13 Nov 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360590 thebookvoice.com 0:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360590]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Instant Conflict Resolution Author: The Instant-Series Narrator: The Instant-Series Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How to Resolve Conflict Instantly! When was the last time you found yourself in a tough sticky situation where somebody was upset, angry, disagreeing or yelling at you about to make your life a living hell...and you thought they were going to pound your teeth out, smack you across the face, and smash your head on the concrete pavement, or threatening to sue you with a lawsuit...or vice versa, it was you who wanted to do all these things to them. Or perhaps maybe the issue might have been more internal such as YOU, yourself, were upset or angry not at ease with yourself in turmoil. The point is...problems, or conflicts, happen all the time. They will occur at home or at work, with anybody you meet or know, whether it's a spouse and loved one, friend and family, or co-worker and colleague. Conflicts are not always avoidable...but they are controllable. That's where conflict resolution comes in. For your safety, well-being, and best interest, it's important to know how to resolve conflict whenever they creep up as soon as possible! Within 'Instant Conflict Resolution': * How to resolve, not just yours, but others' conflicts as well, by being the go-to mediator of all conflicts. * How to handle threatening angry people yelling at you without stooping down to their level for both party to come winning. * How to almost always avoid conflicts in you life by adopting some simple habits to practice. * How to confront intense unpleasant problems with calmness, confidence, and positivity without losing your cool. * Plus, custom practical 'how-to' strategies, techniques, applications and exercises to resolve conflicts. ...and much more. Now the question you have to ask is, what would you rather do when faced with conflicts? You can add fire to the fire...or put out the fire through mediation to avoid making the problems worse, causing more harm to yourself and others. That's the importance of instant conflict resolution! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360590]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Instant Conflict Resolution Author: The Instant-Series Narrator: The Instant-Series Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: How to Resolve Conflict Instantly! When was the last time you found yourself in a tough sticky situation where somebody was upset, angry, disagreeing or yelling at you about to make your life a living hell...and you thought they were going to pound your teeth out, smack you across the face, and smash your head on the concrete pavement, or threatening to sue you with a lawsuit...or vice versa, it was you who wanted to do all these things to them. Or perhaps maybe the issue might have been more internal such as YOU, yourself, were upset or angry not at ease with yourself in turmoil. The point is...problems, or conflicts, happen all the time. They will occur at home or at work, with anybody you meet or know, whether it's a spouse and loved one, friend and family, or co-worker and colleague. Conflicts are not always avoidable...but they are controllable. That's where conflict resolution comes in. For your safety, well-being, and best interest, it's important to know how to resolve conflict whenever they creep up as soon as possible! Within 'Instant Conflict Resolution': * How to resolve, not just yours, but others' conflicts as well, by being the go-to mediator of all conflicts. * How to handle threatening angry people yelling at you without stooping down to their level for both party to come winning. * How to almost always avoid conflicts in you life by adopting some simple habits to practice. * How to confront intense unpleasant problems with calmness, confidence, and positivity without losing your cool. * Plus, custom practical 'how-to' strategies, techniques, applications and exercises to resolve conflicts. ...and much more. Now the question you have to ask is, what would you rather do when faced with conflicts? You can add fire to the fire...or put out the fire through mediation to avoid making the problems worse, causing more harm to yourself and others. That's the importance of instant conflict resolution! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360534 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beaten Down, Worked Up: The Past, Present, and Future of American Labor Author: Steven Greenhouse Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “A page-turning book that spans a century of worker strikes.... Engrossing, character-driven, panoramic.” —The New York Times Book Review We live in an era of soaring corporate profits and anemic wage gains, one in which low-paid jobs and blighted blue-collar communities have become a common feature of our nation’s landscape. Behind these trends lies a little-discussed problem: the decades-long decline in worker power.  Award-winning journalist and author Steven Greenhouse guides us through the key episodes and trends in history that are essential to understanding some of our nation’s most pressing problems, including increased income inequality, declining social mobility, and the concentration of political power in the hands of the wealthy few. He exposes the modern labor landscape with the stories of dozens of American workers, from GM employees to Uber drivers to underpaid schoolteachers. Their fight to take power back is crucial for America’s future, and Greenhouse proposes concrete, feasible ways in which workers’ collective power can be—and is being—rekindled and reimagined in the twenty-first century. Beaten Down, Worked Up is a stirring and essential look at labor in America, poised as it is between the tumultuous struggles of the past and the vital, hopeful struggles ahead.  A PBS NewsHour Now Read This Book Club Pick Steven Greenhouse Tue, 06 Aug 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360534 thebookvoice.com 15:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beaten Down, Worked Up: The Past, Present, and Future of American Labor Author: Steven Greenhouse Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “A page-turning book that spans a century of worker strikes.... Engrossing, character-driven, panoramic.” —The New York Times Book Review We live in an era of soaring corporate profits and anemic wage gains, one in which low-paid jobs and blighted blue-collar communities have become a common feature of our nation’s landscape. Behind these trends lies a little-discussed problem: the decades-long decline in worker power.  Award-winning journalist and author Steven Greenhouse guides us through the key episodes and trends in history that are essential to understanding some of our nation’s most pressing problems, including increased income inequality, declining social mobility, and the concentration of political power in the hands of the wealthy few. He exposes the modern labor landscape with the stories of dozens of American workers, from GM employees to Uber drivers to underpaid schoolteachers. Their fight to take power back is crucial for America’s future, and Greenhouse proposes concrete, feasible ways in which workers’ collective power can be—and is being—rekindled and reimagined in the twenty-first century. Beaten Down, Worked Up is a stirring and essential look at labor in America, poised as it is between the tumultuous struggles of the past and the vital, hopeful struggles ahead.  A PBS NewsHour Now Read This Book Club Pick Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Beaten Down, Worked Up: The Past, Present, and Future of American Labor Author: Steven Greenhouse Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “A page-turning book that spans a century of worker strikes.... Engrossing, character-driven, panoramic.” —The New York Times Book Review We live in an era of soaring corporate profits and anemic wage gains, one in which low-paid jobs and blighted blue-collar communities have become a common feature of our nation’s landscape. Behind these trends lies a little-discussed problem: the decades-long decline in worker power.  Award-winning journalist and author Steven Greenhouse guides us through the key episodes and trends in history that are essential to understanding some of our nation’s most pressing problems, including increased income inequality, declining social mobility, and the concentration of political power in the hands of the wealthy few. He exposes the modern labor landscape with the stories of dozens of American workers, from GM employees to Uber drivers to underpaid schoolteachers. Their fight to take power back is crucial for America’s future, and Greenhouse proposes concrete, feasible ways in which workers’ collective power can be—and is being—rekindled and reimagined in the twenty-first century. Beaten Down, Worked Up is a stirring and essential look at labor in America, poised as it is between the tumultuous struggles of the past and the vital, hopeful struggles ahead.  A PBS NewsHour Now Read This Book Club Pick https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360326 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Horizontal: Creating a Non-Hierarchical Organization, One Practice at a Time Author: Samantha Slade Narrator: Sandy Weaver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For every company like Zappos that has achieved the Utopia of an egalitarian business model, there are thousands that remain stuck on the corporate ladder. Self-management consultant Samantha Slade shares that the real secret to flattening a hierarchical organization is seemingly obvious: don't do it all at once.   Media is showing us that self-managing organizations, like Zappos, unleash human potential in ways we couldn't have imagined, but so often when we try to transition to a self managed organization, we get stuck. The task seems overwhelming and many organizations just give up. We find ourselves caught between the inspirational stories of these self-organizing companies and the deeply entrenched habits. It can be overwhelming to have such a sense of possibility and yet feel ill equipped in practical methods and strategy. Samantha Slade is the founder of Percolab, an international consulting firm in Quebec that has been helping organizations successfully transition to self-management for over a decade. Too many organizations try to change everything at the same time and fail, concluding that the method is out of their reach. With Seven concrete practices, Slade offers a new way: transition on thing in your organization at a time. The benefits of a self- managed organization- increased engagement, retention, and productivity- can be achieved even by transitioning only one or two areas of your organization. Even if you never become Zappos, your organization will see increased energy and thriving. Samantha Slade Tue, 27 Nov 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360326 thebookvoice.com 4:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Horizontal: Creating a Non-Hierarchical Organization, One Practice at a Time Author: Samantha Slade Narrator: Sandy Weaver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For every company like Zappos that has achieved the Utopia of an egalitarian business model, there are thousands that remain stuck on the corporate ladder. Self-management consultant Samantha Slade shares that the real secret to flattening a hierarchical organization is seemingly obvious: don't do it all at once.   Media is showing us that self-managing organizations, like Zappos, unleash human potential in ways we couldn't have imagined, but so often when we try to transition to a self managed organization, we get stuck. The task seems overwhelming and many organizations just give up. We find ourselves caught between the inspirational stories of these self-organizing companies and the deeply entrenched habits. It can be overwhelming to have such a sense of possibility and yet feel ill equipped in practical methods and strategy. Samantha Slade is the founder of Percolab, an international consulting firm in Quebec that has been helping organizations successfully transition to self-management for over a decade. Too many organizations try to change everything at the same time and fail, concluding that the method is out of their reach. With Seven concrete practices, Slade offers a new way: transition on thing in your organization at a time. The benefits of a self- managed organization- increased engagement, retention, and productivity- can be achieved even by transitioning only one or two areas of your organization. Even if you never become Zappos, your organization will see increased energy and thriving. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Horizontal: Creating a Non-Hierarchical Organization, One Practice at a Time Author: Samantha Slade Narrator: Sandy Weaver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: For every company like Zappos that has achieved the Utopia of an egalitarian business model, there are thousands that remain stuck on the corporate ladder. Self-management consultant Samantha Slade shares that the real secret to flattening a hierarchical organization is seemingly obvious: don't do it all at once.   Media is showing us that self-managing organizations, like Zappos, unleash human potential in ways we couldn't have imagined, but so often when we try to transition to a self managed organization, we get stuck. The task seems overwhelming and many organizations just give up. We find ourselves caught between the inspirational stories of these self-organizing companies and the deeply entrenched habits. It can be overwhelming to have such a sense of possibility and yet feel ill equipped in practical methods and strategy. Samantha Slade is the founder of Percolab, an international consulting firm in Quebec that has been helping organizations successfully transition to self-management for over a decade. Too many organizations try to change everything at the same time and fail, concluding that the method is out of their reach. With Seven concrete practices, Slade offers a new way: transition on thing in your organization at a time. The benefits of a self- managed organization- increased engagement, retention, and productivity- can be achieved even by transitioning only one or two areas of your organization. Even if you never become Zappos, your organization will see increased energy and thriving. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360226 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360226]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneur Voices on Company Culture Author: The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Narrator: Norah Tocci, Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A high-performing company culture can translate into happy employees, a productive and engaging work environment, and fluid communications. To help you define and create a culture that works in today's competitive world, Entrepreneur's community of small business owners and entrepreneurs share their battle-tested strategies, hard-won advice, and secrets behind what works and what doesn't. Entrepreneur Voices on Company Culture will help you to: ● Create a culture that fits your brand and leadership style ● Hire the right team that will support your mission ● Increase your team's productivity without causing burnout ● Retain your best employees with creative and effective appreciation ● Avoid the tragic mistakes made by companies that have come before you Plus, learn how WP Engine's CEO realized cultures can be created by accident, why Raising Cane's makes every employee spend time as a fry cook, and how the founder of Blue Fish stayed afloat after everyone quit on the same day. The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Tue, 20 Nov 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360226 thebookvoice.com 5:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360226]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneur Voices on Company Culture Author: The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Narrator: Norah Tocci, Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A high-performing company culture can translate into happy employees, a productive and engaging work environment, and fluid communications. To help you define and create a culture that works in today's competitive world, Entrepreneur's community of small business owners and entrepreneurs share their battle-tested strategies, hard-won advice, and secrets behind what works and what doesn't. Entrepreneur Voices on Company Culture will help you to: ● Create a culture that fits your brand and leadership style ● Hire the right team that will support your mission ● Increase your team's productivity without causing burnout ● Retain your best employees with creative and effective appreciation ● Avoid the tragic mistakes made by companies that have come before you Plus, learn how WP Engine's CEO realized cultures can be created by accident, why Raising Cane's makes every employee spend time as a fry cook, and how the founder of Blue Fish stayed afloat after everyone quit on the same day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360226]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneur Voices on Company Culture Author: The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Narrator: Norah Tocci, Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 20, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A high-performing company culture can translate into happy employees, a productive and engaging work environment, and fluid communications. To help you define and create a culture that works in today's competitive world, Entrepreneur's community of small business owners and entrepreneurs share their battle-tested strategies, hard-won advice, and secrets behind what works and what doesn't. Entrepreneur Voices on Company Culture will help you to: ● Create a culture that fits your brand and leadership style ● Hire the right team that will support your mission ● Increase your team's productivity without causing burnout ● Retain your best employees with creative and effective appreciation ● Avoid the tragic mistakes made by companies that have come before you Plus, learn how WP Engine's CEO realized cultures can be created by accident, why Raising Cane's makes every employee spend time as a fry cook, and how the founder of Blue Fish stayed afloat after everyone quit on the same day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360113 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The One of Power Author: Frederick Boyd, Instafo Narrator: Instafo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: One Power for All, All for One Team...the Power of Teamwork The power of teamwork is not one to be sneezed at. Especially in today work's environment, you will need to work well and get along with others in order to strive for a common goal. Yet, there are those who still prefer to be the lone wolf of the pack...and that person may even be you or somebody you work with. After all, why work in a team when you can work by yourself and have full free reign and control to do whatever you want 100% to your liking without others’ interference? * Firstly, it's not always about you...in fact, it should never be about one’s personal self-interests. * Secondly, one as a TEAM can accomplish more than one as an INDIVIDUAL. That much is obvious that you’ll get more done in less time. Then why aren’t more people team players? There are common problems that can arise from working on any team, thus making certain folks loathe it or avoid it due to multiple huge egos, clashing personalities, disagreeable approaches, different thinking styles, or simply one’s natural introversion...all of which are understandable. As much we would like to take pride in our self-sufficient independence, we are still humans and can’t do everything by ourselves. We all need a helping hand once in a while, so utilize your strengths and delegate your weaknesses. This particularly rings true for any leadership or team management role requiring handling and pulling a group of people together as one. Then how do you get people who have strengths in different areas to eagerly collaborate with everybody else as a unified team to achieve success? This type of leadership power for effective teamwork can be found in “The One of Power.” The “one of power” is indeed your “one team” that when united can bring about unlimited power to work miracles. Above all else, the feeling of universal camaraderie from working together will make it all that much more rewarding. Have your dream team now! Frederick Boyd, Instafo Tue, 06 Nov 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360113 thebookvoice.com 0:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The One of Power Author: Frederick Boyd, Instafo Narrator: Instafo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: One Power for All, All for One Team...the Power of Teamwork The power of teamwork is not one to be sneezed at. Especially in today work's environment, you will need to work well and get along with others in order to strive for a common goal. Yet, there are those who still prefer to be the lone wolf of the pack...and that person may even be you or somebody you work with. After all, why work in a team when you can work by yourself and have full free reign and control to do whatever you want 100% to your liking without others’ interference? * Firstly, it's not always about you...in fact, it should never be about one’s personal self-interests. * Secondly, one as a TEAM can accomplish more than one as an INDIVIDUAL. That much is obvious that you’ll get more done in less time. Then why aren’t more people team players? There are common problems that can arise from working on any team, thus making certain folks loathe it or avoid it due to multiple huge egos, clashing personalities, disagreeable approaches, different thinking styles, or simply one’s natural introversion...all of which are understandable. As much we would like to take pride in our self-sufficient independence, we are still humans and can’t do everything by ourselves. We all need a helping hand once in a while, so utilize your strengths and delegate your weaknesses. This particularly rings true for any leadership or team management role requiring handling and pulling a group of people together as one. Then how do you get people who have strengths in different areas to eagerly collaborate with everybody else as a unified team to achieve success? This type of leadership power for effective teamwork can be found in “The One of Power.” The “one of power” is indeed your “one team” that when united can bring about unlimited power to work miracles. Above all else, the feeling of universal camaraderie from working together will make it all that much more rewarding. Have your dream team now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/360113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The One of Power Author: Frederick Boyd, Instafo Narrator: Instafo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: One Power for All, All for One Team...the Power of Teamwork The power of teamwork is not one to be sneezed at. Especially in today work's environment, you will need to work well and get along with others in order to strive for a common goal. Yet, there are those who still prefer to be the lone wolf of the pack...and that person may even be you or somebody you work with. After all, why work in a team when you can work by yourself and have full free reign and control to do whatever you want 100% to your liking without others’ interference? * Firstly, it's not always about you...in fact, it should never be about one’s personal self-interests. * Secondly, one as a TEAM can accomplish more than one as an INDIVIDUAL. That much is obvious that you’ll get more done in less time. Then why aren’t more people team players? There are common problems that can arise from working on any team, thus making certain folks loathe it or avoid it due to multiple huge egos, clashing personalities, disagreeable approaches, different thinking styles, or simply one’s natural introversion...all of which are understandable. As much we would like to take pride in our self-sufficient independence, we are still humans and can’t do everything by ourselves. We all need a helping hand once in a while, so utilize your strengths and delegate your weaknesses. This particularly rings true for any leadership or team management role requiring handling and pulling a group of people together as one. Then how do you get people who have strengths in different areas to eagerly collaborate with everybody else as a unified team to achieve success? This type of leadership power for effective teamwork can be found in “The One of Power.” The “one of power” is indeed your “one team” that when united can bring about unlimited power to work miracles. Above all else, the feeling of universal camaraderie from working together will make it all that much more rewarding. Have your dream team now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359119 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Back to Human: How Great Leaders Create Connection in the Age of Isolation Author: Dan Schawbel Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A Financial Times Book of the Month Back to Human explains how a more socially connected workforce creates greater fulfillment, productivity, and engagement while preventing burnout and turnover. The next generation of leaders must create a workplace where teammates feel genuinely connected, engaged, and empowered -- without relying on technology. Based on Dan Schawbel's exclusive research studies -- featuring the perspectives of over 2,000 managers and employees across different age groups -- Back to Human reveals why virtual communication, though vital and useful, actually contributes to a stronger sense of isolation at work than ever before. How can we change this culture? Schawbel offers a self-assessment called the 'Work Connectivity Index' that measures the strength of team relationships. He also shares exercises, examples, and activities that readers can work on individually or as a team, which will help them increase personal productivity, be more collaborative, and become more fulfilled at work. Back to Human ultimately helps you decide when and how to use technology to build better connections in your work life. It is a call to action to leaders across the world to make the workplace a better experience for all of us. Dan Schawbel Tue, 13 Nov 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359119 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Back to Human: How Great Leaders Create Connection in the Age of Isolation Author: Dan Schawbel Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A Financial Times Book of the Month Back to Human explains how a more socially connected workforce creates greater fulfillment, productivity, and engagement while preventing burnout and turnover. The next generation of leaders must create a workplace where teammates feel genuinely connected, engaged, and empowered -- without relying on technology. Based on Dan Schawbel's exclusive research studies -- featuring the perspectives of over 2,000 managers and employees across different age groups -- Back to Human reveals why virtual communication, though vital and useful, actually contributes to a stronger sense of isolation at work than ever before. How can we change this culture? Schawbel offers a self-assessment called the 'Work Connectivity Index' that measures the strength of team relationships. He also shares exercises, examples, and activities that readers can work on individually or as a team, which will help them increase personal productivity, be more collaborative, and become more fulfilled at work. Back to Human ultimately helps you decide when and how to use technology to build better connections in your work life. It is a call to action to leaders across the world to make the workplace a better experience for all of us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359119]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Back to Human: How Great Leaders Create Connection in the Age of Isolation Author: Dan Schawbel Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A Financial Times Book of the Month Back to Human explains how a more socially connected workforce creates greater fulfillment, productivity, and engagement while preventing burnout and turnover. The next generation of leaders must create a workplace where teammates feel genuinely connected, engaged, and empowered -- without relying on technology. Based on Dan Schawbel's exclusive research studies -- featuring the perspectives of over 2,000 managers and employees across different age groups -- Back to Human reveals why virtual communication, though vital and useful, actually contributes to a stronger sense of isolation at work than ever before. How can we change this culture? Schawbel offers a self-assessment called the 'Work Connectivity Index' that measures the strength of team relationships. He also shares exercises, examples, and activities that readers can work on individually or as a team, which will help them increase personal productivity, be more collaborative, and become more fulfilled at work. Back to Human ultimately helps you decide when and how to use technology to build better connections in your work life. It is a call to action to leaders across the world to make the workplace a better experience for all of us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359076 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Consent and Control in the Authoritarian Workplace: Russia and China Compared Author: Martin Krzywdzinski Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Today, a large proportion of the world's states are under authoritarian governments. These countries limit participation rights, both in the political sphere and in the workplace. At the same time, they have to generate consent in the workplace in order to ensure social stability and prevent the escalation of conflicts. But how do companies generate consent given that employee voice and interest representation may be limited or entirely absent? Based on a review of research literature from sociology, organizational psychology, and behavioral economics, this book develops a theory of consent generation and distinguishes three groups of consent-producing mechanisms: socialization, incentive mechanisms, and participation and interest representation. It presents an empirical analysis of how these mechanisms work in Russian and Chinese automotive factories and shows how socio-cultural factors and labor regulation explain the differences between both countries regarding consent and control in the workplace. Martin Krzywdzinski Tue, 06 Nov 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359076 thebookvoice.com 13:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Consent and Control in the Authoritarian Workplace: Russia and China Compared Author: Martin Krzywdzinski Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Today, a large proportion of the world's states are under authoritarian governments. These countries limit participation rights, both in the political sphere and in the workplace. At the same time, they have to generate consent in the workplace in order to ensure social stability and prevent the escalation of conflicts. But how do companies generate consent given that employee voice and interest representation may be limited or entirely absent? Based on a review of research literature from sociology, organizational psychology, and behavioral economics, this book develops a theory of consent generation and distinguishes three groups of consent-producing mechanisms: socialization, incentive mechanisms, and participation and interest representation. It presents an empirical analysis of how these mechanisms work in Russian and Chinese automotive factories and shows how socio-cultural factors and labor regulation explain the differences between both countries regarding consent and control in the workplace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/359076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Consent and Control in the Authoritarian Workplace: Russia and China Compared Author: Martin Krzywdzinski Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Today, a large proportion of the world's states are under authoritarian governments. These countries limit participation rights, both in the political sphere and in the workplace. At the same time, they have to generate consent in the workplace in order to ensure social stability and prevent the escalation of conflicts. But how do companies generate consent given that employee voice and interest representation may be limited or entirely absent? Based on a review of research literature from sociology, organizational psychology, and behavioral economics, this book develops a theory of consent generation and distinguishes three groups of consent-producing mechanisms: socialization, incentive mechanisms, and participation and interest representation. It presents an empirical analysis of how these mechanisms work in Russian and Chinese automotive factories and shows how socio-cultural factors and labor regulation explain the differences between both countries regarding consent and control in the workplace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358446 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358446]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resolving Conflicts at Work: Ten Strategies for Everyone on the Job Author: Joan Goldsmith, Kenneth Cloke Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The classic text on resolving workplace conflicts, fully revised and updated Resolving Conflicts at Work is a guide for preventing and resolving conflicts, miscommunications, and misunderstandings at work, including dozens of techniques for revealing how the inevitable disputes and divisions in the workplace are actually opportunities for greater creativity, productivity, enhanced morale, and personal growth. In the third edition of this text, all chapters are completely infused with additional content, updated examples, and new case studies. Like its predecessors, it identifies core strategies for preventing and resolving both intermittent and chronic conflicts in the workplace. In addition, the book Includes a new foreword by Warren Bennis, which represents his most recent thinking about judgment calls and candid communications in the workplace Presents new chapters on leadership and transformational conflict coaching, and organizational systems design This definitive and comprehensive work provides a handy guide for managers, employees, union representatives, human resource experts, and consultants seeking to maintain stable and productive workplaces. Joan Goldsmith, Kenneth Cloke Tue, 30 Oct 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358446 thebookvoice.com 14:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358446]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resolving Conflicts at Work: Ten Strategies for Everyone on the Job Author: Joan Goldsmith, Kenneth Cloke Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The classic text on resolving workplace conflicts, fully revised and updated Resolving Conflicts at Work is a guide for preventing and resolving conflicts, miscommunications, and misunderstandings at work, including dozens of techniques for revealing how the inevitable disputes and divisions in the workplace are actually opportunities for greater creativity, productivity, enhanced morale, and personal growth. In the third edition of this text, all chapters are completely infused with additional content, updated examples, and new case studies. Like its predecessors, it identifies core strategies for preventing and resolving both intermittent and chronic conflicts in the workplace. In addition, the book Includes a new foreword by Warren Bennis, which represents his most recent thinking about judgment calls and candid communications in the workplace Presents new chapters on leadership and transformational conflict coaching, and organizational systems design This definitive and comprehensive work provides a handy guide for managers, employees, union representatives, human resource experts, and consultants seeking to maintain stable and productive workplaces. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/358446]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resolving Conflicts at Work: Ten Strategies for Everyone on the Job Author: Joan Goldsmith, Kenneth Cloke Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The classic text on resolving workplace conflicts, fully revised and updated Resolving Conflicts at Work is a guide for preventing and resolving conflicts, miscommunications, and misunderstandings at work, including dozens of techniques for revealing how the inevitable disputes and divisions in the workplace are actually opportunities for greater creativity, productivity, enhanced morale, and personal growth. In the third edition of this text, all chapters are completely infused with additional content, updated examples, and new case studies. Like its predecessors, it identifies core strategies for preventing and resolving both intermittent and chronic conflicts in the workplace. In addition, the book Includes a new foreword by Warren Bennis, which represents his most recent thinking about judgment calls and candid communications in the workplace Presents new chapters on leadership and transformational conflict coaching, and organizational systems design This definitive and comprehensive work provides a handy guide for managers, employees, union representatives, human resource experts, and consultants seeking to maintain stable and productive workplaces. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356828 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erasing Institutional Bias: How to Create Systemic Change forOrganizational Inclusion Author: Ashley Diaz Mejias, Tiffany Jana Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: All humans have bias, and as a result, so do the institutions we build. Internationally sought after diversity consultant Tiffany Jana offers concrete ways for anyone to work against institutional bias no matter what their position is in an organization. While it is easy to identify intentionally built systems of oppression like Jim Crow or the paralysis caused by the glass ceiling for women in the workplace, confronting systems that perpetuate subtle, unconscious bias is much harder. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people tackle structural bias regardless of their positional power. Eliminating systemic bias can seem an insurmountable task from the vantage point of an ordinary individual, yet Jana and Mejias empower readers to recognize that each of us has the ability to affect systemic bias through a deliberate, coordinated effort. Institutional bias afflicts all industries -including business, education, health care, government, tech, the arts, nonprofits, and finance and banking. Among the types of institutional bias addressed are hiring bias, gender bias, racial bias, occupational bias, and customer bias. Jana and Mejias focus their attention on bias in the workplace and give readers practices and activities to create organizational trust to challenge these implicit biases. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people recognize that each of us has the power to affect systemic bias. Each of us can evaluate our own current role in perpetuating systemic bias and define our new role in breaking down systemic bias. Ashley Diaz Mejias, Tiffany Jana Tue, 23 Oct 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356828 thebookvoice.com 4:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erasing Institutional Bias: How to Create Systemic Change forOrganizational Inclusion Author: Ashley Diaz Mejias, Tiffany Jana Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: All humans have bias, and as a result, so do the institutions we build. Internationally sought after diversity consultant Tiffany Jana offers concrete ways for anyone to work against institutional bias no matter what their position is in an organization. While it is easy to identify intentionally built systems of oppression like Jim Crow or the paralysis caused by the glass ceiling for women in the workplace, confronting systems that perpetuate subtle, unconscious bias is much harder. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people tackle structural bias regardless of their positional power. Eliminating systemic bias can seem an insurmountable task from the vantage point of an ordinary individual, yet Jana and Mejias empower readers to recognize that each of us has the ability to affect systemic bias through a deliberate, coordinated effort. Institutional bias afflicts all industries -including business, education, health care, government, tech, the arts, nonprofits, and finance and banking. Among the types of institutional bias addressed are hiring bias, gender bias, racial bias, occupational bias, and customer bias. Jana and Mejias focus their attention on bias in the workplace and give readers practices and activities to create organizational trust to challenge these implicit biases. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people recognize that each of us has the power to affect systemic bias. Each of us can evaluate our own current role in perpetuating systemic bias and define our new role in breaking down systemic bias. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356828]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Erasing Institutional Bias: How to Create Systemic Change forOrganizational Inclusion Author: Ashley Diaz Mejias, Tiffany Jana Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: All humans have bias, and as a result, so do the institutions we build. Internationally sought after diversity consultant Tiffany Jana offers concrete ways for anyone to work against institutional bias no matter what their position is in an organization. While it is easy to identify intentionally built systems of oppression like Jim Crow or the paralysis caused by the glass ceiling for women in the workplace, confronting systems that perpetuate subtle, unconscious bias is much harder. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people tackle structural bias regardless of their positional power. Eliminating systemic bias can seem an insurmountable task from the vantage point of an ordinary individual, yet Jana and Mejias empower readers to recognize that each of us has the ability to affect systemic bias through a deliberate, coordinated effort. Institutional bias afflicts all industries -including business, education, health care, government, tech, the arts, nonprofits, and finance and banking. Among the types of institutional bias addressed are hiring bias, gender bias, racial bias, occupational bias, and customer bias. Jana and Mejias focus their attention on bias in the workplace and give readers practices and activities to create organizational trust to challenge these implicit biases. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people recognize that each of us has the power to affect systemic bias. Each of us can evaluate our own current role in perpetuating systemic bias and define our new role in breaking down systemic bias. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356829 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebuilding Trust in the Workplace: Seven Steps to Renew Confidence, Commitment, and Energy Author: Michelle Reina, Dennis Reina Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 3, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The authors of the award-winning (2007 Nautilus Book Award and 2008 Axiom Book Award) and bestselling book Trust and Betrayal in the Workplace take the next step by showing how to rebuild trust in any workplace or organization after it has been broken, which is increasingly common because of harsh cutbacks, betrayal of commitments, relationship conflicts, and many other causes. Michelle Reina, Dennis Reina Sun, 03 Oct 2010 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356829 thebookvoice.com 4:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebuilding Trust in the Workplace: Seven Steps to Renew Confidence, Commitment, and Energy Author: Michelle Reina, Dennis Reina Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 3, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The authors of the award-winning (2007 Nautilus Book Award and 2008 Axiom Book Award) and bestselling book Trust and Betrayal in the Workplace take the next step by showing how to rebuild trust in any workplace or organization after it has been broken, which is increasingly common because of harsh cutbacks, betrayal of commitments, relationship conflicts, and many other causes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/356829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebuilding Trust in the Workplace: Seven Steps to Renew Confidence, Commitment, and Energy Author: Michelle Reina, Dennis Reina Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: October 3, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The authors of the award-winning (2007 Nautilus Book Award and 2008 Axiom Book Award) and bestselling book Trust and Betrayal in the Workplace take the next step by showing how to rebuild trust in any workplace or organization after it has been broken, which is increasingly common because of harsh cutbacks, betrayal of commitments, relationship conflicts, and many other causes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355860 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brave New Work: Are You Ready to Reinvent Your Organization? Author: Aaron Dignan Narrator: Aaron Digan, Aaron Dignan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Brave New Work written and read by Aaron Dignan. The way we work is broken. It takes forever to get anything done. Meetings and emails are incessant. Bureaucracy stifles talent and creativity. After decades of management theory and multiple waves of technological and societal change, is this really the best we can do? Aaron Dignan teaches companies how to eliminate red tape, tap into collective intelligence, and rethink long-held traditions that no longer make sense. In Brave New Work, he shows you how to revolutionize the way your company works forever. Using stories from companies at the cutting edge of organizational transformation, Brave New Workwill show you how to transform your team, department and business from the inside out, making work more adaptable, abundant and human. It is packed with new tactics and tips for updating your company's operating system: the simple rules and assumptions so deeply embedded that you don't even think to question them. Learn how to reignite passion and energy throughout your organization and to build a company that runs itself. Aaron Dignan Thu, 21 Feb 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355860 thebookvoice.com 8:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brave New Work: Are You Ready to Reinvent Your Organization? Author: Aaron Dignan Narrator: Aaron Digan, Aaron Dignan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Brave New Work written and read by Aaron Dignan. The way we work is broken. It takes forever to get anything done. Meetings and emails are incessant. Bureaucracy stifles talent and creativity. After decades of management theory and multiple waves of technological and societal change, is this really the best we can do? Aaron Dignan teaches companies how to eliminate red tape, tap into collective intelligence, and rethink long-held traditions that no longer make sense. In Brave New Work, he shows you how to revolutionize the way your company works forever. Using stories from companies at the cutting edge of organizational transformation, Brave New Workwill show you how to transform your team, department and business from the inside out, making work more adaptable, abundant and human. It is packed with new tactics and tips for updating your company's operating system: the simple rules and assumptions so deeply embedded that you don't even think to question them. Learn how to reignite passion and energy throughout your organization and to build a company that runs itself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brave New Work: Are You Ready to Reinvent Your Organization? Author: Aaron Dignan Narrator: Aaron Digan, Aaron Dignan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Brave New Work written and read by Aaron Dignan. The way we work is broken. It takes forever to get anything done. Meetings and emails are incessant. Bureaucracy stifles talent and creativity. After decades of management theory and multiple waves of technological and societal change, is this really the best we can do? Aaron Dignan teaches companies how to eliminate red tape, tap into collective intelligence, and rethink long-held traditions that no longer make sense. In Brave New Work, he shows you how to revolutionize the way your company works forever. Using stories from companies at the cutting edge of organizational transformation, Brave New Workwill show you how to transform your team, department and business from the inside out, making work more adaptable, abundant and human. It is packed with new tactics and tips for updating your company's operating system: the simple rules and assumptions so deeply embedded that you don't even think to question them. Learn how to reignite passion and energy throughout your organization and to build a company that runs itself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355798 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can't Know It All: Leading in the Age of Deep Expertise Author: Wanda T. Wallace Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Make the move from star contributor to exceptional leader in this long overdue hands-on guide. Today’s organizations are packed full of experts in every area from marketing to sales to IT. Many of these people are also leaders, heading teams or departments. They lead because they know more than the rest of their group. They are followed because of their credibility as experts. Yet, the toughest transition in business comes when expert leaders are asked to move beyond their expertise and lead a larger group, they struggle with how to span a broad area without trying to become the expert in every aspect. In Wanda Wallace’s experience, this move—from expert to spanning leader—requires a new mindset about how to lead. Wallace explains what few people understand—how to add value as a leader when you’re spanning an ever growing set of responsibilities. In You Can’t Know It All, Wallace presents the coaching model she has developed to address this challenging transition. She provides tools and strategies for individuals to navigate their new roles and learn to combine their expertise with their leadership responsibilities. She also offers essential advice on the fundamental change in mindset that this requires. Not just for novice managers, this invaluable audio handbook offers human resources professionals and mentors insights into why their company’s star performer may be suddenly floundering, and offers essential tools to guide them. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Wanda T. Wallace Tue, 18 Jun 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355798 thebookvoice.com 5:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can't Know It All: Leading in the Age of Deep Expertise Author: Wanda T. Wallace Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Make the move from star contributor to exceptional leader in this long overdue hands-on guide. Today’s organizations are packed full of experts in every area from marketing to sales to IT. Many of these people are also leaders, heading teams or departments. They lead because they know more than the rest of their group. They are followed because of their credibility as experts. Yet, the toughest transition in business comes when expert leaders are asked to move beyond their expertise and lead a larger group, they struggle with how to span a broad area without trying to become the expert in every aspect. In Wanda Wallace’s experience, this move—from expert to spanning leader—requires a new mindset about how to lead. Wallace explains what few people understand—how to add value as a leader when you’re spanning an ever growing set of responsibilities. In You Can’t Know It All, Wallace presents the coaching model she has developed to address this challenging transition. She provides tools and strategies for individuals to navigate their new roles and learn to combine their expertise with their leadership responsibilities. She also offers essential advice on the fundamental change in mindset that this requires. Not just for novice managers, this invaluable audio handbook offers human resources professionals and mentors insights into why their company’s star performer may be suddenly floundering, and offers essential tools to guide them. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355798]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Can't Know It All: Leading in the Age of Deep Expertise Author: Wanda T. Wallace Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Make the move from star contributor to exceptional leader in this long overdue hands-on guide. Today’s organizations are packed full of experts in every area from marketing to sales to IT. Many of these people are also leaders, heading teams or departments. They lead because they know more than the rest of their group. They are followed because of their credibility as experts. Yet, the toughest transition in business comes when expert leaders are asked to move beyond their expertise and lead a larger group, they struggle with how to span a broad area without trying to become the expert in every aspect. In Wanda Wallace’s experience, this move—from expert to spanning leader—requires a new mindset about how to lead. Wallace explains what few people understand—how to add value as a leader when you’re spanning an ever growing set of responsibilities. In You Can’t Know It All, Wallace presents the coaching model she has developed to address this challenging transition. She provides tools and strategies for individuals to navigate their new roles and learn to combine their expertise with their leadership responsibilities. She also offers essential advice on the fundamental change in mindset that this requires. Not just for novice managers, this invaluable audio handbook offers human resources professionals and mentors insights into why their company’s star performer may be suddenly floundering, and offers essential tools to guide them. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355786 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Remix: How to Lead and Succeed in the Multigenerational Workplace Author: Lindsey Pollak Narrator: Amanda Dolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The essential guide for business leaders, entrepreneurs, and employees looking to navigate today’s multigenerational workplace, which spans more generations than ever before. Millennials have only just begun their reign as the largest generation in the workplace. But they are not alone. For the next decade at least, these young professionals will be working side by side with more established generations, including the Baby Boomers who are working longer than ever, and an entirely new group coming up, Generation Z. This means within any organization, any team, any meeting, any marketing opportunity, you may find any combination of generations. Each of these age groups has their own attitude, expectations, and professional style. To lead and succeed in any organization today, you must adapt to how Millennials work, while continuing to accommodate their older colleagues and paying attention to the next generations coming up. The Remix shows you how to adapt and win through proven strategies that serve all generations’ needs. As the leading expert on generations in the workplace, Lindsey Pollak combines the most recent data from a variety of authoritative sources with her own original research, as well as detailed case studies from her Fortune 500 clients. Pollak outlines the ways businesses, executives, mid-level managers, employees, and entrepreneurs can handle situations that may arise when diverse styles clash and provides clear strategies to turn generational diversity into business opportunity. Generational change is impacting all industries, all types of organizations, and all leaders. The Remix is an essential listen for anyone who wants to survive and thrive today and into the future. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Lindsey Pollak Tue, 07 May 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355786 thebookvoice.com 8:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Remix: How to Lead and Succeed in the Multigenerational Workplace Author: Lindsey Pollak Narrator: Amanda Dolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The essential guide for business leaders, entrepreneurs, and employees looking to navigate today’s multigenerational workplace, which spans more generations than ever before. Millennials have only just begun their reign as the largest generation in the workplace. But they are not alone. For the next decade at least, these young professionals will be working side by side with more established generations, including the Baby Boomers who are working longer than ever, and an entirely new group coming up, Generation Z. This means within any organization, any team, any meeting, any marketing opportunity, you may find any combination of generations. Each of these age groups has their own attitude, expectations, and professional style. To lead and succeed in any organization today, you must adapt to how Millennials work, while continuing to accommodate their older colleagues and paying attention to the next generations coming up. The Remix shows you how to adapt and win through proven strategies that serve all generations’ needs. As the leading expert on generations in the workplace, Lindsey Pollak combines the most recent data from a variety of authoritative sources with her own original research, as well as detailed case studies from her Fortune 500 clients. Pollak outlines the ways businesses, executives, mid-level managers, employees, and entrepreneurs can handle situations that may arise when diverse styles clash and provides clear strategies to turn generational diversity into business opportunity. Generational change is impacting all industries, all types of organizations, and all leaders. The Remix is an essential listen for anyone who wants to survive and thrive today and into the future. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355786]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Remix: How to Lead and Succeed in the Multigenerational Workplace Author: Lindsey Pollak Narrator: Amanda Dolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The essential guide for business leaders, entrepreneurs, and employees looking to navigate today’s multigenerational workplace, which spans more generations than ever before. Millennials have only just begun their reign as the largest generation in the workplace. But they are not alone. For the next decade at least, these young professionals will be working side by side with more established generations, including the Baby Boomers who are working longer than ever, and an entirely new group coming up, Generation Z. This means within any organization, any team, any meeting, any marketing opportunity, you may find any combination of generations. Each of these age groups has their own attitude, expectations, and professional style. To lead and succeed in any organization today, you must adapt to how Millennials work, while continuing to accommodate their older colleagues and paying attention to the next generations coming up. The Remix shows you how to adapt and win through proven strategies that serve all generations’ needs. As the leading expert on generations in the workplace, Lindsey Pollak combines the most recent data from a variety of authoritative sources with her own original research, as well as detailed case studies from her Fortune 500 clients. Pollak outlines the ways businesses, executives, mid-level managers, employees, and entrepreneurs can handle situations that may arise when diverse styles clash and provides clear strategies to turn generational diversity into business opportunity. Generational change is impacting all industries, all types of organizations, and all leaders. The Remix is an essential listen for anyone who wants to survive and thrive today and into the future. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355677 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Authenticity Principle: Resist Conformity, Embrace Differences, and Transform How You Live, Work, and Lead Author: Ritu Bhasin Narrator: Ritu Bhasin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In a society that pushes conformity, how can you courageously choose to be who you really are – with yourself, in your relationships, and at work – despite the fear of judgment? In The Authenticity Principle, award-winning leadership and diversity expert Ritu Bhasin gives you the tools to make this happen. Combining the latest neuroscience, leadership, diversity, and mindfulness research with a wealth of practical exercises, Bhasin unveils a cutting-edge framework for living and leading more authentically. She also reveals inspiring insights from a range of leaders who have overcome barriers to being authentic—including her own personal journey from lawyer to entrepreneur.   Developed after years of working with global leaders and organizations, the book has at its core the transformational concept of the Three Selves. This new way of understanding authenticity will empower you to fearlessly and strategically choose how and when to show up as your Authentic Self and your Adapted Self, leaving behind your Performing Self.   Ritu Bhasin shows that choosing to live authentically is the most important step you can take to thrive in your personal life, your relationships, and your career. More than just a call to “be yourself,” The Authenticity Principle is a rallying cry to disrupt the status quo, bring your differences into the light, and help others do the same. Ritu Bhasin Tue, 29 Jan 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355677 thebookvoice.com 5:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Authenticity Principle: Resist Conformity, Embrace Differences, and Transform How You Live, Work, and Lead Author: Ritu Bhasin Narrator: Ritu Bhasin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In a society that pushes conformity, how can you courageously choose to be who you really are – with yourself, in your relationships, and at work – despite the fear of judgment? In The Authenticity Principle, award-winning leadership and diversity expert Ritu Bhasin gives you the tools to make this happen. Combining the latest neuroscience, leadership, diversity, and mindfulness research with a wealth of practical exercises, Bhasin unveils a cutting-edge framework for living and leading more authentically. She also reveals inspiring insights from a range of leaders who have overcome barriers to being authentic—including her own personal journey from lawyer to entrepreneur.   Developed after years of working with global leaders and organizations, the book has at its core the transformational concept of the Three Selves. This new way of understanding authenticity will empower you to fearlessly and strategically choose how and when to show up as your Authentic Self and your Adapted Self, leaving behind your Performing Self.   Ritu Bhasin shows that choosing to live authentically is the most important step you can take to thrive in your personal life, your relationships, and your career. More than just a call to “be yourself,” The Authenticity Principle is a rallying cry to disrupt the status quo, bring your differences into the light, and help others do the same. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Authenticity Principle: Resist Conformity, Embrace Differences, and Transform How You Live, Work, and Lead Author: Ritu Bhasin Narrator: Ritu Bhasin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In a society that pushes conformity, how can you courageously choose to be who you really are – with yourself, in your relationships, and at work – despite the fear of judgment? In The Authenticity Principle, award-winning leadership and diversity expert Ritu Bhasin gives you the tools to make this happen. Combining the latest neuroscience, leadership, diversity, and mindfulness research with a wealth of practical exercises, Bhasin unveils a cutting-edge framework for living and leading more authentically. She also reveals inspiring insights from a range of leaders who have overcome barriers to being authentic—including her own personal journey from lawyer to entrepreneur.   Developed after years of working with global leaders and organizations, the book has at its core the transformational concept of the Three Selves. This new way of understanding authenticity will empower you to fearlessly and strategically choose how and when to show up as your Authentic Self and your Adapted Self, leaving behind your Performing Self.   Ritu Bhasin shows that choosing to live authentically is the most important step you can take to thrive in your personal life, your relationships, and your career. More than just a call to “be yourself,” The Authenticity Principle is a rallying cry to disrupt the status quo, bring your differences into the light, and help others do the same. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354926 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindfulness at Work Essentials for Dummies Author: Juliet Adams, Shamash Alidina Narrator: Siiri Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Manage stress and boost your productivity at work using mindfulness Mindfulness at Work Essentials for Dummies explores the many benefits of utilizing mindfulness techniques in the workplace, offering managers, HR professionals, and business people of all levels guidance on how mindfulness can help with the development of core business skills. You'll discover the key concepts of mindfulness and quickly grasp how its implementation in the workplace is a win-win for you, your team, and your organization as a whole. Innovative companies like Google have made mindfulness in the workplace a hot topic—and for good reason. Mindfulness can be hugely beneficial on a personal level, as it has been proven to enhance one's effectiveness and ability to live in the present moment. These skills and techniques are equally valuable in the workplace, leading to improved working behavior and better team building. With this handy guide, you'll discover all the tips and tricks to incorporate—and benefit from—mindfulness in the workplace. ● Provides an introduction to mindfulness and how it can help improve your working behavior ● Offers useful tips on incorporating mindfulness into your working day ● Demonstrates how organisations can benefit from implementing mindful approaches to work If you're a self-motivated and open-minded business professional looking to expand your knowledge base and effectiveness in the workplace, Mindfulness at Work Essentials for Dummies will help you implement the practice of mindfulness at work—and become a better leader, mentor, or coach. Juliet Adams, Shamash Alidina Tue, 02 Oct 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354926 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindfulness at Work Essentials for Dummies Author: Juliet Adams, Shamash Alidina Narrator: Siiri Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Manage stress and boost your productivity at work using mindfulness Mindfulness at Work Essentials for Dummies explores the many benefits of utilizing mindfulness techniques in the workplace, offering managers, HR professionals, and business people of all levels guidance on how mindfulness can help with the development of core business skills. You'll discover the key concepts of mindfulness and quickly grasp how its implementation in the workplace is a win-win for you, your team, and your organization as a whole. Innovative companies like Google have made mindfulness in the workplace a hot topic—and for good reason. Mindfulness can be hugely beneficial on a personal level, as it has been proven to enhance one's effectiveness and ability to live in the present moment. These skills and techniques are equally valuable in the workplace, leading to improved working behavior and better team building. With this handy guide, you'll discover all the tips and tricks to incorporate—and benefit from—mindfulness in the workplace. ● Provides an introduction to mindfulness and how it can help improve your working behavior ● Offers useful tips on incorporating mindfulness into your working day ● Demonstrates how organisations can benefit from implementing mindful approaches to work If you're a self-motivated and open-minded business professional looking to expand your knowledge base and effectiveness in the workplace, Mindfulness at Work Essentials for Dummies will help you implement the practice of mindfulness at work—and become a better leader, mentor, or coach. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindfulness at Work Essentials for Dummies Author: Juliet Adams, Shamash Alidina Narrator: Siiri Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Manage stress and boost your productivity at work using mindfulness Mindfulness at Work Essentials for Dummies explores the many benefits of utilizing mindfulness techniques in the workplace, offering managers, HR professionals, and business people of all levels guidance on how mindfulness can help with the development of core business skills. You'll discover the key concepts of mindfulness and quickly grasp how its implementation in the workplace is a win-win for you, your team, and your organization as a whole. Innovative companies like Google have made mindfulness in the workplace a hot topic—and for good reason. Mindfulness can be hugely beneficial on a personal level, as it has been proven to enhance one's effectiveness and ability to live in the present moment. These skills and techniques are equally valuable in the workplace, leading to improved working behavior and better team building. With this handy guide, you'll discover all the tips and tricks to incorporate—and benefit from—mindfulness in the workplace. ● Provides an introduction to mindfulness and how it can help improve your working behavior ● Offers useful tips on incorporating mindfulness into your working day ● Demonstrates how organisations can benefit from implementing mindful approaches to work If you're a self-motivated and open-minded business professional looking to expand your knowledge base and effectiveness in the workplace, Mindfulness at Work Essentials for Dummies will help you implement the practice of mindfulness at work—and become a better leader, mentor, or coach. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354720 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354720]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turning People into Teams: Rituals and Routines That Redesign How We Work Author: Mary Sherwin, David Sherwin Narrator: Mary Sherwin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Collaborative strategies work when they're designed by teams-where each person is heard, valued, and held accountable. This book is a practical guide for project team leaders and individual contributors who want their teams to play by a better set of rules. Where do teams go wrong? Having the right people with the right skills doesn't mean they'll know how to work together as a team. David and Mary Sherwin maintain it's all in the design. Through a blend of straightforward activities, conversational stories, and dialogues that help model different forms of team interaction, this book will help teams: - Create workday rituals that aid them in making better decisions and following through on their work responsibilities - Identify patterns of behavior that are getting in the way of team performance, and design and test potential ways to them - Reinforce habits that help team members bring the human element into their interactions and foster open communication Readers of this book will be more prepared to set up and survive challenging projects alongside their coworkers with a shared sense of ownership, and an eye towards retaining the integrity of their teams in the long term. Using a process that has worked at some of the world's cutting edge companies, the authors detail the steps to take control of team design and plan for success. The key is to give every team member a voice in designing the team's rules, and in keeping it aligned with the design over the life of the team. Mary Sherwin, David Sherwin Tue, 09 Oct 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354720 thebookvoice.com 4:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354720]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turning People into Teams: Rituals and Routines That Redesign How We Work Author: Mary Sherwin, David Sherwin Narrator: Mary Sherwin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Collaborative strategies work when they're designed by teams-where each person is heard, valued, and held accountable. This book is a practical guide for project team leaders and individual contributors who want their teams to play by a better set of rules. Where do teams go wrong? Having the right people with the right skills doesn't mean they'll know how to work together as a team. David and Mary Sherwin maintain it's all in the design. Through a blend of straightforward activities, conversational stories, and dialogues that help model different forms of team interaction, this book will help teams: - Create workday rituals that aid them in making better decisions and following through on their work responsibilities - Identify patterns of behavior that are getting in the way of team performance, and design and test potential ways to them - Reinforce habits that help team members bring the human element into their interactions and foster open communication Readers of this book will be more prepared to set up and survive challenging projects alongside their coworkers with a shared sense of ownership, and an eye towards retaining the integrity of their teams in the long term. Using a process that has worked at some of the world's cutting edge companies, the authors detail the steps to take control of team design and plan for success. The key is to give every team member a voice in designing the team's rules, and in keeping it aligned with the design over the life of the team. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354720]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turning People into Teams: Rituals and Routines That Redesign How We Work Author: Mary Sherwin, David Sherwin Narrator: Mary Sherwin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Collaborative strategies work when they're designed by teams-where each person is heard, valued, and held accountable. This book is a practical guide for project team leaders and individual contributors who want their teams to play by a better set of rules. Where do teams go wrong? Having the right people with the right skills doesn't mean they'll know how to work together as a team. David and Mary Sherwin maintain it's all in the design. Through a blend of straightforward activities, conversational stories, and dialogues that help model different forms of team interaction, this book will help teams: - Create workday rituals that aid them in making better decisions and following through on their work responsibilities - Identify patterns of behavior that are getting in the way of team performance, and design and test potential ways to them - Reinforce habits that help team members bring the human element into their interactions and foster open communication Readers of this book will be more prepared to set up and survive challenging projects alongside their coworkers with a shared sense of ownership, and an eye towards retaining the integrity of their teams in the long term. Using a process that has worked at some of the world's cutting edge companies, the authors detail the steps to take control of team design and plan for success. The key is to give every team member a voice in designing the team's rules, and in keeping it aligned with the design over the life of the team. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354721 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354721]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Safe Enough to Soar: Accelerating Trust, Inclusion, & Collaboration in the Workplace Author: Frederick A. Miller, Judith H. Katz Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bestselling authors and renowned diversity consultants Fred Miller and Judith Katz bring their long-awaited new book that shows any manager or member of a team how to create safe environments for everyone in their company. Do you feel safe enough at work to share your ideas, thoughts, and experiences? Raise tough issues? Deal with conflicts? Do your best work?  Many people feel unsafe in work interactions. They hold back, hesitate, and make themselves smaller out of fear of ridicule or retribution. The lack of safety is why new ideas and new people often have such a hard time succeeding in today's organizations, and directly contribute to why stress levels are so high. Many people have the skills they need to do their best work and the ideas to solve problems but lack the safety to apply them. This book describes what constitutes a safe environment and the actions-by both leaders and team members-necessary to create collaborative, inclusive workplaces in which people feel safe enough to be their best selves. Written in plain, everyday language, Safe Enough to Soar identifies the default mindsets and behaviors that create hostile work environments and block collaboration, engagement, partnership, and the acceptance of new ideas and new people. Expert authors Fred Miller and Judith Katz chart a simple, step-by-step process that will enable organization's individuals, work-groups, and teams to skip past the dysfunctional mire of defensiveness, micro-aggressions, cover-your-ass compromises, and judging, and launch them into the innovation-inspiring, collaboration-fostering zone of organizational bravery. When people feel safe enough to act and interact, they step up, speak up, and fully engage...and they and their organizations spread their wings and soar. Frederick A. Miller, Judith H. Katz Tue, 06 Nov 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354721 thebookvoice.com 1:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354721]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Safe Enough to Soar: Accelerating Trust, Inclusion, & Collaboration in the Workplace Author: Frederick A. Miller, Judith H. Katz Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bestselling authors and renowned diversity consultants Fred Miller and Judith Katz bring their long-awaited new book that shows any manager or member of a team how to create safe environments for everyone in their company. Do you feel safe enough at work to share your ideas, thoughts, and experiences? Raise tough issues? Deal with conflicts? Do your best work?  Many people feel unsafe in work interactions. They hold back, hesitate, and make themselves smaller out of fear of ridicule or retribution. The lack of safety is why new ideas and new people often have such a hard time succeeding in today's organizations, and directly contribute to why stress levels are so high. Many people have the skills they need to do their best work and the ideas to solve problems but lack the safety to apply them. This book describes what constitutes a safe environment and the actions-by both leaders and team members-necessary to create collaborative, inclusive workplaces in which people feel safe enough to be their best selves. Written in plain, everyday language, Safe Enough to Soar identifies the default mindsets and behaviors that create hostile work environments and block collaboration, engagement, partnership, and the acceptance of new ideas and new people. Expert authors Fred Miller and Judith Katz chart a simple, step-by-step process that will enable organization's individuals, work-groups, and teams to skip past the dysfunctional mire of defensiveness, micro-aggressions, cover-your-ass compromises, and judging, and launch them into the innovation-inspiring, collaboration-fostering zone of organizational bravery. When people feel safe enough to act and interact, they step up, speak up, and fully engage...and they and their organizations spread their wings and soar. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354721]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Safe Enough to Soar: Accelerating Trust, Inclusion, & Collaboration in the Workplace Author: Frederick A. Miller, Judith H. Katz Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: November 6, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bestselling authors and renowned diversity consultants Fred Miller and Judith Katz bring their long-awaited new book that shows any manager or member of a team how to create safe environments for everyone in their company. Do you feel safe enough at work to share your ideas, thoughts, and experiences? Raise tough issues? Deal with conflicts? Do your best work?  Many people feel unsafe in work interactions. They hold back, hesitate, and make themselves smaller out of fear of ridicule or retribution. The lack of safety is why new ideas and new people often have such a hard time succeeding in today's organizations, and directly contribute to why stress levels are so high. Many people have the skills they need to do their best work and the ideas to solve problems but lack the safety to apply them. This book describes what constitutes a safe environment and the actions-by both leaders and team members-necessary to create collaborative, inclusive workplaces in which people feel safe enough to be their best selves. Written in plain, everyday language, Safe Enough to Soar identifies the default mindsets and behaviors that create hostile work environments and block collaboration, engagement, partnership, and the acceptance of new ideas and new people. Expert authors Fred Miller and Judith Katz chart a simple, step-by-step process that will enable organization's individuals, work-groups, and teams to skip past the dysfunctional mire of defensiveness, micro-aggressions, cover-your-ass compromises, and judging, and launch them into the innovation-inspiring, collaboration-fostering zone of organizational bravery. When people feel safe enough to act and interact, they step up, speak up, and fully engage...and they and their organizations spread their wings and soar. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354722 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dare to Serve, 2nd Edition: How to Drive Superior Results by Serving Others Author: Cheryl A. Bachelder Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this updated edition of Dare to Serve, former Popeyes CEO Cheryl Bachelder shows that leading by serving is a rigorous and tough-minded approach that yields the best results. When she was named CEO of Popeyes in 2007, the stock price had slipped from $34 in 2002 to $13. The brand was stagnant, the team was discouraged, and the franchisees were just plain angry. Nine years later, restaurant sales were up 45 percent, restaurant profits had doubled, and the stock price was over $61. Servant leadership is sometimes derided as soft or ineffective, but this book confirms that challenging people to reach a daring destination, while treating them with dignity, creates the conditions for superior performance. The second edition of this bestselling book includes Bachelder's post-Popeyes observations and new examples of how you can switch your leadership from self to serve. Ever engaging and inspirational, Bachelder takes you firsthand through the transformation of Popeyes and shows how anyone, at any level can become a Dare-to-Serve leader. Cheryl A. Bachelder Tue, 25 Sep 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354722 thebookvoice.com 4:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dare to Serve, 2nd Edition: How to Drive Superior Results by Serving Others Author: Cheryl A. Bachelder Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this updated edition of Dare to Serve, former Popeyes CEO Cheryl Bachelder shows that leading by serving is a rigorous and tough-minded approach that yields the best results. When she was named CEO of Popeyes in 2007, the stock price had slipped from $34 in 2002 to $13. The brand was stagnant, the team was discouraged, and the franchisees were just plain angry. Nine years later, restaurant sales were up 45 percent, restaurant profits had doubled, and the stock price was over $61. Servant leadership is sometimes derided as soft or ineffective, but this book confirms that challenging people to reach a daring destination, while treating them with dignity, creates the conditions for superior performance. The second edition of this bestselling book includes Bachelder's post-Popeyes observations and new examples of how you can switch your leadership from self to serve. Ever engaging and inspirational, Bachelder takes you firsthand through the transformation of Popeyes and shows how anyone, at any level can become a Dare-to-Serve leader. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dare to Serve, 2nd Edition: How to Drive Superior Results by Serving Others Author: Cheryl A. Bachelder Narrator: Anna Crowe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this updated edition of Dare to Serve, former Popeyes CEO Cheryl Bachelder shows that leading by serving is a rigorous and tough-minded approach that yields the best results. When she was named CEO of Popeyes in 2007, the stock price had slipped from $34 in 2002 to $13. The brand was stagnant, the team was discouraged, and the franchisees were just plain angry. Nine years later, restaurant sales were up 45 percent, restaurant profits had doubled, and the stock price was over $61. Servant leadership is sometimes derided as soft or ineffective, but this book confirms that challenging people to reach a daring destination, while treating them with dignity, creates the conditions for superior performance. The second edition of this bestselling book includes Bachelder's post-Popeyes observations and new examples of how you can switch your leadership from self to serve. Ever engaging and inspirational, Bachelder takes you firsthand through the transformation of Popeyes and shows how anyone, at any level can become a Dare-to-Serve leader. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354414 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Training Reinforcement: The 7 Principles to Create Measurable Behavior Change and Make Learning Stick Author: Kees Wurth, Anthonie Wurth Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Training Reinforcement offers expert guidance for more effective training outcomes. Last year, US companies spent over $165 Billon on training; while many training programs themselves provide valuable skills and concepts, even the best-designed programs are ineffective because the learned behaviors are not reinforced. Without reinforcement, learned information gets shuffled to the back of the mind in the 'nice to know' file, never again to see the light of day. This book bridges the canyon between learning and doing by providing solid reinforcement strategies. Written by a former Olympic athlete and corporate training guru, this methodology works with human behavior rather than against it; you'll learn where traditional training methods fail, and how to fill those gaps with proven techniques that help training 'stick.' There's a difference between 'telling' and 'teaching,' and that difference is reinforcement. Learned skills and behaviors cannot be truly effective until they are engrained, and they can only become engrained through use, encouragement, and measureable progress. This book provides a robust reinforcement framework that adds long-term value to any training program. Kees Wurth, Anthonie Wurth Tue, 25 Sep 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354414 thebookvoice.com 6:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Training Reinforcement: The 7 Principles to Create Measurable Behavior Change and Make Learning Stick Author: Kees Wurth, Anthonie Wurth Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Training Reinforcement offers expert guidance for more effective training outcomes. Last year, US companies spent over $165 Billon on training; while many training programs themselves provide valuable skills and concepts, even the best-designed programs are ineffective because the learned behaviors are not reinforced. Without reinforcement, learned information gets shuffled to the back of the mind in the 'nice to know' file, never again to see the light of day. This book bridges the canyon between learning and doing by providing solid reinforcement strategies. Written by a former Olympic athlete and corporate training guru, this methodology works with human behavior rather than against it; you'll learn where traditional training methods fail, and how to fill those gaps with proven techniques that help training 'stick.' There's a difference between 'telling' and 'teaching,' and that difference is reinforcement. Learned skills and behaviors cannot be truly effective until they are engrained, and they can only become engrained through use, encouragement, and measureable progress. This book provides a robust reinforcement framework that adds long-term value to any training program. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/354414]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Training Reinforcement: The 7 Principles to Create Measurable Behavior Change and Make Learning Stick Author: Kees Wurth, Anthonie Wurth Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 25, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Training Reinforcement offers expert guidance for more effective training outcomes. Last year, US companies spent over $165 Billon on training; while many training programs themselves provide valuable skills and concepts, even the best-designed programs are ineffective because the learned behaviors are not reinforced. Without reinforcement, learned information gets shuffled to the back of the mind in the 'nice to know' file, never again to see the light of day. This book bridges the canyon between learning and doing by providing solid reinforcement strategies. Written by a former Olympic athlete and corporate training guru, this methodology works with human behavior rather than against it; you'll learn where traditional training methods fail, and how to fill those gaps with proven techniques that help training 'stick.' There's a difference between 'telling' and 'teaching,' and that difference is reinforcement. Learned skills and behaviors cannot be truly effective until they are engrained, and they can only become engrained through use, encouragement, and measureable progress. This book provides a robust reinforcement framework that adds long-term value to any training program. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350774 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350774]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Hard Feelings: Emotions at Work and How They Help Us Succeed Author: Mollie West Duffy, Liz Fosslien Narrator: Mollie West Duffy, Liz Fosslien Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of No Hard Feelings written and read by Liz Fosslien and Mollie West Duffy. 'Full of lively illustrations and practical examples to show how you can harness emotions to become more creative, collaborative and productive' Adam Grant, author of Originals 'A must-read' Susan Cain, author of Quiet How do you stop the office grouch ruining your day? How do you enjoy a holiday without obsessing over your inbox? Should you accept your colleague's request to follow you on Instagram? The modern workplace can be an emotional minefield, filled with confusing power structures and unwritten rules. We're expected to be authentic but not too authentic. Professional but not stiff. Friendly but not an oversharer. As organizational consultants and regular people, we know what it's like to experience uncomfortable emotions at work - everything from mild jealousy and insecurity to panic and rage. Ignoring or suppressing what you feel hurts your health and productivity but so does letting your emotions run wild. In this book we'll help you figure out which emotions to toss, which to keep to yourself, and which to express in order to be both happier and more effective. We'll share the latest research and helpful tips, and reveal the surprising reason why you'll actually be more healthier and focused if you're less passionate about your job. Drawing on what we've learned from behavioural economics, psychology and our own experiences at countless organizations, we'll show you how to bring your best self (and your whole self) to work every day. Mollie West Duffy, Liz Fosslien Thu, 24 Jan 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350774 thebookvoice.com 4:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350774]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Hard Feelings: Emotions at Work and How They Help Us Succeed Author: Mollie West Duffy, Liz Fosslien Narrator: Mollie West Duffy, Liz Fosslien Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of No Hard Feelings written and read by Liz Fosslien and Mollie West Duffy. 'Full of lively illustrations and practical examples to show how you can harness emotions to become more creative, collaborative and productive' Adam Grant, author of Originals 'A must-read' Susan Cain, author of Quiet How do you stop the office grouch ruining your day? How do you enjoy a holiday without obsessing over your inbox? Should you accept your colleague's request to follow you on Instagram? The modern workplace can be an emotional minefield, filled with confusing power structures and unwritten rules. We're expected to be authentic but not too authentic. Professional but not stiff. Friendly but not an oversharer. As organizational consultants and regular people, we know what it's like to experience uncomfortable emotions at work - everything from mild jealousy and insecurity to panic and rage. Ignoring or suppressing what you feel hurts your health and productivity but so does letting your emotions run wild. In this book we'll help you figure out which emotions to toss, which to keep to yourself, and which to express in order to be both happier and more effective. We'll share the latest research and helpful tips, and reveal the surprising reason why you'll actually be more healthier and focused if you're less passionate about your job. Drawing on what we've learned from behavioural economics, psychology and our own experiences at countless organizations, we'll show you how to bring your best self (and your whole self) to work every day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350774]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Hard Feelings: Emotions at Work and How They Help Us Succeed Author: Mollie West Duffy, Liz Fosslien Narrator: Mollie West Duffy, Liz Fosslien Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of No Hard Feelings written and read by Liz Fosslien and Mollie West Duffy. 'Full of lively illustrations and practical examples to show how you can harness emotions to become more creative, collaborative and productive' Adam Grant, author of Originals 'A must-read' Susan Cain, author of Quiet How do you stop the office grouch ruining your day? How do you enjoy a holiday without obsessing over your inbox? Should you accept your colleague's request to follow you on Instagram? The modern workplace can be an emotional minefield, filled with confusing power structures and unwritten rules. We're expected to be authentic but not too authentic. Professional but not stiff. Friendly but not an oversharer. As organizational consultants and regular people, we know what it's like to experience uncomfortable emotions at work - everything from mild jealousy and insecurity to panic and rage. Ignoring or suppressing what you feel hurts your health and productivity but so does letting your emotions run wild. In this book we'll help you figure out which emotions to toss, which to keep to yourself, and which to express in order to be both happier and more effective. We'll share the latest research and helpful tips, and reveal the surprising reason why you'll actually be more healthier and focused if you're less passionate about your job. Drawing on what we've learned from behavioural economics, psychology and our own experiences at countless organizations, we'll show you how to bring your best self (and your whole self) to work every day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350525 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lab Rats: How Silicon Valley Made Work Miserable for the Rest of Us Author: Dan Lyons Narrator: Dan Lyons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Dan Lyons exposes how the 'new oligarchs' of Silicon Valley have turned technology into a tool for oppressing workers in this 'passionate' (Kirkus) and 'darkly funny' (Publishers Weekly) examination of workplace culture. At a time of soaring corporate profits and plenty of HR lip service about 'wellness,' millions of workers--in virtually every industry -- are deeply unhappy. Why did work become so miserable? Who is responsible? And does any company have a model for doing it right? For two years, Lyons ventured in search of answers. From the innovation-crazed headquarters of the Ford Motor Company in Detroit, to a cult-like 'Holocracy' workshop in San Francisco, and to corporate trainers who specialize in . . . Legos, Lyons immersed himself in the often half-baked and frequently lucrative world of what passes for management science today. He shows how new tools, workplace practices, and business models championed by tech's empathy-impaired power brokers have shattered the social contract that once existed between companies and their employees. These dystopian beliefs--often masked by pithy slogans like 'We're a Team, Not a Family' -- have dire consequences: millions of workers who are subject to constant change, dehumanizing technologies -- even health risks. A few companies, however, get it right. With Lab Rats, Lyons makes a passionate plea for business leaders to understand this dangerous transformation, showing how profit and happy employees can indeed coexist. Dan Lyons Tue, 23 Oct 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350525 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lab Rats: How Silicon Valley Made Work Miserable for the Rest of Us Author: Dan Lyons Narrator: Dan Lyons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Dan Lyons exposes how the 'new oligarchs' of Silicon Valley have turned technology into a tool for oppressing workers in this 'passionate' (Kirkus) and 'darkly funny' (Publishers Weekly) examination of workplace culture. At a time of soaring corporate profits and plenty of HR lip service about 'wellness,' millions of workers--in virtually every industry -- are deeply unhappy. Why did work become so miserable? Who is responsible? And does any company have a model for doing it right? For two years, Lyons ventured in search of answers. From the innovation-crazed headquarters of the Ford Motor Company in Detroit, to a cult-like 'Holocracy' workshop in San Francisco, and to corporate trainers who specialize in . . . Legos, Lyons immersed himself in the often half-baked and frequently lucrative world of what passes for management science today. He shows how new tools, workplace practices, and business models championed by tech's empathy-impaired power brokers have shattered the social contract that once existed between companies and their employees. These dystopian beliefs--often masked by pithy slogans like 'We're a Team, Not a Family' -- have dire consequences: millions of workers who are subject to constant change, dehumanizing technologies -- even health risks. A few companies, however, get it right. With Lab Rats, Lyons makes a passionate plea for business leaders to understand this dangerous transformation, showing how profit and happy employees can indeed coexist. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lab Rats: How Silicon Valley Made Work Miserable for the Rest of Us Author: Dan Lyons Narrator: Dan Lyons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling author Dan Lyons exposes how the 'new oligarchs' of Silicon Valley have turned technology into a tool for oppressing workers in this 'passionate' (Kirkus) and 'darkly funny' (Publishers Weekly) examination of workplace culture. At a time of soaring corporate profits and plenty of HR lip service about 'wellness,' millions of workers--in virtually every industry -- are deeply unhappy. Why did work become so miserable? Who is responsible? And does any company have a model for doing it right? For two years, Lyons ventured in search of answers. From the innovation-crazed headquarters of the Ford Motor Company in Detroit, to a cult-like 'Holocracy' workshop in San Francisco, and to corporate trainers who specialize in . . . Legos, Lyons immersed himself in the often half-baked and frequently lucrative world of what passes for management science today. He shows how new tools, workplace practices, and business models championed by tech's empathy-impaired power brokers have shattered the social contract that once existed between companies and their employees. These dystopian beliefs--often masked by pithy slogans like 'We're a Team, Not a Family' -- have dire consequences: millions of workers who are subject to constant change, dehumanizing technologies -- even health risks. A few companies, however, get it right. With Lab Rats, Lyons makes a passionate plea for business leaders to understand this dangerous transformation, showing how profit and happy employees can indeed coexist. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350488 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership and Self-Deception, 3rd Edition: Getting Out of the Box Author: The Arbinger Institute Narrator: Steve Carlson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 202 Ratings of Narrator: 4.46 of Total 24 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This third edition of an international bestseller-over 2 million copies sold worldwide and translated into 33 languages-details how its powerful insights on motivation, conflict, and collaboration can benefit organizations as well as individuals. Since its original publication in 2000, Leadership and Self-Deception has become an international word-of-mouth phenomenon. Rather than tapering off, it sells more copies every year. The book's central insight--that the key to leadership lies not in what we do but in who we are--has proven to have powerful implications not only for organizational leadership but in readers' personal lives as well. Leadership and Self-Deception uses an entertaining story everyone can relate to about a man facing challenges at work and at home to expose the fascinating ways that we blind ourselves to our true motivations and unwittingly sabotage the effectiveness of our own efforts to achieve happiness and increase happiness. We trap ourselves in a 'box' of endless self-justification. Most importantly, the book shows us the way out. Readers will discover what millions already have learned--how to consistently tap into and act on their innate sense of what's right, dramatically improving all of their relationships. The Arbinger Institute Tue, 04 Sep 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350488 thebookvoice.com 6:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership and Self-Deception, 3rd Edition: Getting Out of the Box Author: The Arbinger Institute Narrator: Steve Carlson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 202 Ratings of Narrator: 4.46 of Total 24 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This third edition of an international bestseller-over 2 million copies sold worldwide and translated into 33 languages-details how its powerful insights on motivation, conflict, and collaboration can benefit organizations as well as individuals. Since its original publication in 2000, Leadership and Self-Deception has become an international word-of-mouth phenomenon. Rather than tapering off, it sells more copies every year. The book's central insight--that the key to leadership lies not in what we do but in who we are--has proven to have powerful implications not only for organizational leadership but in readers' personal lives as well. Leadership and Self-Deception uses an entertaining story everyone can relate to about a man facing challenges at work and at home to expose the fascinating ways that we blind ourselves to our true motivations and unwittingly sabotage the effectiveness of our own efforts to achieve happiness and increase happiness. We trap ourselves in a 'box' of endless self-justification. Most importantly, the book shows us the way out. Readers will discover what millions already have learned--how to consistently tap into and act on their innate sense of what's right, dramatically improving all of their relationships. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership and Self-Deception, 3rd Edition: Getting Out of the Box Author: The Arbinger Institute Narrator: Steve Carlson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 1 minute Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 202 Ratings of Narrator: 4.46 of Total 24 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: This third edition of an international bestseller-over 2 million copies sold worldwide and translated into 33 languages-details how its powerful insights on motivation, conflict, and collaboration can benefit organizations as well as individuals. Since its original publication in 2000, Leadership and Self-Deception has become an international word-of-mouth phenomenon. Rather than tapering off, it sells more copies every year. The book's central insight--that the key to leadership lies not in what we do but in who we are--has proven to have powerful implications not only for organizational leadership but in readers' personal lives as well. Leadership and Self-Deception uses an entertaining story everyone can relate to about a man facing challenges at work and at home to expose the fascinating ways that we blind ourselves to our true motivations and unwittingly sabotage the effectiveness of our own efforts to achieve happiness and increase happiness. We trap ourselves in a 'box' of endless self-justification. Most importantly, the book shows us the way out. Readers will discover what millions already have learned--how to consistently tap into and act on their innate sense of what's right, dramatically improving all of their relationships. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350393 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 7 Hidden Reasons Employees Leave: How To Recognize The Subtle Signs And Act Before It's Too Late Author: Leigh Branham Narrator: Neil Hellegers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: People are four times more likely to leave a job because of something going on in the office than for an outside opportunity. Yet most managers blame employee turnover on the lure of other companies . . . even when the real factors are well within their control. Based on research performed by the prestigious Saratoga Institute, The 7 Hidden Reasons Employees Leave provides readers with real solutions for the costly problem of employee turnover. Now incorporating the results of the author's 'Decision to Leave' post-exit survey, the second edition features new research in employee engagement as well as innovative best practices for engaging and retaining in a down economy. Readers will learn how to align employee expectations with the realities of the position, avoid job–person mismatches, and provide feedback and coaching that breed employee confidence. The book examines factors such as manager relationships, lack of trust in senior leadership, company culture and integrity, salary and benefits, and more—revealing what can be done to hold on to the people who provide the most value to the organization. Leigh Branham Tue, 11 Sep 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350393 thebookvoice.com 8:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 7 Hidden Reasons Employees Leave: How To Recognize The Subtle Signs And Act Before It's Too Late Author: Leigh Branham Narrator: Neil Hellegers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: People are four times more likely to leave a job because of something going on in the office than for an outside opportunity. Yet most managers blame employee turnover on the lure of other companies . . . even when the real factors are well within their control. Based on research performed by the prestigious Saratoga Institute, The 7 Hidden Reasons Employees Leave provides readers with real solutions for the costly problem of employee turnover. Now incorporating the results of the author's 'Decision to Leave' post-exit survey, the second edition features new research in employee engagement as well as innovative best practices for engaging and retaining in a down economy. Readers will learn how to align employee expectations with the realities of the position, avoid job–person mismatches, and provide feedback and coaching that breed employee confidence. The book examines factors such as manager relationships, lack of trust in senior leadership, company culture and integrity, salary and benefits, and more—revealing what can be done to hold on to the people who provide the most value to the organization. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 7 Hidden Reasons Employees Leave: How To Recognize The Subtle Signs And Act Before It's Too Late Author: Leigh Branham Narrator: Neil Hellegers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: People are four times more likely to leave a job because of something going on in the office than for an outside opportunity. Yet most managers blame employee turnover on the lure of other companies . . . even when the real factors are well within their control. Based on research performed by the prestigious Saratoga Institute, The 7 Hidden Reasons Employees Leave provides readers with real solutions for the costly problem of employee turnover. Now incorporating the results of the author's 'Decision to Leave' post-exit survey, the second edition features new research in employee engagement as well as innovative best practices for engaging and retaining in a down economy. Readers will learn how to align employee expectations with the realities of the position, avoid job–person mismatches, and provide feedback and coaching that breed employee confidence. The book examines factors such as manager relationships, lack of trust in senior leadership, company culture and integrity, salary and benefits, and more—revealing what can be done to hold on to the people who provide the most value to the organization. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350333 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 101 More Ways to Make Training Active Author: Elaine Biech Narrator: Susan Hanfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Liven up training with new, dynamic strategies for active participation 101 More Ways to Make Training Active brings together a rich, comprehensive collection of training strategies and activities into one easy source. Designed for quick navigation, this useful guide is packed with classroom-ready ideas and twenty 'how-to' lists to enliven any learning situation, helping you better engage their trainees and encourage active participation. These techniques are applicable to almost any topic and learning objective, and provide guidance on every aspect of Active Training design and delivery. Each strategy includes recommendations for length of time, number of participants, and other conditional factors, plus a case study that illustrates the strategy in action. Coverage includes topics like communication, change management, coaching, feedback, conflict, diversity, customer service, and more, providing a complete reference for facilitating active training sessions. Active Training requires the participants to do most of the work. They use their brains, and apply what they've learned. The environment is fast-paced, fun, supportive, and personally engaging, and encourages participants to figure things out for themselves. This book contains specific, practical strategies for bringing this environment to any training session. ● Learn new strategies for stimulating active discussion ● Inspire creativity, innovation, and collaboration ● Teach better decision making, leadership, and self-management ● Make lectures active to encourage more participation Active training makes training sessions more enjoyable, and as participants invest themselves more heavily into the material, outcomes begin to improve dramatically. This dynamic atmosphere doesn't happen by accident; the activities and the course itself must be designed and delivered in a way that encourages active participation. In 101 More Ways to Make Training Active, you get a toolkit of creative, challenging, and fun ways to make it happen. Elaine Biech Tue, 11 Sep 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350333 thebookvoice.com 9:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 101 More Ways to Make Training Active Author: Elaine Biech Narrator: Susan Hanfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Liven up training with new, dynamic strategies for active participation 101 More Ways to Make Training Active brings together a rich, comprehensive collection of training strategies and activities into one easy source. Designed for quick navigation, this useful guide is packed with classroom-ready ideas and twenty 'how-to' lists to enliven any learning situation, helping you better engage their trainees and encourage active participation. These techniques are applicable to almost any topic and learning objective, and provide guidance on every aspect of Active Training design and delivery. Each strategy includes recommendations for length of time, number of participants, and other conditional factors, plus a case study that illustrates the strategy in action. Coverage includes topics like communication, change management, coaching, feedback, conflict, diversity, customer service, and more, providing a complete reference for facilitating active training sessions. Active Training requires the participants to do most of the work. They use their brains, and apply what they've learned. The environment is fast-paced, fun, supportive, and personally engaging, and encourages participants to figure things out for themselves. This book contains specific, practical strategies for bringing this environment to any training session. ● Learn new strategies for stimulating active discussion ● Inspire creativity, innovation, and collaboration ● Teach better decision making, leadership, and self-management ● Make lectures active to encourage more participation Active training makes training sessions more enjoyable, and as participants invest themselves more heavily into the material, outcomes begin to improve dramatically. This dynamic atmosphere doesn't happen by accident; the activities and the course itself must be designed and delivered in a way that encourages active participation. In 101 More Ways to Make Training Active, you get a toolkit of creative, challenging, and fun ways to make it happen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350333]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 101 More Ways to Make Training Active Author: Elaine Biech Narrator: Susan Hanfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Liven up training with new, dynamic strategies for active participation 101 More Ways to Make Training Active brings together a rich, comprehensive collection of training strategies and activities into one easy source. Designed for quick navigation, this useful guide is packed with classroom-ready ideas and twenty 'how-to' lists to enliven any learning situation, helping you better engage their trainees and encourage active participation. These techniques are applicable to almost any topic and learning objective, and provide guidance on every aspect of Active Training design and delivery. Each strategy includes recommendations for length of time, number of participants, and other conditional factors, plus a case study that illustrates the strategy in action. Coverage includes topics like communication, change management, coaching, feedback, conflict, diversity, customer service, and more, providing a complete reference for facilitating active training sessions. Active Training requires the participants to do most of the work. They use their brains, and apply what they've learned. The environment is fast-paced, fun, supportive, and personally engaging, and encourages participants to figure things out for themselves. This book contains specific, practical strategies for bringing this environment to any training session. ● Learn new strategies for stimulating active discussion ● Inspire creativity, innovation, and collaboration ● Teach better decision making, leadership, and self-management ● Make lectures active to encourage more participation Active training makes training sessions more enjoyable, and as participants invest themselves more heavily into the material, outcomes begin to improve dramatically. This dynamic atmosphere doesn't happen by accident; the activities and the course itself must be designed and delivered in a way that encourages active participation. In 101 More Ways to Make Training Active, you get a toolkit of creative, challenging, and fun ways to make it happen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350114 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leaders: Myth and Reality Author: Jason Mangone, Jeff Eggers, Stanley Mcchrystal Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: - Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Leaders by General Stanley McChrystal, Jeff Eggers and Jason Mangone, read by Paul Michael. The bestselling author of Team of Teams dismantles the Great Man theory of leadership, by profiling leaders whose real stories defy their legends. In Leaders, retired four-star general Stan McChrystal explores what leadership really means, debunking the many myths that have surrounded the concept. He focuses on thirteen great leaders, showing that the lessons we commonly draw from their lives are seldom the correct ones. Leaders featured in the book include: Founders: Walt Disney and Coco Chanel Zealots: Maximilien Robespierre and Abu Musab Zarkawi Powerbrokers: Margaret Thatcher and Boss Tweed And other leaders profiled include geniuses Albert Einstein and Leonard Bernstein, reformers Martin Luther and Martin Luther King, Jr., and heroes Harriet Tubman and Zheng He. Ultimately, McChrystal posits that different environments will require different leaders, and that followers will choose the leader they need. Aspiring leaders will be best served not by cultivating a standard set of textbook leadership qualities, but by learning to discern what is required in each situation. 'Leaders rexamines old notions of leadership - especially the outdated view that history is shaped by great men going it alone' - SHERYL SANDBERG, COO of Facebook and founder of LeanIn.Org 'Leaders takes us deeper than most other leadership books into the true and often messy mechanics of leadership. Anyone who considers themselves a student of leadership must read this book' - SIMON SINEK, optimist and author of Start With Why and Leader Eat Last Jason Mangone, Jeff Eggers, Stanley Mcchrystal Thu, 25 Oct 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350114 thebookvoice.com 17:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leaders: Myth and Reality Author: Jason Mangone, Jeff Eggers, Stanley Mcchrystal Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: - Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Leaders by General Stanley McChrystal, Jeff Eggers and Jason Mangone, read by Paul Michael. The bestselling author of Team of Teams dismantles the Great Man theory of leadership, by profiling leaders whose real stories defy their legends. In Leaders, retired four-star general Stan McChrystal explores what leadership really means, debunking the many myths that have surrounded the concept. He focuses on thirteen great leaders, showing that the lessons we commonly draw from their lives are seldom the correct ones. Leaders featured in the book include: Founders: Walt Disney and Coco Chanel Zealots: Maximilien Robespierre and Abu Musab Zarkawi Powerbrokers: Margaret Thatcher and Boss Tweed And other leaders profiled include geniuses Albert Einstein and Leonard Bernstein, reformers Martin Luther and Martin Luther King, Jr., and heroes Harriet Tubman and Zheng He. Ultimately, McChrystal posits that different environments will require different leaders, and that followers will choose the leader they need. Aspiring leaders will be best served not by cultivating a standard set of textbook leadership qualities, but by learning to discern what is required in each situation. 'Leaders rexamines old notions of leadership - especially the outdated view that history is shaped by great men going it alone' - SHERYL SANDBERG, COO of Facebook and founder of LeanIn.Org 'Leaders takes us deeper than most other leadership books into the true and often messy mechanics of leadership. Anyone who considers themselves a student of leadership must read this book' - SIMON SINEK, optimist and author of Start With Why and Leader Eat Last Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/350114]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leaders: Myth and Reality Author: Jason Mangone, Jeff Eggers, Stanley Mcchrystal Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 25, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: - Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Leaders by General Stanley McChrystal, Jeff Eggers and Jason Mangone, read by Paul Michael. The bestselling author of Team of Teams dismantles the Great Man theory of leadership, by profiling leaders whose real stories defy their legends. In Leaders, retired four-star general Stan McChrystal explores what leadership really means, debunking the many myths that have surrounded the concept. He focuses on thirteen great leaders, showing that the lessons we commonly draw from their lives are seldom the correct ones. Leaders featured in the book include: Founders: Walt Disney and Coco Chanel Zealots: Maximilien Robespierre and Abu Musab Zarkawi Powerbrokers: Margaret Thatcher and Boss Tweed And other leaders profiled include geniuses Albert Einstein and Leonard Bernstein, reformers Martin Luther and Martin Luther King, Jr., and heroes Harriet Tubman and Zheng He. Ultimately, McChrystal posits that different environments will require different leaders, and that followers will choose the leader they need. Aspiring leaders will be best served not by cultivating a standard set of textbook leadership qualities, but by learning to discern what is required in each situation. 'Leaders rexamines old notions of leadership - especially the outdated view that history is shaped by great men going it alone' - SHERYL SANDBERG, COO of Facebook and founder of LeanIn.Org 'Leaders takes us deeper than most other leadership books into the true and often messy mechanics of leadership. Anyone who considers themselves a student of leadership must read this book' - SIMON SINEK, optimist and author of Start With Why and Leader Eat Last https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349672 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Minority Experience: Navigating Emotional and Organizational Realities Author: Adrian Pei Narrator: Kaipo Schwab Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: It's hard to be in the minority. If you're the only person from your ethnic or cultural background in your organization or team, you probably know the challenges of being misunderstood or marginalized. You might find yourself inadvertently overlooked or actively silenced. Even when a work environment is not blatantly racist or hostile, people of color often struggle to thrive—and may end up leaving the organization. Being a minority is not just about numbers. It's about understanding pain, power, and the impact of the past. Organizational consultant Adrian Pei describes key challenges ethnic minorities face in majority culture organizations. He unpacks how historical forces shape contemporary realities, and what both minority and majority cultures need to know in order to work together fruitfully. If you're a cultural minority working in a majority culture organization, or if you're a majority culture supervisor of people from other backgrounds, learn the dynamics at work. And be encouraged that you can help make things better so that all can flourish. Adrian Pei Tue, 04 Sep 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349672 thebookvoice.com 4:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Minority Experience: Navigating Emotional and Organizational Realities Author: Adrian Pei Narrator: Kaipo Schwab Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: It's hard to be in the minority. If you're the only person from your ethnic or cultural background in your organization or team, you probably know the challenges of being misunderstood or marginalized. You might find yourself inadvertently overlooked or actively silenced. Even when a work environment is not blatantly racist or hostile, people of color often struggle to thrive—and may end up leaving the organization. Being a minority is not just about numbers. It's about understanding pain, power, and the impact of the past. Organizational consultant Adrian Pei describes key challenges ethnic minorities face in majority culture organizations. He unpacks how historical forces shape contemporary realities, and what both minority and majority cultures need to know in order to work together fruitfully. If you're a cultural minority working in a majority culture organization, or if you're a majority culture supervisor of people from other backgrounds, learn the dynamics at work. And be encouraged that you can help make things better so that all can flourish. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Minority Experience: Navigating Emotional and Organizational Realities Author: Adrian Pei Narrator: Kaipo Schwab Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: It's hard to be in the minority. If you're the only person from your ethnic or cultural background in your organization or team, you probably know the challenges of being misunderstood or marginalized. You might find yourself inadvertently overlooked or actively silenced. Even when a work environment is not blatantly racist or hostile, people of color often struggle to thrive—and may end up leaving the organization. Being a minority is not just about numbers. It's about understanding pain, power, and the impact of the past. Organizational consultant Adrian Pei describes key challenges ethnic minorities face in majority culture organizations. He unpacks how historical forces shape contemporary realities, and what both minority and majority cultures need to know in order to work together fruitfully. If you're a cultural minority working in a majority culture organization, or if you're a majority culture supervisor of people from other backgrounds, learn the dynamics at work. And be encouraged that you can help make things better so that all can flourish. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349631 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 9 Powerful Practices of Really Great Teams Author: Stephen E. Kohn, Vincent D. O'connell Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 31, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Increasingly, organizations count on project teams to develop products and deliver services to their customers. Consequently, effective teamwork and team leadership are integral components of an organization's success. In 9 Powerful Practices of Really Great Teams, Stephen E. Kohn and Vincent D. O'Connell define the essence of superior performance by project teams at work, and identify nine attributes of team membership and team leadership that set the stage for accomplishment of group objectives. Kohn and O'Connell bring these proven strategies to life with real-world examples drawn from decades of experience. Stephen E. Kohn, Vincent D. O'connell Fri, 31 Aug 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349631 thebookvoice.com 4:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 9 Powerful Practices of Really Great Teams Author: Stephen E. Kohn, Vincent D. O'connell Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 31, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Increasingly, organizations count on project teams to develop products and deliver services to their customers. Consequently, effective teamwork and team leadership are integral components of an organization's success. In 9 Powerful Practices of Really Great Teams, Stephen E. Kohn and Vincent D. O'Connell define the essence of superior performance by project teams at work, and identify nine attributes of team membership and team leadership that set the stage for accomplishment of group objectives. Kohn and O'Connell bring these proven strategies to life with real-world examples drawn from decades of experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 9 Powerful Practices of Really Great Teams Author: Stephen E. Kohn, Vincent D. O'connell Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 31, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Increasingly, organizations count on project teams to develop products and deliver services to their customers. Consequently, effective teamwork and team leadership are integral components of an organization's success. In 9 Powerful Practices of Really Great Teams, Stephen E. Kohn and Vincent D. O'Connell define the essence of superior performance by project teams at work, and identify nine attributes of team membership and team leadership that set the stage for accomplishment of group objectives. Kohn and O'Connell bring these proven strategies to life with real-world examples drawn from decades of experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349121 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Challenge Culture: Why the Most Successful Organizations Run on Pushback Author: Nigel Travis Narrator: Graeme Malcolm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The executive chairman and former CEO of Dunkin' Donuts and Baskin Robbins reflects on the unique, results-oriented discipline he's developed over decades of leadership, which provides a blueprint for any organization to achieve prosperity. We live in an era in which successful organizations can fail in a flash. But they can cope with change and thrive by creating a culture that supports positive pushback: questioning everything without disrespecting anyone. Nigel Travis has forty years of experience as a leader in large and successful organizations, as well as those facing existential crisis-such as Blockbuster as it dawdled in the face of the Netflix challenge. In his ten years as CEO and chairman of Dunkin' Brands, Travis fine-tuned his ideas about the challenge culture and perfected the practices required to build it. He argues that the best way for organizations to succeed in today's environment is to embrace challenge and encourage pushback. Everyone-from the new recruit to the senior leader-must be given the freedom to speak up and question the status quo, must learn how to talk in a civil way about difficult issues, and should be encouraged to debate strategies and tactics-although always in the spirit of shared purpose. How else will new ideas emerge? How else can organizations steadily improve? Through colorful storytelling, with many examples from his own career-including his leadership in turning around the fear-ridden culture of the London-based Leyton Orient Football Club, of which he is part owner-Travis shows how to establish a culture that welcomes challenge, achieves exceptional results, and ensures a prosperous future. Nigel Travis Tue, 18 Sep 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349121 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Challenge Culture: Why the Most Successful Organizations Run on Pushback Author: Nigel Travis Narrator: Graeme Malcolm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The executive chairman and former CEO of Dunkin' Donuts and Baskin Robbins reflects on the unique, results-oriented discipline he's developed over decades of leadership, which provides a blueprint for any organization to achieve prosperity. We live in an era in which successful organizations can fail in a flash. But they can cope with change and thrive by creating a culture that supports positive pushback: questioning everything without disrespecting anyone. Nigel Travis has forty years of experience as a leader in large and successful organizations, as well as those facing existential crisis-such as Blockbuster as it dawdled in the face of the Netflix challenge. In his ten years as CEO and chairman of Dunkin' Brands, Travis fine-tuned his ideas about the challenge culture and perfected the practices required to build it. He argues that the best way for organizations to succeed in today's environment is to embrace challenge and encourage pushback. Everyone-from the new recruit to the senior leader-must be given the freedom to speak up and question the status quo, must learn how to talk in a civil way about difficult issues, and should be encouraged to debate strategies and tactics-although always in the spirit of shared purpose. How else will new ideas emerge? How else can organizations steadily improve? Through colorful storytelling, with many examples from his own career-including his leadership in turning around the fear-ridden culture of the London-based Leyton Orient Football Club, of which he is part owner-Travis shows how to establish a culture that welcomes challenge, achieves exceptional results, and ensures a prosperous future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/349121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Challenge Culture: Why the Most Successful Organizations Run on Pushback Author: Nigel Travis Narrator: Graeme Malcolm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 18, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The executive chairman and former CEO of Dunkin' Donuts and Baskin Robbins reflects on the unique, results-oriented discipline he's developed over decades of leadership, which provides a blueprint for any organization to achieve prosperity. We live in an era in which successful organizations can fail in a flash. But they can cope with change and thrive by creating a culture that supports positive pushback: questioning everything without disrespecting anyone. Nigel Travis has forty years of experience as a leader in large and successful organizations, as well as those facing existential crisis-such as Blockbuster as it dawdled in the face of the Netflix challenge. In his ten years as CEO and chairman of Dunkin' Brands, Travis fine-tuned his ideas about the challenge culture and perfected the practices required to build it. He argues that the best way for organizations to succeed in today's environment is to embrace challenge and encourage pushback. Everyone-from the new recruit to the senior leader-must be given the freedom to speak up and question the status quo, must learn how to talk in a civil way about difficult issues, and should be encouraged to debate strategies and tactics-although always in the spirit of shared purpose. How else will new ideas emerge? How else can organizations steadily improve? Through colorful storytelling, with many examples from his own career-including his leadership in turning around the fear-ridden culture of the London-based Leyton Orient Football Club, of which he is part owner-Travis shows how to establish a culture that welcomes challenge, achieves exceptional results, and ensures a prosperous future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348875 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digital Minimalism: Choosing a Focused Life in a Noisy World Author: Cal Newport Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Learn how to switch off and find calm - from the New York Times bestselling author of A World Without Email 'Digital Minimalism is the Marie Kondo of technology' Evening Standard 'An eloquent, powerful and enjoyably practical guide to cutting back on screen time' The Times 'An urgent call to action for anyone serious about being in command of their own life' Ryan Holiday 'What a timely and useful book' Naomi Alderman, author of The Power Do you find yourself endlessly scrolling through social media or the news while your anxiety rises? Are you feeling frazzled after a long day of endless video calls? In this timely book, professor Cal Newport shows us how to pair back digital distractions and live a more meaningful life with less technology. By following a 'digital declutter' process, you'll learn to: · Rethink your relationship with social media · Prioritize 'high bandwidth' conversations over low quality text chains · Rediscover the pleasures of the offline world Take back control from your devices and find calm amongst the chaos with Digital Minimalism. Cal Newport Tue, 05 Feb 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348875 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digital Minimalism: Choosing a Focused Life in a Noisy World Author: Cal Newport Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Learn how to switch off and find calm - from the New York Times bestselling author of A World Without Email 'Digital Minimalism is the Marie Kondo of technology' Evening Standard 'An eloquent, powerful and enjoyably practical guide to cutting back on screen time' The Times 'An urgent call to action for anyone serious about being in command of their own life' Ryan Holiday 'What a timely and useful book' Naomi Alderman, author of The Power Do you find yourself endlessly scrolling through social media or the news while your anxiety rises? Are you feeling frazzled after a long day of endless video calls? In this timely book, professor Cal Newport shows us how to pair back digital distractions and live a more meaningful life with less technology. By following a 'digital declutter' process, you'll learn to: · Rethink your relationship with social media · Prioritize 'high bandwidth' conversations over low quality text chains · Rediscover the pleasures of the offline world Take back control from your devices and find calm amongst the chaos with Digital Minimalism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/348875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Digital Minimalism: Choosing a Focused Life in a Noisy World Author: Cal Newport Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Learn how to switch off and find calm - from the New York Times bestselling author of A World Without Email 'Digital Minimalism is the Marie Kondo of technology' Evening Standard 'An eloquent, powerful and enjoyably practical guide to cutting back on screen time' The Times 'An urgent call to action for anyone serious about being in command of their own life' Ryan Holiday 'What a timely and useful book' Naomi Alderman, author of The Power Do you find yourself endlessly scrolling through social media or the news while your anxiety rises? Are you feeling frazzled after a long day of endless video calls? In this timely book, professor Cal Newport shows us how to pair back digital distractions and live a more meaningful life with less technology. By following a 'digital declutter' process, you'll learn to: · Rethink your relationship with social media · Prioritize 'high bandwidth' conversations over low quality text chains · Rediscover the pleasures of the offline world Take back control from your devices and find calm amongst the chaos with Digital Minimalism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347927 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347927]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Organizational Behaviour: People, Process, Work and Human Resource Management Author: Raisa Arvinen-Muondo (editor), Stephen Perkins (editor) Narrator: Simon Mattacks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: There is a large body of shared knowledge between the study of Organizational Behaviour and Human Resource Management but despite the crossover, they are often treated as very distinct disciplines. Written by a team of experts across both fields, Organizational Behaviour bridges the gap between OB and HRM, with an emphasis on inter-cultural and cross-cultural perspectives of organizational development, talent management, and leadership. Through a critical analysis of existing literature and case studies, the contributors cover topics such as corporate governance, ethical business practices, employee morale and motivation, performance management, corporate politics and conflict resolution, workplace diversity, creativity, and change management—all within the framework of current global employment standards and best practices. Raisa Arvinen-Muondo (editor), Stephen Perkins (editor) Tue, 23 Oct 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347927 thebookvoice.com 12:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347927]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Organizational Behaviour: People, Process, Work and Human Resource Management Author: Raisa Arvinen-Muondo (editor), Stephen Perkins (editor) Narrator: Simon Mattacks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: There is a large body of shared knowledge between the study of Organizational Behaviour and Human Resource Management but despite the crossover, they are often treated as very distinct disciplines. Written by a team of experts across both fields, Organizational Behaviour bridges the gap between OB and HRM, with an emphasis on inter-cultural and cross-cultural perspectives of organizational development, talent management, and leadership. Through a critical analysis of existing literature and case studies, the contributors cover topics such as corporate governance, ethical business practices, employee morale and motivation, performance management, corporate politics and conflict resolution, workplace diversity, creativity, and change management—all within the framework of current global employment standards and best practices. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347927]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Organizational Behaviour: People, Process, Work and Human Resource Management Author: Raisa Arvinen-Muondo (editor), Stephen Perkins (editor) Narrator: Simon Mattacks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: There is a large body of shared knowledge between the study of Organizational Behaviour and Human Resource Management but despite the crossover, they are often treated as very distinct disciplines. Written by a team of experts across both fields, Organizational Behaviour bridges the gap between OB and HRM, with an emphasis on inter-cultural and cross-cultural perspectives of organizational development, talent management, and leadership. Through a critical analysis of existing literature and case studies, the contributors cover topics such as corporate governance, ethical business practices, employee morale and motivation, performance management, corporate politics and conflict resolution, workplace diversity, creativity, and change management—all within the framework of current global employment standards and best practices. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347303 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leader Architect: The Right People in the Right Places Doing the Right Stuff at the Right Time Author: Jim Grew Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 1, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Business books fall into two categories: theory and impractical protocols. Both provide either ideas without applications or applications without proven theoretical frames. They are like concept cars no one expects to drive to work. The Leader Architect provides the bridge to proven solutions based on sound theory. These solutions are being used successfully by expert leaders at some of the best companies in the world, without the elaborate external systems and training teams required by many popular approaches. The Leader Architect is a practical guide for leaders who want to build and grow a consistently powerful organization that delivers long-term success. You will take away fresh insights on topics such as: Myths we love that ruin our businesses. - The power of pairs (why 1+1 is greater than 5+5). - The architecture of successful business organizations. - The leverage of relationships. - Resilience: A step beyond agility. In the daily flood of 'should' and 'wants' that fill the lives of most executives, The Leader Architect is a fresh and simple guide to tactics and tools that have worked for others…and will work for you. Jim Grew Sat, 01 Dec 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347303 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leader Architect: The Right People in the Right Places Doing the Right Stuff at the Right Time Author: Jim Grew Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 1, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Business books fall into two categories: theory and impractical protocols. Both provide either ideas without applications or applications without proven theoretical frames. They are like concept cars no one expects to drive to work. The Leader Architect provides the bridge to proven solutions based on sound theory. These solutions are being used successfully by expert leaders at some of the best companies in the world, without the elaborate external systems and training teams required by many popular approaches. The Leader Architect is a practical guide for leaders who want to build and grow a consistently powerful organization that delivers long-term success. You will take away fresh insights on topics such as: Myths we love that ruin our businesses. - The power of pairs (why 1+1 is greater than 5+5). - The architecture of successful business organizations. - The leverage of relationships. - Resilience: A step beyond agility. In the daily flood of 'should' and 'wants' that fill the lives of most executives, The Leader Architect is a fresh and simple guide to tactics and tools that have worked for others…and will work for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347303]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Leader Architect: The Right People in the Right Places Doing the Right Stuff at the Right Time Author: Jim Grew Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 1, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Business books fall into two categories: theory and impractical protocols. Both provide either ideas without applications or applications without proven theoretical frames. They are like concept cars no one expects to drive to work. The Leader Architect provides the bridge to proven solutions based on sound theory. These solutions are being used successfully by expert leaders at some of the best companies in the world, without the elaborate external systems and training teams required by many popular approaches. The Leader Architect is a practical guide for leaders who want to build and grow a consistently powerful organization that delivers long-term success. You will take away fresh insights on topics such as: Myths we love that ruin our businesses. - The power of pairs (why 1+1 is greater than 5+5). - The architecture of successful business organizations. - The leverage of relationships. - Resilience: A step beyond agility. In the daily flood of 'should' and 'wants' that fill the lives of most executives, The Leader Architect is a fresh and simple guide to tactics and tools that have worked for others…and will work for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347243 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fully Human: 3 Steps to Grow Your Emotional Fitness in Work, Leadership, and Life Author: Susan Packard Narrator: Susan Packard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: HGTV cofounder Susan Packard launches the next chapter in emotional intelligence (EQ), and shows you how to increase your personal satisfaction and productivity—in work and life—via her three-step path toward EQ Fitness.   Emotions can sink us, or they can power us like fuel to succeed. Many of us show up for work, and life, feeling lonely even in a room full of people, or bringing unproductive emotions into work, like anger or fear. You don’t have to feel this way. Susan Packard offers an accessible new guidebook to grow your emotional fitness, and it’s arrived just in time, as technology is quickly becoming our main interface for communication. No matter where you are in your career, success is an inside job. Packard lays out how to develop interdependent work relationships, and for leaders, how to build healthy company cultures.   Packard introduces us to successful people, and companies, that are rich with ‘connector’ emotions like hope, empathy and trust-building. She tackles unconventional topics, like how workaholism keeps us emotionally adolescent, and how forgiveness belongs in the workplace too. Packard shares her EQ Fit-catalyzed success at HGTV and the stories of the executives she coaches in mindfulness and other emerging techniques, and she teaches an ‘inside out’ practice of self-discovery, which helps you uncover unproductive emotions, and dispel them.   The best leaders balance power and grace, and everyone can effectively use resilience--an ability to endure tough situations and make tough decisions, and vulnerability, a willingness to open up, change, and admit when we need help. She offers new tools to bring our strongest emotional selves to work each day. *Includes a Bonus PDF of figures and charts. Susan Packard Tue, 12 Feb 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347243 thebookvoice.com 9:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fully Human: 3 Steps to Grow Your Emotional Fitness in Work, Leadership, and Life Author: Susan Packard Narrator: Susan Packard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: HGTV cofounder Susan Packard launches the next chapter in emotional intelligence (EQ), and shows you how to increase your personal satisfaction and productivity—in work and life—via her three-step path toward EQ Fitness.   Emotions can sink us, or they can power us like fuel to succeed. Many of us show up for work, and life, feeling lonely even in a room full of people, or bringing unproductive emotions into work, like anger or fear. You don’t have to feel this way. Susan Packard offers an accessible new guidebook to grow your emotional fitness, and it’s arrived just in time, as technology is quickly becoming our main interface for communication. No matter where you are in your career, success is an inside job. Packard lays out how to develop interdependent work relationships, and for leaders, how to build healthy company cultures.   Packard introduces us to successful people, and companies, that are rich with ‘connector’ emotions like hope, empathy and trust-building. She tackles unconventional topics, like how workaholism keeps us emotionally adolescent, and how forgiveness belongs in the workplace too. Packard shares her EQ Fit-catalyzed success at HGTV and the stories of the executives she coaches in mindfulness and other emerging techniques, and she teaches an ‘inside out’ practice of self-discovery, which helps you uncover unproductive emotions, and dispel them.   The best leaders balance power and grace, and everyone can effectively use resilience--an ability to endure tough situations and make tough decisions, and vulnerability, a willingness to open up, change, and admit when we need help. She offers new tools to bring our strongest emotional selves to work each day. *Includes a Bonus PDF of figures and charts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fully Human: 3 Steps to Grow Your Emotional Fitness in Work, Leadership, and Life Author: Susan Packard Narrator: Susan Packard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: HGTV cofounder Susan Packard launches the next chapter in emotional intelligence (EQ), and shows you how to increase your personal satisfaction and productivity—in work and life—via her three-step path toward EQ Fitness.   Emotions can sink us, or they can power us like fuel to succeed. Many of us show up for work, and life, feeling lonely even in a room full of people, or bringing unproductive emotions into work, like anger or fear. You don’t have to feel this way. Susan Packard offers an accessible new guidebook to grow your emotional fitness, and it’s arrived just in time, as technology is quickly becoming our main interface for communication. No matter where you are in your career, success is an inside job. Packard lays out how to develop interdependent work relationships, and for leaders, how to build healthy company cultures.   Packard introduces us to successful people, and companies, that are rich with ‘connector’ emotions like hope, empathy and trust-building. She tackles unconventional topics, like how workaholism keeps us emotionally adolescent, and how forgiveness belongs in the workplace too. Packard shares her EQ Fit-catalyzed success at HGTV and the stories of the executives she coaches in mindfulness and other emerging techniques, and she teaches an ‘inside out’ practice of self-discovery, which helps you uncover unproductive emotions, and dispel them.   The best leaders balance power and grace, and everyone can effectively use resilience--an ability to endure tough situations and make tough decisions, and vulnerability, a willingness to open up, change, and admit when we need help. She offers new tools to bring our strongest emotional selves to work each day. *Includes a Bonus PDF of figures and charts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347096 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo trabaja Google Author: Jonathan Rosenberg, Eric Schmidt Narrator: Ricardo Correa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Las nuevas tecnologías de la información han cambiado la manera de hacer negocios. Conoce cómo estas herramientas pueden ayudarte a ser un profesional de éxito. De Eric Schmidt, presidente ejecutivo de Google, y Jonathan Rosenberg, vicepresidente senior de productos. Descubre cómo alcanzar el éxito en tu carrera tomando el modelo de los creativos de Google. En una era en que todo se está acelerando, la mejor forma de que las empresas triunfen es atraer a personas creativo-inteligentes y darles un lugar para que prosperen a su medida. El presidente ejecutivo y ex director general Eric Schmidt y el ex vicepresidente senior de productos Jonathan Rosenberg llegaron a Google hace más de una década como probados ejecutivos de tecnología. En ese tiempo, la compañía ya era reconocida por hacer las cosas de forma diferente, lo que reflejaba los principios visionarios, y frecuentemente disidentes, de los fundadores Larry Page y Sergey Brin. Si Eric y Jonathan iban a triunfar, se dieron cuenta, tendrían que reaprender todo lo que creían saber acerca del management y los negocios. Hoy, Google es un ícono global que cotidianamente sobrepasa los límites de la innovación en una variedad de campos. Cómo trabaja Google es un texto introductorio, entretenido y adictivo, que contiene las lecciones que Eric y Jonathan aprendieron mientras ayudaban a la compañía a crecer. Los autores explican cómo la tecnología ha cambiado el balance del poder, desde las compañías hacia los consumidores, y que la única forma de triunfar en este panorama cambiante se encuentra en crear productos superiores y atraer a un nuevo tipo de empleados multifacéticos, que Eric y Jonathan llaman 'creativos inteligentes'. Abarcando temas como la cultura corporativa, la estrategia, el talento, la toma de decisiones, la comunicación, la innovación y el cómo lidiar con los trastornos en el mercado, los autores ilustran máximas del management ('El consenso requiere disensión', 'Exilio a los villanos, pero lucha por las divas', 'Piensa en 10X, no en 10 por ciento'.) con numerosas anécdotas de empleados. http://www.megustaleer.com.mx/ Jonathan Rosenberg, Eric Schmidt Fri, 09 Mar 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347096 thebookvoice.com 9:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo trabaja Google Author: Jonathan Rosenberg, Eric Schmidt Narrator: Ricardo Correa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Las nuevas tecnologías de la información han cambiado la manera de hacer negocios. Conoce cómo estas herramientas pueden ayudarte a ser un profesional de éxito. De Eric Schmidt, presidente ejecutivo de Google, y Jonathan Rosenberg, vicepresidente senior de productos. Descubre cómo alcanzar el éxito en tu carrera tomando el modelo de los creativos de Google. En una era en que todo se está acelerando, la mejor forma de que las empresas triunfen es atraer a personas creativo-inteligentes y darles un lugar para que prosperen a su medida. El presidente ejecutivo y ex director general Eric Schmidt y el ex vicepresidente senior de productos Jonathan Rosenberg llegaron a Google hace más de una década como probados ejecutivos de tecnología. En ese tiempo, la compañía ya era reconocida por hacer las cosas de forma diferente, lo que reflejaba los principios visionarios, y frecuentemente disidentes, de los fundadores Larry Page y Sergey Brin. Si Eric y Jonathan iban a triunfar, se dieron cuenta, tendrían que reaprender todo lo que creían saber acerca del management y los negocios. Hoy, Google es un ícono global que cotidianamente sobrepasa los límites de la innovación en una variedad de campos. Cómo trabaja Google es un texto introductorio, entretenido y adictivo, que contiene las lecciones que Eric y Jonathan aprendieron mientras ayudaban a la compañía a crecer. Los autores explican cómo la tecnología ha cambiado el balance del poder, desde las compañías hacia los consumidores, y que la única forma de triunfar en este panorama cambiante se encuentra en crear productos superiores y atraer a un nuevo tipo de empleados multifacéticos, que Eric y Jonathan llaman 'creativos inteligentes'. Abarcando temas como la cultura corporativa, la estrategia, el talento, la toma de decisiones, la comunicación, la innovación y el cómo lidiar con los trastornos en el mercado, los autores ilustran máximas del management ('El consenso requiere disensión', 'Exilio a los villanos, pero lucha por las divas', 'Piensa en 10X, no en 10 por ciento'.) con numerosas anécdotas de empleados. http://www.megustaleer.com.mx/ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo trabaja Google Author: Jonathan Rosenberg, Eric Schmidt Narrator: Ricardo Correa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Las nuevas tecnologías de la información han cambiado la manera de hacer negocios. Conoce cómo estas herramientas pueden ayudarte a ser un profesional de éxito. De Eric Schmidt, presidente ejecutivo de Google, y Jonathan Rosenberg, vicepresidente senior de productos. Descubre cómo alcanzar el éxito en tu carrera tomando el modelo de los creativos de Google. En una era en que todo se está acelerando, la mejor forma de que las empresas triunfen es atraer a personas creativo-inteligentes y darles un lugar para que prosperen a su medida. El presidente ejecutivo y ex director general Eric Schmidt y el ex vicepresidente senior de productos Jonathan Rosenberg llegaron a Google hace más de una década como probados ejecutivos de tecnología. En ese tiempo, la compañía ya era reconocida por hacer las cosas de forma diferente, lo que reflejaba los principios visionarios, y frecuentemente disidentes, de los fundadores Larry Page y Sergey Brin. Si Eric y Jonathan iban a triunfar, se dieron cuenta, tendrían que reaprender todo lo que creían saber acerca del management y los negocios. Hoy, Google es un ícono global que cotidianamente sobrepasa los límites de la innovación en una variedad de campos. Cómo trabaja Google es un texto introductorio, entretenido y adictivo, que contiene las lecciones que Eric y Jonathan aprendieron mientras ayudaban a la compañía a crecer. Los autores explican cómo la tecnología ha cambiado el balance del poder, desde las compañías hacia los consumidores, y que la única forma de triunfar en este panorama cambiante se encuentra en crear productos superiores y atraer a un nuevo tipo de empleados multifacéticos, que Eric y Jonathan llaman 'creativos inteligentes'. Abarcando temas como la cultura corporativa, la estrategia, el talento, la toma de decisiones, la comunicación, la innovación y el cómo lidiar con los trastornos en el mercado, los autores ilustran máximas del management ('El consenso requiere disensión', 'Exilio a los villanos, pero lucha por las divas', 'Piensa en 10X, no en 10 por ciento'.) con numerosas anécdotas de empleados. http://www.megustaleer.com.mx/ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347082 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La regla de oro de los negocios Author: Grant Cardone Narrator: Gabriel órtiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La Regla de oro de los negocios te llevará a operar en niveles de liderazgo, productividad y crecimiento que jamás imaginaste. De Grant Cardone, autor bestseller de The New York Times. Olvídate del trabajo sin rendimiento: La Regla de oro de los negocios te ayudará a comprender cuánto esfuerzo, acción, enfoque y reflexión se requieren para hacer que una actividad convencional se transforme en un éxito sin precedentes. Grant Cardone, autor bestseller y experto en ventas y desarrollo empresarial, te explica por qué tu energía y tus labores se quedan cortas para cerrar con satisfacción tus proyectos. De manera clara te revela que, con el entendimiento y la práctica de la Regla 10X o 'La Regla de Oro', adquirirás solidez y liderazgo en el mundo empresarial. La Regla de Oro es una disciplina, una suma de actividades, valores e ideas que te lleva a establecer los niveles correctos de acción y pensamiento. Esto es emprender con decisión, convertir el fracaso en una experiencia positiva, impulsar el análisis, el planteamiento claro de los objetivos y ajustar el pensamiento a éxitos extraordinarios. Aprenderás las herramientas para acrecentar tus habilidades en la organización de proyectos y para potencializar tu tiempo. Si de verdad quieres romper las barreras de tu empresa, tus actividades o expectativas, en estas páginas encontrarás las respuestas que cambiarán tu vida en todos los sentidos. La crítica ha opinado: 'En La Regla de oro de los negocios, el emprendedor Grant Cardone te muestra cómo alcanzar el éxito sin importar tus antecedentes, estructura genética o conexiones personales. En su opinión, el éxito se deriva de trabajar diez veces más duro que nadie y mostrar una 'mentalidad dominante'. Es un libro sobre cómo ganar la determinación, la audacia y el impulso necesarios para lograr el éxito' -Gary Stern, coautor de Minority Rules: Turn Your Ethnicity into a Competitive Edge; periodista de Investor's Business Daily y The Wall Street Journal- Grant Cardone Thu, 05 Oct 2017 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347082 thebookvoice.com 5:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La regla de oro de los negocios Author: Grant Cardone Narrator: Gabriel órtiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La Regla de oro de los negocios te llevará a operar en niveles de liderazgo, productividad y crecimiento que jamás imaginaste. De Grant Cardone, autor bestseller de The New York Times. Olvídate del trabajo sin rendimiento: La Regla de oro de los negocios te ayudará a comprender cuánto esfuerzo, acción, enfoque y reflexión se requieren para hacer que una actividad convencional se transforme en un éxito sin precedentes. Grant Cardone, autor bestseller y experto en ventas y desarrollo empresarial, te explica por qué tu energía y tus labores se quedan cortas para cerrar con satisfacción tus proyectos. De manera clara te revela que, con el entendimiento y la práctica de la Regla 10X o 'La Regla de Oro', adquirirás solidez y liderazgo en el mundo empresarial. La Regla de Oro es una disciplina, una suma de actividades, valores e ideas que te lleva a establecer los niveles correctos de acción y pensamiento. Esto es emprender con decisión, convertir el fracaso en una experiencia positiva, impulsar el análisis, el planteamiento claro de los objetivos y ajustar el pensamiento a éxitos extraordinarios. Aprenderás las herramientas para acrecentar tus habilidades en la organización de proyectos y para potencializar tu tiempo. Si de verdad quieres romper las barreras de tu empresa, tus actividades o expectativas, en estas páginas encontrarás las respuestas que cambiarán tu vida en todos los sentidos. La crítica ha opinado: 'En La Regla de oro de los negocios, el emprendedor Grant Cardone te muestra cómo alcanzar el éxito sin importar tus antecedentes, estructura genética o conexiones personales. En su opinión, el éxito se deriva de trabajar diez veces más duro que nadie y mostrar una 'mentalidad dominante'. Es un libro sobre cómo ganar la determinación, la audacia y el impulso necesarios para lograr el éxito' -Gary Stern, coautor de Minority Rules: Turn Your Ethnicity into a Competitive Edge; periodista de Investor's Business Daily y The Wall Street Journal- Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347082]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La regla de oro de los negocios Author: Grant Cardone Narrator: Gabriel órtiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: La Regla de oro de los negocios te llevará a operar en niveles de liderazgo, productividad y crecimiento que jamás imaginaste. De Grant Cardone, autor bestseller de The New York Times. Olvídate del trabajo sin rendimiento: La Regla de oro de los negocios te ayudará a comprender cuánto esfuerzo, acción, enfoque y reflexión se requieren para hacer que una actividad convencional se transforme en un éxito sin precedentes. Grant Cardone, autor bestseller y experto en ventas y desarrollo empresarial, te explica por qué tu energía y tus labores se quedan cortas para cerrar con satisfacción tus proyectos. De manera clara te revela que, con el entendimiento y la práctica de la Regla 10X o 'La Regla de Oro', adquirirás solidez y liderazgo en el mundo empresarial. La Regla de Oro es una disciplina, una suma de actividades, valores e ideas que te lleva a establecer los niveles correctos de acción y pensamiento. Esto es emprender con decisión, convertir el fracaso en una experiencia positiva, impulsar el análisis, el planteamiento claro de los objetivos y ajustar el pensamiento a éxitos extraordinarios. Aprenderás las herramientas para acrecentar tus habilidades en la organización de proyectos y para potencializar tu tiempo. Si de verdad quieres romper las barreras de tu empresa, tus actividades o expectativas, en estas páginas encontrarás las respuestas que cambiarán tu vida en todos los sentidos. La crítica ha opinado: 'En La Regla de oro de los negocios, el emprendedor Grant Cardone te muestra cómo alcanzar el éxito sin importar tus antecedentes, estructura genética o conexiones personales. En su opinión, el éxito se deriva de trabajar diez veces más duro que nadie y mostrar una 'mentalidad dominante'. Es un libro sobre cómo ganar la determinación, la audacia y el impulso necesarios para lograr el éxito' -Gary Stern, coautor de Minority Rules: Turn Your Ethnicity into a Competitive Edge; periodista de Investor's Business Daily y The Wall Street Journal- https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346448 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HIRE : The Complete Hiring Process for Real Estate Agents Author: Brian Icenhower Narrator: Ed Nash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 30, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Hire the right person for the job, and they will make you money, ease your life, and eliminate the need to rehire another person for the same job. Hire the wrong person, and they will not only cost you time, money, and well-being, but you will have to go through the hiring process time and again until you get the right person in place. Even then, they might not stay long enough to make your efforts worthwhile. No busy professional can afford that sort of loss of time, resources and money. So, how do you hire the right person? This book answers that question. In nine simple but vital steps, this book walks you through the optimal hiring process so that you can get the right person hired the first time around. The whole hiring process is designed for busy professionals who don’t have a lot of time to invest in hiring but still need to make a smart and selective hire. Our strategy includes generating hundreds of applicants and quickly whittling them down, through carefully designed eliminative criteria, until you get to the golden needle in the haystack that you’re looking for. Your time is primarily spent on the most talented final candidates generated by this funneled hiring process and never wasted on unqualified applicants. Whether you’re hiring administrative staff or commission-based sales agents, we walk you through every step carefully and completely and make the entire process very simple and accessible. Brian Icenhower is the author of several business performance training books and is the CEO & Founder of Icenhower Coaching & Consulting (ICC). ICC has established its elite status by consulting many of the real estate industry’s top performing companies and organizations. The principles contained in this book are ingrained in every member of the ICC coaching staff and implemented with their clients. Now, HIRE can serve as your organization’s hiring operations manual to allow you to make smart and strategic hires in the future. Brian Icenhower Wed, 30 May 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346448 thebookvoice.com 5:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HIRE : The Complete Hiring Process for Real Estate Agents Author: Brian Icenhower Narrator: Ed Nash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 30, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Hire the right person for the job, and they will make you money, ease your life, and eliminate the need to rehire another person for the same job. Hire the wrong person, and they will not only cost you time, money, and well-being, but you will have to go through the hiring process time and again until you get the right person in place. Even then, they might not stay long enough to make your efforts worthwhile. No busy professional can afford that sort of loss of time, resources and money. So, how do you hire the right person? This book answers that question. In nine simple but vital steps, this book walks you through the optimal hiring process so that you can get the right person hired the first time around. The whole hiring process is designed for busy professionals who don’t have a lot of time to invest in hiring but still need to make a smart and selective hire. Our strategy includes generating hundreds of applicants and quickly whittling them down, through carefully designed eliminative criteria, until you get to the golden needle in the haystack that you’re looking for. Your time is primarily spent on the most talented final candidates generated by this funneled hiring process and never wasted on unqualified applicants. Whether you’re hiring administrative staff or commission-based sales agents, we walk you through every step carefully and completely and make the entire process very simple and accessible. Brian Icenhower is the author of several business performance training books and is the CEO & Founder of Icenhower Coaching & Consulting (ICC). ICC has established its elite status by consulting many of the real estate industry’s top performing companies and organizations. The principles contained in this book are ingrained in every member of the ICC coaching staff and implemented with their clients. Now, HIRE can serve as your organization’s hiring operations manual to allow you to make smart and strategic hires in the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: HIRE : The Complete Hiring Process for Real Estate Agents Author: Brian Icenhower Narrator: Ed Nash Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 30, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Hire the right person for the job, and they will make you money, ease your life, and eliminate the need to rehire another person for the same job. Hire the wrong person, and they will not only cost you time, money, and well-being, but you will have to go through the hiring process time and again until you get the right person in place. Even then, they might not stay long enough to make your efforts worthwhile. No busy professional can afford that sort of loss of time, resources and money. So, how do you hire the right person? This book answers that question. In nine simple but vital steps, this book walks you through the optimal hiring process so that you can get the right person hired the first time around. The whole hiring process is designed for busy professionals who don’t have a lot of time to invest in hiring but still need to make a smart and selective hire. Our strategy includes generating hundreds of applicants and quickly whittling them down, through carefully designed eliminative criteria, until you get to the golden needle in the haystack that you’re looking for. Your time is primarily spent on the most talented final candidates generated by this funneled hiring process and never wasted on unqualified applicants. Whether you’re hiring administrative staff or commission-based sales agents, we walk you through every step carefully and completely and make the entire process very simple and accessible. Brian Icenhower is the author of several business performance training books and is the CEO & Founder of Icenhower Coaching & Consulting (ICC). ICC has established its elite status by consulting many of the real estate industry’s top performing companies and organizations. The principles contained in this book are ingrained in every member of the ICC coaching staff and implemented with their clients. Now, HIRE can serve as your organization’s hiring operations manual to allow you to make smart and strategic hires in the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346317 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wisdom at Work: The Making of a Modern Elder Author: Chip Conley Narrator: Chip Conley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Wisdom at Work, written and read by Chip Conley. 'An engaging, timely exploration of how to bring more wisdom into our work lives' Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals 'This is exactly what we need right now!' Brené Brown Do you want to reinvent the second half of your career? Chip Conley ignites a bold, urgent conversation about age and ageism in the workplace, He liberates the term 'elder' from the stigma of 'elderly', and reveals the value of wisdom that can only be accrued through years on the planet. Wisdom at Work will teach you how to be indispensable in the second half of your working life. 'Anyone feeling jaded, jejune or just plain past it at work can read this book in a morning and feel revived' The Financial Times Chip Conley Wed, 26 Sep 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346317 thebookvoice.com 8:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wisdom at Work: The Making of a Modern Elder Author: Chip Conley Narrator: Chip Conley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Wisdom at Work, written and read by Chip Conley. 'An engaging, timely exploration of how to bring more wisdom into our work lives' Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals 'This is exactly what we need right now!' Brené Brown Do you want to reinvent the second half of your career? Chip Conley ignites a bold, urgent conversation about age and ageism in the workplace, He liberates the term 'elder' from the stigma of 'elderly', and reveals the value of wisdom that can only be accrued through years on the planet. Wisdom at Work will teach you how to be indispensable in the second half of your working life. 'Anyone feeling jaded, jejune or just plain past it at work can read this book in a morning and feel revived' The Financial Times Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346317]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wisdom at Work: The Making of a Modern Elder Author: Chip Conley Narrator: Chip Conley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 26, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Wisdom at Work, written and read by Chip Conley. 'An engaging, timely exploration of how to bring more wisdom into our work lives' Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals 'This is exactly what we need right now!' Brené Brown Do you want to reinvent the second half of your career? Chip Conley ignites a bold, urgent conversation about age and ageism in the workplace, He liberates the term 'elder' from the stigma of 'elderly', and reveals the value of wisdom that can only be accrued through years on the planet. Wisdom at Work will teach you how to be indispensable in the second half of your working life. 'Anyone feeling jaded, jejune or just plain past it at work can read this book in a morning and feel revived' The Financial Times https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346240 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loonshots: How to Nurture the Crazy Ideas That Win Wars, Cure Diseases, and Transform Industries Author: Safi Bahcall Narrator: Safi Bahcall, William Dufris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Washington Post's '10 Leadership Books to Watch for in 2019,' Adam Grant's '19 New Leadership Books to Read in 2019,' Inc.com's '10 Business Books You Need to Read in 2019,' Business Insider's '14 Books Everyone Will Be Reading in 2019' This program includes a prologue and introduction read by the author. What do James Bond and Lipitor have in common? What can we learn about human nature and world history from a glass of water? In Loonshots, physicist and entrepreneur Safi Bahcall reveals a surprising new way of thinking about the mysteries of group behavior that challenges everything we thought we knew about nurturing radical breakthroughs. Drawing on the science of phase transitions, Bahcall shows why teams, companies, or any group with a mission will suddenly change from embracing wild new ideas to rigidly rejecting them, just as flowing water will suddenly change into brittle ice. Mountains of print have been written about culture. Loonshots identifies the small shifts in structure that control this transition, the same way that temperature controls the change from water to ice. Using examples that range from the spread of fires in forests to the hunt for terrorists online, and stories of thieves and geniuses and kings, Bahcall shows how this new kind of science helps us understand the behavior of companies and the fate of empires. Loonshots distills these insights into lessons for creatives, entrepreneurs, and visionaries everywhere. Over the past decade, researchers have been applying the tools and techniques of phase transitions to understand how birds flock, fish swim, brains work, people vote, criminals behave, ideas spread, diseases erupt, and ecosystems collapse. If twentieth-century science was shaped by the search for fundamental laws, like quantum mechanics and gravity, the twenty-first will be shaped by this new kind of science. Loonshots is the first to apply these tools to help all of us unlock our potential to create and nurture the crazy ideas that change the world. “This book has everything: new ideas, bold insights, entertaining history and convincing analysis. Not to be missed by anyone who wants to understand how ideas change the world.” —Daniel Kahneman, winner of the Nobel Prize and author of Thinking, Fast and Slow Safi Bahcall Tue, 19 Mar 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346240 thebookvoice.com 10:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loonshots: How to Nurture the Crazy Ideas That Win Wars, Cure Diseases, and Transform Industries Author: Safi Bahcall Narrator: Safi Bahcall, William Dufris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Washington Post's '10 Leadership Books to Watch for in 2019,' Adam Grant's '19 New Leadership Books to Read in 2019,' Inc.com's '10 Business Books You Need to Read in 2019,' Business Insider's '14 Books Everyone Will Be Reading in 2019' This program includes a prologue and introduction read by the author. What do James Bond and Lipitor have in common? What can we learn about human nature and world history from a glass of water? In Loonshots, physicist and entrepreneur Safi Bahcall reveals a surprising new way of thinking about the mysteries of group behavior that challenges everything we thought we knew about nurturing radical breakthroughs. Drawing on the science of phase transitions, Bahcall shows why teams, companies, or any group with a mission will suddenly change from embracing wild new ideas to rigidly rejecting them, just as flowing water will suddenly change into brittle ice. Mountains of print have been written about culture. Loonshots identifies the small shifts in structure that control this transition, the same way that temperature controls the change from water to ice. Using examples that range from the spread of fires in forests to the hunt for terrorists online, and stories of thieves and geniuses and kings, Bahcall shows how this new kind of science helps us understand the behavior of companies and the fate of empires. Loonshots distills these insights into lessons for creatives, entrepreneurs, and visionaries everywhere. Over the past decade, researchers have been applying the tools and techniques of phase transitions to understand how birds flock, fish swim, brains work, people vote, criminals behave, ideas spread, diseases erupt, and ecosystems collapse. If twentieth-century science was shaped by the search for fundamental laws, like quantum mechanics and gravity, the twenty-first will be shaped by this new kind of science. Loonshots is the first to apply these tools to help all of us unlock our potential to create and nurture the crazy ideas that change the world. “This book has everything: new ideas, bold insights, entertaining history and convincing analysis. Not to be missed by anyone who wants to understand how ideas change the world.” —Daniel Kahneman, winner of the Nobel Prize and author of Thinking, Fast and Slow Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loonshots: How to Nurture the Crazy Ideas That Win Wars, Cure Diseases, and Transform Industries Author: Safi Bahcall Narrator: Safi Bahcall, William Dufris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Washington Post's '10 Leadership Books to Watch for in 2019,' Adam Grant's '19 New Leadership Books to Read in 2019,' Inc.com's '10 Business Books You Need to Read in 2019,' Business Insider's '14 Books Everyone Will Be Reading in 2019' This program includes a prologue and introduction read by the author. What do James Bond and Lipitor have in common? What can we learn about human nature and world history from a glass of water? In Loonshots, physicist and entrepreneur Safi Bahcall reveals a surprising new way of thinking about the mysteries of group behavior that challenges everything we thought we knew about nurturing radical breakthroughs. Drawing on the science of phase transitions, Bahcall shows why teams, companies, or any group with a mission will suddenly change from embracing wild new ideas to rigidly rejecting them, just as flowing water will suddenly change into brittle ice. Mountains of print have been written about culture. Loonshots identifies the small shifts in structure that control this transition, the same way that temperature controls the change from water to ice. Using examples that range from the spread of fires in forests to the hunt for terrorists online, and stories of thieves and geniuses and kings, Bahcall shows how this new kind of science helps us understand the behavior of companies and the fate of empires. Loonshots distills these insights into lessons for creatives, entrepreneurs, and visionaries everywhere. Over the past decade, researchers have been applying the tools and techniques of phase transitions to understand how birds flock, fish swim, brains work, people vote, criminals behave, ideas spread, diseases erupt, and ecosystems collapse. If twentieth-century science was shaped by the search for fundamental laws, like quantum mechanics and gravity, the twenty-first will be shaped by this new kind of science. Loonshots is the first to apply these tools to help all of us unlock our potential to create and nurture the crazy ideas that change the world. “This book has everything: new ideas, bold insights, entertaining history and convincing analysis. Not to be missed by anyone who wants to understand how ideas change the world.” —Daniel Kahneman, winner of the Nobel Prize and author of Thinking, Fast and Slow https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345676 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345676]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Success Through Diversity: Why the Most Inclusive Companies Will Win Author: Carol Fulp Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Explores how investing in a racially and ethnically diverse workforce will help make contemporary businesses more dynamic, powerful, and profitable In our fast-changing demographic landscape, companies that proactively embrace diversity in all areas of their operations will be best poised to thrive. Renowned business leader and visionary Carol Fulp explores staffing trends in the US and provides a blueprint for what businesses must do to maintain their competitiveness and customer base, including hiring in new ways, aligning managers around diversity, providing new kinds of leadership development, and engaging employees to embrace differences. Using detailed case histories of corporate cultures such as the NFL, Eastern Bank, John Hancock, Hallmark Health, and PepsiCo, as well as her own experiences in the workplace and in advising companies on diversity practice, Fulp demonstrates how people of different races and ethnicities represent an essential asset to contemporary companies and organizations. Carol Fulp Tue, 09 Oct 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345676 thebookvoice.com 7:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345676]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Success Through Diversity: Why the Most Inclusive Companies Will Win Author: Carol Fulp Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Explores how investing in a racially and ethnically diverse workforce will help make contemporary businesses more dynamic, powerful, and profitable In our fast-changing demographic landscape, companies that proactively embrace diversity in all areas of their operations will be best poised to thrive. Renowned business leader and visionary Carol Fulp explores staffing trends in the US and provides a blueprint for what businesses must do to maintain their competitiveness and customer base, including hiring in new ways, aligning managers around diversity, providing new kinds of leadership development, and engaging employees to embrace differences. Using detailed case histories of corporate cultures such as the NFL, Eastern Bank, John Hancock, Hallmark Health, and PepsiCo, as well as her own experiences in the workplace and in advising companies on diversity practice, Fulp demonstrates how people of different races and ethnicities represent an essential asset to contemporary companies and organizations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345676]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Success Through Diversity: Why the Most Inclusive Companies Will Win Author: Carol Fulp Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Explores how investing in a racially and ethnically diverse workforce will help make contemporary businesses more dynamic, powerful, and profitable In our fast-changing demographic landscape, companies that proactively embrace diversity in all areas of their operations will be best poised to thrive. Renowned business leader and visionary Carol Fulp explores staffing trends in the US and provides a blueprint for what businesses must do to maintain their competitiveness and customer base, including hiring in new ways, aligning managers around diversity, providing new kinds of leadership development, and engaging employees to embrace differences. Using detailed case histories of corporate cultures such as the NFL, Eastern Bank, John Hancock, Hallmark Health, and PepsiCo, as well as her own experiences in the workplace and in advising companies on diversity practice, Fulp demonstrates how people of different races and ethnicities represent an essential asset to contemporary companies and organizations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345527 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unstoppable Teams: The Four Essential Actions of High-Performance Leadership Author: Alden Mills Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Three-time Navy SEAL platoon commander and founder of Perfect Fitness reveals how to put together teams that can accomplish any objective—by leveraging an unexpected set of values and priorities. SEALs and civilians operate in extremely different environments, but what makes both kinds of teams excel comes down to the same thing: service to others, trust, empathy, and a caring environment. Alden Mills has experience working in both the military and the private sector, as a SEAL platoon commander and as a startup founder of Perfect Fitness. He’s seen firsthand what it takes to lead an unstoppable team of individuals. Teams are nothing more than a series of interconnected relationships with a collective, single-minded focus. Success almost never depends on individual talent and valor; instead, Alden Mills shows, it depends, first, on creating a strong foundation for yourself and, second, using that foundation to help others go beyond their individual pursuits and talents to create something bigger and better—an unstoppable team. Unstoppable Teams show managers at every level, at both large and small organizations, including private, public, and nonprofit, how to inspire, motivate, and lead the people around them. Mills draws on stories from his own experiences to impart these surprising team-building lessons: - Too many people mistake groups of individuals for a team. - No two people are alike, but we all have the same genetic drivers that motivate us—our will to survive, our ego-driven desire for personal gain, and our soul-driven yearning to be a part of something greater than ourselves. - When we override our fears about survival, we can focus on our desire to thrive. - The more you care for your teammates, the more they will dare for the team. - Great ideas are not reserved for a select few—true teams embrace diversity of thought to find winning ideas. These lessons aren’t exclusive to the Navy SEALs; they are used by successful entrepreneurs, nonprofit leaders, coaches, and sport captains—and now you can master them too. Unstoppable Teams is the handbook for how to build care-based teams that will push people to achieve more than they ever thought possible. Alden Mills Tue, 26 Mar 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345527 thebookvoice.com 5:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unstoppable Teams: The Four Essential Actions of High-Performance Leadership Author: Alden Mills Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Three-time Navy SEAL platoon commander and founder of Perfect Fitness reveals how to put together teams that can accomplish any objective—by leveraging an unexpected set of values and priorities. SEALs and civilians operate in extremely different environments, but what makes both kinds of teams excel comes down to the same thing: service to others, trust, empathy, and a caring environment. Alden Mills has experience working in both the military and the private sector, as a SEAL platoon commander and as a startup founder of Perfect Fitness. He’s seen firsthand what it takes to lead an unstoppable team of individuals. Teams are nothing more than a series of interconnected relationships with a collective, single-minded focus. Success almost never depends on individual talent and valor; instead, Alden Mills shows, it depends, first, on creating a strong foundation for yourself and, second, using that foundation to help others go beyond their individual pursuits and talents to create something bigger and better—an unstoppable team. Unstoppable Teams show managers at every level, at both large and small organizations, including private, public, and nonprofit, how to inspire, motivate, and lead the people around them. Mills draws on stories from his own experiences to impart these surprising team-building lessons: - Too many people mistake groups of individuals for a team. - No two people are alike, but we all have the same genetic drivers that motivate us—our will to survive, our ego-driven desire for personal gain, and our soul-driven yearning to be a part of something greater than ourselves. - When we override our fears about survival, we can focus on our desire to thrive. - The more you care for your teammates, the more they will dare for the team. - Great ideas are not reserved for a select few—true teams embrace diversity of thought to find winning ideas. These lessons aren’t exclusive to the Navy SEALs; they are used by successful entrepreneurs, nonprofit leaders, coaches, and sport captains—and now you can master them too. Unstoppable Teams is the handbook for how to build care-based teams that will push people to achieve more than they ever thought possible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unstoppable Teams: The Four Essential Actions of High-Performance Leadership Author: Alden Mills Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Three-time Navy SEAL platoon commander and founder of Perfect Fitness reveals how to put together teams that can accomplish any objective—by leveraging an unexpected set of values and priorities. SEALs and civilians operate in extremely different environments, but what makes both kinds of teams excel comes down to the same thing: service to others, trust, empathy, and a caring environment. Alden Mills has experience working in both the military and the private sector, as a SEAL platoon commander and as a startup founder of Perfect Fitness. He’s seen firsthand what it takes to lead an unstoppable team of individuals. Teams are nothing more than a series of interconnected relationships with a collective, single-minded focus. Success almost never depends on individual talent and valor; instead, Alden Mills shows, it depends, first, on creating a strong foundation for yourself and, second, using that foundation to help others go beyond their individual pursuits and talents to create something bigger and better—an unstoppable team. Unstoppable Teams show managers at every level, at both large and small organizations, including private, public, and nonprofit, how to inspire, motivate, and lead the people around them. Mills draws on stories from his own experiences to impart these surprising team-building lessons: - Too many people mistake groups of individuals for a team. - No two people are alike, but we all have the same genetic drivers that motivate us—our will to survive, our ego-driven desire for personal gain, and our soul-driven yearning to be a part of something greater than ourselves. - When we override our fears about survival, we can focus on our desire to thrive. - The more you care for your teammates, the more they will dare for the team. - Great ideas are not reserved for a select few—true teams embrace diversity of thought to find winning ideas. These lessons aren’t exclusive to the Navy SEALs; they are used by successful entrepreneurs, nonprofit leaders, coaches, and sport captains—and now you can master them too. Unstoppable Teams is the handbook for how to build care-based teams that will push people to achieve more than they ever thought possible. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345290 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Doesn't Have to Be Crazy at Work Author: Jason Fried, David Heinemeier Hansson Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this timely manifesto, the authors of the New York Times bestseller Rework broadly reject the prevailing notion that long hours, aggressive hustle, and ''whatever it takes'' are required to run a successful business today. In Rework, Jason Fried and David Heinemeier Hansson introduced a new path to working effectively. Now, they build on their message with a bold, iconoclastic strategy for creating the ideal company culture—what they call ''the calm company.'' Their approach directly attack the chaos, anxiety, and stress that plagues millions of workplaces and hampers billions of workers every day. Long hours, an excessive workload, and a lack of sleep have become a badge of honor for modern professionals. But it should be a mark of stupidity, the authors argue. Sadly, this isn’t just a problem for large organizations—individuals, contractors, and solopreneurs are burning themselves out the same way. The answer to better productivity isn’t more hours—it’s less waste and fewer things that induce distraction and persistent stress. It’s time to stop celebrating Crazy, and start celebrating Calm, Fried and Hansson assert. Fried and Hansson have the proof to back up their argument. ''Calm'' has been the cornerstone of their company’s culture since Basecamp began twenty years ago. Destined to become the management guide for the next generation, It Doesn't Have to Be Crazy at Work is a practical and inspiring distillation of their insights and experiences. It isn’t a book telling you what to do. It’s a book showing you what they’ve done—and how any manager or executive no matter the industry or size of the company, can do it too. Jason Fried, David Heinemeier Hansson Tue, 02 Oct 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345290 thebookvoice.com 3:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Doesn't Have to Be Crazy at Work Author: Jason Fried, David Heinemeier Hansson Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this timely manifesto, the authors of the New York Times bestseller Rework broadly reject the prevailing notion that long hours, aggressive hustle, and ''whatever it takes'' are required to run a successful business today. In Rework, Jason Fried and David Heinemeier Hansson introduced a new path to working effectively. Now, they build on their message with a bold, iconoclastic strategy for creating the ideal company culture—what they call ''the calm company.'' Their approach directly attack the chaos, anxiety, and stress that plagues millions of workplaces and hampers billions of workers every day. Long hours, an excessive workload, and a lack of sleep have become a badge of honor for modern professionals. But it should be a mark of stupidity, the authors argue. Sadly, this isn’t just a problem for large organizations—individuals, contractors, and solopreneurs are burning themselves out the same way. The answer to better productivity isn’t more hours—it’s less waste and fewer things that induce distraction and persistent stress. It’s time to stop celebrating Crazy, and start celebrating Calm, Fried and Hansson assert. Fried and Hansson have the proof to back up their argument. ''Calm'' has been the cornerstone of their company’s culture since Basecamp began twenty years ago. Destined to become the management guide for the next generation, It Doesn't Have to Be Crazy at Work is a practical and inspiring distillation of their insights and experiences. It isn’t a book telling you what to do. It’s a book showing you what they’ve done—and how any manager or executive no matter the industry or size of the company, can do it too. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Doesn't Have to Be Crazy at Work Author: Jason Fried, David Heinemeier Hansson Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this timely manifesto, the authors of the New York Times bestseller Rework broadly reject the prevailing notion that long hours, aggressive hustle, and ''whatever it takes'' are required to run a successful business today. In Rework, Jason Fried and David Heinemeier Hansson introduced a new path to working effectively. Now, they build on their message with a bold, iconoclastic strategy for creating the ideal company culture—what they call ''the calm company.'' Their approach directly attack the chaos, anxiety, and stress that plagues millions of workplaces and hampers billions of workers every day. Long hours, an excessive workload, and a lack of sleep have become a badge of honor for modern professionals. But it should be a mark of stupidity, the authors argue. Sadly, this isn’t just a problem for large organizations—individuals, contractors, and solopreneurs are burning themselves out the same way. The answer to better productivity isn’t more hours—it’s less waste and fewer things that induce distraction and persistent stress. It’s time to stop celebrating Crazy, and start celebrating Calm, Fried and Hansson assert. Fried and Hansson have the proof to back up their argument. ''Calm'' has been the cornerstone of their company’s culture since Basecamp began twenty years ago. Destined to become the management guide for the next generation, It Doesn't Have to Be Crazy at Work is a practical and inspiring distillation of their insights and experiences. It isn’t a book telling you what to do. It’s a book showing you what they’ve done—and how any manager or executive no matter the industry or size of the company, can do it too. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345223 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Person You Mean to Be: How Good People Fight Bias Author: Dolly Chugh Narrator: Dolly Chugh, Laszlo Bock, Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Foreword by Laszlo Bock, the bestselling author of Work Rules! and former Senior Vice President of People Operations at Google. An inspiring guide from Dolly Chugh, an award-winning social psychologist at the New York University Stern School of Business, on how to confront difficult issues including sexism, racism, inequality, and injustice so that you can make the world (and yourself) better. Many of us believe in equality, diversity, and inclusion. But how do we stand up for those values in our turbulent world? The Person You Mean to Be is the smart, ''semi-bold'' person’s guide to fighting for what you believe in. Dolly reveals the surprising causes of inequality, grounded in the ''psychology of good people''. Using her research findings in unconscious bias as well as work across psychology, sociology, economics, political science, and other disciplines, she offers practical tools to respectfully and effectively talk politics with family, to be a better colleague to people who don’t look like you, and to avoid being a well-intentioned barrier to equality. Being the person we mean to be starts with a look at ourselves. She argues that the only way to be on the right side of history is to be a good-ish— rather than good—person. Good-ish people are always growing. Second, she helps you find your ''ordinary privilege''—the part of your everyday identity you take for granted, such as race for a white person, sexual orientation for a straight person, gender for a man, or education for a college graduate. This part of your identity may bring blind spots, but it is your best tool for influencing change. Third, Dolly introduces the psychological reasons that make it hard for us to see the bias in and around us. She leads you from willful ignorance to willful awareness. Finally, she guides you on how, when, and whom, to engage (and not engage) in your workplaces, homes, and communities. Her science-based approach is a method any of us can put to use in all parts of our life. Whether you are a long-time activist or new to the fight, you can start from where you are. Through the compelling stories Dolly shares and the surprising science she reports, Dolly guides each of us closer to being the person we mean to be. Dolly Chugh Tue, 04 Sep 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345223 thebookvoice.com 9:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Person You Mean to Be: How Good People Fight Bias Author: Dolly Chugh Narrator: Dolly Chugh, Laszlo Bock, Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Foreword by Laszlo Bock, the bestselling author of Work Rules! and former Senior Vice President of People Operations at Google. An inspiring guide from Dolly Chugh, an award-winning social psychologist at the New York University Stern School of Business, on how to confront difficult issues including sexism, racism, inequality, and injustice so that you can make the world (and yourself) better. Many of us believe in equality, diversity, and inclusion. But how do we stand up for those values in our turbulent world? The Person You Mean to Be is the smart, ''semi-bold'' person’s guide to fighting for what you believe in. Dolly reveals the surprising causes of inequality, grounded in the ''psychology of good people''. Using her research findings in unconscious bias as well as work across psychology, sociology, economics, political science, and other disciplines, she offers practical tools to respectfully and effectively talk politics with family, to be a better colleague to people who don’t look like you, and to avoid being a well-intentioned barrier to equality. Being the person we mean to be starts with a look at ourselves. She argues that the only way to be on the right side of history is to be a good-ish— rather than good—person. Good-ish people are always growing. Second, she helps you find your ''ordinary privilege''—the part of your everyday identity you take for granted, such as race for a white person, sexual orientation for a straight person, gender for a man, or education for a college graduate. This part of your identity may bring blind spots, but it is your best tool for influencing change. Third, Dolly introduces the psychological reasons that make it hard for us to see the bias in and around us. She leads you from willful ignorance to willful awareness. Finally, she guides you on how, when, and whom, to engage (and not engage) in your workplaces, homes, and communities. Her science-based approach is a method any of us can put to use in all parts of our life. Whether you are a long-time activist or new to the fight, you can start from where you are. Through the compelling stories Dolly shares and the surprising science she reports, Dolly guides each of us closer to being the person we mean to be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345223]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Person You Mean to Be: How Good People Fight Bias Author: Dolly Chugh Narrator: Dolly Chugh, Laszlo Bock, Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Foreword by Laszlo Bock, the bestselling author of Work Rules! and former Senior Vice President of People Operations at Google. An inspiring guide from Dolly Chugh, an award-winning social psychologist at the New York University Stern School of Business, on how to confront difficult issues including sexism, racism, inequality, and injustice so that you can make the world (and yourself) better. Many of us believe in equality, diversity, and inclusion. But how do we stand up for those values in our turbulent world? The Person You Mean to Be is the smart, ''semi-bold'' person’s guide to fighting for what you believe in. Dolly reveals the surprising causes of inequality, grounded in the ''psychology of good people''. Using her research findings in unconscious bias as well as work across psychology, sociology, economics, political science, and other disciplines, she offers practical tools to respectfully and effectively talk politics with family, to be a better colleague to people who don’t look like you, and to avoid being a well-intentioned barrier to equality. Being the person we mean to be starts with a look at ourselves. She argues that the only way to be on the right side of history is to be a good-ish— rather than good—person. Good-ish people are always growing. Second, she helps you find your ''ordinary privilege''—the part of your everyday identity you take for granted, such as race for a white person, sexual orientation for a straight person, gender for a man, or education for a college graduate. This part of your identity may bring blind spots, but it is your best tool for influencing change. Third, Dolly introduces the psychological reasons that make it hard for us to see the bias in and around us. She leads you from willful ignorance to willful awareness. Finally, she guides you on how, when, and whom, to engage (and not engage) in your workplaces, homes, and communities. Her science-based approach is a method any of us can put to use in all parts of our life. Whether you are a long-time activist or new to the fight, you can start from where you are. Through the compelling stories Dolly shares and the surprising science she reports, Dolly guides each of us closer to being the person we mean to be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344819 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344819]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Hear You: Repair Communication Breakdowns, Negotiate Successfully, and Build Consensus... in Three Easy Steps Author: Donny Ebenstein Narrator: Wes Talbot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Birth, death, and conflict—three things you truly can’t avoid. Whether it’s big or small, conflict eats into productivity and makes people feel stuck. Yet solutions exist for even the toughest situations with the most intractable people. The answer lies in better communication—not just using different words, but rather learning to think differently. I Hear You supplies proven techniques for stepping outside one’s point of view and seeing things from other perspectives. Sample dialogues show how this shift in thinking leads to better conversations and greatly improved outcomes. Listeners learn how to: • Tell the other person’s story—the cornerstone of real engagement • Look from the outside in and see themselves as others do • Recognize the role systemic factors play—and transform a conflict into a shared challenge • Overcome the defense mechanisms that derail dialogue For anyone trying to negotiate a difficult situation with a boss, colleague, employee, or client, I Hear You changes opposition into understanding and mere talk into real trust. Donny Ebenstein Thu, 01 Oct 2015 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344819 thebookvoice.com 8:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344819]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Hear You: Repair Communication Breakdowns, Negotiate Successfully, and Build Consensus... in Three Easy Steps Author: Donny Ebenstein Narrator: Wes Talbot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Birth, death, and conflict—three things you truly can’t avoid. Whether it’s big or small, conflict eats into productivity and makes people feel stuck. Yet solutions exist for even the toughest situations with the most intractable people. The answer lies in better communication—not just using different words, but rather learning to think differently. I Hear You supplies proven techniques for stepping outside one’s point of view and seeing things from other perspectives. Sample dialogues show how this shift in thinking leads to better conversations and greatly improved outcomes. Listeners learn how to: • Tell the other person’s story—the cornerstone of real engagement • Look from the outside in and see themselves as others do • Recognize the role systemic factors play—and transform a conflict into a shared challenge • Overcome the defense mechanisms that derail dialogue For anyone trying to negotiate a difficult situation with a boss, colleague, employee, or client, I Hear You changes opposition into understanding and mere talk into real trust. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344819]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Hear You: Repair Communication Breakdowns, Negotiate Successfully, and Build Consensus... in Three Easy Steps Author: Donny Ebenstein Narrator: Wes Talbot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Birth, death, and conflict—three things you truly can’t avoid. Whether it’s big or small, conflict eats into productivity and makes people feel stuck. Yet solutions exist for even the toughest situations with the most intractable people. The answer lies in better communication—not just using different words, but rather learning to think differently. I Hear You supplies proven techniques for stepping outside one’s point of view and seeing things from other perspectives. Sample dialogues show how this shift in thinking leads to better conversations and greatly improved outcomes. Listeners learn how to: • Tell the other person’s story—the cornerstone of real engagement • Look from the outside in and see themselves as others do • Recognize the role systemic factors play—and transform a conflict into a shared challenge • Overcome the defense mechanisms that derail dialogue For anyone trying to negotiate a difficult situation with a boss, colleague, employee, or client, I Hear You changes opposition into understanding and mere talk into real trust. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344760 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets to Winning at Office Politics: How to Achieve Your Goals and Increase Your Influence at Work Author: Marie G. McIntyre PhD Narrator: Margaret Strom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Get Ahead, Gain Influence, Get What You Want Office politics are an unavoidable fact of life in every workplace. To accomplish your personal and business goals, you must learn to successfully play the political game in your organization. Whether you are a new player or a seasoned veteran, Secrets to Winning at Office Politics can help you increase your personal power without compromising your integrity or taking advantage of others. This smart, practical guide shows you how to stop wasting energy on things you can't change and start taking steps to get what you want. Written by an organizational psychologist and corporate consultant, Marie G. McIntyre's Secrets to Winning at Office Politics uses real-life examples of political winners and losers to illustrate the behaviors that contribute to success or failure at work. You will be shown techniques for managing your boss more effectively, improving your influence skills, changing the way you are perceived, and dealing with difficult people. Using these proven strategies for political success, you will then be able to create a Political Game Plan that outlines the steps necessary to accomplish your own individual goals. Marie G. McIntyre PhD Tue, 24 Jul 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344760 thebookvoice.com 9:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets to Winning at Office Politics: How to Achieve Your Goals and Increase Your Influence at Work Author: Marie G. McIntyre PhD Narrator: Margaret Strom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Get Ahead, Gain Influence, Get What You Want Office politics are an unavoidable fact of life in every workplace. To accomplish your personal and business goals, you must learn to successfully play the political game in your organization. Whether you are a new player or a seasoned veteran, Secrets to Winning at Office Politics can help you increase your personal power without compromising your integrity or taking advantage of others. This smart, practical guide shows you how to stop wasting energy on things you can't change and start taking steps to get what you want. Written by an organizational psychologist and corporate consultant, Marie G. McIntyre's Secrets to Winning at Office Politics uses real-life examples of political winners and losers to illustrate the behaviors that contribute to success or failure at work. You will be shown techniques for managing your boss more effectively, improving your influence skills, changing the way you are perceived, and dealing with difficult people. Using these proven strategies for political success, you will then be able to create a Political Game Plan that outlines the steps necessary to accomplish your own individual goals. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets to Winning at Office Politics: How to Achieve Your Goals and Increase Your Influence at Work Author: Marie G. McIntyre PhD Narrator: Margaret Strom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Get Ahead, Gain Influence, Get What You Want Office politics are an unavoidable fact of life in every workplace. To accomplish your personal and business goals, you must learn to successfully play the political game in your organization. Whether you are a new player or a seasoned veteran, Secrets to Winning at Office Politics can help you increase your personal power without compromising your integrity or taking advantage of others. This smart, practical guide shows you how to stop wasting energy on things you can't change and start taking steps to get what you want. Written by an organizational psychologist and corporate consultant, Marie G. McIntyre's Secrets to Winning at Office Politics uses real-life examples of political winners and losers to illustrate the behaviors that contribute to success or failure at work. You will be shown techniques for managing your boss more effectively, improving your influence skills, changing the way you are perceived, and dealing with difficult people. Using these proven strategies for political success, you will then be able to create a Political Game Plan that outlines the steps necessary to accomplish your own individual goals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344609 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Personality Brokers: The Strange History of Myers-Briggs and the Birth of Personality Testing Author: Merve Emre Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: *A New York Times Critics' Best Book of 2018* *An Economist Best Book of 2018* *A Spectator Best Book of 2018* *A Mental Floss Best Book of 2018* An unprecedented history of the personality test conceived a century ago by a mother and her daughter--fiction writers with no formal training in psychology--and how it insinuated itself into our boardrooms, classrooms, and beyond The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator is the most popular personality test in the world. It is used regularly by Fortune 500 companies, universities, hospitals, churches, and the military. Its language of personality types--extraversion and introversion, sensing and intuiting, thinking and feeling, judging and perceiving--has inspired television shows, online dating platforms, and Buzzfeed quizzes. Yet despite the test's widespread adoption, experts in the field of psychometric testing, a $2 billion industry, have struggled to validate its results--no less account for its success. How did Myers-Briggs, a homegrown multiple choice questionnaire, infiltrate our workplaces, our relationships, our Internet, our lives? First conceived in the 1920s by the mother-daughter team of Katherine Briggs and Isabel Briggs Myers, a pair of devoted homemakers, novelists, and amateur psychoanalysts, Myers-Briggs was designed to bring the gospel of Carl Jung to the masses. But it would take on a life entirely its own, reaching from the smoke-filled boardrooms of mid-century New York to Berkeley, California, where it was administered to some of the twentieth century's greatest creative minds. It would travel across the world to London, Zurich, Cape Town, Melbourne, and Tokyo, until it could be found just as easily in elementary schools, nunneries, and wellness retreats as in shadowy political consultancies and on social networks. Drawing from original reporting and never-before-published documents, The Personality Brokers takes a critical look at the personality indicator that became a cultural icon. Along the way it examines nothing less than the definition of the self--our attempts to grasp, categorize, and quantify our personalities. Surprising and absorbing, the book, like the test at its heart, considers the timeless question: What makes you, you? Merve Emre Tue, 11 Sep 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344609 thebookvoice.com 11:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Personality Brokers: The Strange History of Myers-Briggs and the Birth of Personality Testing Author: Merve Emre Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: *A New York Times Critics' Best Book of 2018* *An Economist Best Book of 2018* *A Spectator Best Book of 2018* *A Mental Floss Best Book of 2018* An unprecedented history of the personality test conceived a century ago by a mother and her daughter--fiction writers with no formal training in psychology--and how it insinuated itself into our boardrooms, classrooms, and beyond The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator is the most popular personality test in the world. It is used regularly by Fortune 500 companies, universities, hospitals, churches, and the military. Its language of personality types--extraversion and introversion, sensing and intuiting, thinking and feeling, judging and perceiving--has inspired television shows, online dating platforms, and Buzzfeed quizzes. Yet despite the test's widespread adoption, experts in the field of psychometric testing, a $2 billion industry, have struggled to validate its results--no less account for its success. How did Myers-Briggs, a homegrown multiple choice questionnaire, infiltrate our workplaces, our relationships, our Internet, our lives? First conceived in the 1920s by the mother-daughter team of Katherine Briggs and Isabel Briggs Myers, a pair of devoted homemakers, novelists, and amateur psychoanalysts, Myers-Briggs was designed to bring the gospel of Carl Jung to the masses. But it would take on a life entirely its own, reaching from the smoke-filled boardrooms of mid-century New York to Berkeley, California, where it was administered to some of the twentieth century's greatest creative minds. It would travel across the world to London, Zurich, Cape Town, Melbourne, and Tokyo, until it could be found just as easily in elementary schools, nunneries, and wellness retreats as in shadowy political consultancies and on social networks. Drawing from original reporting and never-before-published documents, The Personality Brokers takes a critical look at the personality indicator that became a cultural icon. Along the way it examines nothing less than the definition of the self--our attempts to grasp, categorize, and quantify our personalities. Surprising and absorbing, the book, like the test at its heart, considers the timeless question: What makes you, you? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344609]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Personality Brokers: The Strange History of Myers-Briggs and the Birth of Personality Testing Author: Merve Emre Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 11, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: *A New York Times Critics' Best Book of 2018* *An Economist Best Book of 2018* *A Spectator Best Book of 2018* *A Mental Floss Best Book of 2018* An unprecedented history of the personality test conceived a century ago by a mother and her daughter--fiction writers with no formal training in psychology--and how it insinuated itself into our boardrooms, classrooms, and beyond The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator is the most popular personality test in the world. It is used regularly by Fortune 500 companies, universities, hospitals, churches, and the military. Its language of personality types--extraversion and introversion, sensing and intuiting, thinking and feeling, judging and perceiving--has inspired television shows, online dating platforms, and Buzzfeed quizzes. Yet despite the test's widespread adoption, experts in the field of psychometric testing, a $2 billion industry, have struggled to validate its results--no less account for its success. How did Myers-Briggs, a homegrown multiple choice questionnaire, infiltrate our workplaces, our relationships, our Internet, our lives? First conceived in the 1920s by the mother-daughter team of Katherine Briggs and Isabel Briggs Myers, a pair of devoted homemakers, novelists, and amateur psychoanalysts, Myers-Briggs was designed to bring the gospel of Carl Jung to the masses. But it would take on a life entirely its own, reaching from the smoke-filled boardrooms of mid-century New York to Berkeley, California, where it was administered to some of the twentieth century's greatest creative minds. It would travel across the world to London, Zurich, Cape Town, Melbourne, and Tokyo, until it could be found just as easily in elementary schools, nunneries, and wellness retreats as in shadowy political consultancies and on social networks. Drawing from original reporting and never-before-published documents, The Personality Brokers takes a critical look at the personality indicator that became a cultural icon. Along the way it examines nothing less than the definition of the self--our attempts to grasp, categorize, and quantify our personalities. Surprising and absorbing, the book, like the test at its heart, considers the timeless question: What makes you, you? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344533 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344533]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brave New Work: Are You Ready to Reinvent Your Organization? Author: Aaron Dignan Narrator: Aaron Dignan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “This is the management book of the year. Clear, powerful and urgent, it's a must read for anyone who cares about where they work and how they work.”  —Seth Godin, author of This is Marketing   “This book is a breath of fresh air. Read it now, and make sure your boss does too.”  —Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Give and Take, Originals, and Option B with Sheryl Sandberg When fast-scaling startups and global organizations get stuck, they call Aaron Dignan. In this book, he reveals his proven approach for eliminating red tape, dissolving bureaucracy, and doing the best work of your life. He’s found that nearly everyone, from Wall Street to Silicon Valley, points to the same frustrations: lack of trust, bottlenecks in decision making, siloed functions and teams, meeting and email overload, tiresome budgeting, short-term thinking, and more. Is there any hope for a solution? Haven’t countless business gurus promised the answer, yet changed almost nothing about the way we work? That’s because we fail to recognize that organizations aren’t machines to be predicted and controlled. They’re complex human systems full of potential waiting to be released. Dignan says you can’t fix a team, department, or organization by tinkering around the edges. Over the years, he has helped his clients completely reinvent their operating systems—the fundamental principles and practices that shape their culture—with extraordinary success. Imagine a bank that abandoned traditional budgeting, only to outperform its competition for decades. An appliance manufacturer that divided itself into 2,000 autonomous teams, resulting not in chaos but rapid growth. A healthcare provider with an HQ of just 50 people supporting over 14,000 people in the field—that is named the “best place to work” year after year. And even a team that saved $3 million per year by cancelling one monthly meeting. Their stories may sound improbable, but in Brave New Work you’ll learn exactly how they and other organizations are inventing a smarter, healthier, and more effective way to work. Not through top down mandates, but through a groundswell of autonomy, trust, and transparency. Whether you lead a team of ten or ten thousand, improving your operating system is the single most powerful thing you can do. The only question is, are you ready? Aaron Dignan Tue, 19 Feb 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344533 thebookvoice.com 8:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344533]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brave New Work: Are You Ready to Reinvent Your Organization? Author: Aaron Dignan Narrator: Aaron Dignan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “This is the management book of the year. Clear, powerful and urgent, it's a must read for anyone who cares about where they work and how they work.”  —Seth Godin, author of This is Marketing   “This book is a breath of fresh air. Read it now, and make sure your boss does too.”  —Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Give and Take, Originals, and Option B with Sheryl Sandberg When fast-scaling startups and global organizations get stuck, they call Aaron Dignan. In this book, he reveals his proven approach for eliminating red tape, dissolving bureaucracy, and doing the best work of your life. He’s found that nearly everyone, from Wall Street to Silicon Valley, points to the same frustrations: lack of trust, bottlenecks in decision making, siloed functions and teams, meeting and email overload, tiresome budgeting, short-term thinking, and more. Is there any hope for a solution? Haven’t countless business gurus promised the answer, yet changed almost nothing about the way we work? That’s because we fail to recognize that organizations aren’t machines to be predicted and controlled. They’re complex human systems full of potential waiting to be released. Dignan says you can’t fix a team, department, or organization by tinkering around the edges. Over the years, he has helped his clients completely reinvent their operating systems—the fundamental principles and practices that shape their culture—with extraordinary success. Imagine a bank that abandoned traditional budgeting, only to outperform its competition for decades. An appliance manufacturer that divided itself into 2,000 autonomous teams, resulting not in chaos but rapid growth. A healthcare provider with an HQ of just 50 people supporting over 14,000 people in the field—that is named the “best place to work” year after year. And even a team that saved $3 million per year by cancelling one monthly meeting. Their stories may sound improbable, but in Brave New Work you’ll learn exactly how they and other organizations are inventing a smarter, healthier, and more effective way to work. Not through top down mandates, but through a groundswell of autonomy, trust, and transparency. Whether you lead a team of ten or ten thousand, improving your operating system is the single most powerful thing you can do. The only question is, are you ready? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344533]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brave New Work: Are You Ready to Reinvent Your Organization? Author: Aaron Dignan Narrator: Aaron Dignan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “This is the management book of the year. Clear, powerful and urgent, it's a must read for anyone who cares about where they work and how they work.”  —Seth Godin, author of This is Marketing   “This book is a breath of fresh air. Read it now, and make sure your boss does too.”  —Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Give and Take, Originals, and Option B with Sheryl Sandberg When fast-scaling startups and global organizations get stuck, they call Aaron Dignan. In this book, he reveals his proven approach for eliminating red tape, dissolving bureaucracy, and doing the best work of your life. He’s found that nearly everyone, from Wall Street to Silicon Valley, points to the same frustrations: lack of trust, bottlenecks in decision making, siloed functions and teams, meeting and email overload, tiresome budgeting, short-term thinking, and more. Is there any hope for a solution? Haven’t countless business gurus promised the answer, yet changed almost nothing about the way we work? That’s because we fail to recognize that organizations aren’t machines to be predicted and controlled. They’re complex human systems full of potential waiting to be released. Dignan says you can’t fix a team, department, or organization by tinkering around the edges. Over the years, he has helped his clients completely reinvent their operating systems—the fundamental principles and practices that shape their culture—with extraordinary success. Imagine a bank that abandoned traditional budgeting, only to outperform its competition for decades. An appliance manufacturer that divided itself into 2,000 autonomous teams, resulting not in chaos but rapid growth. A healthcare provider with an HQ of just 50 people supporting over 14,000 people in the field—that is named the “best place to work” year after year. And even a team that saved $3 million per year by cancelling one monthly meeting. Their stories may sound improbable, but in Brave New Work you’ll learn exactly how they and other organizations are inventing a smarter, healthier, and more effective way to work. Not through top down mandates, but through a groundswell of autonomy, trust, and transparency. Whether you lead a team of ten or ten thousand, improving your operating system is the single most powerful thing you can do. The only question is, are you ready? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344531 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chief Joy Officer: How Great Leaders Elevate Human Energy and Eliminate Fear Author: Richard Sheridan Narrator: Richard Sheridan, Tom Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A 2018 Nautilus Book Award Winner for Business and Leadership! The founder of Menlo Innovations and author of the business culture cult classic Joy, Inc offers an inspirational guide to leaders seeking joy in the challenge of leading others. Rich Sheridan's Joy, Inc. told the story of how his tiny software company in Ann Arbor, Michigan achieved success and renown by embracing offbeat culture and human-centered values. In Chief Joy Officer, he turns his attention from culture to leadership, and draws on his experience running Menlo and consulting elsewhere to offer a wise, provocative guide on how anyone can build leadership capacity for joy within their own organization. Chief Joy Officer offers sage, hard-won advice to any manager or leader who yearns to make more of an impact on the lives of others, including:   *  Self-understanding is the cornerstone for every virtue of leadership: authenticity, trust, humility, and optimism.   *  Good leaders make more leaders: Learn to judge your performance not on whether people are doing what they're told, but whether they're developing independent leadership capacity.   *  Influencing up is just as important is influencing down: how to encourage different thinking in those above you in your organizations. Filled with colorful anecdotes from Sheridan's personal journey and wisdom from many leadership mentors, Chief Joy Officer offers an approachable, down-to-earth philosophy and practice that will help even the most disillusioned of middle managers bring a renewed sense of purpose to their work building others. Richard Sheridan Tue, 04 Dec 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344531 thebookvoice.com 7:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chief Joy Officer: How Great Leaders Elevate Human Energy and Eliminate Fear Author: Richard Sheridan Narrator: Richard Sheridan, Tom Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A 2018 Nautilus Book Award Winner for Business and Leadership! The founder of Menlo Innovations and author of the business culture cult classic Joy, Inc offers an inspirational guide to leaders seeking joy in the challenge of leading others. Rich Sheridan's Joy, Inc. told the story of how his tiny software company in Ann Arbor, Michigan achieved success and renown by embracing offbeat culture and human-centered values. In Chief Joy Officer, he turns his attention from culture to leadership, and draws on his experience running Menlo and consulting elsewhere to offer a wise, provocative guide on how anyone can build leadership capacity for joy within their own organization. Chief Joy Officer offers sage, hard-won advice to any manager or leader who yearns to make more of an impact on the lives of others, including:   *  Self-understanding is the cornerstone for every virtue of leadership: authenticity, trust, humility, and optimism.   *  Good leaders make more leaders: Learn to judge your performance not on whether people are doing what they're told, but whether they're developing independent leadership capacity.   *  Influencing up is just as important is influencing down: how to encourage different thinking in those above you in your organizations. Filled with colorful anecdotes from Sheridan's personal journey and wisdom from many leadership mentors, Chief Joy Officer offers an approachable, down-to-earth philosophy and practice that will help even the most disillusioned of middle managers bring a renewed sense of purpose to their work building others. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chief Joy Officer: How Great Leaders Elevate Human Energy and Eliminate Fear Author: Richard Sheridan Narrator: Richard Sheridan, Tom Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 4, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A 2018 Nautilus Book Award Winner for Business and Leadership! The founder of Menlo Innovations and author of the business culture cult classic Joy, Inc offers an inspirational guide to leaders seeking joy in the challenge of leading others. Rich Sheridan's Joy, Inc. told the story of how his tiny software company in Ann Arbor, Michigan achieved success and renown by embracing offbeat culture and human-centered values. In Chief Joy Officer, he turns his attention from culture to leadership, and draws on his experience running Menlo and consulting elsewhere to offer a wise, provocative guide on how anyone can build leadership capacity for joy within their own organization. Chief Joy Officer offers sage, hard-won advice to any manager or leader who yearns to make more of an impact on the lives of others, including:   *  Self-understanding is the cornerstone for every virtue of leadership: authenticity, trust, humility, and optimism.   *  Good leaders make more leaders: Learn to judge your performance not on whether people are doing what they're told, but whether they're developing independent leadership capacity.   *  Influencing up is just as important is influencing down: how to encourage different thinking in those above you in your organizations. Filled with colorful anecdotes from Sheridan's personal journey and wisdom from many leadership mentors, Chief Joy Officer offers an approachable, down-to-earth philosophy and practice that will help even the most disillusioned of middle managers bring a renewed sense of purpose to their work building others. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344192 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humble Leadership: The Power of Relationships, Openness, and Trust Author: Edgar H. Schein, Peter A. Schein Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author and father of organizational culture studies, Edgar Schein and Peter Schein trail-blaze with a creative perspective on leadership that encourages vulnerability and empathy as a form of strength. The more traditional form of leadership that is based on immobile hierarchies is growing increasingly outdated and ineffective. Without the ability to actually communicate with their peers, leaders become alienated from their followers and productivity and quality are sacrificed. Authors Edgar Schein and Peter Schein recognize this reality and call for a reimagined form a leadership that coincides with emerging trends of relationship building, complex group work, and diverse workforces. Gaining a deeper understanding of the constantly evolving complexities of interpersonal, group and even intergroup relationships requires shifting our focus towards the process of group dynamics and collaboration. The humble leadership paradigm stresses the importance of studying of how things are being done through collaboration and humility. This space of collaboration is often where invention and brand-new ways of getting things done are created, rather than in the tunnel vision of new ideas of products, markets, or production methods. The future of leadership is dependent on working relationships that are trusting and open. Humble leaders don't shy away from human connection in the workplace but rather see it as an opportunity for growth and success. Edgar H. Schein, Peter A. Schein Tue, 14 Aug 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344192 thebookvoice.com 4:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humble Leadership: The Power of Relationships, Openness, and Trust Author: Edgar H. Schein, Peter A. Schein Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author and father of organizational culture studies, Edgar Schein and Peter Schein trail-blaze with a creative perspective on leadership that encourages vulnerability and empathy as a form of strength. The more traditional form of leadership that is based on immobile hierarchies is growing increasingly outdated and ineffective. Without the ability to actually communicate with their peers, leaders become alienated from their followers and productivity and quality are sacrificed. Authors Edgar Schein and Peter Schein recognize this reality and call for a reimagined form a leadership that coincides with emerging trends of relationship building, complex group work, and diverse workforces. Gaining a deeper understanding of the constantly evolving complexities of interpersonal, group and even intergroup relationships requires shifting our focus towards the process of group dynamics and collaboration. The humble leadership paradigm stresses the importance of studying of how things are being done through collaboration and humility. This space of collaboration is often where invention and brand-new ways of getting things done are created, rather than in the tunnel vision of new ideas of products, markets, or production methods. The future of leadership is dependent on working relationships that are trusting and open. Humble leaders don't shy away from human connection in the workplace but rather see it as an opportunity for growth and success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/344192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Humble Leadership: The Power of Relationships, Openness, and Trust Author: Edgar H. Schein, Peter A. Schein Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 14, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author and father of organizational culture studies, Edgar Schein and Peter Schein trail-blaze with a creative perspective on leadership that encourages vulnerability and empathy as a form of strength. The more traditional form of leadership that is based on immobile hierarchies is growing increasingly outdated and ineffective. Without the ability to actually communicate with their peers, leaders become alienated from their followers and productivity and quality are sacrificed. Authors Edgar Schein and Peter Schein recognize this reality and call for a reimagined form a leadership that coincides with emerging trends of relationship building, complex group work, and diverse workforces. Gaining a deeper understanding of the constantly evolving complexities of interpersonal, group and even intergroup relationships requires shifting our focus towards the process of group dynamics and collaboration. The humble leadership paradigm stresses the importance of studying of how things are being done through collaboration and humility. This space of collaboration is often where invention and brand-new ways of getting things done are created, rather than in the tunnel vision of new ideas of products, markets, or production methods. The future of leadership is dependent on working relationships that are trusting and open. Humble leaders don't shy away from human connection in the workplace but rather see it as an opportunity for growth and success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343884 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1001 Ways to Engage Employees Author: Bob Nelson Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 23, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Employee engagement has been consistently cited as a top and growing priority by CEOs, managers, and human resources leaders across the country. This new title from bestselling author Dr. Bob Nelson will help move any organization from just measuring the need to engage employees to actually changing management behaviors that will lead to a stronger culture of engagement. Your organization will become more effective at both attracting and retaining talent and maximizing the contribution of your employees. 1,001 Ways to Engage Employees: Categorizes specific research-based factors proven to impact employee engagement; Cites hundreds of examples of what other companies are doing to enhance employee engagement—ideas you can use right now; Offers practical insights and advice from hundreds of clients Dr. Bob has worked with; Highlights the key research on employee engagement you need to know and use; Is the only resource on the market that guarantees behavioral change on the part of your leaders that will deliver desired results. Employees are your company's most important asset. Attracting the best, getting them to do their best work, and keeping them in the organization are critical to your company's success. 1,001 Ways to Engage Employees gives you all the powerful tools you need. Bob Nelson Mon, 23 Jul 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343884 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1001 Ways to Engage Employees Author: Bob Nelson Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 23, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Employee engagement has been consistently cited as a top and growing priority by CEOs, managers, and human resources leaders across the country. This new title from bestselling author Dr. Bob Nelson will help move any organization from just measuring the need to engage employees to actually changing management behaviors that will lead to a stronger culture of engagement. Your organization will become more effective at both attracting and retaining talent and maximizing the contribution of your employees. 1,001 Ways to Engage Employees: Categorizes specific research-based factors proven to impact employee engagement; Cites hundreds of examples of what other companies are doing to enhance employee engagement—ideas you can use right now; Offers practical insights and advice from hundreds of clients Dr. Bob has worked with; Highlights the key research on employee engagement you need to know and use; Is the only resource on the market that guarantees behavioral change on the part of your leaders that will deliver desired results. Employees are your company's most important asset. Attracting the best, getting them to do their best work, and keeping them in the organization are critical to your company's success. 1,001 Ways to Engage Employees gives you all the powerful tools you need. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 1001 Ways to Engage Employees Author: Bob Nelson Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 23, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Employee engagement has been consistently cited as a top and growing priority by CEOs, managers, and human resources leaders across the country. This new title from bestselling author Dr. Bob Nelson will help move any organization from just measuring the need to engage employees to actually changing management behaviors that will lead to a stronger culture of engagement. Your organization will become more effective at both attracting and retaining talent and maximizing the contribution of your employees. 1,001 Ways to Engage Employees: Categorizes specific research-based factors proven to impact employee engagement; Cites hundreds of examples of what other companies are doing to enhance employee engagement—ideas you can use right now; Offers practical insights and advice from hundreds of clients Dr. Bob has worked with; Highlights the key research on employee engagement you need to know and use; Is the only resource on the market that guarantees behavioral change on the part of your leaders that will deliver desired results. Employees are your company's most important asset. Attracting the best, getting them to do their best work, and keeping them in the organization are critical to your company's success. 1,001 Ways to Engage Employees gives you all the powerful tools you need. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343481 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Trespassing: How to Put the Spark and Joy Back into Your Work and Life Author: Tania Katan Narrator: Tania Katan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “Playful, smart, easy to implement, and, dare I say, punk rock, this book will wake you up to your personal power and remind you just how enjoyable your life, and work, can be.”—Jen Sincero, #1 New York Times bestselling author of You Are a Badass WINNER OF THE PORCHLIGHT BUSINESS BOOK AWARD   “You don’t have to turn into a corporate drone to kick ass in the working world,” says inspirational speaker Tania Katan. After more than ten years of smuggling creativity into the business sector, Katan is here to tell you that any task or pursuit can be a creative one. You just need to be willing to defy conformity and be ready to conjure imagination anywhere, at any time. That’s where Creative Trespassing comes in.   Creative Trespasser /cre-at-ive tres-pass-er/ noun 1: Someone who sneaks creativity and imagination into the most mundane tasks or buttoned-up workplaces. 2: Someone who finds extraordinary ideas in ordinary places. 3: Someone who uses creativity as fuel for a freer, more joyful life.   Peppered with stories of her own shenanigans—from organizing a wrestling match in the middle of an art museum to staging a corporate culture intervention via post-its—and lessons from the rule-breaking exploits of artists, change-makers, and totally legit business leaders alike, Creative Trespassing is a rollicking, uninhibited guide to using creativity as fuel for a freer and more joyful life.   Whether you’re seeking new ways to innovate, trying to spice up routine entry-level work, or looking to bring more of your rich creative life into your day job, Katan shows you how to transform monotony into novelty and be more energized in your work and in the world. Tania Katan Tue, 12 Feb 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343481 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Trespassing: How to Put the Spark and Joy Back into Your Work and Life Author: Tania Katan Narrator: Tania Katan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “Playful, smart, easy to implement, and, dare I say, punk rock, this book will wake you up to your personal power and remind you just how enjoyable your life, and work, can be.”—Jen Sincero, #1 New York Times bestselling author of You Are a Badass WINNER OF THE PORCHLIGHT BUSINESS BOOK AWARD   “You don’t have to turn into a corporate drone to kick ass in the working world,” says inspirational speaker Tania Katan. After more than ten years of smuggling creativity into the business sector, Katan is here to tell you that any task or pursuit can be a creative one. You just need to be willing to defy conformity and be ready to conjure imagination anywhere, at any time. That’s where Creative Trespassing comes in.   Creative Trespasser /cre-at-ive tres-pass-er/ noun 1: Someone who sneaks creativity and imagination into the most mundane tasks or buttoned-up workplaces. 2: Someone who finds extraordinary ideas in ordinary places. 3: Someone who uses creativity as fuel for a freer, more joyful life.   Peppered with stories of her own shenanigans—from organizing a wrestling match in the middle of an art museum to staging a corporate culture intervention via post-its—and lessons from the rule-breaking exploits of artists, change-makers, and totally legit business leaders alike, Creative Trespassing is a rollicking, uninhibited guide to using creativity as fuel for a freer and more joyful life.   Whether you’re seeking new ways to innovate, trying to spice up routine entry-level work, or looking to bring more of your rich creative life into your day job, Katan shows you how to transform monotony into novelty and be more energized in your work and in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creative Trespassing: How to Put the Spark and Joy Back into Your Work and Life Author: Tania Katan Narrator: Tania Katan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “Playful, smart, easy to implement, and, dare I say, punk rock, this book will wake you up to your personal power and remind you just how enjoyable your life, and work, can be.”—Jen Sincero, #1 New York Times bestselling author of You Are a Badass WINNER OF THE PORCHLIGHT BUSINESS BOOK AWARD   “You don’t have to turn into a corporate drone to kick ass in the working world,” says inspirational speaker Tania Katan. After more than ten years of smuggling creativity into the business sector, Katan is here to tell you that any task or pursuit can be a creative one. You just need to be willing to defy conformity and be ready to conjure imagination anywhere, at any time. That’s where Creative Trespassing comes in.   Creative Trespasser /cre-at-ive tres-pass-er/ noun 1: Someone who sneaks creativity and imagination into the most mundane tasks or buttoned-up workplaces. 2: Someone who finds extraordinary ideas in ordinary places. 3: Someone who uses creativity as fuel for a freer, more joyful life.   Peppered with stories of her own shenanigans—from organizing a wrestling match in the middle of an art museum to staging a corporate culture intervention via post-its—and lessons from the rule-breaking exploits of artists, change-makers, and totally legit business leaders alike, Creative Trespassing is a rollicking, uninhibited guide to using creativity as fuel for a freer and more joyful life.   Whether you’re seeking new ways to innovate, trying to spice up routine entry-level work, or looking to bring more of your rich creative life into your day job, Katan shows you how to transform monotony into novelty and be more energized in your work and in the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343461 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Superbosses Playbook: A Workbook Companion to Superbosses Author: Sydney Finkelstein Narrator: Alan Winter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The companion workbook to Dartmouth professor Sydney Finkelstein's acclaimed Superbosses: How Exceptional Leaders Master the Flow of Talent. Superbosses explained how industry legends like football coach Bill Walsh, television executive Lorne Michaels, restaurateur Alice Waters, and fashion pioneer Ralph Lauren find, nurture, and lead employees. Now, The Superbosses Playbook shows readers how to apply the tactics of these 'superbosses' in their own organizations. The Superbosses Playbook features assessments, case studies, and exercises designed to help anyone recruit talent, lead performance, inspire teams, and even part with great people like a true superboss. For instance, Finkelstein includes assessments of your superboss score and templates for interviewing and evaluating new hires.  This workbook will help you learn and apply the secrets of iconic business leaders. *Includes a bonus PDF of Playbook Exercises and Worksheets. Sydney Finkelstein Tue, 05 Feb 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343461 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Superbosses Playbook: A Workbook Companion to Superbosses Author: Sydney Finkelstein Narrator: Alan Winter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The companion workbook to Dartmouth professor Sydney Finkelstein's acclaimed Superbosses: How Exceptional Leaders Master the Flow of Talent. Superbosses explained how industry legends like football coach Bill Walsh, television executive Lorne Michaels, restaurateur Alice Waters, and fashion pioneer Ralph Lauren find, nurture, and lead employees. Now, The Superbosses Playbook shows readers how to apply the tactics of these 'superbosses' in their own organizations. The Superbosses Playbook features assessments, case studies, and exercises designed to help anyone recruit talent, lead performance, inspire teams, and even part with great people like a true superboss. For instance, Finkelstein includes assessments of your superboss score and templates for interviewing and evaluating new hires.  This workbook will help you learn and apply the secrets of iconic business leaders. *Includes a bonus PDF of Playbook Exercises and Worksheets. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Superbosses Playbook: A Workbook Companion to Superbosses Author: Sydney Finkelstein Narrator: Alan Winter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The companion workbook to Dartmouth professor Sydney Finkelstein's acclaimed Superbosses: How Exceptional Leaders Master the Flow of Talent. Superbosses explained how industry legends like football coach Bill Walsh, television executive Lorne Michaels, restaurateur Alice Waters, and fashion pioneer Ralph Lauren find, nurture, and lead employees. Now, The Superbosses Playbook shows readers how to apply the tactics of these 'superbosses' in their own organizations. The Superbosses Playbook features assessments, case studies, and exercises designed to help anyone recruit talent, lead performance, inspire teams, and even part with great people like a true superboss. For instance, Finkelstein includes assessments of your superboss score and templates for interviewing and evaluating new hires.  This workbook will help you learn and apply the secrets of iconic business leaders. *Includes a bonus PDF of Playbook Exercises and Worksheets. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343407 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343407]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let Them See You: The Guide for Leveraging Your Diversity at Work Author: Porter Braswell Narrator: Porter Braswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The guide to getting hired, being promoted, and thriving professionally for the 40 million people of color in the workplace—from the CEO and cofounder of Jopwell, the leading career advancement platform for Black, Latinx, and Native American students and professionals.   Let Them See You is a collection of Braswell’s straight-talking advice and mentorship for diverse careerists, from college students to mid-level professionals. It’s also an invitation for diversity champions to listen in on the guidance and perspective Braswell provides, particularly for young diverse workers—the population that will make up the majority of the US workforce by 2030. In Let Them See You, Braswell briefly chronicles how the majority-culture workplace evolved and why it’s a business imperative to have a more diverse workforce, and then explains how you can: ·      overcome not-so-invisible obstacles ·      create perceived value ·      get recognition ·      be true to yourself at work ·      build a personal brand ·      harness fear of failure ·      embrace uncomfortable conversations, and ·      drive diversity and inclusion, whether you’re entry-level or in management   In essence, Braswell delivers all the context, tactics, and language you need to let them see you. Porter Braswell Tue, 15 Jan 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343407 thebookvoice.com 6:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343407]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let Them See You: The Guide for Leveraging Your Diversity at Work Author: Porter Braswell Narrator: Porter Braswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The guide to getting hired, being promoted, and thriving professionally for the 40 million people of color in the workplace—from the CEO and cofounder of Jopwell, the leading career advancement platform for Black, Latinx, and Native American students and professionals.   Let Them See You is a collection of Braswell’s straight-talking advice and mentorship for diverse careerists, from college students to mid-level professionals. It’s also an invitation for diversity champions to listen in on the guidance and perspective Braswell provides, particularly for young diverse workers—the population that will make up the majority of the US workforce by 2030. In Let Them See You, Braswell briefly chronicles how the majority-culture workplace evolved and why it’s a business imperative to have a more diverse workforce, and then explains how you can: ·      overcome not-so-invisible obstacles ·      create perceived value ·      get recognition ·      be true to yourself at work ·      build a personal brand ·      harness fear of failure ·      embrace uncomfortable conversations, and ·      drive diversity and inclusion, whether you’re entry-level or in management   In essence, Braswell delivers all the context, tactics, and language you need to let them see you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343407]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let Them See You: The Guide for Leveraging Your Diversity at Work Author: Porter Braswell Narrator: Porter Braswell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The guide to getting hired, being promoted, and thriving professionally for the 40 million people of color in the workplace—from the CEO and cofounder of Jopwell, the leading career advancement platform for Black, Latinx, and Native American students and professionals.   Let Them See You is a collection of Braswell’s straight-talking advice and mentorship for diverse careerists, from college students to mid-level professionals. It’s also an invitation for diversity champions to listen in on the guidance and perspective Braswell provides, particularly for young diverse workers—the population that will make up the majority of the US workforce by 2030. In Let Them See You, Braswell briefly chronicles how the majority-culture workplace evolved and why it’s a business imperative to have a more diverse workforce, and then explains how you can: ·      overcome not-so-invisible obstacles ·      create perceived value ·      get recognition ·      be true to yourself at work ·      build a personal brand ·      harness fear of failure ·      embrace uncomfortable conversations, and ·      drive diversity and inclusion, whether you’re entry-level or in management   In essence, Braswell delivers all the context, tactics, and language you need to let them see you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343337 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343337]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Robots Are Coming!: The Future of Jobs in the Age of Automation Author: Andres Oppenheimer Narrator: Henry Levya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Staying true to his trademark journalistic approach, Andrés Oppenheimer takes his readers on yet another journey, this time across the globe, in a thought-provoking search to understand what the future holds for today's jobs in the foreseeable age of automation. The Robots Are Coming! centers around the issue of jobs and their future in the context of rapid automation and the growth of online products and services. As two of Oppenheimer's interviewees -- both experts in technology and economics from Oxford University -- indicate, forty-seven percent of existing jobs are at risk of becoming automated or rendered obsolete by other technological changes in the next twenty years. Oppenheimer examines current changes in several fields, including the food business, legal work, banking, and medicine, speaking with experts in the field, and citing articles and literature on automation in various areas of the workforce. He contrasts the perspectives of 'techno-optimists' with those of 'techno-negativists' and generally attempts to find a middle ground between an alarmist vision of the future, and one that is too uncritical. A self-described 'cautious optimist', Oppenheimer believes that technology will not create massive unemployment, but rather will drastically change what work looks like. Andres Oppenheimer Tue, 30 Apr 2019 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343337 thebookvoice.com 12:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343337]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Robots Are Coming!: The Future of Jobs in the Age of Automation Author: Andres Oppenheimer Narrator: Henry Levya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Staying true to his trademark journalistic approach, Andrés Oppenheimer takes his readers on yet another journey, this time across the globe, in a thought-provoking search to understand what the future holds for today's jobs in the foreseeable age of automation. The Robots Are Coming! centers around the issue of jobs and their future in the context of rapid automation and the growth of online products and services. As two of Oppenheimer's interviewees -- both experts in technology and economics from Oxford University -- indicate, forty-seven percent of existing jobs are at risk of becoming automated or rendered obsolete by other technological changes in the next twenty years. Oppenheimer examines current changes in several fields, including the food business, legal work, banking, and medicine, speaking with experts in the field, and citing articles and literature on automation in various areas of the workforce. He contrasts the perspectives of 'techno-optimists' with those of 'techno-negativists' and generally attempts to find a middle ground between an alarmist vision of the future, and one that is too uncritical. A self-described 'cautious optimist', Oppenheimer believes that technology will not create massive unemployment, but rather will drastically change what work looks like. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343337]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Robots Are Coming!: The Future of Jobs in the Age of Automation Author: Andres Oppenheimer Narrator: Henry Levya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Staying true to his trademark journalistic approach, Andrés Oppenheimer takes his readers on yet another journey, this time across the globe, in a thought-provoking search to understand what the future holds for today's jobs in the foreseeable age of automation. The Robots Are Coming! centers around the issue of jobs and their future in the context of rapid automation and the growth of online products and services. As two of Oppenheimer's interviewees -- both experts in technology and economics from Oxford University -- indicate, forty-seven percent of existing jobs are at risk of becoming automated or rendered obsolete by other technological changes in the next twenty years. Oppenheimer examines current changes in several fields, including the food business, legal work, banking, and medicine, speaking with experts in the field, and citing articles and literature on automation in various areas of the workforce. He contrasts the perspectives of 'techno-optimists' with those of 'techno-negativists' and generally attempts to find a middle ground between an alarmist vision of the future, and one that is too uncritical. A self-described 'cautious optimist', Oppenheimer believes that technology will not create massive unemployment, but rather will drastically change what work looks like. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343316 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leaders: Myth and Reality Author: Stanley Mcchrystal, Jay Mangone, Jeff Eggers Narrator: Paul Michael, Stanley Mcchrystal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: AN INSTANT NATIONAL BESTSELLER! Stanley McChrystal, the retired US Army general and bestselling author of Team of Teams, profiles thirteen of history’s great leaders, including Walt Disney, Coco Chanel, and Robert E. Lee, to show that leadership is not what you think it is—and never was. Stan McChrystal served for thirty-four years in the US Army, rising from a second lieutenant in the 82nd Airborne Division to a four-star general, in command of all American and coalition forces in Afghanistan. During those years he worked with countless leaders and pondered an ancient question: “What makes a leader great?” He came to realize that there is no simple answer. With Plutarch’s Lives as his model, McChrystal looks at paired sets of leaders who followed unconventional paths to success. For instance . . . Walt Disney and Coco Chanel, Maximilien Robespierre and Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, Boss Tweed and Margaret Thatcher, Martin Luther and Martin Luther King Jr., and finally explores his former hero, Robert E. Lee, from his exceptional military career to leading an army to defeat in service of an immoral cause. He uses their stories to explore how leadership works in practice and to challenge the myths that complicate our thinking about this critical topic. Leaders will help you take stock of your own leadership, whether you’re part of a small team or responsible for an entire nation. Stanley Mcchrystal, Jay Mangone, Jeff Eggers Tue, 23 Oct 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343316 thebookvoice.com 17:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leaders: Myth and Reality Author: Stanley Mcchrystal, Jay Mangone, Jeff Eggers Narrator: Paul Michael, Stanley Mcchrystal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: AN INSTANT NATIONAL BESTSELLER! Stanley McChrystal, the retired US Army general and bestselling author of Team of Teams, profiles thirteen of history’s great leaders, including Walt Disney, Coco Chanel, and Robert E. Lee, to show that leadership is not what you think it is—and never was. Stan McChrystal served for thirty-four years in the US Army, rising from a second lieutenant in the 82nd Airborne Division to a four-star general, in command of all American and coalition forces in Afghanistan. During those years he worked with countless leaders and pondered an ancient question: “What makes a leader great?” He came to realize that there is no simple answer. With Plutarch’s Lives as his model, McChrystal looks at paired sets of leaders who followed unconventional paths to success. For instance . . . Walt Disney and Coco Chanel, Maximilien Robespierre and Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, Boss Tweed and Margaret Thatcher, Martin Luther and Martin Luther King Jr., and finally explores his former hero, Robert E. Lee, from his exceptional military career to leading an army to defeat in service of an immoral cause. He uses their stories to explore how leadership works in practice and to challenge the myths that complicate our thinking about this critical topic. Leaders will help you take stock of your own leadership, whether you’re part of a small team or responsible for an entire nation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343316]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leaders: Myth and Reality Author: Stanley Mcchrystal, Jay Mangone, Jeff Eggers Narrator: Paul Michael, Stanley Mcchrystal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 23, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 11 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: AN INSTANT NATIONAL BESTSELLER! Stanley McChrystal, the retired US Army general and bestselling author of Team of Teams, profiles thirteen of history’s great leaders, including Walt Disney, Coco Chanel, and Robert E. Lee, to show that leadership is not what you think it is—and never was. Stan McChrystal served for thirty-four years in the US Army, rising from a second lieutenant in the 82nd Airborne Division to a four-star general, in command of all American and coalition forces in Afghanistan. During those years he worked with countless leaders and pondered an ancient question: “What makes a leader great?” He came to realize that there is no simple answer. With Plutarch’s Lives as his model, McChrystal looks at paired sets of leaders who followed unconventional paths to success. For instance . . . Walt Disney and Coco Chanel, Maximilien Robespierre and Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, Boss Tweed and Margaret Thatcher, Martin Luther and Martin Luther King Jr., and finally explores his former hero, Robert E. Lee, from his exceptional military career to leading an army to defeat in service of an immoral cause. He uses their stories to explore how leadership works in practice and to challenge the myths that complicate our thinking about this critical topic. Leaders will help you take stock of your own leadership, whether you’re part of a small team or responsible for an entire nation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343304 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones Author: James Clear Narrator: James Clear Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 2398 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 299 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller. Over 20 million copies sold! Translated into 60+ languages! Tiny Changes, Remarkable Results No matter your goals, Atomic Habits offers a proven framework for improving--every day. James Clear, one of the world's leading experts on habit formation, reveals practical strategies that will teach you exactly how to form good habits, break bad ones, and master the tiny behaviors that lead to remarkable results. If you're having trouble changing your habits, the problem isn't you. The problem is your system. Bad habits repeat themselves again and again not because you don't want to change, but because you have the wrong system for change. You do not rise to the level of your goals. You fall to the level of your systems. Here, you'll get a proven system that can take you to new heights. Clear is known for his ability to distill complex topics into simple behaviors that can be easily applied to daily life and work. Here, he draws on the most proven ideas from biology, psychology, and neuroscience to create an easy-to-understand guide for making good habits inevitable and bad habits impossible. Along the way, readers will be inspired and entertained with true stories from Olympic gold medalists, award-winning artists, business leaders, life-saving physicians, and star comedians who have used the science of small habits to master their craft and vault to the top of their field. Learn how to: - make time for new habits (even when life gets crazy); - overcome a lack of motivation and willpower; - design your environment to make success easier; - get back on track when you fall off course; ...and much more. Atomic Habits will reshape the way you think about progress and success, and give you the tools and strategies you need to transform your habits--whether you are a team looking to win a championship, an organization hoping to redefine an industry, or simply an individual who wishes to quit smoking, lose weight, reduce stress, or achieve any other goal. James Clear Tue, 16 Oct 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343304 thebookvoice.com 5:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones Author: James Clear Narrator: James Clear Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 2398 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 299 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller. Over 20 million copies sold! Translated into 60+ languages! Tiny Changes, Remarkable Results No matter your goals, Atomic Habits offers a proven framework for improving--every day. James Clear, one of the world's leading experts on habit formation, reveals practical strategies that will teach you exactly how to form good habits, break bad ones, and master the tiny behaviors that lead to remarkable results. If you're having trouble changing your habits, the problem isn't you. The problem is your system. Bad habits repeat themselves again and again not because you don't want to change, but because you have the wrong system for change. You do not rise to the level of your goals. You fall to the level of your systems. Here, you'll get a proven system that can take you to new heights. Clear is known for his ability to distill complex topics into simple behaviors that can be easily applied to daily life and work. Here, he draws on the most proven ideas from biology, psychology, and neuroscience to create an easy-to-understand guide for making good habits inevitable and bad habits impossible. Along the way, readers will be inspired and entertained with true stories from Olympic gold medalists, award-winning artists, business leaders, life-saving physicians, and star comedians who have used the science of small habits to master their craft and vault to the top of their field. Learn how to: - make time for new habits (even when life gets crazy); - overcome a lack of motivation and willpower; - design your environment to make success easier; - get back on track when you fall off course; ...and much more. Atomic Habits will reshape the way you think about progress and success, and give you the tools and strategies you need to transform your habits--whether you are a team looking to win a championship, an organization hoping to redefine an industry, or simply an individual who wishes to quit smoking, lose weight, reduce stress, or achieve any other goal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/343304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones Author: James Clear Narrator: James Clear Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 2398 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 299 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller. Over 20 million copies sold! Translated into 60+ languages! Tiny Changes, Remarkable Results No matter your goals, Atomic Habits offers a proven framework for improving--every day. James Clear, one of the world's leading experts on habit formation, reveals practical strategies that will teach you exactly how to form good habits, break bad ones, and master the tiny behaviors that lead to remarkable results. If you're having trouble changing your habits, the problem isn't you. The problem is your system. Bad habits repeat themselves again and again not because you don't want to change, but because you have the wrong system for change. You do not rise to the level of your goals. You fall to the level of your systems. Here, you'll get a proven system that can take you to new heights. Clear is known for his ability to distill complex topics into simple behaviors that can be easily applied to daily life and work. Here, he draws on the most proven ideas from biology, psychology, and neuroscience to create an easy-to-understand guide for making good habits inevitable and bad habits impossible. Along the way, readers will be inspired and entertained with true stories from Olympic gold medalists, award-winning artists, business leaders, life-saving physicians, and star comedians who have used the science of small habits to master their craft and vault to the top of their field. Learn how to: - make time for new habits (even when life gets crazy); - overcome a lack of motivation and willpower; - design your environment to make success easier; - get back on track when you fall off course; ...and much more. Atomic Habits will reshape the way you think about progress and success, and give you the tools and strategies you need to transform your habits--whether you are a team looking to win a championship, an organization hoping to redefine an industry, or simply an individual who wishes to quit smoking, lose weight, reduce stress, or achieve any other goal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342450 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342450]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burnout to Breakthrough: Motivating Employees With Leadership Tools That Work Author: Ina Catrinescu Narrator: Kristin Watson Heintz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You'll never think about productivity the same way again! Are your employees feeling exhausted, cynical, or just tuned-out? Do they frequently check their phones in meetings, and seem especially uninterested to hear about the next important organizational change? Are they working harder but getting less done? Ill too often or for too long? These are some of the classic warning signs of disengagement. In a perfect world, work should do so much for us. It should lend us purpose and a sense of meaning, offer us structure and stability. But invariably, something goes wrong—many employees have to pull themselves over the fence each day at a job that is burning them out. Employee engagement and burnout were declared in a state of “crisis” and the biggest concerns for employers in 2017. And we are right to be concerned. Disengagement comes at the yearly cost of $550 billion to the US economy. But it’s not just our economic prosperity that’s at stake. The study presented in Burnout to Breakthrough shows an alarming correlation between disengagement and the following three health predators: depression, obesity, and suicide. Here, Ina Catrinescu draws on cutting-edge neuroscience, and integrates social psychology and organizational science to reconsider accepted narratives, connect past developments with contemporary concerns, and examine specific management practices within the context of this workplace crisis. She redefines how we understand work and idleness. And the best part? The same turnkey solution that can aid disengagement and burnout is responsible for unleashing our creativity. Are you ready to get your employees thirsty to create, their minds tickled, and their hearts racing? Then Burnout to Breakthrough is the right book for you. Ina Catrinescu Tue, 04 Sep 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342450 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342450]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burnout to Breakthrough: Motivating Employees With Leadership Tools That Work Author: Ina Catrinescu Narrator: Kristin Watson Heintz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You'll never think about productivity the same way again! Are your employees feeling exhausted, cynical, or just tuned-out? Do they frequently check their phones in meetings, and seem especially uninterested to hear about the next important organizational change? Are they working harder but getting less done? Ill too often or for too long? These are some of the classic warning signs of disengagement. In a perfect world, work should do so much for us. It should lend us purpose and a sense of meaning, offer us structure and stability. But invariably, something goes wrong—many employees have to pull themselves over the fence each day at a job that is burning them out. Employee engagement and burnout were declared in a state of “crisis” and the biggest concerns for employers in 2017. And we are right to be concerned. Disengagement comes at the yearly cost of $550 billion to the US economy. But it’s not just our economic prosperity that’s at stake. The study presented in Burnout to Breakthrough shows an alarming correlation between disengagement and the following three health predators: depression, obesity, and suicide. Here, Ina Catrinescu draws on cutting-edge neuroscience, and integrates social psychology and organizational science to reconsider accepted narratives, connect past developments with contemporary concerns, and examine specific management practices within the context of this workplace crisis. She redefines how we understand work and idleness. And the best part? The same turnkey solution that can aid disengagement and burnout is responsible for unleashing our creativity. Are you ready to get your employees thirsty to create, their minds tickled, and their hearts racing? Then Burnout to Breakthrough is the right book for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342450]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burnout to Breakthrough: Motivating Employees With Leadership Tools That Work Author: Ina Catrinescu Narrator: Kristin Watson Heintz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 4, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: You'll never think about productivity the same way again! Are your employees feeling exhausted, cynical, or just tuned-out? Do they frequently check their phones in meetings, and seem especially uninterested to hear about the next important organizational change? Are they working harder but getting less done? Ill too often or for too long? These are some of the classic warning signs of disengagement. In a perfect world, work should do so much for us. It should lend us purpose and a sense of meaning, offer us structure and stability. But invariably, something goes wrong—many employees have to pull themselves over the fence each day at a job that is burning them out. Employee engagement and burnout were declared in a state of “crisis” and the biggest concerns for employers in 2017. And we are right to be concerned. Disengagement comes at the yearly cost of $550 billion to the US economy. But it’s not just our economic prosperity that’s at stake. The study presented in Burnout to Breakthrough shows an alarming correlation between disengagement and the following three health predators: depression, obesity, and suicide. Here, Ina Catrinescu draws on cutting-edge neuroscience, and integrates social psychology and organizational science to reconsider accepted narratives, connect past developments with contemporary concerns, and examine specific management practices within the context of this workplace crisis. She redefines how we understand work and idleness. And the best part? The same turnkey solution that can aid disengagement and burnout is responsible for unleashing our creativity. Are you ready to get your employees thirsty to create, their minds tickled, and their hearts racing? Then Burnout to Breakthrough is the right book for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342213 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342213]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Excellence Dividend: Meeting the Tech Tide with Work That Wows and Jobs That Last Author: Tom Peters Narrator: Tom Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brilliantly simple, actionable guidelines for success that any business leader can immediately implement.  “Tom Peters' new book is a bundle of beautiful dynamite. While I've been a CEO for 30 years, I still learned much worth knowing from The Excellence Dividend.  You will too.” —John C. Bogle, founder, Vanguard For decades Tom Peters has been preaching the gospel of putting people first, and in today's rapidly changing business environment, this message is more important than ever. With his unparalleled expertise and inimitable charisma, Peters provides a roadmap for you and your organization to thrive amidst the tech tsunami, and he has a lot of fun doing it. The Excellence Dividend is an important new book from one of today’s greatest business thinkers. Tom Peters Tue, 03 Apr 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342213 thebookvoice.com 11:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342213]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Excellence Dividend: Meeting the Tech Tide with Work That Wows and Jobs That Last Author: Tom Peters Narrator: Tom Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brilliantly simple, actionable guidelines for success that any business leader can immediately implement.  “Tom Peters' new book is a bundle of beautiful dynamite. While I've been a CEO for 30 years, I still learned much worth knowing from The Excellence Dividend.  You will too.” —John C. Bogle, founder, Vanguard For decades Tom Peters has been preaching the gospel of putting people first, and in today's rapidly changing business environment, this message is more important than ever. With his unparalleled expertise and inimitable charisma, Peters provides a roadmap for you and your organization to thrive amidst the tech tsunami, and he has a lot of fun doing it. The Excellence Dividend is an important new book from one of today’s greatest business thinkers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342213]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Excellence Dividend: Meeting the Tech Tide with Work That Wows and Jobs That Last Author: Tom Peters Narrator: Tom Peters Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Brilliantly simple, actionable guidelines for success that any business leader can immediately implement.  “Tom Peters' new book is a bundle of beautiful dynamite. While I've been a CEO for 30 years, I still learned much worth knowing from The Excellence Dividend.  You will too.” —John C. Bogle, founder, Vanguard For decades Tom Peters has been preaching the gospel of putting people first, and in today's rapidly changing business environment, this message is more important than ever. With his unparalleled expertise and inimitable charisma, Peters provides a roadmap for you and your organization to thrive amidst the tech tsunami, and he has a lot of fun doing it. The Excellence Dividend is an important new book from one of today’s greatest business thinkers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342204 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Temp: How American Work, American Business, and the American Dream Became Temporary Author: Louis Hyman Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Winner of the William G. Bowen Prize Named a 'Triumph' of 2018 by New York Times Book Critics Shortlisted for the 800-CEO-READ Business Book Award The untold history of the surprising origins of the 'gig economy'--how deliberate decisions made by consultants and CEOs in the 50s and 60s upended the stability of the workplace and the lives of millions of working men and women in postwar America. Over the last fifty years, job security has cratered as the institutions that insulated us from volatility have been swept aside by a fervent belief in the market. Now every working person in America today asks the same question: how secure is my job? In Temp, Louis Hyman explains how we got to this precarious position and traces the real origins of the gig economy: it was created not by accident, but by choice through a series of deliberate decisions by consultants and CEOs--long before the digital revolution. Uber is not the cause of insecurity and inequality in our country, and neither is the rest of the gig economy. The answer to our growing problems goes deeper than apps, further back than outsourcing and downsizing, and contests the most essential assumptions we have about how our businesses should work. As we make choices about the future, we need to understand our past. Louis Hyman Tue, 21 Aug 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342204 thebookvoice.com 14:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Temp: How American Work, American Business, and the American Dream Became Temporary Author: Louis Hyman Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Winner of the William G. Bowen Prize Named a 'Triumph' of 2018 by New York Times Book Critics Shortlisted for the 800-CEO-READ Business Book Award The untold history of the surprising origins of the 'gig economy'--how deliberate decisions made by consultants and CEOs in the 50s and 60s upended the stability of the workplace and the lives of millions of working men and women in postwar America. Over the last fifty years, job security has cratered as the institutions that insulated us from volatility have been swept aside by a fervent belief in the market. Now every working person in America today asks the same question: how secure is my job? In Temp, Louis Hyman explains how we got to this precarious position and traces the real origins of the gig economy: it was created not by accident, but by choice through a series of deliberate decisions by consultants and CEOs--long before the digital revolution. Uber is not the cause of insecurity and inequality in our country, and neither is the rest of the gig economy. The answer to our growing problems goes deeper than apps, further back than outsourcing and downsizing, and contests the most essential assumptions we have about how our businesses should work. As we make choices about the future, we need to understand our past. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Temp: How American Work, American Business, and the American Dream Became Temporary Author: Louis Hyman Narrator: Simon Vance Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Winner of the William G. Bowen Prize Named a 'Triumph' of 2018 by New York Times Book Critics Shortlisted for the 800-CEO-READ Business Book Award The untold history of the surprising origins of the 'gig economy'--how deliberate decisions made by consultants and CEOs in the 50s and 60s upended the stability of the workplace and the lives of millions of working men and women in postwar America. Over the last fifty years, job security has cratered as the institutions that insulated us from volatility have been swept aside by a fervent belief in the market. Now every working person in America today asks the same question: how secure is my job? In Temp, Louis Hyman explains how we got to this precarious position and traces the real origins of the gig economy: it was created not by accident, but by choice through a series of deliberate decisions by consultants and CEOs--long before the digital revolution. Uber is not the cause of insecurity and inequality in our country, and neither is the rest of the gig economy. The answer to our growing problems goes deeper than apps, further back than outsourcing and downsizing, and contests the most essential assumptions we have about how our businesses should work. As we make choices about the future, we need to understand our past. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341644 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Moved My Cheese?: An A-Mazing Way to Deal with Change in Your Work and in Your Life Author: Spencer Johnson, M.D. Narrator: Karen Ziemba, Tony Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 250 Ratings of Narrator: 4.11 of Total 19 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: THE #1 INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER! A timeless business classic, Who Moved My Cheese? uses a simple parable to reveal profound truths about dealing with change so that you can enjoy less stress and more success in your work and in your life. It would be all so easy if you had a map to the Maze. If the same old routines worked. If they'd just stop moving 'The Cheese.' But things keep changing... Most people are fearful of change, both personal and professional, because they don't have any control over how or when it happens to them. Since change happens either to the individual or by the individual, Dr. Spencer Johnson, the coauthor of the multimillion bestseller The One Minute Manager, uses a deceptively simple story to show that when it comes to living in a rapidly changing world, what matters most is your attitude. Exploring a simple way to take the fear and anxiety out of managing the future, Who Moved My Cheese? can help you discover how to anticipate, acknowledge, and accept change in order to have a positive impact on your job, your relationships, and every aspect of your life. Spencer Johnson, M.D. Tue, 24 Jul 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341644 thebookvoice.com 1:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Moved My Cheese?: An A-Mazing Way to Deal with Change in Your Work and in Your Life Author: Spencer Johnson, M.D. Narrator: Karen Ziemba, Tony Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 250 Ratings of Narrator: 4.11 of Total 19 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: THE #1 INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER! A timeless business classic, Who Moved My Cheese? uses a simple parable to reveal profound truths about dealing with change so that you can enjoy less stress and more success in your work and in your life. It would be all so easy if you had a map to the Maze. If the same old routines worked. If they'd just stop moving 'The Cheese.' But things keep changing... Most people are fearful of change, both personal and professional, because they don't have any control over how or when it happens to them. Since change happens either to the individual or by the individual, Dr. Spencer Johnson, the coauthor of the multimillion bestseller The One Minute Manager, uses a deceptively simple story to show that when it comes to living in a rapidly changing world, what matters most is your attitude. Exploring a simple way to take the fear and anxiety out of managing the future, Who Moved My Cheese? can help you discover how to anticipate, acknowledge, and accept change in order to have a positive impact on your job, your relationships, and every aspect of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341644]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Who Moved My Cheese?: An A-Mazing Way to Deal with Change in Your Work and in Your Life Author: Spencer Johnson, M.D. Narrator: Karen Ziemba, Tony Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: July 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 250 Ratings of Narrator: 4.11 of Total 19 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: THE #1 INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER! A timeless business classic, Who Moved My Cheese? uses a simple parable to reveal profound truths about dealing with change so that you can enjoy less stress and more success in your work and in your life. It would be all so easy if you had a map to the Maze. If the same old routines worked. If they'd just stop moving 'The Cheese.' But things keep changing... Most people are fearful of change, both personal and professional, because they don't have any control over how or when it happens to them. Since change happens either to the individual or by the individual, Dr. Spencer Johnson, the coauthor of the multimillion bestseller The One Minute Manager, uses a deceptively simple story to show that when it comes to living in a rapidly changing world, what matters most is your attitude. Exploring a simple way to take the fear and anxiety out of managing the future, Who Moved My Cheese? can help you discover how to anticipate, acknowledge, and accept change in order to have a positive impact on your job, your relationships, and every aspect of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341616 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shop Class as Soulcraft: An Inquiry into the Value of Work Author: Matthew B. Crawford Narrator: Max Bloomquist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A philosopher/mechanic's wise (and sometimes funny) look at the challenges and pleasures of working with one's hands  “This is a deep exploration of craftsmanship by someone with real, hands-on knowledge. The book is also quirky, surprising, and sometimes quite moving.” —Richard Sennett, author of The Craftsman Called “the sleeper hit of the publishing season” by The Boston Globe, Shop Class as Soulcraft became an instant bestseller, attracting readers with its radical (and timely) reappraisal of the merits of skilled manual labor. On both economic and psychological grounds, author Matthew B. Crawford questions the educational imperative of turning everyone into a “knowledge worker,” based on a misguided separation of thinking from doing. Using his own experience as an electrician and mechanic, Crawford presents a wonderfully articulated call for self-reliance and a moving reflection on how we can live concretely in an ever more abstract world. Matthew B. Crawford Tue, 16 Oct 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341616 thebookvoice.com 6:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shop Class as Soulcraft: An Inquiry into the Value of Work Author: Matthew B. Crawford Narrator: Max Bloomquist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A philosopher/mechanic's wise (and sometimes funny) look at the challenges and pleasures of working with one's hands  “This is a deep exploration of craftsmanship by someone with real, hands-on knowledge. The book is also quirky, surprising, and sometimes quite moving.” —Richard Sennett, author of The Craftsman Called “the sleeper hit of the publishing season” by The Boston Globe, Shop Class as Soulcraft became an instant bestseller, attracting readers with its radical (and timely) reappraisal of the merits of skilled manual labor. On both economic and psychological grounds, author Matthew B. Crawford questions the educational imperative of turning everyone into a “knowledge worker,” based on a misguided separation of thinking from doing. Using his own experience as an electrician and mechanic, Crawford presents a wonderfully articulated call for self-reliance and a moving reflection on how we can live concretely in an ever more abstract world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/341616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shop Class as Soulcraft: An Inquiry into the Value of Work Author: Matthew B. Crawford Narrator: Max Bloomquist Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 16, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A philosopher/mechanic's wise (and sometimes funny) look at the challenges and pleasures of working with one's hands  “This is a deep exploration of craftsmanship by someone with real, hands-on knowledge. The book is also quirky, surprising, and sometimes quite moving.” —Richard Sennett, author of The Craftsman Called “the sleeper hit of the publishing season” by The Boston Globe, Shop Class as Soulcraft became an instant bestseller, attracting readers with its radical (and timely) reappraisal of the merits of skilled manual labor. On both economic and psychological grounds, author Matthew B. Crawford questions the educational imperative of turning everyone into a “knowledge worker,” based on a misguided separation of thinking from doing. Using his own experience as an electrician and mechanic, Crawford presents a wonderfully articulated call for self-reliance and a moving reflection on how we can live concretely in an ever more abstract world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340067 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Community, 2nd Edition: The Structure of Belonging Author: Peter Block Narrator: Tamberla Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The expanded and revised edition of Community tackles the hysteric rise of isolation and fear in a digitally interconnected world. In the second edition of Community, author Peter Block offers practical advice and uplifting stories as a way to reject the increasing pull towards isolation and fear of the stranger in a new world of constant connection. This book explores the benefits of community and belonging to foster social change and reconciliation. As we continue to find new ways of being in constant connection with each other through technology, our workplaces are depopulated and we face growing trends of fundamentalism and nationalism, our fear of the stranger deepens. Block challenges this mindset and proves that community and the structure of belonging has the power to bring about positive social change when supported by the frameworks of compassion, equity and respect for the other. Backed by extensive research, this updated and expanded edition illuminates successful stories of community building as a form of healing. Covering stories about political gridlocks, poverty, people of faith, to institutional life, this revolutionary book offers a compelling argument of why we need community now more than ever. Peter Block Tue, 17 Jul 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340067 thebookvoice.com 7:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Community, 2nd Edition: The Structure of Belonging Author: Peter Block Narrator: Tamberla Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The expanded and revised edition of Community tackles the hysteric rise of isolation and fear in a digitally interconnected world. In the second edition of Community, author Peter Block offers practical advice and uplifting stories as a way to reject the increasing pull towards isolation and fear of the stranger in a new world of constant connection. This book explores the benefits of community and belonging to foster social change and reconciliation. As we continue to find new ways of being in constant connection with each other through technology, our workplaces are depopulated and we face growing trends of fundamentalism and nationalism, our fear of the stranger deepens. Block challenges this mindset and proves that community and the structure of belonging has the power to bring about positive social change when supported by the frameworks of compassion, equity and respect for the other. Backed by extensive research, this updated and expanded edition illuminates successful stories of community building as a form of healing. Covering stories about political gridlocks, poverty, people of faith, to institutional life, this revolutionary book offers a compelling argument of why we need community now more than ever. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/340067]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Community, 2nd Edition: The Structure of Belonging Author: Peter Block Narrator: Tamberla Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The expanded and revised edition of Community tackles the hysteric rise of isolation and fear in a digitally interconnected world. In the second edition of Community, author Peter Block offers practical advice and uplifting stories as a way to reject the increasing pull towards isolation and fear of the stranger in a new world of constant connection. This book explores the benefits of community and belonging to foster social change and reconciliation. As we continue to find new ways of being in constant connection with each other through technology, our workplaces are depopulated and we face growing trends of fundamentalism and nationalism, our fear of the stranger deepens. Block challenges this mindset and proves that community and the structure of belonging has the power to bring about positive social change when supported by the frameworks of compassion, equity and respect for the other. Backed by extensive research, this updated and expanded edition illuminates successful stories of community building as a form of healing. Covering stories about political gridlocks, poverty, people of faith, to institutional life, this revolutionary book offers a compelling argument of why we need community now more than ever. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339926 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead with Heart: Transfer Your Business Through Personal Connection Author: Tom Gartland Narrator: Richard Waterhouse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 9, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: If you want your company to thrive, you need to break one of the oldest unwritten rules of leadership. Leaders in nearly every industry have learned to keep a professional “distance” between themselves and the people who report to them—to avoid getting too close or too personal. This unwritten rule of leadership is pervasive and quietly destructive, and, little by little, keeping ourselves at arm’s length destroys trust, collaboration, and the very fabric of organizations. When Tom Gartland became president of Avis Budget Group, North America, he wanted the corporate culture to become more "open and connected"—so he started with himself. His message was "business is personal—very personal." As he grew closer and connected more with those he was leading, he became a more effective leader, and those around him were inspired to create unprecedented results. Tom found that when we truly open up and care about the people we work with, we can transform organizations into sanctuaries where people feel a deep connection to one another, a profound sense of being part of an important mission, and extraordinary engagement in their work. The result? Employees who feel valued generate exceptional profits. After applying this business philosophy at Avis, not only did Tom see an increase in employee morale, he also saw a significant increase in the company's bottom line. In Lead with Heart, Tom provides an unconventional approach to business leadership, including advice and strategies on how to open yourself up as a leader, recognize potential in your employees, and increase employees' trust in you and the company. Lead with Heart is the revolutionary leadership book that will help managers and employees at all levels grow their businesses by connecting, honestly and meaningfully, with the people they lead. Tom Gartland Sat, 09 Jun 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339926 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead with Heart: Transfer Your Business Through Personal Connection Author: Tom Gartland Narrator: Richard Waterhouse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 9, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: If you want your company to thrive, you need to break one of the oldest unwritten rules of leadership. Leaders in nearly every industry have learned to keep a professional “distance” between themselves and the people who report to them—to avoid getting too close or too personal. This unwritten rule of leadership is pervasive and quietly destructive, and, little by little, keeping ourselves at arm’s length destroys trust, collaboration, and the very fabric of organizations. When Tom Gartland became president of Avis Budget Group, North America, he wanted the corporate culture to become more "open and connected"—so he started with himself. His message was "business is personal—very personal." As he grew closer and connected more with those he was leading, he became a more effective leader, and those around him were inspired to create unprecedented results. Tom found that when we truly open up and care about the people we work with, we can transform organizations into sanctuaries where people feel a deep connection to one another, a profound sense of being part of an important mission, and extraordinary engagement in their work. The result? Employees who feel valued generate exceptional profits. After applying this business philosophy at Avis, not only did Tom see an increase in employee morale, he also saw a significant increase in the company's bottom line. In Lead with Heart, Tom provides an unconventional approach to business leadership, including advice and strategies on how to open yourself up as a leader, recognize potential in your employees, and increase employees' trust in you and the company. Lead with Heart is the revolutionary leadership book that will help managers and employees at all levels grow their businesses by connecting, honestly and meaningfully, with the people they lead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/339926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead with Heart: Transfer Your Business Through Personal Connection Author: Tom Gartland Narrator: Richard Waterhouse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 9, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: If you want your company to thrive, you need to break one of the oldest unwritten rules of leadership. Leaders in nearly every industry have learned to keep a professional “distance” between themselves and the people who report to them—to avoid getting too close or too personal. This unwritten rule of leadership is pervasive and quietly destructive, and, little by little, keeping ourselves at arm’s length destroys trust, collaboration, and the very fabric of organizations. When Tom Gartland became president of Avis Budget Group, North America, he wanted the corporate culture to become more "open and connected"—so he started with himself. His message was "business is personal—very personal." As he grew closer and connected more with those he was leading, he became a more effective leader, and those around him were inspired to create unprecedented results. Tom found that when we truly open up and care about the people we work with, we can transform organizations into sanctuaries where people feel a deep connection to one another, a profound sense of being part of an important mission, and extraordinary engagement in their work. The result? Employees who feel valued generate exceptional profits. After applying this business philosophy at Avis, not only did Tom see an increase in employee morale, he also saw a significant increase in the company's bottom line. In Lead with Heart, Tom provides an unconventional approach to business leadership, including advice and strategies on how to open yourself up as a leader, recognize potential in your employees, and increase employees' trust in you and the company. Lead with Heart is the revolutionary leadership book that will help managers and employees at all levels grow their businesses by connecting, honestly and meaningfully, with the people they lead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334477 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Different: How to Be the Change in a Toxic Workplace Author: Larry Iverson, Dianna Booher Narrator: Dr. Larry Iverson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “Just shut up and work, !” Everyone has a name they would put in that spot if they could say what they really feel at work sometimes. To be successful we must learn how to rise up and become the changing detoxifying force in our work space. In this program, learn to deal with mean-spirited people, create positive energy from a negative environment, deal with criticism constructively, and resolve conflict with class and poise. Take the concepts to heart and watch as you lead the way to a better and nontoxic workplace for you and everyone else! Larry Iverson, Dianna Booher Tue, 15 May 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334477 thebookvoice.com 6:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Different: How to Be the Change in a Toxic Workplace Author: Larry Iverson, Dianna Booher Narrator: Dr. Larry Iverson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “Just shut up and work, !” Everyone has a name they would put in that spot if they could say what they really feel at work sometimes. To be successful we must learn how to rise up and become the changing detoxifying force in our work space. In this program, learn to deal with mean-spirited people, create positive energy from a negative environment, deal with criticism constructively, and resolve conflict with class and poise. Take the concepts to heart and watch as you lead the way to a better and nontoxic workplace for you and everyone else! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334477]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Different: How to Be the Change in a Toxic Workplace Author: Larry Iverson, Dianna Booher Narrator: Dr. Larry Iverson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: “Just shut up and work, !” Everyone has a name they would put in that spot if they could say what they really feel at work sometimes. To be successful we must learn how to rise up and become the changing detoxifying force in our work space. In this program, learn to deal with mean-spirited people, create positive energy from a negative environment, deal with criticism constructively, and resolve conflict with class and poise. Take the concepts to heart and watch as you lead the way to a better and nontoxic workplace for you and everyone else! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334309 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334309]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dream Teams: Working Together Without Falling Apart Author: Shane Snow Narrator: Aaron Walton, Shane Snow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Award-winning entrepreneur and journalist Shane Snow reveals the counterintuitive reasons why so many partnerships and groups break down--and why some break through. The best teams are more than the sum of their parts, but why does collaboration so often fail to fulfill this promise? In Dream Teams, Snow takes us on an adventure through history, neuroscience, psychology, and business, exploring what separates groups that simply get by together from those that get better together. You'll learn:   *  How ragtag teams--from soccer clubs to startups to gangs of pirates--beat the odds throughout history.   *  Why DaimlerChrysler flopped while the Wu-Tang Clan succeeded, and the surprising factor behind most failed mergers, marriages, and partnerships.   *  What the Wright Brothers' daily arguments can teach us about group problem solving.   *  Pioneering women in law enforcement, unlikely civil rights collaborators, and underdog armies that did the incredible together.   *  The team players behind great social movements in history, and the science of becoming open-minded. Provocative and entertaining, Dream Teams is a landmark work that will change the way we think about people, progress, and collaboration. Includes a Bonus PDF with an illustrated special afterword with Sheryl Sandberg and Adam Grant, the Dream Teams Cheat Sheet, and more. Shane Snow Tue, 05 Jun 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334309 thebookvoice.com 6:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334309]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dream Teams: Working Together Without Falling Apart Author: Shane Snow Narrator: Aaron Walton, Shane Snow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Award-winning entrepreneur and journalist Shane Snow reveals the counterintuitive reasons why so many partnerships and groups break down--and why some break through. The best teams are more than the sum of their parts, but why does collaboration so often fail to fulfill this promise? In Dream Teams, Snow takes us on an adventure through history, neuroscience, psychology, and business, exploring what separates groups that simply get by together from those that get better together. You'll learn:   *  How ragtag teams--from soccer clubs to startups to gangs of pirates--beat the odds throughout history.   *  Why DaimlerChrysler flopped while the Wu-Tang Clan succeeded, and the surprising factor behind most failed mergers, marriages, and partnerships.   *  What the Wright Brothers' daily arguments can teach us about group problem solving.   *  Pioneering women in law enforcement, unlikely civil rights collaborators, and underdog armies that did the incredible together.   *  The team players behind great social movements in history, and the science of becoming open-minded. Provocative and entertaining, Dream Teams is a landmark work that will change the way we think about people, progress, and collaboration. Includes a Bonus PDF with an illustrated special afterword with Sheryl Sandberg and Adam Grant, the Dream Teams Cheat Sheet, and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/334309]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dream Teams: Working Together Without Falling Apart Author: Shane Snow Narrator: Aaron Walton, Shane Snow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: June 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Award-winning entrepreneur and journalist Shane Snow reveals the counterintuitive reasons why so many partnerships and groups break down--and why some break through. The best teams are more than the sum of their parts, but why does collaboration so often fail to fulfill this promise? In Dream Teams, Snow takes us on an adventure through history, neuroscience, psychology, and business, exploring what separates groups that simply get by together from those that get better together. You'll learn:   *  How ragtag teams--from soccer clubs to startups to gangs of pirates--beat the odds throughout history.   *  Why DaimlerChrysler flopped while the Wu-Tang Clan succeeded, and the surprising factor behind most failed mergers, marriages, and partnerships.   *  What the Wright Brothers' daily arguments can teach us about group problem solving.   *  Pioneering women in law enforcement, unlikely civil rights collaborators, and underdog armies that did the incredible together.   *  The team players behind great social movements in history, and the science of becoming open-minded. Provocative and entertaining, Dream Teams is a landmark work that will change the way we think about people, progress, and collaboration. Includes a Bonus PDF with an illustrated special afterword with Sheryl Sandberg and Adam Grant, the Dream Teams Cheat Sheet, and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333110 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unsafe Thinking: How to be Nimble and Bold When You Need It Most Author: Jonah Sachs Narrator: Jonah Sachs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A Financial Times Book of the Month: 'An enchanting book about how to question the conventional, challenge the status quo, and unlock the creative solutions right under your nose.' --Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals, Give and Take, and Option B with Sheryl Sandberg 'Unsafe Thinking delivers an array of fresh insights on creativity, motivation, and staying in 'flow.' Packed with powerful case studies, it will propel you out of your rut and onto a path of better, sharper thinking.' -- Daniel H. Pink, author of When and To Sell Is Human How can you challenge and change yourself when you need it most? We're creatures of habit, programmed by evolution to favor the safe and familiar, especially when the stakes are high. This bias no longer serves us in a world of constant change. In fact, today, safe thinking has become extremely dangerous. Through stories of trailblazers in business, health, education and activism, and leveraging decades of research into creativity and performance, Jonah Sachs reveals a path to higher performance and creativity for anyone ready to step out of their comfort zone. He introduces troublemakers willing to challenge corporate culture like the executive who convinced CVS to drop its multibillion-dollar tobacco business. She now leads the pharmacy giant. Readers will get firsthand accounts of breaking from the status quo from a Nobel prize winning doctor who nearly got himself thrown out medicine, a two-time NBA championship coach who brought joy back to his team by tuning down the focus on competition, a CEO who rebuilt her reputation and life from the ashes from one of the biggest flops in internet history and a Colombian mayor who started an incredibly successful career of political reform by mooning an angry crowd. Unsafe Thinking is full of counter-intuitive insights that will challenge you to rethink how you work. You'll learn: - Why your area of deep expertise is often where you'll find your biggest blind spots - Why anxiety can be fuel for creativity - When to trust intuition and when to challenge it - How collaborating only with those that share your values stunts your creativity - How to build an organization that embraces intelligent risk. An inspiring and accessible read, Unsafe Thinking has the power to change both the way you approach your work and your life. Jonah Sachs Tue, 24 Apr 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333110 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unsafe Thinking: How to be Nimble and Bold When You Need It Most Author: Jonah Sachs Narrator: Jonah Sachs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A Financial Times Book of the Month: 'An enchanting book about how to question the conventional, challenge the status quo, and unlock the creative solutions right under your nose.' --Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals, Give and Take, and Option B with Sheryl Sandberg 'Unsafe Thinking delivers an array of fresh insights on creativity, motivation, and staying in 'flow.' Packed with powerful case studies, it will propel you out of your rut and onto a path of better, sharper thinking.' -- Daniel H. Pink, author of When and To Sell Is Human How can you challenge and change yourself when you need it most? We're creatures of habit, programmed by evolution to favor the safe and familiar, especially when the stakes are high. This bias no longer serves us in a world of constant change. In fact, today, safe thinking has become extremely dangerous. Through stories of trailblazers in business, health, education and activism, and leveraging decades of research into creativity and performance, Jonah Sachs reveals a path to higher performance and creativity for anyone ready to step out of their comfort zone. He introduces troublemakers willing to challenge corporate culture like the executive who convinced CVS to drop its multibillion-dollar tobacco business. She now leads the pharmacy giant. Readers will get firsthand accounts of breaking from the status quo from a Nobel prize winning doctor who nearly got himself thrown out medicine, a two-time NBA championship coach who brought joy back to his team by tuning down the focus on competition, a CEO who rebuilt her reputation and life from the ashes from one of the biggest flops in internet history and a Colombian mayor who started an incredibly successful career of political reform by mooning an angry crowd. Unsafe Thinking is full of counter-intuitive insights that will challenge you to rethink how you work. You'll learn: - Why your area of deep expertise is often where you'll find your biggest blind spots - Why anxiety can be fuel for creativity - When to trust intuition and when to challenge it - How collaborating only with those that share your values stunts your creativity - How to build an organization that embraces intelligent risk. An inspiring and accessible read, Unsafe Thinking has the power to change both the way you approach your work and your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unsafe Thinking: How to be Nimble and Bold When You Need It Most Author: Jonah Sachs Narrator: Jonah Sachs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A Financial Times Book of the Month: 'An enchanting book about how to question the conventional, challenge the status quo, and unlock the creative solutions right under your nose.' --Adam Grant, New York Times bestselling author of Originals, Give and Take, and Option B with Sheryl Sandberg 'Unsafe Thinking delivers an array of fresh insights on creativity, motivation, and staying in 'flow.' Packed with powerful case studies, it will propel you out of your rut and onto a path of better, sharper thinking.' -- Daniel H. Pink, author of When and To Sell Is Human How can you challenge and change yourself when you need it most? We're creatures of habit, programmed by evolution to favor the safe and familiar, especially when the stakes are high. This bias no longer serves us in a world of constant change. In fact, today, safe thinking has become extremely dangerous. Through stories of trailblazers in business, health, education and activism, and leveraging decades of research into creativity and performance, Jonah Sachs reveals a path to higher performance and creativity for anyone ready to step out of their comfort zone. He introduces troublemakers willing to challenge corporate culture like the executive who convinced CVS to drop its multibillion-dollar tobacco business. She now leads the pharmacy giant. Readers will get firsthand accounts of breaking from the status quo from a Nobel prize winning doctor who nearly got himself thrown out medicine, a two-time NBA championship coach who brought joy back to his team by tuning down the focus on competition, a CEO who rebuilt her reputation and life from the ashes from one of the biggest flops in internet history and a Colombian mayor who started an incredibly successful career of political reform by mooning an angry crowd. Unsafe Thinking is full of counter-intuitive insights that will challenge you to rethink how you work. You'll learn: - Why your area of deep expertise is often where you'll find your biggest blind spots - Why anxiety can be fuel for creativity - When to trust intuition and when to challenge it - How collaborating only with those that share your values stunts your creativity - How to build an organization that embraces intelligent risk. An inspiring and accessible read, Unsafe Thinking has the power to change both the way you approach your work and your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332992 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332992]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essentials of Theory U: Core Principles and Applications Author: C. Otto Scharmer Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A powerful pocket guide for practitioners that distills all of the research and materials found in Otto Scharmer's seminal texts Theory U and Leading from the Emerging Future. Theory U has evolved into a movement in both academic and organizational development programs on a global scale, yet all of the available literature on the subject can only be found in pricier and lengthier (400+ pages) works - putting it beyond the reach of many. Here, for the first time, the movement's key founder presents the core premise and application of Theory U in a competitively priced paperback that runs just 168 pages. The new developments into a short handbook that focuses on three essential components; the core principles of Theory U, the give movements that makes the process of Theory U, and social applications. The work presents the basic principles of Theory U and its usage in a compact format to be used as a simple introductory work to the field of presencing. C. Otto Scharmer Tue, 20 Mar 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332992 thebookvoice.com 4:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332992]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essentials of Theory U: Core Principles and Applications Author: C. Otto Scharmer Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A powerful pocket guide for practitioners that distills all of the research and materials found in Otto Scharmer's seminal texts Theory U and Leading from the Emerging Future. Theory U has evolved into a movement in both academic and organizational development programs on a global scale, yet all of the available literature on the subject can only be found in pricier and lengthier (400+ pages) works - putting it beyond the reach of many. Here, for the first time, the movement's key founder presents the core premise and application of Theory U in a competitively priced paperback that runs just 168 pages. The new developments into a short handbook that focuses on three essential components; the core principles of Theory U, the give movements that makes the process of Theory U, and social applications. The work presents the basic principles of Theory U and its usage in a compact format to be used as a simple introductory work to the field of presencing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332992]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Essentials of Theory U: Core Principles and Applications Author: C. Otto Scharmer Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A powerful pocket guide for practitioners that distills all of the research and materials found in Otto Scharmer's seminal texts Theory U and Leading from the Emerging Future. Theory U has evolved into a movement in both academic and organizational development programs on a global scale, yet all of the available literature on the subject can only be found in pricier and lengthier (400+ pages) works - putting it beyond the reach of many. Here, for the first time, the movement's key founder presents the core premise and application of Theory U in a competitively priced paperback that runs just 168 pages. The new developments into a short handbook that focuses on three essential components; the core principles of Theory U, the give movements that makes the process of Theory U, and social applications. The work presents the basic principles of Theory U and its usage in a compact format to be used as a simple introductory work to the field of presencing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332959 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bullshit Jobs: A Theory Author: David Graeber Narrator: Christopher Ragland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Bullshit Jobs by David Graeber, read by Christopher Ragland. Be honest: if your job didn't exist, would anybody miss it? Have you ever wondered why not? Up to 40% of us secretly believe our jobs probably aren't necessary. In other words: they are bullshit jobs. This book shows why, and what we can do about it. In the early twentieth century, people prophesied that technology would see us all working fifteen-hour weeks and driving flying cars. Instead, something curious happened. Not only have the flying cars not materialised, but average working hours have increased rather than decreased. And now, across the developed world, three-quarters of all jobs are in services, finance or admin: jobs that don't seem to contribute anything to society. In Bullshit Jobs, David Graeber explores how this phenomenon - one more associated with the Soviet Union, but which capitalism was supposed to eliminate - has happened. In doing so, he looks at how, rather than producing anything, work has become an end in itself; the way such work maintains the current broken system of finance capital; and, finally, how we can get out of it. This book is for anyone whose heart has sunk at the sight of a whiteboard, who believes 'workshops' should only be for making things, or who just suspects that there might be a better way to run our world. 'Spectacular and terrifyingly true' Owen Jones 'Explosive' John McDonnell, New Statesman, Books of the Year 'Thought-provoking and funny' The Times David Graeber Tue, 15 May 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332959 thebookvoice.com 12:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bullshit Jobs: A Theory Author: David Graeber Narrator: Christopher Ragland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Bullshit Jobs by David Graeber, read by Christopher Ragland. Be honest: if your job didn't exist, would anybody miss it? Have you ever wondered why not? Up to 40% of us secretly believe our jobs probably aren't necessary. In other words: they are bullshit jobs. This book shows why, and what we can do about it. In the early twentieth century, people prophesied that technology would see us all working fifteen-hour weeks and driving flying cars. Instead, something curious happened. Not only have the flying cars not materialised, but average working hours have increased rather than decreased. And now, across the developed world, three-quarters of all jobs are in services, finance or admin: jobs that don't seem to contribute anything to society. In Bullshit Jobs, David Graeber explores how this phenomenon - one more associated with the Soviet Union, but which capitalism was supposed to eliminate - has happened. In doing so, he looks at how, rather than producing anything, work has become an end in itself; the way such work maintains the current broken system of finance capital; and, finally, how we can get out of it. This book is for anyone whose heart has sunk at the sight of a whiteboard, who believes 'workshops' should only be for making things, or who just suspects that there might be a better way to run our world. 'Spectacular and terrifyingly true' Owen Jones 'Explosive' John McDonnell, New Statesman, Books of the Year 'Thought-provoking and funny' The Times Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bullshit Jobs: A Theory Author: David Graeber Narrator: Christopher Ragland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Bullshit Jobs by David Graeber, read by Christopher Ragland. Be honest: if your job didn't exist, would anybody miss it? Have you ever wondered why not? Up to 40% of us secretly believe our jobs probably aren't necessary. In other words: they are bullshit jobs. This book shows why, and what we can do about it. In the early twentieth century, people prophesied that technology would see us all working fifteen-hour weeks and driving flying cars. Instead, something curious happened. Not only have the flying cars not materialised, but average working hours have increased rather than decreased. And now, across the developed world, three-quarters of all jobs are in services, finance or admin: jobs that don't seem to contribute anything to society. In Bullshit Jobs, David Graeber explores how this phenomenon - one more associated with the Soviet Union, but which capitalism was supposed to eliminate - has happened. In doing so, he looks at how, rather than producing anything, work has become an end in itself; the way such work maintains the current broken system of finance capital; and, finally, how we can get out of it. This book is for anyone whose heart has sunk at the sight of a whiteboard, who believes 'workshops' should only be for making things, or who just suspects that there might be a better way to run our world. 'Spectacular and terrifyingly true' Owen Jones 'Explosive' John McDonnell, New Statesman, Books of the Year 'Thought-provoking and funny' The Times https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332957 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332957]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reach: How to Build Confidence and Step Outside Your Comfort Zone Author: Andy Molinsky Narrator: Andy Molinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 7, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Reach written and read by Andy Molinsky. Is it easy for you to deliver bad news? Do you look forward to speaking in public? Do you enjoy networking? If you answered no to any of these questions, Reach can help. What often sets successful people apart is their willingness to do things most of us fear. What's more, we have the false notion that successful people like to do these things, when the truth is that successful people have simply found their own way to do them. In Reach, Andy Molinsky breaks down the five key challenges underlying our avoidance tendencies and illuminates the path towards enjoying what you once feared. Short, prescriptive, and based not only on the author's ground-breaking research, but on his own personal experience, Reach will help you take the thing you are most afraid of doing and make it a proud part of your personal repertoire. Along with books like Grit, Mindset, Originals, and Peak, Reach takes its place on my shelf of favorite books about living more fully and effectively. I was stunned by how original and helpful it is. - -Doug Stone, New York Times Best Selling Co-Author of Difficult Conversations and Thanks for the Feedback Molinsky delivers an informative take on the subject of behavioral change. Readers will be inspired by his bumper crop of well-chosen stories about people overcoming their fear and reaching beyond the familiar. People interested in pursuing new ventures will find Molinsky's advice invaluable. - Publishers Weekly We all have trouble reaching beyond our comfort zone, but this book shows you how. So many of our disappointments spring from our own unwillingness to stretch beyond what we feel comfortable doing. Reach will take you to the next level, where you really want to be. - Jonah Berger, PhD, New York Times bestselling author of Contagious and Invisible Influence Andy Molinsky Thu, 07 Jun 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332957 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332957]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reach: How to Build Confidence and Step Outside Your Comfort Zone Author: Andy Molinsky Narrator: Andy Molinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 7, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Reach written and read by Andy Molinsky. Is it easy for you to deliver bad news? Do you look forward to speaking in public? Do you enjoy networking? If you answered no to any of these questions, Reach can help. What often sets successful people apart is their willingness to do things most of us fear. What's more, we have the false notion that successful people like to do these things, when the truth is that successful people have simply found their own way to do them. In Reach, Andy Molinsky breaks down the five key challenges underlying our avoidance tendencies and illuminates the path towards enjoying what you once feared. Short, prescriptive, and based not only on the author's ground-breaking research, but on his own personal experience, Reach will help you take the thing you are most afraid of doing and make it a proud part of your personal repertoire. Along with books like Grit, Mindset, Originals, and Peak, Reach takes its place on my shelf of favorite books about living more fully and effectively. I was stunned by how original and helpful it is. - -Doug Stone, New York Times Best Selling Co-Author of Difficult Conversations and Thanks for the Feedback Molinsky delivers an informative take on the subject of behavioral change. Readers will be inspired by his bumper crop of well-chosen stories about people overcoming their fear and reaching beyond the familiar. People interested in pursuing new ventures will find Molinsky's advice invaluable. - Publishers Weekly We all have trouble reaching beyond our comfort zone, but this book shows you how. So many of our disappointments spring from our own unwillingness to stretch beyond what we feel comfortable doing. Reach will take you to the next level, where you really want to be. - Jonah Berger, PhD, New York Times bestselling author of Contagious and Invisible Influence Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332957]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reach: How to Build Confidence and Step Outside Your Comfort Zone Author: Andy Molinsky Narrator: Andy Molinsky Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 7, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of Reach written and read by Andy Molinsky. Is it easy for you to deliver bad news? Do you look forward to speaking in public? Do you enjoy networking? If you answered no to any of these questions, Reach can help. What often sets successful people apart is their willingness to do things most of us fear. What's more, we have the false notion that successful people like to do these things, when the truth is that successful people have simply found their own way to do them. In Reach, Andy Molinsky breaks down the five key challenges underlying our avoidance tendencies and illuminates the path towards enjoying what you once feared. Short, prescriptive, and based not only on the author's ground-breaking research, but on his own personal experience, Reach will help you take the thing you are most afraid of doing and make it a proud part of your personal repertoire. Along with books like Grit, Mindset, Originals, and Peak, Reach takes its place on my shelf of favorite books about living more fully and effectively. I was stunned by how original and helpful it is. - -Doug Stone, New York Times Best Selling Co-Author of Difficult Conversations and Thanks for the Feedback Molinsky delivers an informative take on the subject of behavioral change. Readers will be inspired by his bumper crop of well-chosen stories about people overcoming their fear and reaching beyond the familiar. People interested in pursuing new ventures will find Molinsky's advice invaluable. - Publishers Weekly We all have trouble reaching beyond our comfort zone, but this book shows you how. So many of our disappointments spring from our own unwillingness to stretch beyond what we feel comfortable doing. Reach will take you to the next level, where you really want to be. - Jonah Berger, PhD, New York Times bestselling author of Contagious and Invisible Influence https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332923 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bullshit Jobs: A Theory Author: David Graeber Narrator: Christopher Ragland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 31 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From David Graeber, the bestselling author of The Dawn of Everything and Debt—“a master of opening up thought and stimulating debate” (Slate)—a powerful argument against the rise of meaningless, unfulfilling jobs…and their consequences. Does your job make a meaningful contribution to the world? In the spring of 2013, David Graeber asked this question in a playful, provocative essay titled “On the Phenomenon of Bullshit Jobs.” It went viral. After one million online views in seventeen different languages, people all over the world are still debating the answer. There are hordes of people—HR consultants, communication coordinators, telemarketing researchers, corporate lawyers—whose jobs are useless, and, tragically, they know it. These people are caught in bullshit jobs. Graeber explores one of society’s most vexing and deeply felt concerns, indicting among other villains a particular strain of finance capitalism that betrays ideals shared by thinkers ranging from Keynes to Lincoln. “Clever and charismatic” (The New Yorker), Bullshit Jobs gives individuals, corporations, and societies permission to undergo a shift in values, placing creative and caring work at the center of our culture. This book is for everyone who wants to turn their vocation back into an avocation and “a thought-provoking examination of our working lives” (Financial Times). David Graeber Tue, 15 May 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332923 thebookvoice.com 12:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bullshit Jobs: A Theory Author: David Graeber Narrator: Christopher Ragland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 31 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From David Graeber, the bestselling author of The Dawn of Everything and Debt—“a master of opening up thought and stimulating debate” (Slate)—a powerful argument against the rise of meaningless, unfulfilling jobs…and their consequences. Does your job make a meaningful contribution to the world? In the spring of 2013, David Graeber asked this question in a playful, provocative essay titled “On the Phenomenon of Bullshit Jobs.” It went viral. After one million online views in seventeen different languages, people all over the world are still debating the answer. There are hordes of people—HR consultants, communication coordinators, telemarketing researchers, corporate lawyers—whose jobs are useless, and, tragically, they know it. These people are caught in bullshit jobs. Graeber explores one of society’s most vexing and deeply felt concerns, indicting among other villains a particular strain of finance capitalism that betrays ideals shared by thinkers ranging from Keynes to Lincoln. “Clever and charismatic” (The New Yorker), Bullshit Jobs gives individuals, corporations, and societies permission to undergo a shift in values, placing creative and caring work at the center of our culture. This book is for everyone who wants to turn their vocation back into an avocation and “a thought-provoking examination of our working lives” (Financial Times). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bullshit Jobs: A Theory Author: David Graeber Narrator: Christopher Ragland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.55 of Total 31 Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From David Graeber, the bestselling author of The Dawn of Everything and Debt—“a master of opening up thought and stimulating debate” (Slate)—a powerful argument against the rise of meaningless, unfulfilling jobs…and their consequences. Does your job make a meaningful contribution to the world? In the spring of 2013, David Graeber asked this question in a playful, provocative essay titled “On the Phenomenon of Bullshit Jobs.” It went viral. After one million online views in seventeen different languages, people all over the world are still debating the answer. There are hordes of people—HR consultants, communication coordinators, telemarketing researchers, corporate lawyers—whose jobs are useless, and, tragically, they know it. These people are caught in bullshit jobs. Graeber explores one of society’s most vexing and deeply felt concerns, indicting among other villains a particular strain of finance capitalism that betrays ideals shared by thinkers ranging from Keynes to Lincoln. “Clever and charismatic” (The New Yorker), Bullshit Jobs gives individuals, corporations, and societies permission to undergo a shift in values, placing creative and caring work at the center of our culture. This book is for everyone who wants to turn their vocation back into an avocation and “a thought-provoking examination of our working lives” (Financial Times). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332674 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Motivation Toolkit: How to Align Your Employees' Interests with Your Own Author: David Kreps Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Getting your employees to do their best work has never been easy. But it is a particular challenge for knowledge workers, who must attend to many different tasks and whose to-do list is often ambiguous, requiring outside-the-box thinking. Lists of dos and don'ts are rarely effective. Instead, your best bet is to align their interests with your own—the heart of motivation—and set them free to use their own drive and creativity on their, and your, behalf. But how do you align their interests with your own? How do you avoid incentive schemes that warp priorities, encourage perfunctory and sloppy work, or cause unethical behavior? In The Motivation Toolkit, economist and management expert David Kreps offers a variety of tools, drawn from the disciplines of economics and social psychology, that you can adapt to your specific situation to achieve better motivation. This starts with understanding both the economic and social relationship your employees have with their work, their jobs, and your organization, then using that understanding to find economic or psychological motivators that will work. David Kreps Tue, 15 May 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332674 thebookvoice.com 6:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Motivation Toolkit: How to Align Your Employees' Interests with Your Own Author: David Kreps Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Getting your employees to do their best work has never been easy. But it is a particular challenge for knowledge workers, who must attend to many different tasks and whose to-do list is often ambiguous, requiring outside-the-box thinking. Lists of dos and don'ts are rarely effective. Instead, your best bet is to align their interests with your own—the heart of motivation—and set them free to use their own drive and creativity on their, and your, behalf. But how do you align their interests with your own? How do you avoid incentive schemes that warp priorities, encourage perfunctory and sloppy work, or cause unethical behavior? In The Motivation Toolkit, economist and management expert David Kreps offers a variety of tools, drawn from the disciplines of economics and social psychology, that you can adapt to your specific situation to achieve better motivation. This starts with understanding both the economic and social relationship your employees have with their work, their jobs, and your organization, then using that understanding to find economic or psychological motivators that will work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Motivation Toolkit: How to Align Your Employees' Interests with Your Own Author: David Kreps Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 15, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Getting your employees to do their best work has never been easy. But it is a particular challenge for knowledge workers, who must attend to many different tasks and whose to-do list is often ambiguous, requiring outside-the-box thinking. Lists of dos and don'ts are rarely effective. Instead, your best bet is to align their interests with your own—the heart of motivation—and set them free to use their own drive and creativity on their, and your, behalf. But how do you align their interests with your own? How do you avoid incentive schemes that warp priorities, encourage perfunctory and sloppy work, or cause unethical behavior? In The Motivation Toolkit, economist and management expert David Kreps offers a variety of tools, drawn from the disciplines of economics and social psychology, that you can adapt to your specific situation to achieve better motivation. This starts with understanding both the economic and social relationship your employees have with their work, their jobs, and your organization, then using that understanding to find economic or psychological motivators that will work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332577 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tagging for Talent: The Hidden Power of Social Recognition in the Workplace Author: Michael S. Salone Narrator: Jamie Newman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Tagging for Talent introduces a breakthrough approach for human resources, senior executives, and line managers to find hidden talent from within their own organizations. This unique method challenges the status quo of talent identification and succession planning with an easy crowdsourcing approach to competency recognition. This is not a book about using social media but a true business solution using the natural behaviors of your workforce to self-identify potential myriad of talent. It speaks to HR professionals and senior leaders who are looking for simple-to-use, real-life solutions that can be implemented in business today. Employees already see the power of tagging and view this innovative approach as a fun way to recognizing talent, versus the old method of waiting for their manager to see or perceive their strengths. Tagging for Talent inspires leaders to tap into the power of the crowd, along with practical guidance on how to put a peer-based tagging system in place—and take their company up a notch! Michael S. Salone Tue, 24 Apr 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332577 thebookvoice.com 4:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tagging for Talent: The Hidden Power of Social Recognition in the Workplace Author: Michael S. Salone Narrator: Jamie Newman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Tagging for Talent introduces a breakthrough approach for human resources, senior executives, and line managers to find hidden talent from within their own organizations. This unique method challenges the status quo of talent identification and succession planning with an easy crowdsourcing approach to competency recognition. This is not a book about using social media but a true business solution using the natural behaviors of your workforce to self-identify potential myriad of talent. It speaks to HR professionals and senior leaders who are looking for simple-to-use, real-life solutions that can be implemented in business today. Employees already see the power of tagging and view this innovative approach as a fun way to recognizing talent, versus the old method of waiting for their manager to see or perceive their strengths. Tagging for Talent inspires leaders to tap into the power of the crowd, along with practical guidance on how to put a peer-based tagging system in place—and take their company up a notch! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tagging for Talent: The Hidden Power of Social Recognition in the Workplace Author: Michael S. Salone Narrator: Jamie Newman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Tagging for Talent introduces a breakthrough approach for human resources, senior executives, and line managers to find hidden talent from within their own organizations. This unique method challenges the status quo of talent identification and succession planning with an easy crowdsourcing approach to competency recognition. This is not a book about using social media but a true business solution using the natural behaviors of your workforce to self-identify potential myriad of talent. It speaks to HR professionals and senior leaders who are looking for simple-to-use, real-life solutions that can be implemented in business today. Employees already see the power of tagging and view this innovative approach as a fun way to recognizing talent, versus the old method of waiting for their manager to see or perceive their strengths. Tagging for Talent inspires leaders to tap into the power of the crowd, along with practical guidance on how to put a peer-based tagging system in place—and take their company up a notch! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332182 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332182]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gutsy Girl Handbook: Your Manifesto for Success Author: Kate White Narrator: Kate White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author, professional speaker, and former editor-in-chief of Cosmopolitan, Kate White shares the nine core principles gutsy women need to go bigger, bolder, and achieve the full level of success they desire. Twenty-two years ago Kate White wrote the bestselling career bible Why Good Girls Don't Get Ahead but Gutsy Girls Do, and helped thousands of women push their success to the next level. Now a new generation of women, still eyeing the pay gap and glass ceiling, needs its own set of rules for today's modern workplace. In The Gutsy Girl Handbook, White presents the nine core principles that have guided her career, offering dozens of straightforward, doable strategies for women in any field and at any stage in their professional lives. Drawing on original research, and sharing new success stories and never-before told examples from her time as the editor-in-chief of Cosmo, White inspires women to own their excellence, break the rules (or make their own), ask for the money and opportunities they deserve, and refuse to apologize for who they are and what they want. The Gutsy Girl Handbook is a resource for women who want to build confidence, negotiate a great salary and perks, manage meetings, mansplaining, and interruptions, and create game-changing 'notice me' ideas. This all-new, accessible handbook is a great gift for graduates, and a must-read for professional women of all levels. Kate White Tue, 03 Apr 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332182 thebookvoice.com 5:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332182]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gutsy Girl Handbook: Your Manifesto for Success Author: Kate White Narrator: Kate White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author, professional speaker, and former editor-in-chief of Cosmopolitan, Kate White shares the nine core principles gutsy women need to go bigger, bolder, and achieve the full level of success they desire. Twenty-two years ago Kate White wrote the bestselling career bible Why Good Girls Don't Get Ahead but Gutsy Girls Do, and helped thousands of women push their success to the next level. Now a new generation of women, still eyeing the pay gap and glass ceiling, needs its own set of rules for today's modern workplace. In The Gutsy Girl Handbook, White presents the nine core principles that have guided her career, offering dozens of straightforward, doable strategies for women in any field and at any stage in their professional lives. Drawing on original research, and sharing new success stories and never-before told examples from her time as the editor-in-chief of Cosmo, White inspires women to own their excellence, break the rules (or make their own), ask for the money and opportunities they deserve, and refuse to apologize for who they are and what they want. The Gutsy Girl Handbook is a resource for women who want to build confidence, negotiate a great salary and perks, manage meetings, mansplaining, and interruptions, and create game-changing 'notice me' ideas. This all-new, accessible handbook is a great gift for graduates, and a must-read for professional women of all levels. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/332182]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gutsy Girl Handbook: Your Manifesto for Success Author: Kate White Narrator: Kate White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 3, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author, professional speaker, and former editor-in-chief of Cosmopolitan, Kate White shares the nine core principles gutsy women need to go bigger, bolder, and achieve the full level of success they desire. Twenty-two years ago Kate White wrote the bestselling career bible Why Good Girls Don't Get Ahead but Gutsy Girls Do, and helped thousands of women push their success to the next level. Now a new generation of women, still eyeing the pay gap and glass ceiling, needs its own set of rules for today's modern workplace. In The Gutsy Girl Handbook, White presents the nine core principles that have guided her career, offering dozens of straightforward, doable strategies for women in any field and at any stage in their professional lives. Drawing on original research, and sharing new success stories and never-before told examples from her time as the editor-in-chief of Cosmo, White inspires women to own their excellence, break the rules (or make their own), ask for the money and opportunities they deserve, and refuse to apologize for who they are and what they want. The Gutsy Girl Handbook is a resource for women who want to build confidence, negotiate a great salary and perks, manage meetings, mansplaining, and interruptions, and create game-changing 'notice me' ideas. This all-new, accessible handbook is a great gift for graduates, and a must-read for professional women of all levels. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331577 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Manager's Guide to HR: Hiring, Firing, Performance Evaluations, Documentation, Benefits, and Everything Else You Need to Know, 2nd Edition Author: Max Muller Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Extensively revised, the second edition of The Manager's Guide to HR covers all the key areas and brings readers up to speed on current developments in employment law, including: ● How social media is changing the recruitment landscape ● Shifting labor standards regarding compensation and benefits ● The National Labor Relations Board's stance on work-related employee speech on social media ● The Employee Retirement Income Security Act ● New record-keeping requirements ● Amendments to the Family and Medical Leave Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act ● And more Featuring step-by-step guidance on everything from COBRA compliance to privacy issues, this trusted resource is now—once again—the most up to date. Max Muller Thu, 05 Apr 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331577 thebookvoice.com 10:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Manager's Guide to HR: Hiring, Firing, Performance Evaluations, Documentation, Benefits, and Everything Else You Need to Know, 2nd Edition Author: Max Muller Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Extensively revised, the second edition of The Manager's Guide to HR covers all the key areas and brings readers up to speed on current developments in employment law, including: ● How social media is changing the recruitment landscape ● Shifting labor standards regarding compensation and benefits ● The National Labor Relations Board's stance on work-related employee speech on social media ● The Employee Retirement Income Security Act ● New record-keeping requirements ● Amendments to the Family and Medical Leave Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act ● And more Featuring step-by-step guidance on everything from COBRA compliance to privacy issues, this trusted resource is now—once again—the most up to date. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331577]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Manager's Guide to HR: Hiring, Firing, Performance Evaluations, Documentation, Benefits, and Everything Else You Need to Know, 2nd Edition Author: Max Muller Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Extensively revised, the second edition of The Manager's Guide to HR covers all the key areas and brings readers up to speed on current developments in employment law, including: ● How social media is changing the recruitment landscape ● Shifting labor standards regarding compensation and benefits ● The National Labor Relations Board's stance on work-related employee speech on social media ● The Employee Retirement Income Security Act ● New record-keeping requirements ● Amendments to the Family and Medical Leave Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act ● And more Featuring step-by-step guidance on everything from COBRA compliance to privacy issues, this trusted resource is now—once again—the most up to date. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331146 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331146]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alive at Work: The Neuroscience of Helping Your People Love What They Do Author: Daniel M. Cable Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Poll after poll has confirmed that an astonishing number of workers are disengaged from their work. Why is this happening? And how can we fix the problem? In this bold, enlightening book, social psychologist and professor Daniel M. Cable takes leaders into the minds of workers and reveals the surprising secret to restoring their zest for work. Disengagement isn't a motivational problem, it's a biological one. Humans aren't built for routine and repetition. We're designed to crave exploration, experimentation, and learning—in fact, there's a part of our brains, which scientists have coined 'the seeking system,' that rewards us for taking part in these activities. But the way organizations are run prevents many of us from following our innate impulses. As a result, we shut down. Things need to change. More than ever before, employee creativity and engagement are needed to win. Fortunately, it won't take an extensive overhaul of your organizational culture to get started. With small nudges, you can personally help people reach their fullest potential. Alive at Work reveals: How to encourage people to bring their best selves to work and use their greatest strengths to help your organization flourish; How to build creative environments that motivate people to share ideas, work smarter, and embrace change; How to enhance people's connection to their work and your customers; How to create personalized experiences that help people feel a deeper sense of purpose. Filled with fascinating stories from the author's extensive research, Alive at Workis the inspirational guide that you need to tap into the passion, creativity, and purpose fizzing beneath the surface of every person who falls under your leadership. Daniel M. Cable Tue, 27 Mar 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331146 thebookvoice.com 4:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331146]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alive at Work: The Neuroscience of Helping Your People Love What They Do Author: Daniel M. Cable Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Poll after poll has confirmed that an astonishing number of workers are disengaged from their work. Why is this happening? And how can we fix the problem? In this bold, enlightening book, social psychologist and professor Daniel M. Cable takes leaders into the minds of workers and reveals the surprising secret to restoring their zest for work. Disengagement isn't a motivational problem, it's a biological one. Humans aren't built for routine and repetition. We're designed to crave exploration, experimentation, and learning—in fact, there's a part of our brains, which scientists have coined 'the seeking system,' that rewards us for taking part in these activities. But the way organizations are run prevents many of us from following our innate impulses. As a result, we shut down. Things need to change. More than ever before, employee creativity and engagement are needed to win. Fortunately, it won't take an extensive overhaul of your organizational culture to get started. With small nudges, you can personally help people reach their fullest potential. Alive at Work reveals: How to encourage people to bring their best selves to work and use their greatest strengths to help your organization flourish; How to build creative environments that motivate people to share ideas, work smarter, and embrace change; How to enhance people's connection to their work and your customers; How to create personalized experiences that help people feel a deeper sense of purpose. Filled with fascinating stories from the author's extensive research, Alive at Workis the inspirational guide that you need to tap into the passion, creativity, and purpose fizzing beneath the surface of every person who falls under your leadership. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331146]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Alive at Work: The Neuroscience of Helping Your People Love What They Do Author: Daniel M. Cable Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Poll after poll has confirmed that an astonishing number of workers are disengaged from their work. Why is this happening? And how can we fix the problem? In this bold, enlightening book, social psychologist and professor Daniel M. Cable takes leaders into the minds of workers and reveals the surprising secret to restoring their zest for work. Disengagement isn't a motivational problem, it's a biological one. Humans aren't built for routine and repetition. We're designed to crave exploration, experimentation, and learning—in fact, there's a part of our brains, which scientists have coined 'the seeking system,' that rewards us for taking part in these activities. But the way organizations are run prevents many of us from following our innate impulses. As a result, we shut down. Things need to change. More than ever before, employee creativity and engagement are needed to win. Fortunately, it won't take an extensive overhaul of your organizational culture to get started. With small nudges, you can personally help people reach their fullest potential. Alive at Work reveals: How to encourage people to bring their best selves to work and use their greatest strengths to help your organization flourish; How to build creative environments that motivate people to share ideas, work smarter, and embrace change; How to enhance people's connection to their work and your customers; How to create personalized experiences that help people feel a deeper sense of purpose. Filled with fascinating stories from the author's extensive research, Alive at Workis the inspirational guide that you need to tap into the passion, creativity, and purpose fizzing beneath the surface of every person who falls under your leadership. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331142 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fourth Age: Smart Robots, Conscious Computers, and the Future of Humanity Author: Byron Reese Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: As we approach a great turning point in history when technology is poised to redefine what it means to be human, The Fourth Age offers fascinating insight into AI, robotics, and their extraordinary implications for our species. “If you only read just one book about the AI revolution, make it this one” (John Mackey, cofounder and CEO, Whole Foods Market). In The Fourth Age, Byron Reese makes the case that technology has reshaped humanity just three times in history: 100,000 years ago, we harnessed fire, which led to language; 10,000 years ago, we developed agriculture, which led to cities and warfare; 5,000 years ago, we invented the wheel and writing, which lead to the nation state. We are now on the doorstep of a fourth change brought about by two technologies: AI and robotics. “Timely, highly informative, and certainly optimistic” (Booklist), The Fourth Age provides an essential background on how we got to this point, and how—rather than what—we should think about the topics we’ll soon all be facing: machine consciousness, automation, changes in employment, creative computers, radical life extension, artificial life, AI ethics, the future of warfare, superintelligence, and the implications of extreme prosperity. By asking questions like “Are you a machine?” and “Could a computer feel anything?”, Reese leads you through a discussion along the cutting edge in robotics and AI, and provides a framework by which we can all understand, discuss, and act on the issues of the Fourth Age and how they’ll transform humanity. Byron Reese Tue, 24 Apr 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331142 thebookvoice.com 11:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fourth Age: Smart Robots, Conscious Computers, and the Future of Humanity Author: Byron Reese Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: As we approach a great turning point in history when technology is poised to redefine what it means to be human, The Fourth Age offers fascinating insight into AI, robotics, and their extraordinary implications for our species. “If you only read just one book about the AI revolution, make it this one” (John Mackey, cofounder and CEO, Whole Foods Market). In The Fourth Age, Byron Reese makes the case that technology has reshaped humanity just three times in history: 100,000 years ago, we harnessed fire, which led to language; 10,000 years ago, we developed agriculture, which led to cities and warfare; 5,000 years ago, we invented the wheel and writing, which lead to the nation state. We are now on the doorstep of a fourth change brought about by two technologies: AI and robotics. “Timely, highly informative, and certainly optimistic” (Booklist), The Fourth Age provides an essential background on how we got to this point, and how—rather than what—we should think about the topics we’ll soon all be facing: machine consciousness, automation, changes in employment, creative computers, radical life extension, artificial life, AI ethics, the future of warfare, superintelligence, and the implications of extreme prosperity. By asking questions like “Are you a machine?” and “Could a computer feel anything?”, Reese leads you through a discussion along the cutting edge in robotics and AI, and provides a framework by which we can all understand, discuss, and act on the issues of the Fourth Age and how they’ll transform humanity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331142]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fourth Age: Smart Robots, Conscious Computers, and the Future of Humanity Author: Byron Reese Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 24, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: As we approach a great turning point in history when technology is poised to redefine what it means to be human, The Fourth Age offers fascinating insight into AI, robotics, and their extraordinary implications for our species. “If you only read just one book about the AI revolution, make it this one” (John Mackey, cofounder and CEO, Whole Foods Market). In The Fourth Age, Byron Reese makes the case that technology has reshaped humanity just three times in history: 100,000 years ago, we harnessed fire, which led to language; 10,000 years ago, we developed agriculture, which led to cities and warfare; 5,000 years ago, we invented the wheel and writing, which lead to the nation state. We are now on the doorstep of a fourth change brought about by two technologies: AI and robotics. “Timely, highly informative, and certainly optimistic” (Booklist), The Fourth Age provides an essential background on how we got to this point, and how—rather than what—we should think about the topics we’ll soon all be facing: machine consciousness, automation, changes in employment, creative computers, radical life extension, artificial life, AI ethics, the future of warfare, superintelligence, and the implications of extreme prosperity. By asking questions like “Are you a machine?” and “Could a computer feel anything?”, Reese leads you through a discussion along the cutting edge in robotics and AI, and provides a framework by which we can all understand, discuss, and act on the issues of the Fourth Age and how they’ll transform humanity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331116 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Efficiency Paradox: What Big Data Can't Do Author: Edward Tenner Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A 'skillful and lucid' (The Wall Street Journal) way of thinking about efficiency, challenging our obsession with it—and offering a new understanding of how to benefit from the powerful potential of serendipity. Algorithms, multitasking, the sharing economy, life hacks: our culture can't get enough of efficiency. One of the great promises of the Internet and big data revolutions is the idea that we can improve the processes and routines of our work and personal lives to get more done in less time than we ever have before. There is no doubt that we're performing at higher levels and moving at unprecedented speed, but what if we're headed in the wrong direction? Melding the long-term history of technology with the latest headlines and findings of computer science and social science, The Efficiency Paradox questions our ingrained assumptions about efficiency, persuasively showing how relying on the algorithms of digital platforms can in fact lead to wasted efforts, missed opportunities, and, above all, an inability to break out of established patterns. Edward Tenner reveals what we and our institutions, when equipped with an astute combination of artificial intelligence and trained intuition, can learn from the random and unexpected. Edward Tenner Tue, 17 Apr 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331116 thebookvoice.com 11:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Efficiency Paradox: What Big Data Can't Do Author: Edward Tenner Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A 'skillful and lucid' (The Wall Street Journal) way of thinking about efficiency, challenging our obsession with it—and offering a new understanding of how to benefit from the powerful potential of serendipity. Algorithms, multitasking, the sharing economy, life hacks: our culture can't get enough of efficiency. One of the great promises of the Internet and big data revolutions is the idea that we can improve the processes and routines of our work and personal lives to get more done in less time than we ever have before. There is no doubt that we're performing at higher levels and moving at unprecedented speed, but what if we're headed in the wrong direction? Melding the long-term history of technology with the latest headlines and findings of computer science and social science, The Efficiency Paradox questions our ingrained assumptions about efficiency, persuasively showing how relying on the algorithms of digital platforms can in fact lead to wasted efforts, missed opportunities, and, above all, an inability to break out of established patterns. Edward Tenner reveals what we and our institutions, when equipped with an astute combination of artificial intelligence and trained intuition, can learn from the random and unexpected. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/331116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Efficiency Paradox: What Big Data Can't Do Author: Edward Tenner Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 17, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: A 'skillful and lucid' (The Wall Street Journal) way of thinking about efficiency, challenging our obsession with it—and offering a new understanding of how to benefit from the powerful potential of serendipity. Algorithms, multitasking, the sharing economy, life hacks: our culture can't get enough of efficiency. One of the great promises of the Internet and big data revolutions is the idea that we can improve the processes and routines of our work and personal lives to get more done in less time than we ever have before. There is no doubt that we're performing at higher levels and moving at unprecedented speed, but what if we're headed in the wrong direction? Melding the long-term history of technology with the latest headlines and findings of computer science and social science, The Efficiency Paradox questions our ingrained assumptions about efficiency, persuasively showing how relying on the algorithms of digital platforms can in fact lead to wasted efforts, missed opportunities, and, above all, an inability to break out of established patterns. Edward Tenner reveals what we and our institutions, when equipped with an astute combination of artificial intelligence and trained intuition, can learn from the random and unexpected. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330353 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Joy of Leadership: How Positive Psychology Can Maximize Your Impact (and Make You Happier) in a Challenging World Author: Tal Ben-Shahar PhD, Angus Ridgway Narrator: Ramon de Ocampo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: People functioning at the highest level are what the authors call 10x leaders. Research on these leaders consistently brought up five major strengths. This book teaches readers to become a 10x leader using these five key areas, the SHARP framework. ● Strengths: 10X leaders stop trying to eliminate weaknesses and learn to focus on their strengths ● Health: 10X leaders stop trying to eliminate stress and learn how to integrate periods of restoration ● Absorption: 10X leaders stop waiting for the lightning of focus and creativity to strike and learn how to achieve consistent engagement and presence ● Relationships: 10X leaders stop trying to exert power and control and learn to cultivate healthy relationships through positivity and authenticity ● Purpose: 10X leaders stop grinding out tasks and learn how to find meaning and commitment in everything they do The 10X elixir of peak performance comes not from focusing on just one of these areas, but from learning to light the fire of all five aspects of SHARP and functioning naturally with them on a daily basis. If you just cultivate one or two aspects of leadership skills you are unlikely to succeed. Tal Ben-Shahar PhD, Angus Ridgway Fri, 30 Mar 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330353 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Joy of Leadership: How Positive Psychology Can Maximize Your Impact (and Make You Happier) in a Challenging World Author: Tal Ben-Shahar PhD, Angus Ridgway Narrator: Ramon de Ocampo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: People functioning at the highest level are what the authors call 10x leaders. Research on these leaders consistently brought up five major strengths. This book teaches readers to become a 10x leader using these five key areas, the SHARP framework. ● Strengths: 10X leaders stop trying to eliminate weaknesses and learn to focus on their strengths ● Health: 10X leaders stop trying to eliminate stress and learn how to integrate periods of restoration ● Absorption: 10X leaders stop waiting for the lightning of focus and creativity to strike and learn how to achieve consistent engagement and presence ● Relationships: 10X leaders stop trying to exert power and control and learn to cultivate healthy relationships through positivity and authenticity ● Purpose: 10X leaders stop grinding out tasks and learn how to find meaning and commitment in everything they do The 10X elixir of peak performance comes not from focusing on just one of these areas, but from learning to light the fire of all five aspects of SHARP and functioning naturally with them on a daily basis. If you just cultivate one or two aspects of leadership skills you are unlikely to succeed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330353]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Joy of Leadership: How Positive Psychology Can Maximize Your Impact (and Make You Happier) in a Challenging World Author: Tal Ben-Shahar PhD, Angus Ridgway Narrator: Ramon de Ocampo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: People functioning at the highest level are what the authors call 10x leaders. Research on these leaders consistently brought up five major strengths. This book teaches readers to become a 10x leader using these five key areas, the SHARP framework. ● Strengths: 10X leaders stop trying to eliminate weaknesses and learn to focus on their strengths ● Health: 10X leaders stop trying to eliminate stress and learn how to integrate periods of restoration ● Absorption: 10X leaders stop waiting for the lightning of focus and creativity to strike and learn how to achieve consistent engagement and presence ● Relationships: 10X leaders stop trying to exert power and control and learn to cultivate healthy relationships through positivity and authenticity ● Purpose: 10X leaders stop grinding out tasks and learn how to find meaning and commitment in everything they do The 10X elixir of peak performance comes not from focusing on just one of these areas, but from learning to light the fire of all five aspects of SHARP and functioning naturally with them on a daily basis. If you just cultivate one or two aspects of leadership skills you are unlikely to succeed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330078 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ask the Right Questions, Hire the Best People, Fourth Edition Author: Ronald W. Fry Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 19, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this completely updated new edition, the bestselling author of 101 Great Answers to the Toughest Interview Questions and 101 Smart Questions to Ask on Your Interview takes you step-by-step through the hiring process. Whether you’re replacing an employee who's leaving or creating a new position in your organization, Ron Fry shows you how to write a concise and accurate job description, identify key competencies, and how to translate them into a realistic set of search criteria. Ask the Right Questions, Hire the Best People also shows you: ● How to attract the best applicants. ● What to look for when you're screening resumes, in your office or online. ● What questions you should ask in the interview...and when to ask them. ● How to listen more effectively to what the applicant is really telling you. ● How to probe for information the applicant doesn't want to reveal. ● What questions the law permits and forbids. Ronald W. Fry Mon, 19 Mar 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330078 thebookvoice.com 5:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ask the Right Questions, Hire the Best People, Fourth Edition Author: Ronald W. Fry Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 19, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this completely updated new edition, the bestselling author of 101 Great Answers to the Toughest Interview Questions and 101 Smart Questions to Ask on Your Interview takes you step-by-step through the hiring process. Whether you’re replacing an employee who's leaving or creating a new position in your organization, Ron Fry shows you how to write a concise and accurate job description, identify key competencies, and how to translate them into a realistic set of search criteria. Ask the Right Questions, Hire the Best People also shows you: ● How to attract the best applicants. ● What to look for when you're screening resumes, in your office or online. ● What questions you should ask in the interview...and when to ask them. ● How to listen more effectively to what the applicant is really telling you. ● How to probe for information the applicant doesn't want to reveal. ● What questions the law permits and forbids. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/330078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ask the Right Questions, Hire the Best People, Fourth Edition Author: Ronald W. Fry Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: March 19, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In this completely updated new edition, the bestselling author of 101 Great Answers to the Toughest Interview Questions and 101 Smart Questions to Ask on Your Interview takes you step-by-step through the hiring process. Whether you’re replacing an employee who's leaving or creating a new position in your organization, Ron Fry shows you how to write a concise and accurate job description, identify key competencies, and how to translate them into a realistic set of search criteria. Ask the Right Questions, Hire the Best People also shows you: ● How to attract the best applicants. ● What to look for when you're screening resumes, in your office or online. ● What questions you should ask in the interview...and when to ask them. ● How to listen more effectively to what the applicant is really telling you. ● How to probe for information the applicant doesn't want to reveal. ● What questions the law permits and forbids. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329947 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebel Talent: Why It Pays to Break the Rules at Work and in Life Author: Francesca Gino Narrator: Tamara Marston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The world’s best chef. An airline captain who brought his flight to safety in a daring water landing. A magician known for his sensational escape acts. A computer scientist who founded a world-renowned animation studio. What do all of these people have in common? They love their jobs, they break the rules, and the world is better off for it. They are rebels. From an early age, we are taught to be rule followers, and the pressure to fit in only increases as we age. But conformity comes at a steep price for our careers and personal lives. When we mindlessly accept rules and norms rather than questioning and constructively rebelling against them, we ultimately end up stuck and unfulfilled. As leaders, we are less effective and respected. As employees, we are more likely to be overlooked for top assignments and promotions. As partners and friends, we are checked out and unhappy. Francesca Gino has been studying rebels in life and in the workplace for more than 15 years. She has discovered that rebels—those who practice “positive deviance” at work-- are harder to manage, but they are good for the bottom line: their passion, drive, curiosity, and creativity raise the entire organization to a new level. And she has found that at home, rebels are more engaged partners, parents, and friends. Packed with strategies for embracing rebellion at work and in life, and illuminating case studies ranging from the world of fine dining to fast food chains to corporations such as Google and Pixar, Rebel Talent encourages all of us to rebel against what’s comfortable, so that we can thrive. Francesca Gino Tue, 01 May 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329947 thebookvoice.com 7:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebel Talent: Why It Pays to Break the Rules at Work and in Life Author: Francesca Gino Narrator: Tamara Marston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The world’s best chef. An airline captain who brought his flight to safety in a daring water landing. A magician known for his sensational escape acts. A computer scientist who founded a world-renowned animation studio. What do all of these people have in common? They love their jobs, they break the rules, and the world is better off for it. They are rebels. From an early age, we are taught to be rule followers, and the pressure to fit in only increases as we age. But conformity comes at a steep price for our careers and personal lives. When we mindlessly accept rules and norms rather than questioning and constructively rebelling against them, we ultimately end up stuck and unfulfilled. As leaders, we are less effective and respected. As employees, we are more likely to be overlooked for top assignments and promotions. As partners and friends, we are checked out and unhappy. Francesca Gino has been studying rebels in life and in the workplace for more than 15 years. She has discovered that rebels—those who practice “positive deviance” at work-- are harder to manage, but they are good for the bottom line: their passion, drive, curiosity, and creativity raise the entire organization to a new level. And she has found that at home, rebels are more engaged partners, parents, and friends. Packed with strategies for embracing rebellion at work and in life, and illuminating case studies ranging from the world of fine dining to fast food chains to corporations such as Google and Pixar, Rebel Talent encourages all of us to rebel against what’s comfortable, so that we can thrive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebel Talent: Why It Pays to Break the Rules at Work and in Life Author: Francesca Gino Narrator: Tamara Marston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: The world’s best chef. An airline captain who brought his flight to safety in a daring water landing. A magician known for his sensational escape acts. A computer scientist who founded a world-renowned animation studio. What do all of these people have in common? They love their jobs, they break the rules, and the world is better off for it. They are rebels. From an early age, we are taught to be rule followers, and the pressure to fit in only increases as we age. But conformity comes at a steep price for our careers and personal lives. When we mindlessly accept rules and norms rather than questioning and constructively rebelling against them, we ultimately end up stuck and unfulfilled. As leaders, we are less effective and respected. As employees, we are more likely to be overlooked for top assignments and promotions. As partners and friends, we are checked out and unhappy. Francesca Gino has been studying rebels in life and in the workplace for more than 15 years. She has discovered that rebels—those who practice “positive deviance” at work-- are harder to manage, but they are good for the bottom line: their passion, drive, curiosity, and creativity raise the entire organization to a new level. And she has found that at home, rebels are more engaged partners, parents, and friends. Packed with strategies for embracing rebellion at work and in life, and illuminating case studies ranging from the world of fine dining to fast food chains to corporations such as Google and Pixar, Rebel Talent encourages all of us to rebel against what’s comfortable, so that we can thrive. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329544 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329544]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Service Leadership: How Having a Calling Makes the Workplace More Effective Author: Richard J. Goossen and Theodore Roosevelt Malloch Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What will motivate an organization’s employees to be fully engaged in the corporate purpose? How can a company be less “Big Brother knows best” and more supportive of individual employees’ pursuit of workplace meaning? Pioneer business strategist Theodore Roosevelt Malloch’s Service Leadership answers these questions and more. “Service leadership” is the service of the diversity of interests of employees and their quest for purpose under the corporate umbrella. An organization will not get the most out of its workforce unless it respects and facilitates each individual’s framework for the pursuit of meaning, which is often done in the context of spirituality and religion. Malloch examines spirituality in Western culture in terms of broad societal trends―the context within which people engage in their individual discernment of meaning. Service leadership takes many forms and is not the same for everyone. People can and want to learn how to become service leaders. Both a practitioner and a professor, Malloch shows how these ideas can be implemented through a detailed framework. His extensive research has confirmed that organizations that do not address the existing core belief systems of employees will be disadvantaged in the marketplace. Interviews with and analysis of top executives at organizations like Whole Foods, Facebook, Gloria Jean’s Coffee, and Costco shed light on how both companies and employees can utilize service leadership to find and keep meaning in the workplace, improving both job happiness and performance. Richard J. Goossen and Theodore Roosevelt Malloch Tue, 10 Apr 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329544 thebookvoice.com 6:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329544]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Service Leadership: How Having a Calling Makes the Workplace More Effective Author: Richard J. Goossen and Theodore Roosevelt Malloch Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What will motivate an organization’s employees to be fully engaged in the corporate purpose? How can a company be less “Big Brother knows best” and more supportive of individual employees’ pursuit of workplace meaning? Pioneer business strategist Theodore Roosevelt Malloch’s Service Leadership answers these questions and more. “Service leadership” is the service of the diversity of interests of employees and their quest for purpose under the corporate umbrella. An organization will not get the most out of its workforce unless it respects and facilitates each individual’s framework for the pursuit of meaning, which is often done in the context of spirituality and religion. Malloch examines spirituality in Western culture in terms of broad societal trends―the context within which people engage in their individual discernment of meaning. Service leadership takes many forms and is not the same for everyone. People can and want to learn how to become service leaders. Both a practitioner and a professor, Malloch shows how these ideas can be implemented through a detailed framework. His extensive research has confirmed that organizations that do not address the existing core belief systems of employees will be disadvantaged in the marketplace. Interviews with and analysis of top executives at organizations like Whole Foods, Facebook, Gloria Jean’s Coffee, and Costco shed light on how both companies and employees can utilize service leadership to find and keep meaning in the workplace, improving both job happiness and performance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329544]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Service Leadership: How Having a Calling Makes the Workplace More Effective Author: Richard J. Goossen and Theodore Roosevelt Malloch Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What will motivate an organization’s employees to be fully engaged in the corporate purpose? How can a company be less “Big Brother knows best” and more supportive of individual employees’ pursuit of workplace meaning? Pioneer business strategist Theodore Roosevelt Malloch’s Service Leadership answers these questions and more. “Service leadership” is the service of the diversity of interests of employees and their quest for purpose under the corporate umbrella. An organization will not get the most out of its workforce unless it respects and facilitates each individual’s framework for the pursuit of meaning, which is often done in the context of spirituality and religion. Malloch examines spirituality in Western culture in terms of broad societal trends―the context within which people engage in their individual discernment of meaning. Service leadership takes many forms and is not the same for everyone. People can and want to learn how to become service leaders. Both a practitioner and a professor, Malloch shows how these ideas can be implemented through a detailed framework. His extensive research has confirmed that organizations that do not address the existing core belief systems of employees will be disadvantaged in the marketplace. Interviews with and analysis of top executives at organizations like Whole Foods, Facebook, Gloria Jean’s Coffee, and Costco shed light on how both companies and employees can utilize service leadership to find and keep meaning in the workplace, improving both job happiness and performance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329495 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putting Your Employees First: The ABC's for Leaders of Generations X, Y, & Z Author: Michael Bergdahl Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In the 21st century, many of the most successful companies focus on the development, success, and happiness of their own employees first. That's because they know engaged employees will enthusiastically take ownership of selling products and serving customers. Not surprisingly, they also know that in the end strong sales and profitability will follow. Are you ready to re-prioritize your people? Michael Bergdahl Tue, 06 Mar 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329495 thebookvoice.com 3:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putting Your Employees First: The ABC's for Leaders of Generations X, Y, & Z Author: Michael Bergdahl Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In the 21st century, many of the most successful companies focus on the development, success, and happiness of their own employees first. That's because they know engaged employees will enthusiastically take ownership of selling products and serving customers. Not surprisingly, they also know that in the end strong sales and profitability will follow. Are you ready to re-prioritize your people? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putting Your Employees First: The ABC's for Leaders of Generations X, Y, & Z Author: Michael Bergdahl Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 1 minute Release date: March 6, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In the 21st century, many of the most successful companies focus on the development, success, and happiness of their own employees first. That's because they know engaged employees will enthusiastically take ownership of selling products and serving customers. Not surprisingly, they also know that in the end strong sales and profitability will follow. Are you ready to re-prioritize your people? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329393 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tagging for Talent: The Hidden Power of Social Recognition in the Workplace Author: Michael Salone Narrator: Jamie Newman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 25, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Crowdsourcing hidden talent is a renewable resource for talent identification within large organizations. Executives and HR professionals can leverage the power of the crowd to locate high potential talent quicker and with much greater accuracy. Michael Salone Thu, 25 Jan 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329393 thebookvoice.com 4:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tagging for Talent: The Hidden Power of Social Recognition in the Workplace Author: Michael Salone Narrator: Jamie Newman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 25, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Crowdsourcing hidden talent is a renewable resource for talent identification within large organizations. Executives and HR professionals can leverage the power of the crowd to locate high potential talent quicker and with much greater accuracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329393]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tagging for Talent: The Hidden Power of Social Recognition in the Workplace Author: Michael Salone Narrator: Jamie Newman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 25, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Crowdsourcing hidden talent is a renewable resource for talent identification within large organizations. Executives and HR professionals can leverage the power of the crowd to locate high potential talent quicker and with much greater accuracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329326 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Treated Like Family: How an Entrepreneur and His 'Employee Family' Built Sargento, a Billion-Dollar Cheese Company Author: Tom Faley Narrator: Chris Ciulla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From the family that made Sargento a household name comes the story of four generations of the Gentine family as they worked towards creating a company they can all stand behind. At the age of nineteen, high school diploma in hand, Leonard Gentine knew two things: he wanted to own a family business that would pass from generation to generation, and he wanted to spend the rest of his life with Dolores Becker, a girl he'd met on a blind date. For Leonard, life didn't prove that simple. This biography, told from the viewpoint of four generations of the Gentine family, places the reader in Leonard's shoes as he advances from young man to old age and discovers life's foundational lessons. Along the way, he endures outstanding debts, disappointments, and a collection of small businesses, all with Dolores at his side. It's an inspirational story of perseverance, personal integrity, and a mind-set of always doing the right thing-as painful as that may be in the short term. Treated Like Family details the development of Sargento-a nationally recognized cheese company and household name. At the same time, it's a timeless story that showcases the importance of the individual and how a family united in a single purpose within the right culture is unstoppable. Tom Faley invites the reader into the lives of the Gentine family and the men and women they hired, deftly weaving a story grounded in over 180 interviews-the collective voices of the company's employees, retirees, and friends. Treated Like Family offers a rare glimpse into the creative mind of an innovator and entrepreneur and underscores the rewards for all of us when we maintain our humanity toward one another: When one person motivates others to pull together, at times facing unspeakable odds, he is able not only to change their lives but to alter history. Tom Faley Tue, 10 Apr 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329326 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Treated Like Family: How an Entrepreneur and His 'Employee Family' Built Sargento, a Billion-Dollar Cheese Company Author: Tom Faley Narrator: Chris Ciulla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From the family that made Sargento a household name comes the story of four generations of the Gentine family as they worked towards creating a company they can all stand behind. At the age of nineteen, high school diploma in hand, Leonard Gentine knew two things: he wanted to own a family business that would pass from generation to generation, and he wanted to spend the rest of his life with Dolores Becker, a girl he'd met on a blind date. For Leonard, life didn't prove that simple. This biography, told from the viewpoint of four generations of the Gentine family, places the reader in Leonard's shoes as he advances from young man to old age and discovers life's foundational lessons. Along the way, he endures outstanding debts, disappointments, and a collection of small businesses, all with Dolores at his side. It's an inspirational story of perseverance, personal integrity, and a mind-set of always doing the right thing-as painful as that may be in the short term. Treated Like Family details the development of Sargento-a nationally recognized cheese company and household name. At the same time, it's a timeless story that showcases the importance of the individual and how a family united in a single purpose within the right culture is unstoppable. Tom Faley invites the reader into the lives of the Gentine family and the men and women they hired, deftly weaving a story grounded in over 180 interviews-the collective voices of the company's employees, retirees, and friends. Treated Like Family offers a rare glimpse into the creative mind of an innovator and entrepreneur and underscores the rewards for all of us when we maintain our humanity toward one another: When one person motivates others to pull together, at times facing unspeakable odds, he is able not only to change their lives but to alter history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Treated Like Family: How an Entrepreneur and His 'Employee Family' Built Sargento, a Billion-Dollar Cheese Company Author: Tom Faley Narrator: Chris Ciulla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 10, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From the family that made Sargento a household name comes the story of four generations of the Gentine family as they worked towards creating a company they can all stand behind. At the age of nineteen, high school diploma in hand, Leonard Gentine knew two things: he wanted to own a family business that would pass from generation to generation, and he wanted to spend the rest of his life with Dolores Becker, a girl he'd met on a blind date. For Leonard, life didn't prove that simple. This biography, told from the viewpoint of four generations of the Gentine family, places the reader in Leonard's shoes as he advances from young man to old age and discovers life's foundational lessons. Along the way, he endures outstanding debts, disappointments, and a collection of small businesses, all with Dolores at his side. It's an inspirational story of perseverance, personal integrity, and a mind-set of always doing the right thing-as painful as that may be in the short term. Treated Like Family details the development of Sargento-a nationally recognized cheese company and household name. At the same time, it's a timeless story that showcases the importance of the individual and how a family united in a single purpose within the right culture is unstoppable. Tom Faley invites the reader into the lives of the Gentine family and the men and women they hired, deftly weaving a story grounded in over 180 interviews-the collective voices of the company's employees, retirees, and friends. Treated Like Family offers a rare glimpse into the creative mind of an innovator and entrepreneur and underscores the rewards for all of us when we maintain our humanity toward one another: When one person motivates others to pull together, at times facing unspeakable odds, he is able not only to change their lives but to alter history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329297 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Fear in Organizations: How to Transform Anxiety into Well-being, Productivity and Innovation Author: Sheila M. Keegan Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In the context of global economic recession, fear has become institutionalized in many organizations, both in the private and public sectors. Board directors are under pressure from shareholders, senior executives are attempting to maintain sales in a nervous market and many people are concerned about job security and maintaining their living standards. The Psychology of Fear in Organizations shows how fear manifests itself in large organizations, how it impacts on the workforce and how by reducing our willingness to take risks and to innovate, it can inhibit economic growth and innovation, at both an individual and corporate level.The Psychology of Fear in Organizations examines the psychological barriers to innovation and presents initiatives to loosen the paralysis caused by the economic downturn. It presents psychological theory in an accessible way to provide a better understanding of the needs and fears of people and how they can be supported to improve productivity and innovation. Online supporting resources include lecture slides on how to harness fear to fuel innovation. Sheila M. Keegan Tue, 27 Mar 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329297 thebookvoice.com 10:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Fear in Organizations: How to Transform Anxiety into Well-being, Productivity and Innovation Author: Sheila M. Keegan Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In the context of global economic recession, fear has become institutionalized in many organizations, both in the private and public sectors. Board directors are under pressure from shareholders, senior executives are attempting to maintain sales in a nervous market and many people are concerned about job security and maintaining their living standards. The Psychology of Fear in Organizations shows how fear manifests itself in large organizations, how it impacts on the workforce and how by reducing our willingness to take risks and to innovate, it can inhibit economic growth and innovation, at both an individual and corporate level.The Psychology of Fear in Organizations examines the psychological barriers to innovation and presents initiatives to loosen the paralysis caused by the economic downturn. It presents psychological theory in an accessible way to provide a better understanding of the needs and fears of people and how they can be supported to improve productivity and innovation. Online supporting resources include lecture slides on how to harness fear to fuel innovation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329297]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Fear in Organizations: How to Transform Anxiety into Well-being, Productivity and Innovation Author: Sheila M. Keegan Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 27, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: In the context of global economic recession, fear has become institutionalized in many organizations, both in the private and public sectors. Board directors are under pressure from shareholders, senior executives are attempting to maintain sales in a nervous market and many people are concerned about job security and maintaining their living standards. The Psychology of Fear in Organizations shows how fear manifests itself in large organizations, how it impacts on the workforce and how by reducing our willingness to take risks and to innovate, it can inhibit economic growth and innovation, at both an individual and corporate level.The Psychology of Fear in Organizations examines the psychological barriers to innovation and presents initiatives to loosen the paralysis caused by the economic downturn. It presents psychological theory in an accessible way to provide a better understanding of the needs and fears of people and how they can be supported to improve productivity and innovation. Online supporting resources include lecture slides on how to harness fear to fuel innovation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329039 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strength-Based Leadership Coaching in Organizations: An Evidence-Based Guide to Positive Leadership Development Author: Doug MacKie Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Positive organizational psychology, with its focus on the identification and development of strengths, is a natural ally to executive development and leadership coaching. However, this approach is only just beginning to come to the attention of organizations and consequently, the research base for strength-based coaching is in its early stages of development. Strength-Based Leadership Coaching in Organizations reviews strength-based approaches to positive leadership development and evaluates the evidence for their effectiveness, critically assesses their apparent distinctiveness and considers how strengths can be reliably assessed and developed in their organizational context.Strength-Based Leadership Coaching in Organizations reviews key areas of leader and team development and describes a model of strengths development in organizations. It discusses the application of strength-based leadership coaching from the managerial and external perspective within the context of career stage, seniority, role challenges and organizational need in order to facilitate meaningful change. Finally, it covers the limitations of the strength-based approach to leadership development together with the challenges of integrating positive leadership development. It shows exactly what a strengths focus is and that there is increasing evidence that this approach does get results. Where other books focus on one model of identifying strengths, this book offers a balanced and critical examination, showing how to apply a positive strength-based approach. Doug MacKie Tue, 22 May 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329039 thebookvoice.com 6:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strength-Based Leadership Coaching in Organizations: An Evidence-Based Guide to Positive Leadership Development Author: Doug MacKie Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Positive organizational psychology, with its focus on the identification and development of strengths, is a natural ally to executive development and leadership coaching. However, this approach is only just beginning to come to the attention of organizations and consequently, the research base for strength-based coaching is in its early stages of development. Strength-Based Leadership Coaching in Organizations reviews strength-based approaches to positive leadership development and evaluates the evidence for their effectiveness, critically assesses their apparent distinctiveness and considers how strengths can be reliably assessed and developed in their organizational context.Strength-Based Leadership Coaching in Organizations reviews key areas of leader and team development and describes a model of strengths development in organizations. It discusses the application of strength-based leadership coaching from the managerial and external perspective within the context of career stage, seniority, role challenges and organizational need in order to facilitate meaningful change. Finally, it covers the limitations of the strength-based approach to leadership development together with the challenges of integrating positive leadership development. It shows exactly what a strengths focus is and that there is increasing evidence that this approach does get results. Where other books focus on one model of identifying strengths, this book offers a balanced and critical examination, showing how to apply a positive strength-based approach. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strength-Based Leadership Coaching in Organizations: An Evidence-Based Guide to Positive Leadership Development Author: Doug MacKie Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: May 22, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Positive organizational psychology, with its focus on the identification and development of strengths, is a natural ally to executive development and leadership coaching. However, this approach is only just beginning to come to the attention of organizations and consequently, the research base for strength-based coaching is in its early stages of development. Strength-Based Leadership Coaching in Organizations reviews strength-based approaches to positive leadership development and evaluates the evidence for their effectiveness, critically assesses their apparent distinctiveness and considers how strengths can be reliably assessed and developed in their organizational context.Strength-Based Leadership Coaching in Organizations reviews key areas of leader and team development and describes a model of strengths development in organizations. It discusses the application of strength-based leadership coaching from the managerial and external perspective within the context of career stage, seniority, role challenges and organizational need in order to facilitate meaningful change. Finally, it covers the limitations of the strength-based approach to leadership development together with the challenges of integrating positive leadership development. It shows exactly what a strengths focus is and that there is increasing evidence that this approach does get results. Where other books focus on one model of identifying strengths, this book offers a balanced and critical examination, showing how to apply a positive strength-based approach. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meltdown: Why Our Systems Fail and What We Can Do About It Author: Chris Clearfield, András Tilcsik Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2019 National Business Book Award A groundbreaking take on how complexity causes failure in all kinds of modern systems—from social media to air travel—this practical and entertaining book reveals how we can prevent meltdowns in business and life. A crash on the Washington, D.C. metro system. An accidental overdose in a state-of-the-art hospital. An overcooked holiday meal. At first glance, these disasters seem to have little in common. But surprising new research shows that all these events—and the myriad failures that dominate headlines every day—share similar causes. By understanding what lies behind these failures, we can design better systems, make our teams more productive, and transform how we make decisions at work and at home.      Weaving together cutting-edge social science with riveting stories that take us from the frontlines of the Volkswagen scandal to backstage at the Oscars, and from deep beneath the Gulf of Mexico to the top of Mount Everest, Chris Clearfield and András Tilcsik explain how the increasing complexity of our systems creates conditions ripe for failure and why our brains and teams can't keep up. They highlight the paradox of progress: Though modern systems have given us new capabilities, they've become vulnerable to surprising meltdowns—and even to corruption and misconduct.      But Meltdown isn't just about failure; it's about solutions—whether you're managing a team or the chaos of your family's morning routine. It reveals why ugly designs make us safer, how a five-minute exercise can prevent billion-dollar catastrophes, why teams with fewer experts are better at managing risk, and why diversity is one of our best safeguards against failure. The result is an eye-opening, empowering, and entirely original book—one that will change the way you see our complex world and your own place in it. Chris Clearfield, András Tilcsik Tue, 20 Mar 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meltdown: Why Our Systems Fail and What We Can Do About It Author: Chris Clearfield, András Tilcsik Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2019 National Business Book Award A groundbreaking take on how complexity causes failure in all kinds of modern systems—from social media to air travel—this practical and entertaining book reveals how we can prevent meltdowns in business and life. A crash on the Washington, D.C. metro system. An accidental overdose in a state-of-the-art hospital. An overcooked holiday meal. At first glance, these disasters seem to have little in common. But surprising new research shows that all these events—and the myriad failures that dominate headlines every day—share similar causes. By understanding what lies behind these failures, we can design better systems, make our teams more productive, and transform how we make decisions at work and at home.      Weaving together cutting-edge social science with riveting stories that take us from the frontlines of the Volkswagen scandal to backstage at the Oscars, and from deep beneath the Gulf of Mexico to the top of Mount Everest, Chris Clearfield and András Tilcsik explain how the increasing complexity of our systems creates conditions ripe for failure and why our brains and teams can't keep up. They highlight the paradox of progress: Though modern systems have given us new capabilities, they've become vulnerable to surprising meltdowns—and even to corruption and misconduct.      But Meltdown isn't just about failure; it's about solutions—whether you're managing a team or the chaos of your family's morning routine. It reveals why ugly designs make us safer, how a five-minute exercise can prevent billion-dollar catastrophes, why teams with fewer experts are better at managing risk, and why diversity is one of our best safeguards against failure. The result is an eye-opening, empowering, and entirely original book—one that will change the way you see our complex world and your own place in it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/329007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meltdown: Why Our Systems Fail and What We Can Do About It Author: Chris Clearfield, András Tilcsik Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2019 National Business Book Award A groundbreaking take on how complexity causes failure in all kinds of modern systems—from social media to air travel—this practical and entertaining book reveals how we can prevent meltdowns in business and life. A crash on the Washington, D.C. metro system. An accidental overdose in a state-of-the-art hospital. An overcooked holiday meal. At first glance, these disasters seem to have little in common. But surprising new research shows that all these events—and the myriad failures that dominate headlines every day—share similar causes. By understanding what lies behind these failures, we can design better systems, make our teams more productive, and transform how we make decisions at work and at home.      Weaving together cutting-edge social science with riveting stories that take us from the frontlines of the Volkswagen scandal to backstage at the Oscars, and from deep beneath the Gulf of Mexico to the top of Mount Everest, Chris Clearfield and András Tilcsik explain how the increasing complexity of our systems creates conditions ripe for failure and why our brains and teams can't keep up. They highlight the paradox of progress: Though modern systems have given us new capabilities, they've become vulnerable to surprising meltdowns—and even to corruption and misconduct.      But Meltdown isn't just about failure; it's about solutions—whether you're managing a team or the chaos of your family's morning routine. It reveals why ugly designs make us safer, how a five-minute exercise can prevent billion-dollar catastrophes, why teams with fewer experts are better at managing risk, and why diversity is one of our best safeguards against failure. The result is an eye-opening, empowering, and entirely original book—one that will change the way you see our complex world and your own place in it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328653 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Organize Your Team Today: The Mental Toughness Needed to Lead Highly Successful Teams Author: Jason Selk, Tom Bartow Narrator: Christian Steiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'One of the ten best leadership books so far this year.' -- Bloomberg Following up the popular peak performance book Organize Tomorrow Today, a new plan to motivate, set priorities and lead any team to optimal achievement Watch a triumphant speech after a sports championship or business milestone and you'll almost always hear some variation of this catchphrase: 'It couldn't have happened without the great team we have.' It doesn't matter if you're the owner of a 10,000-employee Fortune 500 company or running a small business, you're a part of a team. With a combined 50 years of experience building, managing, advising, and troubleshooting teams in both the business and sports worlds, Jason Selk and Tom Bartow now reveal the common DNA that links the highest performing teams. In Organize Your Team Today, Selk and Bartow show how it takes collective mental toughness to win, developed only through a clear understanding of the goals, limitations, roles and personalities on your team. Great leaders respect and embrace channel capacity, Selk and Bartow explain, which means they don't overload their teams with blizzards of tasks and responsibilities. They bust the 'focus' and 'relationship' fallacies, as those words are meaningless for teams unless they are byproducts of activities that really matter. And Selk and Bartow teach how to manage expectations, since doing so creates a level of respect between the leader and the team -- and among the team members--that is a catalyst for peak achievement. Jason Selk, Tom Bartow Tue, 13 Mar 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328653 thebookvoice.com 6:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Organize Your Team Today: The Mental Toughness Needed to Lead Highly Successful Teams Author: Jason Selk, Tom Bartow Narrator: Christian Steiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'One of the ten best leadership books so far this year.' -- Bloomberg Following up the popular peak performance book Organize Tomorrow Today, a new plan to motivate, set priorities and lead any team to optimal achievement Watch a triumphant speech after a sports championship or business milestone and you'll almost always hear some variation of this catchphrase: 'It couldn't have happened without the great team we have.' It doesn't matter if you're the owner of a 10,000-employee Fortune 500 company or running a small business, you're a part of a team. With a combined 50 years of experience building, managing, advising, and troubleshooting teams in both the business and sports worlds, Jason Selk and Tom Bartow now reveal the common DNA that links the highest performing teams. In Organize Your Team Today, Selk and Bartow show how it takes collective mental toughness to win, developed only through a clear understanding of the goals, limitations, roles and personalities on your team. Great leaders respect and embrace channel capacity, Selk and Bartow explain, which means they don't overload their teams with blizzards of tasks and responsibilities. They bust the 'focus' and 'relationship' fallacies, as those words are meaningless for teams unless they are byproducts of activities that really matter. And Selk and Bartow teach how to manage expectations, since doing so creates a level of respect between the leader and the team -- and among the team members--that is a catalyst for peak achievement. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Organize Your Team Today: The Mental Toughness Needed to Lead Highly Successful Teams Author: Jason Selk, Tom Bartow Narrator: Christian Steiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'One of the ten best leadership books so far this year.' -- Bloomberg Following up the popular peak performance book Organize Tomorrow Today, a new plan to motivate, set priorities and lead any team to optimal achievement Watch a triumphant speech after a sports championship or business milestone and you'll almost always hear some variation of this catchphrase: 'It couldn't have happened without the great team we have.' It doesn't matter if you're the owner of a 10,000-employee Fortune 500 company or running a small business, you're a part of a team. With a combined 50 years of experience building, managing, advising, and troubleshooting teams in both the business and sports worlds, Jason Selk and Tom Bartow now reveal the common DNA that links the highest performing teams. In Organize Your Team Today, Selk and Bartow show how it takes collective mental toughness to win, developed only through a clear understanding of the goals, limitations, roles and personalities on your team. Great leaders respect and embrace channel capacity, Selk and Bartow explain, which means they don't overload their teams with blizzards of tasks and responsibilities. They bust the 'focus' and 'relationship' fallacies, as those words are meaningless for teams unless they are byproducts of activities that really matter. And Selk and Bartow teach how to manage expectations, since doing so creates a level of respect between the leader and the team -- and among the team members--that is a catalyst for peak achievement. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328349 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Great Place to Work For All: Better for Business, Better for People, Better for the World Author: Great Place to Work, Michael C. Bush Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From Great Place to Work, which produces the popular FORTUNE 100 Best Companies to Work For ranking, comes a new definition of what it takes to make an organization great FOR ALL--for the business, for people and for the world. For 20 years Great Place to Work has published their gold-standard list of the 100 Best Companies to Work For. But their latest research shows that what was good enough to be a 'great' workplace 10 or 20 years ago is not good enough now. Even at the best workplaces, leaders can--and must--do better. CEO Michael C. Bush and his team connect the dots to show how the emerging economy is about developing every ounce of human potential. Today's business climate is defined by speed, social technologies and people expecting 'values' besides value. As a result, leaders have to create an outstanding culture for everyone, no matter who they are or what they do for the organization. They have to build a Great Place to Work For All. The authors share new research on how Great Places to Work For All outperform in the stock market and grow revenue 3x faster than less-inclusive rivals. Bush and his team tell surprising, inspiring stories about how closing gaps in the work experience between groups of employees pays off for everyone. They document the ways Great Places to Work For All benefit the individuals working there and contribute to a better global society. And they introduce a new leadership framework, showing the advantages of what the authors define as Level 5 'For All' leaders. In effect, the times demand executives who not only are business-savvy but also are devoted to fairness, have deep faith in people, and empower all individuals to reach their full human potential. This is a call to lead so that organizations bring out the best in everyone. Great Place to Work, Michael C. Bush Tue, 13 Mar 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328349 thebookvoice.com 5:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Great Place to Work For All: Better for Business, Better for People, Better for the World Author: Great Place to Work, Michael C. Bush Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From Great Place to Work, which produces the popular FORTUNE 100 Best Companies to Work For ranking, comes a new definition of what it takes to make an organization great FOR ALL--for the business, for people and for the world. For 20 years Great Place to Work has published their gold-standard list of the 100 Best Companies to Work For. But their latest research shows that what was good enough to be a 'great' workplace 10 or 20 years ago is not good enough now. Even at the best workplaces, leaders can--and must--do better. CEO Michael C. Bush and his team connect the dots to show how the emerging economy is about developing every ounce of human potential. Today's business climate is defined by speed, social technologies and people expecting 'values' besides value. As a result, leaders have to create an outstanding culture for everyone, no matter who they are or what they do for the organization. They have to build a Great Place to Work For All. The authors share new research on how Great Places to Work For All outperform in the stock market and grow revenue 3x faster than less-inclusive rivals. Bush and his team tell surprising, inspiring stories about how closing gaps in the work experience between groups of employees pays off for everyone. They document the ways Great Places to Work For All benefit the individuals working there and contribute to a better global society. And they introduce a new leadership framework, showing the advantages of what the authors define as Level 5 'For All' leaders. In effect, the times demand executives who not only are business-savvy but also are devoted to fairness, have deep faith in people, and empower all individuals to reach their full human potential. This is a call to lead so that organizations bring out the best in everyone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Great Place to Work For All: Better for Business, Better for People, Better for the World Author: Great Place to Work, Michael C. Bush Narrator: Wes Bleed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: From Great Place to Work, which produces the popular FORTUNE 100 Best Companies to Work For ranking, comes a new definition of what it takes to make an organization great FOR ALL--for the business, for people and for the world. For 20 years Great Place to Work has published their gold-standard list of the 100 Best Companies to Work For. But their latest research shows that what was good enough to be a 'great' workplace 10 or 20 years ago is not good enough now. Even at the best workplaces, leaders can--and must--do better. CEO Michael C. Bush and his team connect the dots to show how the emerging economy is about developing every ounce of human potential. Today's business climate is defined by speed, social technologies and people expecting 'values' besides value. As a result, leaders have to create an outstanding culture for everyone, no matter who they are or what they do for the organization. They have to build a Great Place to Work For All. The authors share new research on how Great Places to Work For All outperform in the stock market and grow revenue 3x faster than less-inclusive rivals. Bush and his team tell surprising, inspiring stories about how closing gaps in the work experience between groups of employees pays off for everyone. They document the ways Great Places to Work For All benefit the individuals working there and contribute to a better global society. And they introduce a new leadership framework, showing the advantages of what the authors define as Level 5 'For All' leaders. In effect, the times demand executives who not only are business-savvy but also are devoted to fairness, have deep faith in people, and empower all individuals to reach their full human potential. This is a call to lead so that organizations bring out the best in everyone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328348 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328348]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Purpose Revolution: How Leaders Create Engagement and Competitive Advantage in an Age of Social Good Author: Jeff Vanderwielen, John B. Izzo Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Consumers of the future are going to want their consumption hand in hand with a demonstrated commitment to bettering our world- it is the companies that can deliver on this that will thrive in the coming decades. More and more, employees, customers, and investors want their work and money to not only provide for their own material needs but to also help create a better world for all. Bestselling author John Izzo teams up with Jeff VanderWein to show leaders and companies how to transform their corporate culture so they can succeed in the midst of this Purpose Revolution.      Today people want more than just a good job or a good deal--increasingly, they want to feel like they're doing good as well, that their work and money are contributing to some greater purpose. John Izzo and Jeff VanderWielen call it The Purpose Revolution, and in this revelatory book they argue that it will dramatically transform the world of business.  While they describe the Purpose Revolution's impact on consumers and investors, their prime focus is on how to activate purpose among employees and how to embed purpose in the culture of your organization. Because you can't fake purpose--it has to be a genuine part of your organizational DNA if you're going to attract customers and investors. Using many examples, the authors illustrate how to lead in this new age of social good, how to attract and engage talented employees, how to create a purposeful culture, and how to win loyalty from employees, customers, and investors. Jeff Vanderwielen, John B. Izzo Tue, 13 Mar 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328348 thebookvoice.com 7:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328348]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Purpose Revolution: How Leaders Create Engagement and Competitive Advantage in an Age of Social Good Author: Jeff Vanderwielen, John B. Izzo Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Consumers of the future are going to want their consumption hand in hand with a demonstrated commitment to bettering our world- it is the companies that can deliver on this that will thrive in the coming decades. More and more, employees, customers, and investors want their work and money to not only provide for their own material needs but to also help create a better world for all. Bestselling author John Izzo teams up with Jeff VanderWein to show leaders and companies how to transform their corporate culture so they can succeed in the midst of this Purpose Revolution.      Today people want more than just a good job or a good deal--increasingly, they want to feel like they're doing good as well, that their work and money are contributing to some greater purpose. John Izzo and Jeff VanderWielen call it The Purpose Revolution, and in this revelatory book they argue that it will dramatically transform the world of business.  While they describe the Purpose Revolution's impact on consumers and investors, their prime focus is on how to activate purpose among employees and how to embed purpose in the culture of your organization. Because you can't fake purpose--it has to be a genuine part of your organizational DNA if you're going to attract customers and investors. Using many examples, the authors illustrate how to lead in this new age of social good, how to attract and engage talented employees, how to create a purposeful culture, and how to win loyalty from employees, customers, and investors. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/328348]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Purpose Revolution: How Leaders Create Engagement and Competitive Advantage in an Age of Social Good Author: Jeff Vanderwielen, John B. Izzo Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 13, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Consumers of the future are going to want their consumption hand in hand with a demonstrated commitment to bettering our world- it is the companies that can deliver on this that will thrive in the coming decades. More and more, employees, customers, and investors want their work and money to not only provide for their own material needs but to also help create a better world for all. Bestselling author John Izzo teams up with Jeff VanderWein to show leaders and companies how to transform their corporate culture so they can succeed in the midst of this Purpose Revolution.      Today people want more than just a good job or a good deal--increasingly, they want to feel like they're doing good as well, that their work and money are contributing to some greater purpose. John Izzo and Jeff VanderWielen call it The Purpose Revolution, and in this revelatory book they argue that it will dramatically transform the world of business.  While they describe the Purpose Revolution's impact on consumers and investors, their prime focus is on how to activate purpose among employees and how to embed purpose in the culture of your organization. Because you can't fake purpose--it has to be a genuine part of your organizational DNA if you're going to attract customers and investors. Using many examples, the authors illustrate how to lead in this new age of social good, how to attract and engage talented employees, how to create a purposeful culture, and how to win loyalty from employees, customers, and investors. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325611 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brotopia: Breaking Up the Boys' Club of Silicon Valley Author: Emily Chang Narrator: Emily Chang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Instant National Bestseller A PBS NewsHour-New York Times Book Club Pick 'Excellent.' —San Francisco Chronicle Silicon Valley is a modern utopia where anyone can change the world. Unless you're a woman. It's time to break up the boys' club. Incisive, powerful, and a fierce rallying cry, Emily Chang shows us how to fix Silicon Valley’s toxic culture--to bring down Brotopia, once and for all. Silicon Valley is not a fantasyland of unicorns, virtual reality rainbows, and 3D-printed lollipops for women in tech. Instead, it’s a 'Brotopia,' where men hold the cards and make the rules. While millions of dollars may seem to grow on trees in this land of innovation, tech’s aggressive, misogynistic, work-at-all costs culture has shut women out of the greatest wealth creation in the history of the world. Brotopia reveals how Silicon Valley got so sexist despite its utopian ideals, why bro culture endures even as its companies claim the moral high ground, and how women are speaking out and fighting back. Drawing on her deep network of Silicon Valley insiders, Chang opens the boardroom doors of male-dominated venture capital firms like Kleiner Perkins, the subject of Ellen Pao's high-profile gender discrimination lawsuit, and Sequoia, where a partner once famously said they 'won't lower their standards' just to hire women. Exposing the flawed logic in common excuses for why tech has long suffered the “pipeline” problem and invests in the delusion of meritocracy, Brotopia also shows how bias coded into AI, internet troll culture, and the reliance on pattern recognition harms not just women in tech but us all, and at unprecedented scale. Emily Chang Tue, 06 Feb 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325611 thebookvoice.com 9:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brotopia: Breaking Up the Boys' Club of Silicon Valley Author: Emily Chang Narrator: Emily Chang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Instant National Bestseller A PBS NewsHour-New York Times Book Club Pick 'Excellent.' —San Francisco Chronicle Silicon Valley is a modern utopia where anyone can change the world. Unless you're a woman. It's time to break up the boys' club. Incisive, powerful, and a fierce rallying cry, Emily Chang shows us how to fix Silicon Valley’s toxic culture--to bring down Brotopia, once and for all. Silicon Valley is not a fantasyland of unicorns, virtual reality rainbows, and 3D-printed lollipops for women in tech. Instead, it’s a 'Brotopia,' where men hold the cards and make the rules. While millions of dollars may seem to grow on trees in this land of innovation, tech’s aggressive, misogynistic, work-at-all costs culture has shut women out of the greatest wealth creation in the history of the world. Brotopia reveals how Silicon Valley got so sexist despite its utopian ideals, why bro culture endures even as its companies claim the moral high ground, and how women are speaking out and fighting back. Drawing on her deep network of Silicon Valley insiders, Chang opens the boardroom doors of male-dominated venture capital firms like Kleiner Perkins, the subject of Ellen Pao's high-profile gender discrimination lawsuit, and Sequoia, where a partner once famously said they 'won't lower their standards' just to hire women. Exposing the flawed logic in common excuses for why tech has long suffered the “pipeline” problem and invests in the delusion of meritocracy, Brotopia also shows how bias coded into AI, internet troll culture, and the reliance on pattern recognition harms not just women in tech but us all, and at unprecedented scale. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/325611]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brotopia: Breaking Up the Boys' Club of Silicon Valley Author: Emily Chang Narrator: Emily Chang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Instant National Bestseller A PBS NewsHour-New York Times Book Club Pick 'Excellent.' —San Francisco Chronicle Silicon Valley is a modern utopia where anyone can change the world. Unless you're a woman. It's time to break up the boys' club. Incisive, powerful, and a fierce rallying cry, Emily Chang shows us how to fix Silicon Valley’s toxic culture--to bring down Brotopia, once and for all. Silicon Valley is not a fantasyland of unicorns, virtual reality rainbows, and 3D-printed lollipops for women in tech. Instead, it’s a 'Brotopia,' where men hold the cards and make the rules. While millions of dollars may seem to grow on trees in this land of innovation, tech’s aggressive, misogynistic, work-at-all costs culture has shut women out of the greatest wealth creation in the history of the world. Brotopia reveals how Silicon Valley got so sexist despite its utopian ideals, why bro culture endures even as its companies claim the moral high ground, and how women are speaking out and fighting back. Drawing on her deep network of Silicon Valley insiders, Chang opens the boardroom doors of male-dominated venture capital firms like Kleiner Perkins, the subject of Ellen Pao's high-profile gender discrimination lawsuit, and Sequoia, where a partner once famously said they 'won't lower their standards' just to hire women. Exposing the flawed logic in common excuses for why tech has long suffered the “pipeline” problem and invests in the delusion of meritocracy, Brotopia also shows how bias coded into AI, internet troll culture, and the reliance on pattern recognition harms not just women in tech but us all, and at unprecedented scale. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324543 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Courage Way: Leading and Living with Integrity Author: Shelly L. Francis Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Based on the work of best-selling author Parker Palmer and his Center for Courage & Renewal, this exploration of the inner life of leadership shows how to become a better leader by orienting yourself, your life, and your work toward greater courage, wholeness, and integrity. Leadership demands courage. This book is about a way of life that names and explores this important resource and shows leaders how to access and draw upon courage in all that they do. It has its roots in the work and thought of Parker J. Palmer, who, over forty years of teaching, speaking, and writing has explored the human spirit--what he has called 'the inner landscape'--and its role in life and leadership. The book offers specific practices developed by the Center for Courage & Renewal to build courage in seven key areas: the courage to become self-aware, to answer your calling, to question and be a deep listener, to see both/and and as a whole, to choose wisely, to connect and trust in each other, and to stay in the game...or leave. This book inspires leaders to reach inward to discover and trust in their true self and reach outward to bring their unique self into the world. Shelly L. Francis Tue, 06 Feb 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324543 thebookvoice.com 6:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Courage Way: Leading and Living with Integrity Author: Shelly L. Francis Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Based on the work of best-selling author Parker Palmer and his Center for Courage & Renewal, this exploration of the inner life of leadership shows how to become a better leader by orienting yourself, your life, and your work toward greater courage, wholeness, and integrity. Leadership demands courage. This book is about a way of life that names and explores this important resource and shows leaders how to access and draw upon courage in all that they do. It has its roots in the work and thought of Parker J. Palmer, who, over forty years of teaching, speaking, and writing has explored the human spirit--what he has called 'the inner landscape'--and its role in life and leadership. The book offers specific practices developed by the Center for Courage & Renewal to build courage in seven key areas: the courage to become self-aware, to answer your calling, to question and be a deep listener, to see both/and and as a whole, to choose wisely, to connect and trust in each other, and to stay in the game...or leave. This book inspires leaders to reach inward to discover and trust in their true self and reach outward to bring their unique self into the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324543]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Courage Way: Leading and Living with Integrity Author: Shelly L. Francis Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 6, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Based on the work of best-selling author Parker Palmer and his Center for Courage & Renewal, this exploration of the inner life of leadership shows how to become a better leader by orienting yourself, your life, and your work toward greater courage, wholeness, and integrity. Leadership demands courage. This book is about a way of life that names and explores this important resource and shows leaders how to access and draw upon courage in all that they do. It has its roots in the work and thought of Parker J. Palmer, who, over forty years of teaching, speaking, and writing has explored the human spirit--what he has called 'the inner landscape'--and its role in life and leadership. The book offers specific practices developed by the Center for Courage & Renewal to build courage in seven key areas: the courage to become self-aware, to answer your calling, to question and be a deep listener, to see both/and and as a whole, to choose wisely, to connect and trust in each other, and to stay in the game...or leave. This book inspires leaders to reach inward to discover and trust in their true self and reach outward to bring their unique self into the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324448 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hire Smart From the Start: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Finding, Catching, and Keeping the Best Talent for Your Company Author: Dave Carvajal Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Don't rely on instincts alone. Hiring. Is. King. The lesson seems so basic. Yet time after time, good companies stumble and lose their stride - just when they were poised for rapid growth. Why? Because their leaders treated hiring as a tedious chore. They posted an ad hoc ad. Took the first person with the right skills. Hired for immediate needs, rather than future flourishing. In Hire Smart from the Start, Dave Carvajal distills lessons gained from 20 years in the trenches, building out and staffing two enormously successful Internet startups and helping firms like Tumblr, Buddy Media, and Shutterstock land the talent they need to reach their greatest potential. Whether you're a high-tech entrepreneur taking a startup public, or a food truck vendor with a concept that's taking off, this book offers a proven formula to help you: - Find candidates whose values and working style fit your business - Spot the 5 types of applicants you should never, ever hire - Motivate 'reach' candidates to leave their jobs and take a chance on your vision - Develop meaningful incentives that make people stay - And more Accelerate success: hire smart from the start. This book shows you how. Dave Carvajal Mon, 22 Jan 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324448 thebookvoice.com 6:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hire Smart From the Start: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Finding, Catching, and Keeping the Best Talent for Your Company Author: Dave Carvajal Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Don't rely on instincts alone. Hiring. Is. King. The lesson seems so basic. Yet time after time, good companies stumble and lose their stride - just when they were poised for rapid growth. Why? Because their leaders treated hiring as a tedious chore. They posted an ad hoc ad. Took the first person with the right skills. Hired for immediate needs, rather than future flourishing. In Hire Smart from the Start, Dave Carvajal distills lessons gained from 20 years in the trenches, building out and staffing two enormously successful Internet startups and helping firms like Tumblr, Buddy Media, and Shutterstock land the talent they need to reach their greatest potential. Whether you're a high-tech entrepreneur taking a startup public, or a food truck vendor with a concept that's taking off, this book offers a proven formula to help you: - Find candidates whose values and working style fit your business - Spot the 5 types of applicants you should never, ever hire - Motivate 'reach' candidates to leave their jobs and take a chance on your vision - Develop meaningful incentives that make people stay - And more Accelerate success: hire smart from the start. This book shows you how. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hire Smart From the Start: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Finding, Catching, and Keeping the Best Talent for Your Company Author: Dave Carvajal Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 22, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Don't rely on instincts alone. Hiring. Is. King. The lesson seems so basic. Yet time after time, good companies stumble and lose their stride - just when they were poised for rapid growth. Why? Because their leaders treated hiring as a tedious chore. They posted an ad hoc ad. Took the first person with the right skills. Hired for immediate needs, rather than future flourishing. In Hire Smart from the Start, Dave Carvajal distills lessons gained from 20 years in the trenches, building out and staffing two enormously successful Internet startups and helping firms like Tumblr, Buddy Media, and Shutterstock land the talent they need to reach their greatest potential. Whether you're a high-tech entrepreneur taking a startup public, or a food truck vendor with a concept that's taking off, this book offers a proven formula to help you: - Find candidates whose values and working style fit your business - Spot the 5 types of applicants you should never, ever hire - Motivate 'reach' candidates to leave their jobs and take a chance on your vision - Develop meaningful incentives that make people stay - And more Accelerate success: hire smart from the start. This book shows you how. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324403 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324403]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture Wins: The Roadmap to an Irresistible Workplace Author: William Vanderbloemen Narrator: William Vanderbloemen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What could your company accomplish if it could attract and retain employees who buy into your organization’s mission 100 percent? Culture Wins is a practical yet challenging modern guidebook for organizations that want to own the future. Its firsthand insights into building a contagious culture will drive sustainable growth and innovation for any organization. You will build a healthy workplace, increase revenue, and change the world with the lessons you’ll learn. Stop losing employees, grow your team, and build a contagious company culture that outlasts the competition. There are books on general team building, there are books on workplace best practices, and there are books on leadership—but there is not a book that shows forward-thinking leaders how to integrate it into today’s new job-hopping culture. William Vanderbloemen uses his company’s proven experience in staffing and organizational consulting to provide a global perspective of effective, thriving cultures—and how to create them. William Vanderbloemen Tue, 20 Mar 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324403 thebookvoice.com 5:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324403]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture Wins: The Roadmap to an Irresistible Workplace Author: William Vanderbloemen Narrator: William Vanderbloemen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What could your company accomplish if it could attract and retain employees who buy into your organization’s mission 100 percent? Culture Wins is a practical yet challenging modern guidebook for organizations that want to own the future. Its firsthand insights into building a contagious culture will drive sustainable growth and innovation for any organization. You will build a healthy workplace, increase revenue, and change the world with the lessons you’ll learn. Stop losing employees, grow your team, and build a contagious company culture that outlasts the competition. There are books on general team building, there are books on workplace best practices, and there are books on leadership—but there is not a book that shows forward-thinking leaders how to integrate it into today’s new job-hopping culture. William Vanderbloemen uses his company’s proven experience in staffing and organizational consulting to provide a global perspective of effective, thriving cultures—and how to create them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/324403]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Culture Wins: The Roadmap to an Irresistible Workplace Author: William Vanderbloemen Narrator: William Vanderbloemen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: What could your company accomplish if it could attract and retain employees who buy into your organization’s mission 100 percent? Culture Wins is a practical yet challenging modern guidebook for organizations that want to own the future. Its firsthand insights into building a contagious culture will drive sustainable growth and innovation for any organization. You will build a healthy workplace, increase revenue, and change the world with the lessons you’ll learn. Stop losing employees, grow your team, and build a contagious company culture that outlasts the competition. There are books on general team building, there are books on workplace best practices, and there are books on leadership—but there is not a book that shows forward-thinking leaders how to integrate it into today’s new job-hopping culture. William Vanderbloemen uses his company’s proven experience in staffing and organizational consulting to provide a global perspective of effective, thriving cultures—and how to create them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323745 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323745]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: That's What She Said: What Men Need To Know (and Women Need to Tell Them) About Working Together Author: Joanne Lipman Narrator: Caroline Slaughter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Going beyond the message of Lean In and The Confidence Code, Gannett’s Chief Content Officer contends that to achieve parity in the office, women don’t have to change—men do—and in this inclusive and realistic audio handbook, offers solutions to help professionals solve gender gap issues and achieve parity at work. Companies with more women in senior leadership perform better by virtually every financial measure, and women employees help boost creativity and can temper risky behavior—such as the financial gambles behind the 2008 economic collapse. Yet in the United States, ninety-five percent of Fortune 500 chief executives are men, and women hold only seventeen percent of seats on corporate boards. More men are reaching across the gender divide, genuinely trying to reinvent the culture and transform the way we work together. Despite these good intentions, fumbles, missteps, frustration, and misunderstanding continue to inflict real and lasting damage on women’s careers. What can the Enron scandal teach us about the way men and women communicate professionally? How does brain circuitry help explain men’s fear of women’s emotions at work? Why did Kimberly Clark blindly have an all-male team of executives in charge of their Kotex tampon line? In That’s What She Said, veteran media executive Joanne Lipman raises these intriguing questions and more to find workable solutions that individual managers, organizations, and policy makers can employ to make work more equitable and rewarding for all professionals. Filled with illuminating anecdotes, data from the most recent relevant studies, and stories from Lipman’s own journey to the top of a male-dominated industry, That’s What She Said is about success that persuasively shows why empowering women as true equals is an essential goal for us all—and offers a roadmap for getting there. Joanne Lipman Tue, 30 Jan 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323745 thebookvoice.com 8:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323745]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: That's What She Said: What Men Need To Know (and Women Need to Tell Them) About Working Together Author: Joanne Lipman Narrator: Caroline Slaughter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Going beyond the message of Lean In and The Confidence Code, Gannett’s Chief Content Officer contends that to achieve parity in the office, women don’t have to change—men do—and in this inclusive and realistic audio handbook, offers solutions to help professionals solve gender gap issues and achieve parity at work. Companies with more women in senior leadership perform better by virtually every financial measure, and women employees help boost creativity and can temper risky behavior—such as the financial gambles behind the 2008 economic collapse. Yet in the United States, ninety-five percent of Fortune 500 chief executives are men, and women hold only seventeen percent of seats on corporate boards. More men are reaching across the gender divide, genuinely trying to reinvent the culture and transform the way we work together. Despite these good intentions, fumbles, missteps, frustration, and misunderstanding continue to inflict real and lasting damage on women’s careers. What can the Enron scandal teach us about the way men and women communicate professionally? How does brain circuitry help explain men’s fear of women’s emotions at work? Why did Kimberly Clark blindly have an all-male team of executives in charge of their Kotex tampon line? In That’s What She Said, veteran media executive Joanne Lipman raises these intriguing questions and more to find workable solutions that individual managers, organizations, and policy makers can employ to make work more equitable and rewarding for all professionals. Filled with illuminating anecdotes, data from the most recent relevant studies, and stories from Lipman’s own journey to the top of a male-dominated industry, That’s What She Said is about success that persuasively shows why empowering women as true equals is an essential goal for us all—and offers a roadmap for getting there. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323745]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: That's What She Said: What Men Need To Know (and Women Need to Tell Them) About Working Together Author: Joanne Lipman Narrator: Caroline Slaughter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Going beyond the message of Lean In and The Confidence Code, Gannett’s Chief Content Officer contends that to achieve parity in the office, women don’t have to change—men do—and in this inclusive and realistic audio handbook, offers solutions to help professionals solve gender gap issues and achieve parity at work. Companies with more women in senior leadership perform better by virtually every financial measure, and women employees help boost creativity and can temper risky behavior—such as the financial gambles behind the 2008 economic collapse. Yet in the United States, ninety-five percent of Fortune 500 chief executives are men, and women hold only seventeen percent of seats on corporate boards. More men are reaching across the gender divide, genuinely trying to reinvent the culture and transform the way we work together. Despite these good intentions, fumbles, missteps, frustration, and misunderstanding continue to inflict real and lasting damage on women’s careers. What can the Enron scandal teach us about the way men and women communicate professionally? How does brain circuitry help explain men’s fear of women’s emotions at work? Why did Kimberly Clark blindly have an all-male team of executives in charge of their Kotex tampon line? In That’s What She Said, veteran media executive Joanne Lipman raises these intriguing questions and more to find workable solutions that individual managers, organizations, and policy makers can employ to make work more equitable and rewarding for all professionals. Filled with illuminating anecdotes, data from the most recent relevant studies, and stories from Lipman’s own journey to the top of a male-dominated industry, That’s What She Said is about success that persuasively shows why empowering women as true equals is an essential goal for us all—and offers a roadmap for getting there. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323331 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323331]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The High Potential's Advantage: Get Noticed, Impress Your Bosses, and Become a Top Leader Author: Jay A. Conger, Allan H. Church Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Are you a high potential? Your managers and HR department are constantly wondering that about you-and assessing whether or not you have what it takes to advance. Here's how to get them to answer yes. Being seen as a high potential leader is essential to getting promoted and reaching an organization's upper echelons, but most companies keep their top talent list a closely guarded secret. And the assessment process they use to decide who is and isn't a future leader is an even greater mystery. The High Potential's Advantage takes readers 'behind the scenes' and shows them how to get on, and stay on, their company's fast track. Leadership development experts Jay Conger and Allan Church draw upon decades of their research and experience-designing high potential programs for hundreds of large well-known global organizations, and managing and coaching thousands of developing leaders-to answer the critical questions asked by ambitious employees and managers: What will it take for me to advance in this organization? What does my boss look for when deciding whether or not I'm a high potential? Once I'm on the list, then what? Can I fall off of it, and how does that happen? Revealing a set of key differentiators-the five 'X factors'-that set people apart across companies of all types, readers learn what they have to do to achieve and maintain the coveted top talent status. Packed with examples of high potential leaders-from those on the verge of their first promotion to those only a step away from the C-suite-the authors provide detailed advice for cultivating and practicing each 'X factor.' In addition, the authors show readers how to identify their company's 'signature factors'-those special capabilities particular to their organization-and how to gain insight into, and excel at, the specific process their company uses to identify and develop high potentials. Jay A. Conger, Allan H. Church Tue, 09 Jan 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323331 thebookvoice.com 8:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323331]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The High Potential's Advantage: Get Noticed, Impress Your Bosses, and Become a Top Leader Author: Jay A. Conger, Allan H. Church Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Are you a high potential? Your managers and HR department are constantly wondering that about you-and assessing whether or not you have what it takes to advance. Here's how to get them to answer yes. Being seen as a high potential leader is essential to getting promoted and reaching an organization's upper echelons, but most companies keep their top talent list a closely guarded secret. And the assessment process they use to decide who is and isn't a future leader is an even greater mystery. The High Potential's Advantage takes readers 'behind the scenes' and shows them how to get on, and stay on, their company's fast track. Leadership development experts Jay Conger and Allan Church draw upon decades of their research and experience-designing high potential programs for hundreds of large well-known global organizations, and managing and coaching thousands of developing leaders-to answer the critical questions asked by ambitious employees and managers: What will it take for me to advance in this organization? What does my boss look for when deciding whether or not I'm a high potential? Once I'm on the list, then what? Can I fall off of it, and how does that happen? Revealing a set of key differentiators-the five 'X factors'-that set people apart across companies of all types, readers learn what they have to do to achieve and maintain the coveted top talent status. Packed with examples of high potential leaders-from those on the verge of their first promotion to those only a step away from the C-suite-the authors provide detailed advice for cultivating and practicing each 'X factor.' In addition, the authors show readers how to identify their company's 'signature factors'-those special capabilities particular to their organization-and how to gain insight into, and excel at, the specific process their company uses to identify and develop high potentials. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323331]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The High Potential's Advantage: Get Noticed, Impress Your Bosses, and Become a Top Leader Author: Jay A. Conger, Allan H. Church Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 9, 2018 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: Are you a high potential? Your managers and HR department are constantly wondering that about you-and assessing whether or not you have what it takes to advance. Here's how to get them to answer yes. Being seen as a high potential leader is essential to getting promoted and reaching an organization's upper echelons, but most companies keep their top talent list a closely guarded secret. And the assessment process they use to decide who is and isn't a future leader is an even greater mystery. The High Potential's Advantage takes readers 'behind the scenes' and shows them how to get on, and stay on, their company's fast track. Leadership development experts Jay Conger and Allan Church draw upon decades of their research and experience-designing high potential programs for hundreds of large well-known global organizations, and managing and coaching thousands of developing leaders-to answer the critical questions asked by ambitious employees and managers: What will it take for me to advance in this organization? What does my boss look for when deciding whether or not I'm a high potential? Once I'm on the list, then what? Can I fall off of it, and how does that happen? Revealing a set of key differentiators-the five 'X factors'-that set people apart across companies of all types, readers learn what they have to do to achieve and maintain the coveted top talent status. Packed with examples of high potential leaders-from those on the verge of their first promotion to those only a step away from the C-suite-the authors provide detailed advice for cultivating and practicing each 'X factor.' In addition, the authors show readers how to identify their company's 'signature factors'-those special capabilities particular to their organization-and how to gain insight into, and excel at, the specific process their company uses to identify and develop high potentials. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322780 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture Code: The Secrets of Highly Successful Groups Author: Daniel Coyle Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The author of The Talent Code unlocks the secrets of highly successful groups and provides tomorrow’s leaders with the tools to build a cohesive, motivated culture. “A truly brilliant, mesmerizing read that demystifies the magic of great groups.”—Adam Grant, author of Think Again A BLOOMBERG AND LIBRARY JOURNAL BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Where does great culture come from? How do you build and sustain it in your group, or strengthen a culture that needs fixing? In The Culture Code, Daniel Coyle goes inside some of the world’s most successful organizations—including the U.S. Navy’s SEAL Team Six, IDEO, and the San Antonio Spurs—and reveals what makes them tick. He demystifies the culture-building process by identifying three key skills that generate cohesion and cooperation, and explains how diverse groups learn to function with a single mind. Drawing on examples that range from Internet retailer Zappos to the comedy troupe Upright Citizens Brigade to a daring gang of jewel thieves, Coyle offers specific strategies that trigger learning, spark collaboration, build trust, and drive positive change. Coyle unearths helpful stories of failure that illustrate what not to do, troubleshoots common pitfalls, and shares advice about reforming a toxic culture. Combining leading-edge science, on-the-ground insights from world-class leaders, and practical ideas for action, The Culture Code offers a roadmap for creating an environment where innovation flourishes, problems get solved, and expectations are exceeded. Culture is not something you are—it’s something you do. The Culture Code puts the power in your hands. No matter the size of your group or your goal, this book can teach you the principles of cultural chemistry that transform individuals into teams that can accomplish amazing things together. Daniel Coyle Tue, 30 Jan 2018 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322780 thebookvoice.com 7:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture Code: The Secrets of Highly Successful Groups Author: Daniel Coyle Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The author of The Talent Code unlocks the secrets of highly successful groups and provides tomorrow’s leaders with the tools to build a cohesive, motivated culture. “A truly brilliant, mesmerizing read that demystifies the magic of great groups.”—Adam Grant, author of Think Again A BLOOMBERG AND LIBRARY JOURNAL BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Where does great culture come from? How do you build and sustain it in your group, or strengthen a culture that needs fixing? In The Culture Code, Daniel Coyle goes inside some of the world’s most successful organizations—including the U.S. Navy’s SEAL Team Six, IDEO, and the San Antonio Spurs—and reveals what makes them tick. He demystifies the culture-building process by identifying three key skills that generate cohesion and cooperation, and explains how diverse groups learn to function with a single mind. Drawing on examples that range from Internet retailer Zappos to the comedy troupe Upright Citizens Brigade to a daring gang of jewel thieves, Coyle offers specific strategies that trigger learning, spark collaboration, build trust, and drive positive change. Coyle unearths helpful stories of failure that illustrate what not to do, troubleshoots common pitfalls, and shares advice about reforming a toxic culture. Combining leading-edge science, on-the-ground insights from world-class leaders, and practical ideas for action, The Culture Code offers a roadmap for creating an environment where innovation flourishes, problems get solved, and expectations are exceeded. Culture is not something you are—it’s something you do. The Culture Code puts the power in your hands. No matter the size of your group or your goal, this book can teach you the principles of cultural chemistry that transform individuals into teams that can accomplish amazing things together. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Culture Code: The Secrets of Highly Successful Groups Author: Daniel Coyle Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: January 30, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 96 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The author of The Talent Code unlocks the secrets of highly successful groups and provides tomorrow’s leaders with the tools to build a cohesive, motivated culture. “A truly brilliant, mesmerizing read that demystifies the magic of great groups.”—Adam Grant, author of Think Again A BLOOMBERG AND LIBRARY JOURNAL BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR Where does great culture come from? How do you build and sustain it in your group, or strengthen a culture that needs fixing? In The Culture Code, Daniel Coyle goes inside some of the world’s most successful organizations—including the U.S. Navy’s SEAL Team Six, IDEO, and the San Antonio Spurs—and reveals what makes them tick. He demystifies the culture-building process by identifying three key skills that generate cohesion and cooperation, and explains how diverse groups learn to function with a single mind. Drawing on examples that range from Internet retailer Zappos to the comedy troupe Upright Citizens Brigade to a daring gang of jewel thieves, Coyle offers specific strategies that trigger learning, spark collaboration, build trust, and drive positive change. Coyle unearths helpful stories of failure that illustrate what not to do, troubleshoots common pitfalls, and shares advice about reforming a toxic culture. Combining leading-edge science, on-the-ground insights from world-class leaders, and practical ideas for action, The Culture Code offers a roadmap for creating an environment where innovation flourishes, problems get solved, and expectations are exceeded. Culture is not something you are—it’s something you do. The Culture Code puts the power in your hands. No matter the size of your group or your goal, this book can teach you the principles of cultural chemistry that transform individuals into teams that can accomplish amazing things together. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322065 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Life of Information Author: Paul Duguid, John Seely Brown Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 7, 2017 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Should be read by anyone interested in understanding the future,' The Times Literary Supplement raved about the original edition of The Social Life of Information. We're now living in that future, and one of the seminal books of the Internet Age is more relevant than ever. The future was a place where technology was supposed to empower individuals and obliterate social organizations. Pundits predicted that information technology would spell the end of almost everythingfrom mass media to bureaucracies, universities, politics, and governments. Clearly, we are not living in that future. The Social Life of Information explains why. John Seely Brown and Paul Duguid show us how to look beyond mere information to the social context that creates and gives meaning to it. Arguing elegantly for the important role that human sociability plays, evenperhaps especiallyin the digital world, The Social Life of Information gives us an optimistic look beyond the simplicities of information and individuals. It shows how a better understanding of the contribution that communities, organizations, and institutions make to learning, working, and innovating can lead to the richest possible use of technology in our work and everyday lives. With a new introduction by David Weinberger and reflections by the authors on developments since the book's first publication, this new edition is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand the human place in a digital world. Paul Duguid, John Seely Brown Fri, 07 Jul 2017 02:08:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322065 thebookvoice.com 8:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Life of Information Author: Paul Duguid, John Seely Brown Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 7, 2017 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Should be read by anyone interested in understanding the future,' The Times Literary Supplement raved about the original edition of The Social Life of Information. We're now living in that future, and one of the seminal books of the Internet Age is more relevant than ever. The future was a place where technology was supposed to empower individuals and obliterate social organizations. Pundits predicted that information technology would spell the end of almost everythingfrom mass media to bureaucracies, universities, politics, and governments. Clearly, we are not living in that future. The Social Life of Information explains why. John Seely Brown and Paul Duguid show us how to look beyond mere information to the social context that creates and gives meaning to it. Arguing elegantly for the important role that human sociability plays, evenperhaps especiallyin the digital world, The Social Life of Information gives us an optimistic look beyond the simplicities of information and individuals. It shows how a better understanding of the contribution that communities, organizations, and institutions make to learning, working, and innovating can lead to the richest possible use of technology in our work and everyday lives. With a new introduction by David Weinberger and reflections by the authors on developments since the book's first publication, this new edition is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand the human place in a digital world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/322065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Life of Information Author: Paul Duguid, John Seely Brown Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: July 7, 2017 Genres: HR & Admin Publisher's Summary: 'Should be read by anyone interested in understanding the future,' The Times Literary Supplement raved about the original edition of The Social Life of Information. We're now living in that future, and one of the seminal books of the Internet Age is more relevant than ever. The future was a place where technology was supposed to empower individuals and obliterate social organizations. Pundits predicted that information technology would spell the end of almost everythingfrom mass media to bureaucracies, universities, politics, and governments. Clearly, we are not living in that future. The Social Life of Information explains why. John Seely Brown and Paul Duguid show us how to look beyond mere information to the social context that creates and gives meaning to it. Arguing elegantly for the important role that human sociability plays, evenperhaps especiallyin the digital world, The Social Life of Information gives us an optimistic look beyond the simplicities of information and individuals. It shows how a better understanding of the contribution that communities, organizations, and institutions make to learning, working, and innovating can lead to the richest possible use of technology in our work and everyday lives. With a new introduction by David Weinberger and reflections by the authors on developments since the book's first publication, this new edition is essential reading for anyone seeking to understand the human place in a digital world.